diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-05 04:03:36 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-05 04:03:36 -0800 |
| commit | a3fc97234b2fecef1b5635c70aa151350301f1b6 (patch) | |
| tree | f547a121d8e811985d940e0c91a3605ebce214ee | |
| parent | f065bb6d87776c648e54695a8f4b67fd188f148f (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-0.txt | 8102 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-0.zip | bin | 129582 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-h.zip | bin | 566561 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-h/50678-h.htm | 8783 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-h/images/108fp.jpg | bin | 77142 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-h/images/256fp.jpg | bin | 92799 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 87987 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-h/images/frontis_1.jpg | bin | 80090 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-h/images/frontis_2.jpg | bin | 84795 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/50678-h/images/title.jpg | bin | 31551 -> 0 bytes |
13 files changed, 17 insertions, 16885 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..482eef7 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #50678 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/50678) diff --git a/old/50678-0.txt b/old/50678-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f412fad..0000000 --- a/old/50678-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8102 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Snug Harbor, by Oliver Optic - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Snug Harbor - or The Champlain Mechanics - -Author: Oliver Optic - -Release Date: December 12, 2015 [EBook #50678] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SNUG HARBOR *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Carol Brown, and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - - - - - - _The Boat-Builder Series._ - - - I. - - ALL ADRIFT; - OR, - THE GOLD WING CLUB. - - - II. - - SNUG HARBOR; - OR, - THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS. - - - III. - - SQUARE AND COMPASS; - OR, - BUILDING THE HOUSE. - - - IV. - - STEM TO STERN; - OR, - BUILDING THE BOAT. - - - V. - - ALL TAUT; - OR, - RIGGING THE BOAT. - - - VI. - - READY ABOUT; - OR, - SAILING THE BOAT. - -[Illustration: THE COLLISION ON LAKE CHAMPLAIN. Page 15.] - - - - - -[Illustration: - - OLIVER OPTIC’s - - BOAT-BUILDER - SERIES - - - SNUG HARBOR - - - BOSTON, - LEE AND SHEPARD - PUBLISHERS. -] - - - - -_THE BOAT-BUILDER SERIES_ - - - SNUG HARBOR - - OR - - THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS - - BY - - OLIVER OPTIC - - AUTHOR OF “YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD,” “THE GREAT WESTERN SERIES,” - “THE ARMY AND NAVY SERIES,” “THE WOODVILLE SERIES,” “THE - STARRY-FLAG SERIES,” “THE BOAT-CLUB STORIES,” “THE - ONWARD AND UPWARD SERIES,” “THE YACHT-CLUB - SERIES,” “THE LAKE-SHORE SERIES,” “THE - RIVERDALE STORIES,” “ALL ADRIFT,” - ETC., ETC. - - _WITH ILLUSTRATIONS_ - - BOSTON - LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS - NEW YORK - CHARLES T. DILLINGHAM - 1884 - - - - - COPYRIGHT, 1883, - BY WILLIAM T. ADAMS. - - _All rights reserved._ - - - - - TO MY YOUNG FRIEND - HARRY CLINTON WHITE - This Book - IS AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED. - - - - -PREFACE. - - -“Snug-Harbor” is the second volume of “THE BOAT-BUILDER SERIES.” -Though it contains its fair proportion of story and adventure, there -is less of these elements than in its predecessor; though the writer -believes there is enough to keep up the interest of his young readers. -Dory Dornwood, the hero of the initial volume of the series, is again -presented, and about a quarter of a hundred others; though all of them -cannot be heroes. Like the former volume, the scene is laid on Lake -Champlain and its shores. - -In accordance with the hint thrown out in the preface of the first -volume, the Beech-Hill Industrial School makes a beginning in this -book; and its pupils are gathered together in the schoolroom and the -workshop. The boys are instructed only in those branches of learning -which will be of the greatest practical utility to them as mechanics. -They are taken into the shop, and set to work as carpenters and -machinists; and some idea is given of their operations at the bench. -But in a work of this kind the author finds it hardly practicable to -describe in detail the work done by the Champlain mechanics; though he -has done so to some extent, as a suggestion rather than as a system of -instruction for boy-workmen. Without a vast number of drawings, the -tools and machinery used by the carpenter and machinist cannot be -described and explained so as to be of any great practical service. -The book is rather to create an interest in these trades than to -furnish a guide to young mechanics. - -The author regrets that there is no American work of the kind -mentioned. Our English cousins have sent us over some excellent works -on the subject, which are very useful, though not fully adapted to the -needs of American boys. A new friend suggests that such a book be -prepared, and with his aid it may yet be done. - -Captain Gildrock, the founder and patron of the Beech-Hill Industrial -School, has some radical ideas on the subject of education; and -probably many of the older readers of this book will disagree with -him: but the question he argues is worthy of attention and discussion, -however it may be finally settled. - -Though the author is not a mechanic by trade, he has worked in his own -shop for many years. With the carpenter’s bench, the turning-lathe, -and the various implements for working in wood and metals, he finds -not only his needed exercise, but a degree of pleasure which makes it -all the more healthy and exhilarating; and he commends the work to his -young friends, both for their amusement and instruction. - -DORCHESTER, MASS., Aug. 20, 1883. - - - - -CONTENTS. - - -CHAPTER I. PAGE - -THE SLOOP THAT WENT TO THE BOTTOM 13 - - -CHAPTER II. - -THE YOUNG MAN WITH A LONG NAME 23 - - -CHAPTER III. - -MR. BOLINGBROKE MILLWEED TELLS HIS STORY 34 - - -CHAPTER IV. - -THE GOLDWING ANCHORS FOR THE NIGHT 44 - - -CHAPTER V. - -A QUARREL ON BOARD OF THE JUNIPER 54 - - -CHAPTER VI. - -THE IMPULSIVE ASSAULT OF THE ENGINEER 65 - - -CHAPTER VII. - -BOLINGBROKE MILLWEED OUT OF A PLACE 76 - - -CHAPTER VIII. - -PUPILS FOR THE BEECH-HILL INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL 87 - - -CHAPTER IX. - -THE VOLUNTEER HELMSMAN AND HIS MOVEMENTS 97 - - -CHAPTER X. - -THE BATTLE NEAR GARDEN ISLAND 107 - - -CHAPTER XI. - -THE MASTER-CARPENTER DISPOSES OF HIS PRISONER 117 - - -CHAPTER XII. - -CAPTAIN GILDROCK’S FIRST LESSON IN NAVIGATION 128 - - -CHAPTER XIII. - -HANDLING A STEAMER IN A FOG 138 - - -CHAPTER XIV. - -THE STRONG-ROOM AT THE BEECH-HILL INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL 148 - - -CHAPTER XV. - -SOMETHING ABOUT THE AFFAIRS OF THE MILLWEED FAMILY 159 - - -CHAPTER XVI. - -THE ORGANIZATION OF THE SHIP’S COMPANY 170 - - -CHAPTER XVII. - -THE OFFICERS AND CREW OF THE SYLPH 180 - - -CHAPTER XVIII. - -ANOTHER BATTLE AT PLATTSBURG 190 - - -CHAPTER XIX. - -SOMETHING THAT HAPPENED ON SHORE 201 - - -CHAPTER XX. - -THE NEW HEAD OF THE MILLWEED FAMILY 212 - - -CHAPTER XXI. - -CAPTAIN GILDROCK ARGUES AGAINST HIGH-SCHOOLS 223 - - -CHAPTER XXII. - -THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS IN THE SHOP 234 - - -CHAPTER XXIII. - -SOMETHING ABOUT TOOLS AND WORK 244 - - -CHAPTER XXIV. - -WORK FOR THE HEAD AND THE HANDS 255 - - -CHAPTER XXV. - -THE SECOND CLASS AT THE CARPENTER’S BENCH 266 - - -CHAPTER XXVI. - -THE END OF THE FIRST SCHOOL-DAY AT BEECH HILL 277 - - -CHAPTER XXVII. - -OSCAR CHESTER TAKES A LESSON IN BOATING 288 - - -CHAPTER XXVIII. - -THE UPSETTING OF THE MONKEY AND ITS LESSON 299 - - -CHAPTER XXIX. - -AN AFTERNOON IN THE MACHINE-SHOP 310 - - -CHAPTER XXX. - -WHAT THE STUDENTS FOUND AT THOMPSON’S POINT 320 - - - - -SNUG-HARBOR; - -OR, - -THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS. - - - - -CHAPTER I. - -THE SLOOP THAT WENT TO THE BOTTOM. - - -“Starboard your helm! hard a-starboard!” shouted Dory Dornwood, as he -put the helm of the Goldwing to port in order to avoid a collision -with a steam-launch which lay dead ahead of the schooner. - -“Keep off! you will sink me!” cried a young man in a sloop-boat, which -lay exactly in the course of the steam-launch. - -“That’s just what I mean to do, if you don’t come about!” yelled the -man at the wheel of the steamer. “Why didn’t you stop when I called to -you?” - -“Keep off, or you will be into me!” screamed the skipper of the sloop, -whose tones and manner indicated that he was very much terrified at -the situation. - -And he had reason enough to be alarmed. It was plain, from his -management of his boat, that he was but an indifferent boatman; and -probably he did not know what to do in the emergency. Dory had noticed -the sloop coming up the lake with the steam-launch astern of her. The -latter had run ahead of the sloop, and had come about, it now -appeared, for the purpose of intercepting her. - -When the skipper of the sloop realized the intention of the helmsman -of the steamer, he put his helm to port; but he was too late. The -sharp bow of the launch struck the frail craft amidships, and cut -through her as though she had been made of card-board. - -The sloop filled instantly; and, a moment later, the young man in her -was struggling on the surface of the water. The boat was heavily -ballasted, and she went down like a lump of lead. It was soon clear to -Dory that the skipper could not swim, for he screamed as though the -end of all things had come. - -Very likely it would have been the end of all things to him, if Dory -had not come about with the Goldwing, and stood over to the place -where the young man was vainly beating the water with his feet and -hands. With no great difficulty the skipper of the Goldwing, who was -an aquatic bird of the first water, pulled in the victim of the -catastrophe, in spite of the apparent efforts of the sufferer to -prevent him from doing so. - -It was a very warm day towards the end of August, and a bath in the -cool waters of Lake Champlain was not the worst thing in the world to -take. The victim of the collision was more scared than hurt; and he -lay in the bottom of the yacht, puffing and blowing like a black bass -just stolen from his native element. He did not seem to be able to -speak, and Dory thought he was making a great fuss about a very small -affair. - -The Goldwing had been headed across the lake when her skipper picked -up the victim; and, when he was safely on board, she continued on her -course. Dory had come out to cool off and take a sail, and it made no -difference to him where he went. The Beech-hill Industrial School had -not yet commenced operations, and he had nothing on earth to do the -greater part of the time. - -His father had died a few weeks before; but he had found a snug harbor -at Beech Hill, where he resided with his mother and sister in the -elegant mansion of his uncle, Captain Royal Gildrock. The captain had -acquired an immense fortune by his operations in various parts of the -world; but as his wife was dead, and he had no children, it had -bothered him a good deal to determine what to do with all his money. - -For many years there had been a feud between the head of the Dornwood -family and the owner of Beech Hill. Mr. Dornwood was an intemperate -man, and never more than half supported his family; though he had good -wages as a pilot on the lake. He had married the captain’s only sister -in spite of the opposition of all her friends, and especially of her -brother. - -When the captain attempted to assist his sister in taking care of her -two children, her husband ordered him out of his house; for a great -many sharp words had passed between them. The wife was afraid of her -inebriate husband, and the attempts of the wealthy brother to help the -family had ended in the complete estrangement of the brother and -sister. - -But as soon as Mrs. Dornwood was a widow, the captain hastened to her -assistance. Though Dory had made an earnest effort to support the -family, he had finally consented to reside with his mother at Beech -Hill. The pilot’s wife and children had always lived in the humblest -tenements, worn the meanest garments, and lived upon the plainest and -cheapest food. - -Their lot at the new home was in tremendous contrast with their former -condition. Captain Gildrock was a plain man himself, and inclined to -regard the elegancies and luxuries of life with contempt. Though his -house was large, it was plainly furnished. If his table was not -garnished by the skill of a French cook, it was loaded with the best -that could be procured. To the Dornwoods every thing about the house -was luxurious. - -Captain Gildrock was a thinking man, and he had ideas as well as -money. The two go well together, for ideas are often barren things -when one has not the means to carry them out. The worthy shipmaster -had studied society and human nature in many lands and climes. After -he retired from the sea and business generally, he had given his -attention wholly to the affairs in his own country. After he had done -so for a year or two, he was disposed to exclaim with the inspired -writer, “Vanity of vanities! All is vanity!” - -Perhaps the standard of the captain was too high for this world, but -he felt that the American people were slipping away from first -principles. The nation had prospered by toil,--by inducing and -compelling the earth to yield her increase. Life had been something -more than a pleasure-excursion. - -“When I was young,” he used to say, “the boys worked on the farm, -learned a trade, or went to sea. Now all the young men go into stores, -become counter-jumpers and man-milliners. Men get rich now by making -corners, betting on futures, and in speculation of all sorts. A big -thief is a gentleman: a little one is a criminal, after he is caught. -The boys and girls have been educated too much: they get above their -station in life, and then half starve themselves in order to be -genteel.” - -The captain did not believe that the young people were educated too -much; only that they were trained in useless accomplishments, as he -regarded them. He did not think that the Genverres high-school, though -a very successful institution in the opinion of the school-board and -the citizens generally, was really a blessing to the town. He was -confident that he had discovered the philosopher’s stone in education, -though he found himself almost alone in his opinions. - -“That school only spoils good farmers and mechanics, good seamen and -engineers. It gives them altogether too high notions of themselves. It -turns its pupils out on the world fit only to be genteel. The -education which the fathers of New England meant, when they planted -the schoolhouse alongside the church, was simply a common-school -education, without any high-school bosh on the tail-end of it. It’s -all well enough for rich people: it is a luxury they can afford, and -one they ought to pay for.” - -Very likely the captain was too ultra in his views, but the question -he argued is one which must be settled before the lapse of many years. - -The shipmaster was a practical man, and he did not talk without -acting. He believed in industrial education, not in the grammar-school, -but in place of the high-school. He had talked his views in -town-meeting, and printed them in the papers; but the people were not -inclined to adopt them. - -A year before, he had taken a number of young men, and instructed them -in seamanship and the construction and management of the marine -engine. It was only a partial experiment, but he regarded it as an -eminently successful one. Most of his pupils had obtained situations -as engineers, and they were competent to fill them. - -Captain Gildrock hoped to convince the people that his views were -correct, and he was ready to spend his money in demonstrating the -truth of what he preached. His class of the preceding year had been -rather too old when he took them in hand. He wanted boys from the -grammar-school, twelve or fourteen years old, before they had “bowed -down to the vanity of this world,” before they had learned to be -genteel, before they oiled their hair, and spent half an hour a day in -adjusting their neckties. - -After the death of his brother-in-law, the pilot, he had captured his -nephew, after a hard struggle, and found he was the leading spirit of -the Goldwing Club, which had taken its name from Dory’s boat. These -boys were rather wild, but not bad. The captain succeeded in gathering -them all into the Beech-hill Industrial School, as he decided to call -the new institution. But the boys in Genverres were shy of the new -school, or their parents were shy for them. Not a few of the latter -regarded the retired shipmaster as a sort of harmless lunatic, liberal -with his money, but, like all reformers, an unsafe leader to follow. - -Several boys from the high-school had made excellent records out in -the world, and each fond parent expected his own son would join the -galaxy of bright stars from its graduates. The captain could find only -three boys in the whole town who would join the new school, while -thirty went to the high-school. Possibly the requirement that the -pupils should reside at Beech Hill had some influence with the -parents. - -It looked as though the school was to begin with eight pupils,--hardly -enough to man the Sylph, the captain’s elegant steam-yacht, the -largest and finest craft of the kind on the lake. All the boys in the -high-school would have liked to flirt about the lake in the -magnificent steamer; but to do it as seamen, firemen, engineers, -waiters, and cooks, was not wholly to the taste of the parents, if it -suited that of the boys. - -Dory Dornwood was waiting for the school to begin. Great boxes of -tools, machinery, and other material for the workshops, had arrived at -Beech Hill; but the captain would not allow them to be opened until -the boys came. Besides, he was very busy in looking up pupils for the -new institution. He wanted twenty-four to begin with, and he was -searching for them in some of the interior towns where he was -acquainted. - -Dory was very impatient for the school to begin, though he was very -happy in the midst of his new surroundings. He was a natural mechanic, -and tools of any kind suited him better than books. He was fond of -adventure, and wondered if he should ever have another time as lively -as that on the lake before he was captured by his uncle. - -The young man he had picked up on the lake was about sixteen years -old, and was a stranger to him. His wet garments, though poor enough, -betrayed an effort at some style. After a while he recovered his -breath, and seemed to be in condition to give an account of himself. - - - - -CHAPTER II. - -THE YOUNG MAN WITH A LONG NAME. - - -“You had a narrow squeak that time,” said Dory Dornwood, as soon as he -thought the victim of the disaster was in condition to do a little -talking. “It is lucky you didn’t get tangled up in the rigging of your -boat. She went to the bottom like a pound of carpet-tacks; and she -would have carried you down in a hurry if you hadn’t let go in short -metre.” - -“I think I am remarkably fortunate in being among the living at this -moment,” replied the stranger, looking out over the stern of the -Goldwing. “That was the most atrocious thing a fellow ever did.” - -“What was?” inquired Dory, who was not quite sure what the victim -meant by the remark, or whether he alluded to him or to the man in the -steam-launch. - -“Why, running into me like that,” protested the passenger with no -little indignation in his tones. - -“Let me see, ‘atrocious’ means something bad or wicked, don’t it?” -continued Dory. - -“Something very bad and very wicked,” replied the stranger, with a -sickly smile, as he bestowed a patronizing glance upon his deliverer. - -“I thought it was something of that sort. I suppose you don’t use such -big words as that before breakfast, do you?” - -“Why not before breakfast as well as after? It is a common word, in -use every day in the week.” - -“I didn’t know but it might put your jaws out of joint, and spoil your -appetite,” added Dory, as he glanced behind him to see what had become -of the steam-launch. - -“My appetite is not so easily spoiled.” - -“I suppose you came up from Burlington?” said Dory suggestively, as -though he considered an explanation on the part of the stranger to be -in order at the present time. - -“I have just come from Burlington,” answered the victim, who appeared -to be disposed to say nothing more. “Do you suppose I can get that -boat again?” - -“I should say that the chance of getting her again was not first-rate. -She went down where the water is about two hundred and fifty feet -deep; and it won’t be an easy thing to get hold of her,” replied Dory. -“If you had let him run into you between Diamond Island and Porter’s -Bay, where the water is not more than fifty or sixty feet deep, you -could have raised her without much difficulty. I don’t believe you -will ever see her again.” - -“That’s bad,” mused the stranger. “She did not belong to me.” - -“Then you are so much in. Perhaps, if she had belonged to you, you -would not have let the steam-launch run into you,” added Dory, who did -not quite like the way the victim was taking things; for he did not -seem to remember that he had been pulled out of the water by the -skipper of the Goldwing when he was in great danger of drowning. - -“I did not let the steam-launch run into me. The man in her did it on -purpose. It was not an accident,” answered the stranger. - -“I heard the fellow say that he meant to sink you; and, after he said -that, I thought you were a little out of your head to let him do it.” - -“I didn’t let him do it.” - -“I thought you did. If I had been at the tiller of that sloop, he -wouldn’t have done it.” - -“Probably you are a better boatman than I am: I don’t pretend to know -much about the management of a yacht,” replied the victim meekly, as -he finished wiping the water from his face. - -“Then you ought not to be sailing a boat in a fresh breeze, such as we -are having to-day. Why didn’t you put your helm down when you saw that -he was going to run into you?” - -“Down where?” asked the victim with a vacant stare. - -“Down cellar!” exclaimed Dory, disgusted at the ignorance of the -skipper of the sunken sloop. “No fellow ought to sail a boat if he -don’t know how to put the helm down.” - -“A fellow can’t know every thing in the world.” - -“Then, I suppose you know every thing else: but how to put the helm -down was the one thing you ought to have known, when that fellow was -kind enough to tell you beforehand that he meant to sink you.” - -“Don’t be too rough on me, Mr.-- I don’t know your name. I am under -very great obligations to you for the signal service you have rendered -me, and I shall be glad to know you better.” - -“My name is Theodore Dornwood,--Dory for short. What is yours?” - -“Dory Dornwood!” exclaimed the victim, bestowing a look of -astonishment upon the modest skipper. “I have heard of you before, and -I am particularly glad to meet you.” - -“I should think you might be, since I picked you up in deep water. But -you did not give me your name.” - -“My name is Bolingbroke Millweed.” - -“Is that all the name you have?” asked Dory, as he opened his eyes -till they were as big as a pair of saucers--very small saucers. “I -didn’t quite make it out, for it fairly snarled up my intellect.” - -“Bolingbroke Millweed,” repeated the stranger with a slight frown upon -his brow. “It’s all the name I have.” - -“It’s name enough, I should say.” - -“It is hardly worth while to make fun of my name: I am not responsible -for it, and it is the best I have.” - -“I beg your pardon, Mr.-- I don’t know what your name is now, for -really I did not take it in,” pleaded Dory, who was sometimes very -brusk in his manner, though he did not mean to hurt anybody’s -feelings. “Honestly, I did not understand you.” - -“You cannot have read English history very much, or you would have -recognized the first name.” - -“I never did read English history much: in fact, I never did much -reading of any kind.” - -“My first name is Bolingbroke, and my surname is Millweed. The whole -of it is Bolingbroke Millweed,” added the victim, mollified as he -pitied the ignorance of his deliverer. - -“All right, Mr. Millweed: I won’t tackle the first name until I get a -little better acquainted with it.” - -“Viscount Henry St. John Bolingbroke, after whom I was named, was a -prime minister of England, and a fine scholar; though he was charged -with treason. But I did not pick out the name myself: it was my -mother’s choice, but I can’t say that I approve it. I suppose I shall -be called ‘Bolly’ as long as I live.” - -“Of course your friends can’t handle such a jaw-breaker as Bolingbroke -every time they want to ask you which way the wind is. But never mind -the name, Mr. Millweed. I picked you up in deep water, and that’s how -you happen to be on board of the Goldwing.” - -“The famous Goldwing! I am extremely happy to be on board of her; -though I wish our meeting had been under more favorable -circumstances,” added Mr. Bolingbroke Millweed, as he poured the water -out of one of his shoes. - -“I only said that you were on board of the Goldwing; and the question -now is, what shall I do with you, for I see the steam-launch is headed -this way. I should judge from his actions that the man at the wheel of -her wants to see you.” - -“He does want to see me! I am the victim of a conspiracy!” exclaimed -Mr. Millweed in tragic tones, as he sprang to his feet. - -“The victim of a conspiracy? Is that what you call the sinking of a -sloop?” - -“I feel that the brave and noble Dory Dornwood will be my friend, -and"-- - -“Clap a stopper on your jaw-tackle!” interposed the skipper of the -Goldwing, borrowing an expression his uncle had quoted in his -presence. “If you mean to blarney me, I shall be your enemy; and I -will put you ashore on Diamond Island, without benefit of clergy.” - -“Excuse me: I did not mean to offend you, Mr. Dornwood,”-- - -“Avast heaving! Don’t ‘mister’ me. Call me Dory; but don’t call me too -late for dinner,” laughed the skipper. - -“Since I know who you are, I shall tell you my story, and explain how -I happened to be sailing the sloop, and”-- - -“I know how you were sailing her, and you sailed her to the bottom. -Tell me the rest of it.” - -“I will tell you why that man ran into me, and why he was chasing me -up the lake.” - -“That’s the point; but make the yarn a short one, or the steam-launch -will be upon us before you get through with it. You have the floor, -Mr. Millweed,” replied Dory, as he glanced at the approaching steamer. - -“But I don’t want to be caught by that man! It might be fatal to me. -He is a conspirator; and he is seeking to destroy my good name,” -pleaded Mr. Millweed earnestly. - -“I don’t understand the matter. Is the man an officer?” - -“Not at all: he is chief clerk in a store in Burlington, and the -steam-launch belongs to his employer. But he is rapidly overtaking -us,” said the passenger. - -“Why should he be after you? What have you been doing that is wrong?” -asked Dory, who had no idea of enlisting on the wrong side in -anybody’s cause. - -“I have done nothing wrong. I will tell you all about the matter, only -don’t let that man get hold of me. Upon my sacred honor, I am guilty -of no crime,” continued Bolingbroke Millweed. - -Dory was greatly tempted. He had a reputation on Lake Champlain, won -but a short time before he made his snug harbor at Beech Hill. On two -occasions he had successfully kept out of the way of a steamer. He had -been pursued all one day by the swiftest steam-yacht on the lake, but -by his “tactics” he had kept out of her reach. - -If the young man had been guilty of a crime, he would do nothing for -him. His passenger spoke fairly; but, if he had been doing wrong, he -would not scruple to lie about it. Dory decided to keep out of the way -of the steam-launch long enough to hear Bolingbroke’s story. It was an -exciting game to dodge a steamer, and he desired to play it. The water -in the lake had been very low all summer, and no heavy rains had yet -raised it. The low-water soundings on the chart needed no corrections. - -The Goldwing was a schooner, and Dory had been sailing under jib and -mainsail only. This was about all the sail she could comfortably -carry. The skipper looked over the situation very carefully. The yacht -was on the wind, headed across the lake. After the sinking of the -sloop, the two men in the steamer had a long talk before they started -her screw again; and she was all of half a mile astern of the -Goldwing. - -Coming up into the wind, Dory set the mainsail; and then it was a -staggering wind for the Goldwing. By a little manœuvring the skipper -brought Diamond Island between his own craft and the steam-launch. - -The pursuer had gained on him while he was setting the foresail. -Starting his sheets, he stood off to the south-west until the steamer -was abreast of the island. She could not head him off; and then he -came about again, steering her due south. - -The skipper was ready for the explanation, and the passenger proceeded -to relate it. - - - - -CHAPTER III. - -MR. BOLINGBROKE MILLWEED TELLS HIS STORY. - - -The wind was blowing very fresh; and the Goldwing staggered wildly, as -she went ahead nearly before it. Mr. Bolingbroke Millweed appeared to -be a little nervous, for the schooner carried twice as much sail in -proportion to her size as the sloop in which he had come from -Burlington. - -“She acts just as though she was going to tip over,” said he, clinging -to the wash-board. - -“Tip over! She don’t do that sort of thing. She has got over all her -bad habits,” replied the skipper. “But I should like to have you spin -your yarn before we get up to Field’s Bay, so that I may know what to -do with you.” - -“I have been looking for a place in a store for a year, for I was -graduated at the high-school last summer,” Mr. Millweed began. “I know -a young man by the name of Hackett Tungwood, who is in a store in -Burlington. He wanted a vacation of a week, and he engaged me to take -his place while he was absent.” - -“Did his boss agree to it?” asked Dory. - -“His employer did agree to it, and treated me very kindly when I went -to the store at seven o’clock this morning. About nine o’clock Mr. -Lingerwell, who is Hack’s brother-in-law, and the head man in the -store, sent me to the safe for the cash-book.” - -“I got the book, and gave it to him. Just then Mr. Longbrook, the -proprietor, came in, and asked Mr. Lingerwell for the four hundred and -fifty dollars which had been put in the safe the night before. I saw -the head man go to the safe, and then both he and his employer seemed -to be in great consternation.” - -“Short words, or you never will finish,” interposed Dory. - -“I did not know what the matter was, but Mr. Lingerwell used a great -many exclamations.” - -“What did he do with them?” - -“He uttered them, of course: what else could he do with them? If you -continue to interrupt with irrelevant questions, it will take me a -long time to tell the story,” replied Mr. Millweed impatiently. “I was -putting up goods near the desk, or I should not have noticed what was -going on. In a little while I heard enough to satisfy me that the four -hundred and fifty dollars was missing. - -“Mr. Longbrook called me to the desk, and asked if I had been to the -safe. I told him I had taken the cash-book from the safe, as I had -been told to do. He looked me sharply in the eye. Mr. Lingerwell said -no one else had been to the safe since he opened it in the morning. - -“I was sent back to my work, and the two men kept on talking about the -money. It was clear enough to me that I was suspected of taking it, -and I felt as though I was already in the State prison. I heard Mr. -Lingerwell say he was sure I had taken the money, for it was all right -when he opened the safe. I never was so terrified before in my life. -Hack Tungwell had told me he did not expect to keep his place much -longer: he might not return at all. If I pleased his employer, I might -get the situation. - -“What I heard seemed to be the knell of all my hopes. I had done my -best to get a place, for my father sadly needs what little I could -earn. Then the two men talked in low tones for a while. Presently -Mr. Longbrook went out of the store. I was sure he had gone for an -officer to arrest me. - -“The idea of being arrested and marched through the streets by a -constable was about as bad to me as being shot through the head. When -Mr. Lingerwell went to the back part of the store, I rushed out at the -front door.” - -“You left!” exclaimed Dory with something like indignation in his -tones. - -“I did: I was wholly unwilling to be dragged through the streets by an -officer.” - -“That was worse than sinking the sloop in two hundred and fifty feet -of water. Do I understand you to say that you did not take the money -from the safe?” demanded Dory. - -“Do I look like a thief?” asked Mr. Millweed, rising from his seat in -the standing-room in deep disgust; though he was immediately thrown -back again by the motion of the yacht. - -“Never mind how you look: you acted just like a thief,” retorted Dory -warmly. “You don’t say yet that you didn’t take the money when you -went to the safe for the book.” - -“I do say now, most emphatically, that I did not take the money when -I went to the safe for the cash-book, or at any other time. I didn’t -even know there was any money in the safe,” protested Mr. Millweed -very earnestly. - -“That’s coming to the point; but you have done the best you could to -convince your employer and his head man that you did take it. I advise -you to go straight back to Burlington, and then straight to the store, -and face the music. If anybody says I stole any money, I want to see -the man that says so.” - -“That would all be very well under ordinary circumstances,” pleaded -Mr. Millweed. - -“It’s all very well under any circumstances.” - -“I had a theory of my own.” - -“I don’t care any thing about your theory: I say the way is to face -the music. If you had let them search you before you went out of the -store, you would have been all right. They would not have found the -money upon you, and you had had no chance to get rid of it. Now they -will say you buried it somewhere on the shore of the lake.” - -“But I tell you I have a theory. I believe Tim Lingerwell took the -money himself. How easy it would have been for him to slip the wallet, -or the package, whatever it was, into my pocket when I was not -looking.” - -“That thing has been done in a hundred and fifty novels and stories, -but it isn’t done every day in Burlington. If Tim Lingerwell wanted -the money bad enough to steal it, he wouldn’t put it into your -pocket.” - -“He isn’t any too good to do such a thing. He and Hack belong in -Genverres; and people here wouldn’t trust either of them with a pewter -quarter,” argued Mr. Millweed. - -“Perhaps you are right: I don’t know. You have given yourself away, -and made it look bad for you. If Tim Lingerwell took the money, what -did he do with it?” - -“That’s more than I know. He has the care of the safe, and he and I -were the only persons who had been near it when Mr. Longbrook came in -for the money. I know I did not take it; and if I didn’t, he did. -That’s the whole of it.” - -Dory believed his passenger had been a fool to run away; but, without -knowing why, he could not help believing that he was telling the truth. - -“Where did you get the sloop in which you came up the lake?” he asked. -“You said she did not belong to you.” - -“She belongs to Sim Green, a friend of mine, who lives next door to -me. He was going down to Burlington to stay a few days with his uncle. -Money is a scarce article in our family, and I had none to pay my fare -by railroad. I was going to walk; but, at Sim’s invitation, I went -down in his sloop. When I left the store, I went down to the boat, and -got into it. Then I thought I would go home, and tell my father and -mother what had happened.” - -“Then you took the boat without leave?” - -“I knew Sim would not care, and he won’t come home before Saturday. I -meant to send it back before that time,” Mr. Millweed explained. - -“That may be all right; but Sim won’t thank you for taking it, when he -learns that she has gone down in two hundred and fifty feet of water. -Now, what is to be done?” asked Dory. “Will you go back to Burlington, -and face the music?” - -“I don’t know what to do,” replied Mr. Millweed, evidently overwhelmed -with perplexity. - -“I have told you what I would do if I were in your place,” added Dory. - -“Then I will go back; but I don’t want to be dragged into Burlington -by Tim Lingerwell,” replied Mr. Millweed, as he glanced at the -steam-launch. - -“All right, if you will only go back. What makes you think Tim -Lingerwell took the money?” asked Dory. - -“The more I think of it, the more certain I feel that he took the -money. Why should he call me from my work to get the cash-book out of -the safe for him, when he was within six feet of it? Why should he -send me to the safe at all, and leave it unlocked, when he knew there -was so much money in it? Why didn’t he search me before Mr. Longbrook -went out? He managed it all to suit himself,” replied the passenger -with energy. - -Dory thought his passenger was right. If the head man in the store -believed the substitute clerk had taken the money from the safe, he -could not see why he had been permitted to leave the store. - -“Did they chase you in the street after you left the store?” asked -Dory, who was rather inclined to do a little detective business on his -own account, as he had had a taste of it during the summer. - -“No one chased me. I did not see any one from the store. I was off -Split Rock when I first saw the launch, but I didn’t know Tim was in -her till just before he ran into the sloop. The moment I heard his -voice, I understood it all; but I did not know enough about a boat to -get out of the way.” - -“I don’t believe you did, or you would not have sunk that sloop. The -wonder is, that you got as far as you did without capsizing her.” - -“I hoisted the sail, and let her go. The wind was fair, and all I had -to do was to keep her away from the shore. She frightened me out of my -wits two or three times when the waves were high.” - -“With this breeze we can run away from that steam-launch. If you like, -I will take you back to Burlington, after I have told my mother where -I am going.” - -“I should like that very much,” replied Mr. Millweed. - -“But we can’t run away from the steamer beating down the lake, and we -must dodge her in some way,” suggested Dory. - -“I will do just as you say, Dory; and I begin to see what an idiot I -was to run away, though I still think Tim Lingerwell had some plan to -trip me up,” added the passenger. - -Dory had already decided upon his plan of operations. The steamer was -on the wrong side of him: he wished he was below instead of above her; -for he wanted to run into Beaver River, which he could not do on the -open lake without encountering his pursuer. - -His southerly course had by this time brought him near the east shore -of the lake. The steam-launch was all of half a mile distant. From the -mouth of the river a shoal extends a mile out into the lake, and over -a mile to the southward. Dory struck this shallow water at its -southern extremity. - -The deepest water is near the shore, and the skipper followed it. The -launch continued on her former course for a while, and then stopped -her screw. Tim Lingerwell at the wheel was perplexed; but Dory found -his way across the shoal, and entered the river. Then the launch went -around the shoal, and continued the chase. - - - - -CHAPTER IV. - -THE GOLDWING ANCHORS FOR THE NIGHT. - - -As soon as the Goldwing was fairly in the river, Dory found the wind -was light compared with what it had been on the open lake. But the -skipper had made up his mind that his passenger should not be taken -out of the boat: his plan for another movement was ready. - -“She is catching us, and I might as well make up my mind to go back to -Burlington in the Juniper;” for that was the name of the steam-launch. -“I believe Tim Lingerwell has that money in his pocket at this minute; -for he probably has had no chance to get rid of it,” said Mr. Millweed -in utter despondency. - -“You can make up your mind any way you please; but, if you don’t want -to go with him, you needn’t. If you will do as I say, I will land you -in Burlington to-night,” replied Dory, as the yacht passed the narrow -neck of land between the river and Porter’s Bay. - -“I will do just as you tell me, Dory; for I know you are capable of -doing big things.” - -“It won’t be a very big thing, but we can dodge the Juniper a great -deal easier than you can go to bed without your supper. I shall make a -landing at the cross-cut. You will go on shore, and follow the path -until you get to the other side of the woods. Then take the other path -to the river, and strike it half a mile above the landing.” - -“What is all that for?” asked Mr. Millweed, perplexed by the -instructions. - -“You do just as I tell you, and ask no questions. I will be -responsible for the result.” - -“All right: I will do so. But I might as well go home, for I shall be -half-way there when I get to the other side of the woods.” - -“If you go home, Tim Lingerwell will find you there. He will think you -have gone home; and that is just what I want him to think,” said Dory, -as he made the landing at the cross-cut, which was a short way to -reach the northern outskirts of the town. - -“I will do just what you say, Dory.” - -“Very well; but don’t be in a hurry. Wait till the Juniper gets a -little nearer, so that Tim can see you. Then start off as though you -meant business.” - -They had not long to wait, for the steam-launch had been gaining -rapidly on the yacht since they entered the river. When she was near -enough to enable those on board of her to see just what was done, Mr. -Millweed leaped ashore, and ran with all his might. - -“Stop him! Don’t let him go!” shouted the helmsman of the Juniper. “He -is a thief! He has been stealing a large sum of money!” - -“I am not a constable,” answered Dory quietly. “I pulled him out of -deep water, and brought him ashore. If you want him, you can take -him.” - -Tim Lingerwell rang his bell, and the engine stopped. He ran her up to -the shore, carrying her bow line to a post, as he leaped upon the -bank. - -“What did you let him go for?” demanded Tim, turning to Dory, who had -also landed. - -“It’s none of my business where he goes,” replied Dory. “This is a -free country.” - -“But I told you he had been stealing. Come, Greeze, we must catch him. -He lives up this way; and we shall find him at home, if we don’t catch -him before he gets there.” - -The engineer abandoned his machine, and the two men started off on a -run in the direction taken by the fugitive. But Mr. Millweed had a -good start, and the wood concealed him from his pursuers. - -As soon as they were out of sight, Dory took a survey of the Juniper. -He had often seen her before, though he had never been on board of -her; and he improved the present opportunity to do so. He made a more -careful examination of her than a mere inspection seemed to require. -Like Mr. Millweed, he had a theory. He looked into all the lockers, -and even examined the space under the ceiling as far as he could get -at it. - -Just as he was beginning to think his theory was entirely at fault, he -drew out a large pocket-book, which seemed to be well filled with -something. He opened it, and found that it contained a large pile of -bank-bills. Mr. Millweed’s theory was correct: Tim Lingerwell had had -no opportunity to dispose of the money, and he had put it where he -supposed no mortal could possibly find it. - -Mr. Bolingbroke Millweed’s honesty was demonstrated. Dory had been -right in trusting him. It was a great satisfaction to him to find that -he had judged his passenger correctly. But Tim Lingerwell was quite -as big a fool as Mr. Millweed; and the same might be truly said of any -person who commits a robbery. - -Dory took the money from the pocket-book, and put it into his -hip-pocket. He put a portion of a newspaper into the place from which -he had taken the bills, so as to make the pocket-book look as it had -before its valuable contents had been removed. Then he placed it under -the ceiling precisely as he had found it. His business on board of the -Juniper was finished, and he hastened to get the Goldwing under way -again. - -Mr. Millweed had faithfully followed his instructions, and was on the -bank of the river above the woods. The passenger leaped on board when -the bow touched the shore. - -“Did you see them, Dory?” asked Mr. Millweed, greatly excited. - -“Of course I saw them. They landed where you did, and started off at a -dead run after you. Lingerwell said you had gone home; and they expect -to find you there,” replied Dory, as he headed the yacht on her course -up the river again. - -“They won’t find me there,” added the passenger, chuckling at the -success of Dory’s plan. “But won’t they find us at Beech Hill if you -go there?” - -“It will be two hours before they get back to the Juniper again, and -then they won’t know where to look for you. We are all right.” - -Dory did not go into Beech-Hill Creek, which led to the lake in the -rear of the mansion of Captain Gildrock, but continued on his course -till he came to the river-road, on which the estate was located. At -this point he made a landing; and, leaving his charge in the boat, he -hastened to the house. - -Dory found his mother and sister in the garden. As briefly as he -could, he told the story of his passenger, and announced his intention -of going to Burlington at once. As he did so, they walked to the -house, where Mrs. Dornwood put up a heavy lunch for her son. The -skipper showed the money he had taken from the Juniper, to prove his -statement; but this was a secret she was not to reveal to any person -at present. - -Mrs. Dornwood volunteered to call upon the Millweeds, and inform them -of the true state of the case; for the visit of Tim Lingerwell was -likely to give them much trouble and anxiety before the whole truth -came out. - -With the large lunch-basket and his overcoat, Dory hastened back to -the place where he had left the Goldwing. He found his passenger in a -very nervous and troubled frame of mind, fearful that Tim Lingerwell -might pounce upon him while he was waiting for the skipper. He -re-assured him by his confident words, and they embarked without -losing a moment. - -“It is a little more than an hour since we left the steamer; and -Lingerwell may see us as we go down the river, though I don’t think he -has got back yet,” said Dory, when the yacht was under way. - -“Why not wait here until after the Juniper has started?” suggested Mr. -Millweed. - -“We should have to wait all night, I think; for I don’t believe -Lingerwell will go back without you,” replied Dory. - -“But you have to sail back to Burlington with the wind against you: -the Juniper will be sure to catch us,” added Mr. Millweed anxiously. - -“I am willing to take the chances; and, whatever happens to us, I will -promise that you shall be all right when you have faced the music,” -answered Dory, keeping a sharp lookout ahead for the steam-launch. - -“All right: you have carried me through so far, and I will trust you -to the end. You saved my life; and I shall never cease to be grateful -to you, even if you do nothing more for me,” said the passenger with -more feeling than he had before exhibited. - -As the yacht approached the place where the fugitive had landed, Dory -saw that the Juniper was still there. As the skipper was obliged to -beat a portion of the distance down the river, he made a tack within -twenty feet of her. - -“Hold on, there!” shouted a voice from her; but it was not that of -Lingerwell. - -At the same moment a man rose from the bottom of the launch. He proved -to be Greeze, the engineer. The pilot had evidently sent him back to -attend to the boat. - -“We will see you in Burlington,” replied Dory, with abundant good -nature, when he was satisfied that Lingerwell was not on board of her. - -“We want that thief!” yelled Greeze. - -“You will take him down to Burlington with you when you go.” - -Doubtless this answer perplexed the engineer; but the yacht passed out -of hailing-distance, and no explanation was practicable. After going -around the bend of the river, the Goldwing could lay her course for -the lake, close-hauled. - -“The engineer has left the boat again,” said Mr. Millweed, just before -the yacht reached the bend. “Where do you suppose he is going now?” - -“He is going to find Lingerwell, and tell him that you have gone down -the river. But he may not find him for two hours. Of course he is -moving about looking for you. Very likely he will go to my uncle’s -house to inquire for me, though he will not be any the wiser for his -visit. But I feel as though it was about supper-time,” continued Dory, -as he consulted the watch his uncle had given him on his last -birthday. “It is quarter-past six.” - -“I have the same sort of a feeling; for I had no dinner to-day, and -took my breakfast at six this morning,” added Mr. Millweed. - -“Why didn’t you say so before? You might have been working your jaws -from the time we left the shore-road,” said Dory, as he handed the -lunch-basket to his passenger. “Help yourself, and I will feed as the -helm gives me time.” - -Mr. Millweed showed that he had an appetite by the time the Goldwing -reached the lake. As the sun went down, the wind died out, though not -till the schooner had passed Split Rock. - -“I am afraid we shall not get to Burlington to-night; for we can’t go -without wind,” said Dory, when the breeze had nearly deserted them. - -“Then I am sure to be caught,” added the passenger. - -“Not at all: don’t give it up.” - -Dory kept the boat moving a mile farther; and then came to anchor -inside of Cedar Island, where the masts of the Goldwing could not be -seen from the lake. At the skipper’s suggestion, the passenger turned -in, and went to sleep. - - - - -CHAPTER V. - -A QUARREL ON BOARD OF THE JUNIPER. - - -Dory had put on his overcoat, and gone to sleep on the cushions of the -standing-room. The jib had been lowered, but the fore and main sails -were still set. The skipper had passed the main-sheet around his arm, -so that any motion of the sail would wake him. This signal disturbed -him about eleven by jerking him off the seat upon the floor of the -standing-room. - -The wind had begun to come in fresh between Garden Island and -Thompson’s Point, indicating that its direction was from the -south-west. It was fair for Burlington; but, before he got up the -anchor, he listened attentively for any sounds that might come from -the open lake, for he had a suspicion that he heard something. - -A moment later he was confident that he heard the puff of steam from -the escape-pipe of a steamer. It was cloudy, and the night was dark. -He looked out between the islands and the mainland, but he could see -nothing. The sounds came nearer for a time: then they ceased for a few -minutes, and were followed by a splash in the water. He was satisfied -that a steamer had anchored at no great distance from Cedar Island. - -The skipper’s nap had refreshed him, and he was not inclined to sleep -while there was wind enough to move the schooner. Very likely the -steamer which had anchored was the Juniper. Probably Tim Lingerwell -realized that the Goldwing could not sail without wind; and he was -afraid he might pass her if he continued on his course. Doubtless he -suspected that she had put in behind some island. - -Dory got up the anchor, hoisted the jib, and, with the wind on the -beam, stood off to the north-west. He had no doubt the steamer he had -heard was the Juniper. The noise of her screw, and the puff of her -escape-pipe, indicated that she was a very small craft. He concluded -that Tim Lingerwell would keep a sharp lookout for him, and he -expected to be chased as soon as he passed the island. - -When he could see between the two islands, he discovered a light, -which marked the position of the Juniper. The Goldwing passed within a -quarter of a mile of her; but the wind was coming quite fresh from the -south-west, and Dory thought that he could take care of himself and -his sleeping passenger. - -Though it was very dark, the skipper had not deemed it prudent to -light one of his lanterns; for it would be sure to betray his -presence. As the yacht continued silently on her course, Dory heard -the sound of voices in the direction of Garden Island, behind which he -could see the Juniper’s light. - -It was evident that the pursuers were not asleep. Dory listened with -all his might, for he was deeply interested in what was taking place -on board of the steam-launch. It seemed to him that the captain and -engineer were talking a great deal louder than the occasion required. -As they were in the same craft, it was hardly necessary for them to -yell at each other. After he had listened a while, Dory thought the -tones of the speakers were angry and even violent. - -The skipper brought the Goldwing up into the wind, for a short -distance farther would carry the yacht out of sight of the Juniper. He -listened again; and the tones of the crew of the steam-launch were -more violent than before. What was the matter? There was clearly a -quarrel in progress between the captain and the engineer. As the -voices became louder and more forcible, the disputants were plainly -approaching a crisis in the quarrel. - -“Help! Help! Murder!” yelled one of the angry men; and Dory was -confident it was the voice of the engineer. - -The skipper of the Goldwing did not wait to hear any more, or to -speculate upon the cause of the difficulty on board of the Juniper. -Hauling in his sheets, he filled away on the starboard tack. The -schooner could just lay her course for the steamer’s light. It looked -a little like a stormy time ahead, and Dory decided to call his -passenger. - -Leaving the helm for a moment, he went to the cabin forward; and a -sharp word roused Mr. Millweed from his slumbers. Hastening back to -the helm, he seized the tiller before the schooner had time to -broach-to. At that moment the cry from the steamer was repeated, -though it was fainter than before. - -“What’s the matter, Dory?” asked Mr. Millweed, as he rushed into the -standing-room. “Didn’t I hear a yell just now?” - -“If you are not deaf, you did,” replied Dory, still gazing at the -steamer’s light. “There is a row on board of the Juniper. The engineer -is shouting for help.” - -“What does it all mean?” inquired the passenger anxiously. - -“I don’t know what it means, but I am going up there to find out.” - -“Do you think it is safe to go near them?” inquired Mr. Millweed. - -“I don’t know whether it is safe or not; but men don’t yell murder in -the middle of the night without some good reason.” - -“What can be the meaning of it?” asked the fugitive, evidently -believing that the skipper ought to be able to tell him all about it. - -“You can guess as well as I can, Bolly,” answered Dory. “Tim and the -engineer are the only persons on board of the Juniper, and the quarrel -must be between them. That’s all I know about it. But, if we are going -to take a hand in this fight, we had better have some sort of weapons.” - -“You don’t mean to take a hand in any fight, do you, Dory?” asked -Bolingbroke, not a little alarmed at the announcement. - -“Not if I can help it; but I don’t mean to let Lingerwell kill his -companion, without putting a finger in the pie. Go to the cabin, and -bring out the long tiller. You will find it under the berth you slept -in.” - -“But I don’t like the idea of getting into a fight with such a fellow -as Tim Lingerwell,” protested Bolingbroke, without heeding the -request. - -“I don’t care whether you like it or not. It is plain enough that we -ought to do something when a man is trying to kill another. Bring out -the tiller!” - -Mr. Millweed obeyed the order this time. Dory took the tiller, and -placed it at his side, where it would be ready for use if the occasion -should require. - -“There is a round stick by the centre-board casing. You had better -have that in your hand, for you may want to defend yourself before we -get through with this business. I don’t know what the quarrel is -about; but we are likely to find out very soon,” added Dory. - -“Help! Help! Murder!” - -“There it is again!” exclaimed the skipper, not a little excited by -this time. - -“It’s awful, isn’t it, Dory?” added Bolingbroke, his teeth chattering -with terror at the terrible sounds that were borne over the dark -waters. - -“Juniper, ahoy!” screamed Dory, forming a speaking-trumpet with his -two hands. “What’s the matter?” - -No reply came back in answer to the question. Just then Dory began to -wonder whether or not these cries were not a trick to call the -Goldwing out from her hiding-place. The wind had just breezed up; and -Tim Lingerwell might fear that the fugitive would escape him, after -all his labor and pains to capture him. - -He thought enough of the idea to mention it to his passenger. -Bolingbroke was ready to adopt the opinion that it was a trick: he was -ready to adopt any thing rather than go near the Juniper, whether -there was a fight or not on board of her. - -“Of course it is a ruse to get you out of your hiding-place,” said he -with energy. “I thought of that myself.” - -“If the wind hadn’t just breezed up, I should not have thought of -such a thing,” added Dory, still musing upon the point; for he did not -like the idea of having his passenger taken from the Goldwing by a -trick. - -On the other hand, it was possible, perhaps probable, that the two men -had fallen out, and come to blows. Dory knew that Lingerwell was a bad -man, and it is always easy for such men to make trouble. Strange as it -may seem, the skipper did not connect the large sum of money in his -hip-pocket with the quarrel on board of the Juniper. He did not even -think of the bills he had taken from the steam-launch in the absence -of her crew. - -“I wouldn’t go near her, Dory,” argued Bolingbroke. “I hope you won’t -step into the trap Tim has set for you to fall into.” - -“I am not afraid of Tim Lingerwell, and I am going over there to see -if any thing is the matter. We will be a little cautious about -approaching the steamer.” - -“But you can’t run away from her if you find it is only a trick,” -reasoned Bolingbroke. - -“We must take our chances,” replied Dory. - -By this time the Goldwing was entering the passage between Cedar and -Garden Islands. The Juniper was close to the shore, and the islands -were about the eighth of a mile apart. The wind was freshening every -minute; and Dory decided to run by the steamer, going as near as it -was prudent to go. - -He could still hear the voices of the two men, though their tone had -greatly changed. The skipper saw that the steamer was still at anchor, -for she had swung around with her head to the wind. He was satisfied, -by this fact, that the call for help was not a trick: if it had been, -the Juniper would have been under way by this time. - -“Juniper, ahoy!” called Dory, as the Goldwing came up with the launch. -“What is the matter on board?” - -“Nothing is the matter. Greeze has had the nightmare, and shouted -murder in his sleep,” replied Lingerwell, trying to laugh it off, -though the effort was a very sickly one. - -“Help! help!” shouted the engineer from the other end of the boat. - -“He don’t seem to have got over his nightmare yet,” added Dory.--“What -is the matter there? What ails you?” demanded the skipper. - -“Lingerwell has nearly killed me: he says I stole his money while he -was after the Millweed fellow,” replied Greeze. - -“Shut up, you stupid blockhead! Silence! Don’t say another word about -it, and we will fix up the matter,” said Lingerwell in a wheedling -tone, as though he would have given something handsome to have sealed -the lips of the engineer. - -“I won’t shut up! I have been insulted and abused; and I will have -satisfaction if it costs me my life. I didn’t take your money. I -didn’t know you had any,” growled Greeze, moving aft. - -This explanation on the part of the engineer enabled Dory to -understand the nature of the quarrel between the two men. When the -Juniper had anchored, Lingerwell had evidently taken the pocket-book -from its hiding-place, and found that worthless paper had been put in -the place of the four hundred and fifty dollars. As he was not aware -that Dory, or any other person, had been on board, he naturally -concluded that the engineer must have robbed him of his ill-gotten -money. - -Dory had come up into the wind under the lee of the Juniper. The -lantern hung on a stanchion in the after part of the steamer, so that -the skipper of the Goldwing and his passenger could see what took -place on board of her. The engineer had no sooner reached the place -where Lingerwell stood, than he leaped upon him with the fury of a -tiger. - - - - -CHAPTER VI. - -THE IMPULSIVE ASSAULT OF THE ENGINEER. - - -The engineer was evidently suffering under the humiliation of his -former defeat; and now he was seeking to satisfy his revengeful -feelings rather than gain any point, for Lingerwell had offered to -“fix up the matter.” His onslaught was so sudden and unexpected that -Lingerwell was borne down beneath him. - -Dory was wise enough to see, on the instant, that the impulsive attack -of the engineer was a great mistake; but it was too late to correct -it. In this case his sympathies were not “with the bottom dog;” for -the engineer had the right on his side, in spite of his blunder. - -The skipper of the Goldwing felt called upon to take a hand in the -conflict; and, when Lingerwell was about to shake off his opponent, he -went to the assistance of the latter. The engineer had thrown his man -upon his face, and he was in the act of turning over when Dory put his -knees on the back of the fallen one. - -“Put your foot on his back, and grab one of his hands!” exclaimed -Dory, as he grasped an arm. - -“I can hold him! He tried to kill me, and I will get even with him!” -gasped Greeze. - -“Don’t hurt him,” added Dory. - -“I will pay him off for what he did to me!” cried the engineer. - -“If you strike him, or kick him, I will leave at once!” added Dory -decidedly. “We can hold him, and keep him from harming you again.” - -“He abused me, and I will get even with him,” replied Greeze, a little -mollified by the threat of Dory; for he saw that he could not manage -the steamer alone. - -“Don’t harm him: the law will punish him,” continued Dory. “Bolly.” - -The passenger in the Goldwing had been looking on with no little -surprise and terror, and had not ventured upon the deck of the -Juniper. Possibly he was too much alarmed to realize that the tables -had been turned. - -“What is it, Dory?” he responded to the call. - -“Bring me the rope that lies under the tiller.” - -Bolingbroke found the line, and carried it to the skipper; but he was -careful not to go too near the fallen tiger, for such he had proved to -be to him. Dory took the line, and succeeded in making it fast to the -arm of Lingerwell. - -“What are you about, you young villain? Do you mean to tie my hands?” -demanded the fallen man. - -“That’s the idea exactly,” replied Dory, as he attempted to pass the -line around the arm held by the engineer. - -Lingerwell had been quiet for a minute after Dory took hold of him, -but the idea of being captured and tied up like a felon was too much -for him. With a series of heavy oaths, he made a desperate effort to -shake off his assailants. The engineer meant business, though the -direction of the assault had been taken out of his hands by the -new-comer. He lay down upon his victim, and jammed his knees into the -small of his back, so that escape was impossible. Dory passed the line -around the other wrist of the conspirator, and the two were securely -bound together behind him. - -“He is all right now, and cannot harm anybody,” said Dory. “Get -another line, and we will secure his feet.” Bolingbroke brought the -rope, for by this time he could see that his great enemy was -powerless. - -Dory fastened the feet of Lingerwell together, and then turned him on -his side, so that he could be more comfortable. Again the victim -struggled to loose himself; but Dory had done his work well, and he -could produce no impression upon the rope. - -“This is an outrage!” yelled he, furious with passion. - -“I suppose it isn’t an outrage to try to kill a man,” replied Dory, as -he took the lantern and examined the fastenings he had put on the -prisoner. - -“I didn’t try to kill him! That is all nonsense!” replied Lingerwell, -suspending his struggles. - -“We won’t argue the matter now,” replied Dory, walking to the forward -part of the boat. - -He was followed by the engineer, who seemed to be desirous to explain -the affair. Doubtless he was grateful for the service the boy had -rendered to him, and looked upon the skipper of the Goldwing as his -friend. - -“You are a plucky boy, Dory,” said Greeze, when they reached the -wheel, near the bow of the boat. “But I think I could have handled -that fellow alone.” - -“It is very strange that you should get into a quarrel out here in the -middle of the night,” added Dory. - -“It wasn’t a quarrel of my making; and, if he hadn’t taken me when I -was not thinking of such a thing, the boot would have been on the -other leg. He’s bigger than I am, but I can handle him if I have fair -play.” - -“How did you happen to get into such a row?” - -“I stopped the boat when we reached this place, and then let go the -anchor, at Lingerwell’s order. When I went forward, I found him on the -floor, feeling about under the ceiling. I didn’t know what he was -doing; and he didn’t care to have me know, for he told me to go aft -and bank the fire in the furnace. I did so, and when I got through I -went forward again. Lingerwell was at the lantern, looking over what -was in a big pocket-book he had in his hands.” - -“Had he said any thing about a pocket-book before?” asked Dory. - -“Not a word. When I got to him, he looked as though he was very -nervous and excited. He poked the pocket-book over, and then fished -his pockets all through. I asked him what the matter was. He said he -had dropped his pocket-book on the floor, some time during the day; he -didn’t know when. He had just found it; but the money had all been -taken out, and a piece of newspaper put in its place to swell it out.” - -“Did he say how much money was in it?” inquired Dory. - -“He said there was a good deal in it, but he didn’t tell me how much.” - -“Did he say there was a hundred dollars or more?” - -“He didn’t say a word about it. He kept getting more excited, and at -last he said I must have taken the money from the pocket-book. I -answered, that I didn’t do it: I hadn’t seen his pocket-book, and -didn’t know he had any money with him. On that he got mad, and I was -as mad as he was. - -“We had a long jaw about it, and then he pitched into me. He got me by -the throat before I knew what he was about. He put me down, and then -tried to fish my pockets. I yelled for help, for I thought he would -kill me. I hardly knew what I did; but I shook him off, and we had -another savage jaw about it. Then he pitched into me again. He had a -club in his hand; and I think he would have used it on me, if he -hadn’t heard you yell just at this time.” - -“I hoped my hail would let him know there was some one at hand, though -it was only a boy,” added Dory. - -“That was what made him let up on me. Then he tried to smooth it over; -but I never was treated like that before, and I meant to have it out -with him.” - -“Well, here we are; and what is to be done next?” asked Dory. - -“We were waiting down here to catch that Millweed fellow that stole -the money from the safe,” replied Greeze. - -“He says he didn’t take the money from the safe, and he is going back -to Burlington to face the music.” - -“We might as well go along then: we haven’t any more business up here. -You can steer the Juniper, and we will tow the Goldwing,” suggested -the engineer. “I don’t know how this thing is coming out, but I am -ready to go to Burlington. I suppose Lingerwell will have me -discharged after this, but I don’t care for that. You have tied him -hand and foot, and I don’t know what you mean by that. I meant to take -what I owed him out of his hide.” - -“I tied him to keep him from pitching into you again. I want to see -Mr. Longbrook as soon as we get to Burlington; and he can do what he -likes with him,” replied Dory. “We will start for Burlington as soon -as you are ready.” - -When the excitement was over, Bolingbroke Millweed had returned to the -Goldwing, and to his berth in the cabin, where he was now fast asleep. -The engineer replenished his fire, and in half an hour the Juniper was -under way. At four o’clock in the morning she was at her wharf in -Burlington. The Goldwing was made fast alongside of her. It was nearly -daylight, and it would be quite by the time Dory could reach the -residence of Mr. Longbrook. - -Bolingbroke was roused from his slumbers in the cabin, but he objected -to calling upon the storekeeper at so early an hour in the morning. -Dory did not care for his opinion, and insisted upon going without any -delay. Greeze was to keep watch over Lingerwell until he heard from -Dory, and Mr. Longbrook was to decide what was to be done with the -prisoner. - -The house of the storekeeper was easily found. It was about five by -this time, and the early visitors saw that the people were up. To -Dory’s inquiry for the head of the family, the servant said he had -gone to the store. He had staid there till midnight the night before, -and had left the house as soon as it was light. - -Dory was not a little astonished at this severe devotion to business; -but he hastened to the store, and found Mr. Longbrook was busy over -his books. He had locked himself in, but he opened the door in answer -to the skipper’s vigorous knocks. - -“I am too busy to see any one now,” said the storekeeper impatiently. -“Come at nine o’clock, and I will see you.” - -“This young man wants to see you at once,” added Dory, pulling -Bolingbroke into the doorway. - -“What, Millweed! So you have come back, young man,” added Mr. Longbrook, -as he recognized his late assistant. - -“I have come back to tell you, sir, that I did not take the money from -your safe,” stammered Bolingbroke. - -“What did you run away for, then?” demanded the merchant severely. - -“Because I was a fool and was frightened. I found that Mr. Lingerwell -was determined to convict me, guilty or innocent; and I had not the -courage to stay and see it out,” replied Bolingbroke honestly. - -“You lost four hundred and fifty dollars from your safe, Mr. -Longbrook,” interposed Dory. - -“That was just the amount taken, and this young fellow took it. It -looks as though he came to work here at this time for the purpose of -getting it, and he left as soon as he had the money,” said the -merchant angrily. “What have you done with the money, you young -rascal?” - -“I have not had it, I have not seen it,” protested Bolingbroke. - -“Don’t tell me that! No one else could have taken it. You and -Lingerwell were the only two persons who went to the safe.” - -“Possibly Mr. Lingerwell took it himself,” suggested Dory. - -Mr. Longbrook knit his brows into a frown, and turned away as though -he was thinking of something. Doubtless he was considering whether or -not it was possible that his trusted head man could have done such a -deed. - -“At any rate here is the money,” added Dory, pulling the roll of bills -from his pocket. - -The merchant opened his eyes very wide, and so did Mr. Bolingbroke -Millweed. - - - - -CHAPTER VII. - -BOLINGBROKE MILLWEED OUT OF A PLACE. - - -Mr. Longbrook took the bills, and a smile of satisfaction overspread -his troubled face. He looked at Dory with astonishment, and then -glanced from him to Bolingbroke. The latter was quite as much -surprised as the owner of the four hundred and fifty dollars. - -Dory had not given a hint to his companion or to the engineer that he -had the money. He had concealed the fact from prudential motives. He -had told his mother all about it, but he was not inclined to lead -either of his associates in the boat into temptation. - -“I see,” said Mr. Longbrook, nodding his head at Dory. “Your friend -has concluded to give up the money, and expects me to say nothing more -about it.” - -“I never saw the money before; and I didn’t know till this minute that -Dory had it,” protested Bolingbroke earnestly. - -“He tells the exact truth,” added Dory. “Neither he nor any one but my -mother, who is at Genverres, knew that I had the money. I think you -had better hear the whole story, and then you can judge for yourself.” - -Mr. Longbrook was quite willing to hear the story, for he was deeply -interested by this time. He asked Dory and his companion into the -store, and locked the door again. Bolingbroke gave his part of the -narrative first, and Dory finished it out. - -“I believed Bolingbroke told me the truth; and I accepted Mr. -Lingerwell’s statement that one of the two must have stolen the -money,” said Dory. “When the skipper and engineer left the Juniper to -catch my passenger, I looked the steamer over, and found the -pocket-book. I put the piece of newspaper into the place where I took -out the bills, hoping that Mr. Lingerwell would suppose he had the -bills until he got to Burlington.” - -Then followed the skipper’s account of the quarrel on board of the -Juniper, which confirmed Dory’s statement. It was as clear to the -merchant as it was to Dory, that the head man had stolen the money. - -“Where is Lingerwell now?” asked Mr. Longbrook. - -“He is on board of the Juniper, tied hand and foot; and the engineer -is keeping guard over him. He did not know I had been on board of the -Juniper in his absence; and he was sure that Greeze must have taken -the money from the pocket-book, and put the newspaper in its place. -You can do what you like with him.” - -“I knew that man was a villain!” exclaimed Bolingbroke when Dory had -finished his explanation. “I saw why I was sent to the safe for the -cash-book, when it was almost within reach of his hands; and that was -one of my reasons for running away. I was a fool, but I was -frightened.” - -“I wish I had known that Lingerwell was a rascal a little sooner. -Since he went after this young man yesterday, I have been examining my -books. I am satisfied that he has robbed me of hundreds, if not -thousands, of dollars. I can see just how he has done it. Now we will -go down and see him, and we will have a warrant for his arrest.” - -By this time it was seven o’clock, and the merchant departed for the -warrant and the officer to serve it. Dory and Bolingbroke went with -him. As they passed the Van Ness House, Dory was not a little surprised -to see his uncle standing at the entrance of the hotel with quite a -little crowd of boys. The skipper counted ten of them, and he wondered -if they were to be pupils in the Beech-Hill Industrial School. - -“You are here in good time, Theodore,” demanded Captain Gildrock, as -he recognized his nephew. - -“I came up on a little business, uncle,” replied Dory. - -“Very important business it was to me, Captain Gildrock,” added Mr. -Longbrook. “I am under very great obligations to him.” - -The breakfast-bell rang, and the boys were sent in to obtain the -morning meal. The merchant gave an outline of the loss and recovery of -his money. The captain asked a great many questions, which were all -answered to his satisfaction. Then he insisted that the party should -breakfast with him. - -Mr. Longbrook accepted the invitation, and they entered the hotel. In -the vestibule the merchant met the justice to whom he intended to -apply for the warrant. He stated his case to him, and the gentleman -promised to have the warrant ready by the time he had finished his -breakfast. The party seated themselves at the table. - -“A telegram for you, Captain Gildrock,” said one of the clerks, -bringing the message to him. - -“‘Dory away; no pilot; cannot go up the lake.--JEPSON,’” read the -captain from the despatch in his hand. “Then you did not come down in -the Sylph, Theodore. Of course you did not. I have heard the story of -your movements during the night. I telegraphed to you last night from -here to come down in the steamer, and take the new scholars to Beech -Hill.” - -“I have the Goldwing here, and I can take them home in her,” replied -Dory. - -“But I have ten boys with me: there they are at the other table. They -are about as wild and harum-scarum a set of youngsters as I ever saw -in my life. But we will take all that out of them in a few days, when -I get them to Beech Hill,” replied the captain confidently. - -“I can take the crowd up in the Goldwing.” - -“We will see about that when we have done breakfast, and you have -disposed of your prisoner.” - -“The Juniper is at your service, Captain Gildrock.” - -“Thank you: perhaps we may want to use her.” - -Mr. Longbrook inquired in regard to the sloop that had been sunk. It -was not likely that Lingerwell would be able to pay for the mischief -he had done; and the merchant said he had a sloop, not a very fine -one, which he was willing to give as a substitute for the one lost. -Bolingbroke was delighted with this offer, and promptly accepted it. - -After breakfast the party proceeded to the wharf where the Juniper -lay, the recruits for the Industrial School being required to report -at the hotel at ten o’clock. Mr. Longbrook found things on board of -his steam-launch precisely as represented to him by Dory. Lingerwell -still lay on the floor in the after part of the steamer. Greeze sat -near him, and apparently had not taken his eye off him since the -departure of Dory early in the morning. - -The officer with the warrant had not yet put in an appearance. The -merchant, before he showed himself to his delinquent head man, called -the engineer up the wharf, and questioned him in regard to the events -of the night. His statement did not vary from that of Dory and -Bolingbroke, though Greeze as yet had no suspicion that the money he -had been charged with stealing had been taken from the safe of his -employer. - -“I think there are enough of us to handle this man,” said Mr. -Longbrook, as he returned to the steam-launch. “You may untie his -hands, Greeze.” - -“With fair play I can handle him alone,” replied the engineer, as he -proceeded to release the wrists of the culprit on the floor. Greeze -helped him to get upon his feet, and then gave him a seat opposite the -merchant. - -“Well, Lingerwell, I find you did not capture the thief,” said the -storekeeper. - -“I did not: he found an accomplice in Dory Dornwood, who helped him to -escape,” replied the prisoner doggedly; and, as he had no knowledge of -what had transpired at the store, he was not prepared to admit any -thing. - -“But how does it happen that I find you a prisoner, bound hand and -foot?” asked the merchant. - -“I am the victim of an outrage. I had some difficulty with the -engineer in the night, and he joined forces with Dory against me. By -taking me unawares, they succeeded in making me a prisoner. I had some -money with me, and dropped my pocket-book on the floor near the wheel. -When I found it, the money was taken out, and its place filled with a -piece of newspaper.” This statement also confirmed that of Dory. - -“How much money did you happen to have with you?” inquired his -employer. - -“About a hundred dollars. Of course I knew that the engineer had done -this, for no one but Greeze and myself had been on board of the -steamer.” - -“Are you sure of that?” - -“As sure as I can be of any thing in this world,” persisted -Lingerwell. - -“Are you correct about the amount of money in your pocket-book?” - -“I would not say there was just a hundred dollars in it, but about -that amount.” - -“Wasn’t there four hundred and fifty dollars in the pocket-book?” -demanded the merchant sharply. - -“I am sure there was not,” the culprit persisted. - -“The pocket-book was not taken by the thief: do you happen to have it -about you, Lingerwell?” - -“After I found it was empty, I laid it on the rail for a minute, and -it fell overboard. It was so dark I could not recover it,” replied the -prisoner. - -While Lingerwell was inventing and uttering this falsehood, Mr. -Longbrook picked up a piece of newspaper, folded in the shape of a -bank-bill, which he found lying on the floor of the steamer. - -“I suppose this is the piece of paper you found in the pocket-book in -place of the money?” - -“That is the piece of paper.” - -“Here is the rest of the paper,” added Dory, taking a newspaper from -his pocket. - -The merchant put the two pieces of paper together, and found they were -part of the same sheet. - -“Then it was this Dory that robbed me of my money!” exclaimed the -prisoner savagely. - -“Robbed you of my money, you mean, Lingerwell. Dory has returned to me -the money he took from the pocket-book you hid under the ceiling of -the launch. Lingerwell, to the crime of robbery you add the meanness -and the baseness of charging it upon an innocent person,” said the -merchant sternly. “Yesterday I would have trusted you with all I had -in the world. To-day I find you are a thief and a villain. Here comes -the officer with a warrant for you.” - -Lingerwell subsided at once; in fact, he broke down like a child, and -cried like a baby. He had not supposed he could be discovered so -readily, but rogues are very apt to make blunders. The officer marched -him to the lockup; and we may as well add here, that he was sentenced, -in due time, to the State prison for three years. - -“I suppose I shall be wanted in the store, Mr. Longbrook?” asked -Bolingbroke, when the culprit had been marched off. - -“If you had not run away, you would have been all right, young man,” -replied the merchant. “Yesterday I engaged two experienced men at very -low wages, and they were to come this morning. I shall not need you.” - -“If it is a fair question, Mr. Longbrook, how much do you pay the two -men?” asked Captain Gildrock. - -“One five, and the other six, dollars a week.” - -The captain nodded his head, but made no reply. - -“The fact is, there are three times as many clerks as there are -places,” added the storekeeper. - -Bolingbroke was terribly disappointed to lose even a temporary place. - - - - -CHAPTER VIII. - -PUPILS FOR THE BEECH-HILL INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL. - - -Mr. Longbrook conducted Bolingbroke to another part of the wharf, and -pointed out to him an old sloop, about the size of the one sunk in the -deep water. - -“I am sorry you are out of a place, young man; but you are welcome to -that boat in place of the one you lost, though I don’t feel under any -obligations to replace it. It was your misfortune that you were -accused of a crime. If you had not run away, I should have had a -chance to investigate the matter. I went out for a moment, and when I -returned you had gone. When I want another clerk, I will try to think -of you,” said the merchant, as he walked away towards the store. - -Bolingbroke could hardly keep from crying at his disappointment in -losing the place, which he had expected would be a permanent one. The -salary was only four dollars a week; but he could board with a relative -for two, and he could at least relieve his father of one mouth to -feed. - -“What’s the matter, my lad?” asked Captain Gildrock, as he and Dory -walked up the wharf. “You look as though you had not a friend in the -world.” - -“I have lost the place I expected to have, and my father is very -poor,” replied Bolingbroke with due humility. - -“What sort of a place was it?” asked the captain. - -“It was a situation in Mr. Longbrook’s store. I have been looking for -a place for a year; but I am afraid I shall never find one,” replied -Bolingbroke, hoping the rich man would interest himself in his favor. - -“There are ten clerks for every vacancy. Can’t you find any thing else -to do?” - -“I don’t know: I never looked for any other kind of a place.” - -“I should think you might find a place to work on a farm,” added the -captain in perfect good faith. - -“On a farm!” exclaimed Bolingbroke, actually stopping in his walk in -his astonishment. - -“I hear that there is a scarcity of help on the farms in the State,” -continued Captain Gildrock. “I should say you might earn four or five -dollars a week, or at least fifteen dollars a month, on a farm, -besides your board; and that is better pay than you can get in a -store.” - -“I never worked on a farm,” added Bolingbroke, who possibly knew that -the rich man of Beech Hill had some peculiar notions. - -“Where do you live?” - -“I live in Genverres, on the north side, where my father has a farm.” - -“Does your father carry on a farm?” - -“Yes, sir: he has always been a farmer.” - -“I should think you could find enough to do at home. Don’t your father -need any help on his place?” - -“He hires all the help he wants. I never did any thing on the farm.” - -“You look like a stout fellow; and I should think you could do a man’s -work for him,” added the captain, surprised in his turn. - -“Perhaps I could, if I had been brought up to it,” replied Bolingbroke -rather sheepishly. - -“Have you any brothers and sisters?” - -“One brother and two sisters.” - -“I should not think your father ought to be very poor, if he has a -farm, and two stout boys to help him. What does your brother do?” - -“He has been looking for a place in a store for the last three years. -He has tried in Burlington, Rutland, and Brattleboro’; and he thinks -of going to New York or Boston.” - -“Don’t your brother work on the farm when he is out of work?” asked -Captain Gildrock, who was beginning to get an inkling of the -situation. - -“Neither of us ever did any thing on the farm. Mother has never been -willing that we should work on a farm,” replied Bolingbroke. “Father -wants us to do something else.” - -“Do your two sisters do any thing? How old are they?” - -“Elinora is twenty, and Fatima is twenty-two. They have never done any -thing.” - -“I dare say they are both engaged, and their future is marked out,” -suggested the captain with a smile. - -“Neither of them is engaged, and there is nothing to indicate their -future.” - -“I suppose you have all been to school?” - -“We are all graduates of the Genverres high-school.” - -“Indeed!” exclaimed Captain Gildrock significantly, as though the last -item of information explained the situation fully to him. “Why don’t -you learn a trade?” - -“Learn a trade!” ejaculated Bolingbroke. “I never thought of such a -thing.” - -“It is a good time to think of it now then. You are not more than -sixteen or seventeen,” suggested the captain. “If you like, I will -receive you as a pupil in the Beech-Hill Industrial School, where you -can become a carpenter or a machinist, or learn to run an engine. You -can stay for a year or longer, and it will cost you nothing. I think -you said your father was very poor, and no other member of the family -seems to be earning any thing.” - -“My father has hard work to get along. His farm is mortgaged for about -all it is worth, and it takes all the money he can raise to pay the -interest; and he is afraid he will lose all his property.” - -“If you will come to my school, I will put you in the way of saving -money enough from your wages another year to pay your father’s -interest. If I don’t I will pay it myself.” - -“I think a word from you would get me a place in some store in -Burlington. If you would recommend me”-- - -“How can I recommend you when I never saw you before in my life? I -don’t do things in that way,” interposed Captain Gildrock. “If you -join the school, I will see that you are in a position to earn fair -wages another year. One of our last year’s boys gets thirty dollars a -month besides his board. All of them get twenty or more. After they -have had experience they will command from fifty to a hundred dollars -a month. You can think of it, and let me know your decision in a few -days; for the school opens on the 1st of September.” - -The party reached the hotel by this time. Dory and Bolingbroke were -summoned to appear as witnesses in the case of Lingerwell the next -day. Captain Gildrock found the ten recruits for the school at the -hotel. He had picked them up among his friends in Montpelier, St. -Albans, and St. Johnsbury. If he did not know it before, he had -ascertained on his trip to Burlington with them, that they were a set -of wild boys. - -He was in a hurry to get them to Beech Hill before they tore any -houses down, or did any other mischief. At least five out of the ten -had been expelled from private schools or academies, because the -instructors could not manage them; three of them were the sons of -wealthy men; and all of them were supposed to have a liking for -mechanical pursuits. The captain was confident that he could manage -them after he got them to his estate. - -Dory was satisfied that he could seat them all in the Goldwing, for he -had often taken out twenty in her on pleasure-excursions. But his -uncle was afraid they would “cut up,” as he expressed himself, and -make trouble on the passage. He spoke to them about going in the -schooner, and they were delighted with the idea. Most of them had -never been on the lake in any sort of a craft, and some had never even -seen a steamboat or a sailboat. - -Captain Gildrock consented to the arrangement after he had charged the -recruits to behave with propriety in the boat, and to obey the orders -of the skipper. They promised to do these things, and they were -marched down to the wharf. Bolingbroke followed the party, evidently -because he did not know what else to do with himself. - -“Couldn’t you say a word to your uncle in my favor, Dory?” said he on -the way to the lake. “He knows all the storekeepers, and a word from -him would make a place for me.” - -“He won’t recommend you, because he knows nothing at all about you,” -replied Dory. “Why don’t you join the school, as he asked you to do?” - -“I should make nothing for my father by doing that,” added -Bolingbroke. “I want to help him pay his interest-money.” - -“How much can you do for him when you get only four dollars a week?” -asked Dory. “You would have to pay three for your board, and that -would leave you about fifty to pay for your clothes, washing, and all -other expenses. You would be just as well off at the end of the year, -and so would your father, if you went to the school.” - -“But the idea of becoming a carpenter or a greasy machinist!” -exclaimed Bolingbroke with a curl upon his lip. - -“I thought you wanted to earn money to help your father. A little oil -on your hands won’t hurt you,” replied Dory, rather disgusted with his -companion. - -“I am sure my mother won’t let me become a mechanic, but I will speak -to her about it tonight. I suppose I can go down with you in the -Goldwing: I have no other way to get home.” - -“Certainly, I have room enough. But how will you get the sloop Mr. -Longbrook gave you up to Genverres?” - -“I will write to Sim Green, and he can go up in her when he is ready -to return.” - -When the party arrived at the wharf, and the Goldwing was pointed out -to them, they were delighted with her. Some of them wondered if it -were safe to go in her, though most of the ten were afraid of nothing. -Captain Gildrock had business in Burlington which would detain him -till the next day, and it was arranged that Dory should come down in -the Sylph to attend court. His uncle would return in the steamer. - -“But what are we to do with all these fellows before you come, uncle -Royal?” asked Dory. “They will tear the house down, and dry up the -lake.” - -“Jepson and Brookbine are there; and, as they are to instruct the -pupils, they ought to be able to manage them,” replied the captain; -but his looks indicated that he had some anxiety about the matter. -“Tell Mr. Brookbine to assign the rooms to the boys, one to each, in -the dormitory. The rogues will not think of doing any mischief until -they are better acquainted.” - -Captain Gildrock gave Dory a paper on which were written the names of -the new pupils. He called them off, one at a time, and gave to each -one his place in the boat. They behaved very well under the eye of the -captain. They were seated five on each side of the standing-room, -leaving room for the skipper to go forward and aft. - -“I suppose you know all about a boat, fellows,” said Dory, as he went -forward to hoist the jib. - -“Never saw a sailboat before!” exclaimed Ben Ludlow. - -“Nor I!” shouted half a dozen others. - -“Where have you been all your lives?” laughed Dory, as he paused on -his way. - -“In the woods,” replied Ben. - -The skipper shoved off, and the Goldwing stood across the lake. - - - - -CHAPTER IX. - -THE VOLUNTEER HELMSMAN AND HIS MOVEMENTS. - - -The wind was strong from the south-west; and, after passing the -breakwater, the Goldwing struck into a smart little sea for a -fresh-water pond. The motion was so strange, not to say exciting, to -the passengers from the interior, that they kept very still for a -time. The water slopped over the bow, and occasionally a bucketful -pounded pretty hard on the forward deck. - -Some of the boys were evidently a little startled, though they did not -like to show that they were moved by this new experience. Others tried -to look and act as though they had been on the waves all the days of -their lives. - -“It’s all right, fellows,” said Dory, when about half a barrel of -water slapped on the boards forward. “We intend to keep on the top of -the water.” - -“Does a boat always do like that, and take the water in?” asked Ben -Ludlow, who had never seen a sheet of water bigger than a pond a mile -in diameter. - -“No: sometimes the boat don’t throw the water at all, but sometimes it -does ten times as bad as now. I have been out in this boat when one -hand had to keep baling all the time. We call this a quiet sail.” - -“Of course it’s a quiet sail,” added Oscar Chester, who had once been -on a steamer. “There isn’t any thing to be afraid of.” - -“I can stand it as long as the rest of you,” replied Ben Ludlow, who -thought the last speaker had cast an imputation upon his courage. -“When Dory is frightened, it will be time enough for the rest of us to -get scared.” - -“I had no idea that a boat made such a fuss in going along,” said Dave -Windsor. - -“It don’t always; but we are sailing against the wind as near as we -can go,” Dory explained. “I suppose all you fellows are going to learn -how to sail a boat, and you might as well begin now.” - -The skipper of the Goldwing proceeded to show in what manner the mouth -of Beaver River was to be reached. When he had gone far enough to -weather Willsborough Point, he could lay his course to Thompson’s -Point; and from there he must beat about dead to windward. Most of the -new pupils were interested, and asked a great many questions. Dory -explained every thing very minutely; and it was not his fault if they -did not understand, at least the theory of sailing a boat against the -wind. - -“But I can’t see what makes the boat go ahead when the wind is against -her,” suggested John Brattle. “I can understand how the wind pushes -the boat along when it is blowing from behind her, but not when it -comes from the way it does now.” - -“It is the friction of the wind against the sails. Did you ever see a -ferry-boat cross a river by the force of the current?” - -John Brattle happened to be the only one of the party who had seen a -current-boat. He had crossed the Androscoggin River, in Maine, in a -stage on such a craft. - -“If the ferry-boat were headed square across the river, the current -would not move her any way but down the river,” added Dory. - -“There was a big wire rope stretched across the river, which did not -let her go down the stream,” replied John Brattle. “Then the boat was -turned to an angle half-way between the direction of the current and -the wire rope.” - -“Precisely as our sails are set at an angle with the course of the -boat. In this position the friction of the water against the boat -forces it across the river.” - -“But you have no wire rope.” - -“We have a centre-board instead.” Dory pointed out the centre-board of -the Goldwing, and showed how it worked. “This boat would slide off -sideways if it were not for that.” - -“But we have to go a great deal farther when beating,” said Ned -Bellows. - -“Of course we do,” replied Dory. “Sometimes we have to go two miles to -make one when the wind is dead ahead.” - -“Captain Gildrock said it was twenty miles from Burlington to Beech -Hill. Must we go forty miles to get there?” asked Ben Ludlow. - -“Not at all: the wind isn’t dead ahead. Here we are, just north of -Willsborough Point. I am coming about now. Look out for your heads -when the boom goes over.” - -Dory put the helm down, and all the sails began to flap and bang. But -in a moment the Goldwing took the wind on the starboard tack, the -sails went over, and the schooner began to gather headway on her new -course. - -“That’s what we call tacking,” said the skipper. “We shall go about -eleven miles on this tack.” - -“I say, Dory, let me steer her a while now,” added Oscar Chester, -rising from his seat, and moving aft. - -“Keep your seat!” replied the skipper rather sharply. “You mustn’t -move about in the boat.” - -“But I want to steer her,” persisted Oscar, resuming his seat. - -“Did you ever steer a boat?” asked Dory. - -“I never steered a sailboat; but I can do it as well as you can,” -added the new pupil. “I have seen just how it is done. When you want -the boat to go to the right, you put the stick in your hand to the -left.” - -“I don’t believe in running any risks in a boat, and I must keep the -helm myself,” answered Dory. “There is wind enough to upset the boat -if you don’t know how to handle her.” - -“But I do know how to handle her. I have kept my eyes open, and I know -all about it. It don’t take me a month to learn any thing.” - -“If we were alone I would let you try it, just to enable you to see -how easy it is to be mistaken,” said Dory, laughing. - -“It’s nothing to steer a boat! You needn’t make such a big thing of -it.” - -“Well, it is a big thing!” exclaimed Bolingbroke. “I thought I knew -something about it yesterday, and I got overboard in two hundred and -fifty feet of water; and that is deep enough to drown the whole of -you. I should have finished my mortal career then if Dory had not -picked me up.” - -None of the other boys said any thing, though it was plain to the -skipper that they did not want Oscar to steer the boat. Dory began to -understand what sort of a fellow Oscar was; and it was evident to him -that he was the bully of the crowd, and that he had already set up, -and perhaps established, his superiority. He was older and larger than -Dory, though three or four of the new pupils were heavier than he. - -“You all seem to be afraid of a boat,” continued Oscar with a palpable -sneer. “I am not afraid of her.” - -“Can you swim a mile?” asked Dory quietly. - -“I can’t swim a rod. I don’t intend to tip her over.” - -“Perhaps the rest of the fellows can swim.” - -They all protested that they could not. - -“If this boat should fill with water, she would go to the bottom like -a pound of lead,” continued Dory. “The water is over two hundred feet -deep out here. It is four hundred off Thompson’s Point. But, if you -can’t swim, you would drown just as quick in six feet of water as in -six hundred.” - -“I don’t care for your bugbears: I’m not afraid of them. I want to -steer this boat, and I’m going to do it!” added Oscar stoutly. - -“I don’t believe you will steer her on this trip,” replied Dory in a -quiet tone. “But I will give you a chance to steer all you want to -when we are alone.” - -“Do you take me for a little chicken, Dory, that can be led around by -you?” demanded Oscar, rising from his place. - -“Keep your seat!” added the skipper sharply. - -“No, I won’t keep my seat! I will let you know that you are not my -boss.” - -“In a boat all hands must obey the skipper, as I shall obey you, Oscar -Chester, when you are the skipper of any boat I am in; and that is -just what Captain Gildrock told you all to do just before we sailed.” - -“I don’t obey a little snipper-snapper of a fellow like you, Dory. I -never was bossed by any boy, and I don’t begin now,” blustered Oscar, -moving towards the stern of the boat. - -Dory saw that there was likely to be trouble. He had correctly read -the character of Chester; and he was not anxious, while responsible -for the safety of the boat and her passengers, to have any difficulty -with him. He was not afraid of him, bold and stout as Oscar appeared -to be. - -Putting the helm up a little, he allowed the schooner to fall off -until the strong wind heeled the boat over, so that the water was -nearly even with the top of the wash-board. This was decidedly -startling to some of the boys, who cried out in their alarm. - -The Goldwing went over so far that Oscar was not at all secure in his -footing; and he came very near tumbling over the heads of the fellows -on the lee side, for they had bent forward as the schooner heeled -over. - -“Sit down! Keep your seat, Oscar Chester!” shouted Dory. But it was no -part of the rebel’s nature to obey an order of any kind after what had -happened. The inside of the boat was rather crowded, except on each -side of the tiller, where the space had been reserved for the -helmsman. - -Making a lively spring for the open space on the lee side of the -rudder-head, he brought up on the seat, just as the skipper put the -helm down to bring the boat back to her former course. The Goldwing -was jumping on the waves; and the rebel did not fetch up just as he -intended, for the motion of the boat interfered with his calculations. -He grasped the main-sheet, and finally came down on the bit of deck -astern of the standing-room. - -Oscar evidently wanted to prove that he “always came down-stairs that -way;” for he let go the sheet, and tried to stand up straight. His -pride was still in the ascendency. Dory had put the helm over so far -that the sails were spilled, and this set the schooner to pitching. -Oscar had hardly let go the sheet, when he lost his balance, -and pitched into the lake, disappearing beneath the surface. Dory -tried to catch him before he went over, but failed to do so. - -“He has fallen over into the water!” screamed some of the boys, -terribly frightened by this time. - -“He will be drowned!” yelled others. - -The only one who had not entirely lost his head was the skipper. Dory -was as cool as though he had been up to his neck in ice-water. He had -been in all sorts of scrapes, though he had never encountered a bully -under such unfavorable circumstances. He had put the helm down before, -and the Goldwing had lost her headway. Of course she would not answer -her helm when she had lost her steerage-way. - -Oscar Chester came to the top of the water, and all the boys shouted. -Dory did not even look at him, for he was busy with the boat. He -filled away, and came about as soon as he got steerage-way. Oscar was -floundering about in the most unreasonable manner, with a better -chance of being drowned than of being saved. - - - - -CHAPTER X. - -THE BATTLE NEAR GARDEN ISLAND. - - -Oscar Chester had disappeared a second time, and most of the boys in -the boat were paralyzed with terror. Dory saw him as he rose, and knew -just where he was. The Goldwing worked lively in that breeze. The -skipper handled his sheets with extraordinary celerity. Going free, -the schooner dashed down to the spot, and reached it just as the -victim of his own folly rose again to the surface. - -Dory saw him just as the bow of the Goldwing was about to strike his -head. Keeping her off a little, he leaned over the side, and grasped -the drowning bully by the hair of the head, though not till he had put -the helm hard down. - -It was but a meagre hold that he had upon the sufferer, but he clung -to him till the boat came up into the wind. Oscar had not lost his -senses, though his mouth was too full of water to permit any -utterance, if he had any thing to say. Dory held on, though the -aimless struggles of the victim rendered it very difficult for him to -do so. - -“Grab him by the collar!” shouted Dory to the next fellow in the boat. -Lew Shoreham, who was the largest boy in the crowd, obeyed the order; -though it was a difficult matter for an inexperienced hand to do any -thing while the boat was flopping about in the heavy sea. But Lew got -hold with one hand, and Dory shifted his grasp from the hair to the -collar. - -After a lively struggle, with the assistance of two other boys, they -succeeded in hauling Oscar into the boat. He was exhausted by his -struggles in the water, and he dropped upon the floor of the -standing-room as limpsy as a wet rag. Dory gave no further attention -to him, but grasped the helm, and soon got the Goldwing upon her -course again, so that she was steady. - -“Turn him over on his stomach, and let the water run out of him,” said -the skipper. “Here, Bolly! Come aft! You can stand up in a boat.” - -[Illustration: THE BATTLE OFF GARDEN ISLAND. Page 113.] - -Bolingbroke obeyed the order, and the victim poured out a considerable -quantity of water from his mouth. Dory then directed his companions to -convey the sufferer to the cabin, and put him in one of the berths, -covering him with the blankets. But Oscar was not insensible, for he -had only exhausted himself by his violent struggles. In half an hour -he had recovered from the shock. The fresh wind made it cool on the -lake, and it took all the blankets on board to warm him. - -“That was a narrow escape. He had been down twice; and if he had gone -down again we should not have seen him again,” said Bolingbroke, as he -came out of the cabin. “I think that fellow will obey orders next -time.” - -“No, he won’t!” cried Oscar, sticking his head out at the door. “It -isn’t the first time I have been under water, and I’m not killed yet. -Dory did it on purpose to pitch me overboard, and I will get even with -him!” - -Perhaps all but Dory and Bolingbroke knew Oscar well enough not to be -greatly surprised at this demonstration. It looked as though the -lesson, which Dory hoped would cure him of his desire to handle a boat -before he had learned how to do it, had been wholly lost upon the -pupil. None of the party said any thing in reply to the speech, and it -was plain that they stood in fear of the rebel. - -In another hour, when the Goldwing was approaching Thompson’s Point, -Oscar was sufficiently warmed up to leave the cabin. He went aft, and -seated himself quite near the skipper. He looked decidedly ugly, and -Dory thought that half-drowning was not enough for him. He wondered -what his uncle expected to do with such a fellow. He would be equal to -a whole nest of hornets from the time the school was opened. - -“I heard some one call you Dory Dornwood,” said Oscar, fixing his gaze -upon the skipper. - -“My name is Theodore Dornwood; but they call me Dory for short,” -replied Dory. - -“The name is all right, Dory. You have insulted me, and you have -pitched me into the lake,” continued Oscar, frowning like an untamed -savage. “You got ahead of me before all these boys; and I am not the -fellow to swallow an insult, or to pass over an injury.” - -Dory looked at the bully once, and then took a leisure survey of the -lake ahead, and of the sails of the schooner. - -“I spoke to you, Dory Dornwood: didn’t you hear me?” demanded Oscar in -savage tones. - -“I heard all you said. I have nothing to say in reply,” answered the -cool skipper. - -“I spoke to you, and you will answer me, or take the consequences,” -added Oscar. “I am not a spring chicken, as you took me to be. I said -that you had insulted me, and pitched me into the lake. Do you confess -that you have done so?” - -“I don’t confess any thing. I am in charge of this boat, and -responsible for the lives of those in her,” replied Dory quietly. “I -don’t care to talk about the matter you have brought up, just now. -When we get to Beech Hill I will answer your questions, and we will -settle the matter if there is any thing to settle; though I would -rather have you fix it up with Captain Gildrock.” - -“That won’t do! I settle for an insult on the spot!” stormed Oscar. He -rose from his seat, and with clinched fists approached the skipper. - -“We are close to the land!” shouted one of the boys forward. - -“I don’t care where we are! We settle this matter here and now,” said -Oscar, making a slight movement forward. - -“Come, come!” interposed Bolingbroke. “This thing has gone far enough, -Oscar. Don’t you see that Dory is the skipper of the boat, and that we -can’t do any thing without him? Let him alone, and he says he will -make it right with you when we get ashore.” - -“Here and now!” repeated the bully. - -Dory had been running for Garden Island, where he brought up on his -long tack. He understood the situation, and feared that some of the -party might be drowned if Oscar Chester got the control of the boat. -He heard the centre-board scraping on the sands at the bottom, though -the water was nearly two hundred feet deep only a short distance from -the shore of the island. - -The skipper realized that his rebel passenger was about to make an -assault of some kind upon him, and he put the helm hard down. The boat -came up into the wind with every thing shaking. Oscar sprang upon him -as he did so, but Dory was on his feet at the same instant. The waves -beat smartly upon the shore of the island, and the centre-board was -still grating upon the bottom. - -“Do you confess that you insulted me?” demanded the bully, as he -seized Dory by the collar. - -“I do not confess,” replied Dory. At the same instant he sprang like a -tiger upon his assailant. - -The skipper was accustomed to the motion of the boat, while Oscar was -not. The assailant had evidently not expected so vigorous a defence. -Dory shook off the grasp of Oscar, a sharp struggle ensued, and it -ended almost the instant it began in a heavy splash in the water. - -Dory had tumbled the bully over the stern of the boat into the lake. -Those who looked on could hardly tell how it was done, for the defeat -of Oscar had been accomplished almost like a flash. On the land it -might have been different in the result, but in the uneasy boat the -experienced hand won a quick victory. - -“He is in the water again!” shouted the boys. - -But he was in the water not more than half a minute, for there was not -ten feet between the stern of the schooner and the island. Oscar -scrambled to the shore, and made his way to the level of the island. -The wind had filled the sails on the other tack, and the boat began to -move ahead. - -Dory saw that Oscar had made a landing on the island. Attending to the -sheets, he filled away on the port tack. The Goldwing dashed ahead as -though she was glad to be rid of the bully who had made so much trouble -on board of her. - -“Are you going to leave him there, Dory?” asked Lew Shoreham. - -“Of course I am going to leave him there. He can’t drown on the -island; and, if I take him on board again, he may destroy the whole of -us,” replied Dory rather warmly. “He is the most unreasonable fellow I -ever met in my life.” - -“But what will he do on that island?” asked Ben Ludlow. - -“Repent of his folly the first thing he does, I hope,” answered Dory. - -“Does any one live on the island?” inquired Jim Alburgh. - -“No one lives there. If any one did, that fellow would get up a -quarrel with him in fifteen minutes. Captain Gildrock may settle his -case, though I fancy he will go for me the first chance he gets.” - -“He is sure to do that,” added Bob Swanton. - -“He may get a thrashing if he does,” replied Dory. - -“Don’t be too sure of that, Dory. He is a fighting character, and has -been turned out of three academies, to say nothing of half a dozen -other schools. He rules the roost wherever he goes,” continued Bob. - -“He won’t do it at Beech Hill,” said Dory confidently. - -“If he don’t he will run away.” - -“He won’t run a great ways before my uncle gets his paw upon him. I am -going down to Burlington this afternoon, in the steamer, after my -uncle. We shall pass the island, and he can do what he pleases with -the fellow. I don’t think I am any more afraid of him than he is of -me.” - -During the rest of the passage the events we have narrated were fully -discussed, and Dory learned more about the antecedents of Oscar -Chester. Doubtless he was the worst fellow in the party; but, if the -truth had been known, Dory would have understood that some of the -others were not much better. In three hours from Burlington the -Goldwing arrived at the little lake on which Beech Hill was located. - -Mr. Brookbine, a very intelligent carpenter, who had been engaged as -an instructor in this department, was on the wharf; and the new pupils -were handed over to him. He marched them to the dormitory, where the -boys deposited what little baggage they brought. The Sylph lay at the -wharf, and the smoke was pouring out of her smoke-stack; for Jepson -had received a telegraph-message from Captain Gildrock. - -The boys were more interested in the steam-yacht than in any thing -else; and they immediately asked permission of Mr. Brookbine, as they -had before of Dory, to go to Burlington in her. The master-carpenter -was willing; but he decided to go with them, after the experience -which Dory had had with them on the passage up. - -Dory was the pilot, and he took his place in the pilot-house. He was -perfectly at home there; and the Sylph was really under his command, -for the carpenter knew nothing about boats or navigation. In a -discussion in regard to Oscar Chester, Mr. Brookbine thought he had -better be taken on board, for it would be late before they returned -from Burlington. A boat was sent for him, and he was brought on board. - - - - -CHAPTER XI. - -THE MASTER-CARPENTER DISPOSES OF HIS PRISONER. - - -Oscar Chester had been on Garden Island over two hours, and had had -time enough to cool off. It was plain that he did not like the looks -of Mr. Brookbine, who was a stalwart Vermonter, over six feet in -height. He had gone on shore with one of the men from the estate, who -acted as a deck-hand, to bring off the rebel. - -Oscar said nothing when he went on board of the steamer, and the other -boys were not inclined to make any talk with him. He walked from one -end of the Sylph to the other, taking a hasty survey of the -steam-yacht. He did not appear to be looking for any thing in -particular. - -When he was on the forward deck he discovered Dory in the pilot-house. -He did not even bestow a second glance upon him, and went aft in a few -minutes. He looked sullen and obstinate, and it was clear that he was -disgusted with his experience on the lake. - -“No use, Oscar,” said Williston Orwell, as the rebel approached him at -the stern of the boat. “You haven’t made out any thing, and I don’t -believe you will.” - -“The end of the world hasn’t come yet,” replied Oscar with a heavy -sneer. “There is time enough yet, and you know I never back down.” - -“But you might as well. You began too soon,” added Will Orwell. - -“I didn’t begin at all: I was civil enough to Dory till he began to -put on airs. He talked to me just as though I were a little child, and -he were the Grand Mogul. I told him I wanted to steer the boat, and he -told me to sit down. He insulted me.” - -“I don’t think he did, Oscar. None of us were ever in a sailboat -before; and I think he did just right in not letting you steer, for it -wouldn’t have taken much to upset that boat with so many in her.” - -“Then you think I am a spring chicken, do you, Will?” demanded Oscar -with a curl of the lip. - -“You know I don’t think any such thing; but you don’t know how to -steer a sailboat any more than I do. You were a little too fast to -think of doing it so soon,” reasoned Orwell with proper deference, -though he ventured to speak the truth as he understood it. - -“If the fellow hadn’t put on airs, and ordered me about as though I -had been his servant, I wouldn’t say a word,” continued Oscar. “As it -is, he insulted me, and pitched me into the lake.” - -“He didn’t pitch you into the lake, Oscar. You are not used to a boat -tossed about by the waves, and you fell overboard.” - -“Didn’t he make the boat tip more when I stood up on purpose to pitch -me into the lake?” demanded Oscar angrily. - -“I don’t know whether he did or not. I don’t understand a boat.” - -“I know he did! And then he tumbled me into the water at the island.” - -“But you pitched into him then; and, as he could stand up better than -you could in the boat, he threw you overboard.” - -“I shall get even with him; and if I don’t throw him into the lake, it -will be because I can’t do it,” blustered the rebel. “I see you are on -his side.” - -“I am not on his side; but I don’t expect a fellow to stand still, -and let you thrash him. I advise you to let him alone for a while, and -your time will come before many days have gone by. Don’t touch him -while he is handling the boat,” added the politic companion. - -“I shall go for him the first moment I can get at him, and I know -where he is now,” said the intemperate rebel. - -“Don’t do it: Dory is the pilot of the steamer, and the engineer just -told me that they can do nothing without him. Didn’t you hear Captain -Gildrock read the telegraph-message, that Dory was away, and for that -reason he could not go down to Burlington to convey us to Beech Hill?” -reasoned Will very earnestly. - -“I don’t care what he is: I shall not feel easy for a moment until I -get even with him. I will pull him out of that cubby-house where he -is, and pitch him into the lake, before I am half an hour older,” -persisted the rebel. - -“Don’t do it! You will only make trouble for yourself. Captain -Gildrock will come on board as soon as we get to Burlington, and if I -mistake not you will find a Tartar in him.” - -“I’m not afraid of him. But I don’t think I shall wait for him,” -replied Oscar. “I have not been to Beech Hill yet, but I have had -about enough already to satisfy me what it is going to be. If I am to -be ordered about by a boy younger than I am, and insulted by him, -because I happen to be in a boat with him, I don’t want any more of -it. My uncle gave me money enough to pay my fare to New York, and you -have more than I have, Will. What do you say: will you go with me?” - -“What shall we do when we get there? I don’t believe in jumping out of -the frying-pan into the fire,” replied Will. - -“Both of us want to go to sea, and all we have to do is to find places -in a ship going to some foreign country. We can take care of -ourselves,” said Oscar confidently. - -“I am not ready to go anywhere yet: I want to see what this Industrial -School is. We are to learn how to handle an engine, and how to manage -ships and boats. I think we had better wait a while before we go to -New York. We haven’t money enough to pay our way till we find a place -in a ship.” - -“You can do as you like, Will, but I have had enough of this thing; -and when you miss me you will know where I have gone. If you blow on -me”-- - -“You know very well I won’t do that,” protested Will. - -Oscar did not wait to hear any more. He went forward, and then -ascended to the hurricane deck. He and Will Orwell had been cronies, -so far as the character of Oscar would permit such a relation. - -The rebel reached the hurricane deck, and went forward to the -pilot-house. He surveyed the situation carefully. Dory stood before an -open window, with the spokes of the wheel in his hands. The doors of -the apartment, one on each side, were open. The young helmsman had no -more thought of being assaulted than he had of jumping overboard. - -Dory was delighted with his occupation, for he had not steered the -Sylph enough to make it an old story to him. From Garden Island he had -run out into the lake until the steamer was in range between Split -Rock and Juniper Island lights, when he headed for the latter. This -course would carry him clear of Quaker Smith Reef. - -Most of the boys, after looking over the Sylph with wonder and -astonishment at the elegance of her appointments, had gathered on the -main deck forward, where they could see the lake and the course of the -steamer. But a few of them were on the hurricane-deck, and three of -them were in the pilot-house with Dory. The pilot kept his eye on -Juniper Island lighthouse, the top of which could be seen seventeen -miles. The flag-pole in the bow was kept in range with the object for -which he was steering. He had just explained to the boys in the room -how he kept off the rocks and shoals, and found his way to any part of -the lake. - -He had hardly finished this explanation before Oscar Chester rushed -into the pilot-house. He rudely knocked aside a couple of the pilot’s -auditors, and laid violent hands upon Dory. The helmsman was -unconscious of the presence of an enemy until the rebel had seized him -by the collar of his coat. He pulled him over on his back upon the -floor. - -“Your time has come now, Dory Dornwood!” said Oscar fiercely, as he -began to drag Dory out of the pilot-house. - -“So has yours!” added Mr. Brookbine, as he stepped forward from behind -the pilot-house, where he had been reading the morning paper brought -up by the Goldwing. - -The master-carpenter took the rebel by the nape of the neck, and -snapped him off his feet before he could wink twice. He pitched him -half-way across the hurricane deck. Oscar was nothing but a “spring -chicken” in the hands of the burly mechanic. - -“It’s a pity I took you off that island!” exclaimed Mr. Brookbine, as -he bestowed a glance of contempt upon the rebel. “Did he hurt you, -Dory?” - -“Not at all. He came up behind me when I was not thinking of any thing -of that kind, or I should have taken care of myself,” replied the -young pilot, as he rushed back to the wheel. - -The pilot got his range again, and the Sylph went ahead as though -nothing had happened. The master-carpenter walked up to the fallen -rebel, who appeared to have been hurt when he struck the deck, though -he was in the act of getting up. Mr. Brookbine did not wait for him to -finish the act, but seized him by the nape of the neck again, and bore -him to the pilot-house. - -“It is a pity we took this fellow from the island, Dory, for we can’t -trust him loose about the steamer,” said the stout Vermonter. “Is -there any place on board where I can lock him up?” - -“Put him in the ice-house,” replied Dory, who was entirely willing to -have his assailant placed where he could do no more mischief. - -“Let me alone!” growled Oscar, attempting to break away from the grip -of the master-carpenter. - -“I will let you alone when I have locked you in the ice-house,” added -Mr. Brookbine, giving his patient several sharp twists and shakes, -which certainly did not improve his temper. - -“He sneaked up behind me, or I should not have needed any help,” said -Dory, who felt that he had suffered a partial defeat in being taken by -surprise. “I am sorry I did not see him, for I think I should have -made it hot for him.” - -“I shall make it hot for you before you have seen the end of this -affair. I will teach you what it is to insult your betters,” replied -Oscar. “If I don’t pitch you into the lake before I have done with -you, it will be because I can’t.” - -“Any time when you are ready, let the fun begin,” added Dory, when he -had better have held his tongue. - -“You will cool off in the ice-house; and we will see what you can do -in there,” continued Mr. Brookbine, as he dragged the rebel out of the -pilot-house. - -“Let me alone! I don’t let anybody put his hands upon me,” yelled -Oscar, struggling to escape from the grasp of the carpenter. - -“But you will be a good boy, and let me put my hands upon you, won’t -you?” added the big mechanic. - -“No, I won’t! I will be the death of you if you don’t let go!” - -“Steady, my boy: you are getting excited. You are wasting a great deal -of bad breath on nothing.” - -The carpenter slapped his victim over a few times on the deck before -he reached the stairs to the main deck. Oscar could not stand this: he -said it hurt, and he became comparatively quiet. His tyrant walked him -down the steps. The boys on both decks gathered to witness the -exciting scene; but no one offered to interfere, and no one spoke a -word of comfort for the rebel. - -“Will Orwell!” called the victim, when he saw his crony among the -spectators to his humiliation. “Come here, and help me!” - -“No, I thank you! I don’t believe in butting your head against a -stonewall, and I told you not to do it beforehand.” - -The carpenter opened the door of the ice-house, and thrust his -prisoner into the dark hole, as it was when the door was closed. - - - - -CHAPTER XII. - -CAPTAIN GILDROCK’s FIRST LESSON IN NAVIGATION. - - -Mr. Brookbine secured the door of the ice-house, and put the key into -his pocket. The interior was ventilated for the benefit of the -provisions that were kept on the ice when the steamer was on a long -cruise, but there was no window or other opening which would admit a -particle of light. - -“What’s the trouble, Mr. Brookbine?” asked Jepson the engineer, who -was the master-machinist and an instructor of the school. - -“That is the most desperate young cub I ever happened to encounter,” -replied the carpenter, as he proceeded to relate what had happened in -the Goldwing and on board of the steamer. - -“Captain Gildrock will bring him to his senses,” added the engineer, -laughing; for he believed the captain could do any thing that was -within the scope of mortal man. - -“I am ready to have him begin where I leave off; but there won’t be -much left of the young rascal when I get through with him if I have to -deal with him,” replied the carpenter. - -“We are likely to have a sweet time with these young fellows if many -of them are like that one,” added Mr. Jepson. “He wants to get even -with Dory, does he? I reckon Dory will be willing to give him a -chance, though I never knew of the skipper’s getting into a fight on -his own account.” - -Dory had already become a great favorite at Beech Hill. He was a smart -boy, but he was not perfect by any means. He had a great deal to -learn, but he was willing to learn it. The instructors in the -scholastic department had not yet arrived, but the mechanical -directors were already his fast friends. Even the servants, of whom -there was a small army on the estate, always smiled when he went among -them; for he was invariably kind and obliging to them, and willing to -assist them by all the means in his power. Besides, he was regarded as -the heir of the magnate of Beech Hill; and it was prudent to “keep on -the right side of him.” - -Of course the nine other boys who had arrived that day all talked -about the exciting events which had transpired since they left -Burlington in the forenoon. Still, no one belonging to the steamer -heard them say any thing. They made no comments on the conduct of -Oscar: possibly they were afraid they might be reported to him. But -they had learned to feel a great admiration for Dory; first, because -he was not afraid of the rebel, and, second, because he could handle a -sailboat and manage a steamer. - -It was about dark when the Sylph arrived at the landing in Burlington. -Captain Gildrock was on the wharf, waiting her coming. As soon as he -went on board, Mr. Brookbine reported the case of discipline to him, -and informed him that the prisoner was confined in the ice-house. - -“All right: let him stay there,” replied the captain, when he had -listened to the account of the doings of the new scholar. “Then Dory -has had a hard time of it. I was afraid he might have some -difficulty.” - -“No fear for Dory,” replied the carpenter, laughing. “He can take care -of himself. He fought his own battle in the Goldwing, and won the day -every time.” - -“I knew that Chester was the worst fellow in the party, but I did not -expect him to break out so soon. I am glad to hear that the others -have behaved well,” said Captain Gildrock, as he walked forward where -the boys were assembled. “How are you getting on, boys?” - -“First-rate, sir,” replied several of them in the same breath. - -“I am glad to hear it; and none of us will have any trouble as long as -we mean well. What you mean is more than half the battle in morals. I -did not expect you so soon, and I am afraid Dory has not looked out -for your stomachs.” - -“Yes, he has, sir,” said Ben Ludlow. “He had a basket of provisions on -the boat, and we fed out of that.” - -This was the lunch he had taken the night before, and it had served -over a dozen instead of two. But the boys had been so much excited by -the novel event of a sail in a fresh breeze that they were not in -condition to do justice to the rations. - -When the captain learned that the scholars had eaten only the supply -of food intended for two, he took the whole party to the hotel to -supper. After Captain Gildrock and Dory returned, the engineer and -carpenter went. The latter suggested that the prisoner in the -ice-house had been forgotten. - -“I shall not forget him, but he may go without his supper to-night. A -little fasting will do him good. His father and mother are both dead, -and his uncle is one of the richest men in the State. He told me that -nothing but the sharpest discipline would do him any good. He will run -away as soon as he gets a chance; and this must be prevented,” replied -the captain. - -Jepson and Brookbine returned in less than half an hour. The captain -had quite a chat with the boys while they were waiting. He told them -something about his plans, and was so kind and familiar with them that -they began to like him. - -“I am told that some of you have been wild boys, and have been turned -out of school,” said he. “Except in one instance, I don’t know who -they are. I prevented your parents and others from telling me any -thing about your misconduct. You are all alike to me so far, and every -boy has his own reputation to make. - -“You will not be judged at all by the past, but by what you do in the -future. I want you to remember this, boys. All of you will have to -work in the shops, and wherever there is any thing to do. You will -have to learn your book-lessons as well as how to work in wood and -metal. But there will be lots of fun as well as hard work. In a few -days we shall man this steamer, and every one of you will have a -station on board of her.” - -“Hurrah!” shouted one of the new pupils in his enthusiasm; and the -cheer was taken up by the entire party. - -“Before winter I hope some of you will be as competent to handle a -sailboat or a steamer as Dory is. But bear in mind that it is not all -play. I am going to make useful men of you, and I hope you will second -all my endeavors.” - -The arrival of the carpenter and engineer interrupted the -conversation, and in a few minutes more the Sylph was standing up the -lake. It was dark now; and the boys gathered around Captain Gildrock -again, for he could not talk without interesting them. - -“Who is steering this steamer now, Captain Gildrock?” asked Jim -Alburgh. - -“Dory is steering her,” replied the captain. - -“But it is dark: how can he find his way back to Beech Hill?” - -“Did you suppose that ships that cross the ocean, being out of sight -of land for weeks at a time, stopped in the night?” asked the captain. - -“I didn’t think any thing at all about it,” replied Jim. “I don’t know -any thing about it. It is as dark as a pocket, and I should not think -Dory could see the land on either side of the lake.” - -“He has no need to see it. Do you see that lighthouse on the island?” -asked the captain, pointing at Juniper Island. - -“But that does not give light enough to enable the pilot to see the -shore on either side,” replied Jim. - -“That is not what a lighthouse is for. The light it gives don’t amount -to any thing half a mile from it. The light only marks certain -localities. Now look up the lake all of you,” continued Captain -Gildrock, pointing in the direction of Split-Rock light. “Do you see -that light?” - -“Yes, sir!” shouted Lick Milton. His name was T. Licking Milton, but -he had a nickname. - -The rest of the boys soon made out the light, and some of them shouted -as loudly as the first speaker. - -“Juniper Island light is on our right now. Dory will run on till the -steamer is in range with this light and Split Rock, which is twelve -miles and a half from here. Then he will head for the Split-Rock -light, keeping Juniper exactly astern of him,” continued the captain. - -“Why don’t he run for Split Rock now?” asked Ben Ludlow. - -“He would run upon Quaker-Smith’s Reef, about four miles from here, if -he did. Now, my boy, can you walk straight from where you stand to the -flag-pole at the stem of the steamer?” - -“No, sir, I cannot. That thing is in the way,” replied Ben, after he -had looked the matter over. - -“Precisely so: the capstan is in your way. Now go over to the side of -the steamer.” Ben obeyed, and the boys watched the demonstration with -interest. “Can you walk straight to the stem of the boat now?” - -“Yes, sir, I can. There is nothing in my way.” - -“Then, if you keep in range with the port gangway and the stem, there -will be nothing in your way, will there?” - -“Nothing, sir.” - -“That is exactly the principle on which we pilot a steamer or any other -vessel. But sometimes the matter is much more complicated, and we have -to take a dozen different ranges in going a dozen miles. Pilots learn -all these ranges, and get their bearings from various objects on the -shore. You can see the capstan; but we cannot see the obstructions in -our way in sailing a vessel, for they are under water. They are all -laid down on the chart, and we can learn our courses from that.” - -“But isn’t there any thing on that reef to let you know where it is?” -asked Dave Windsor. - -“There is nothing on Quaker-Smith’s Reef, for it is out of the usual -track of vessels. It is about a mile from the eastern shore of the -lake. When the water is as low as it is now, this steamer would get -aground on it. But at the entrance to harbors they put buoys, and also -on rocks and shoal places in or near the usual track of vessels.” - -“What sort of things are buoys?” asked Bob Swanton. - -“Generally they are logs of wood, anchored to the bottom. These are -called spar-buoys. Others are made of metal, hollow, and shaped like a -couple of frustrums of cones joined at the big end. These are can-buoys. -There are other kinds, but you won’t find them in this lake.” - -“Spar and can buoys. We can remember them,” added John Brattle. - -“The spars are all painted red, black, or striped. When going into a -harbor, red buoys must be left on the starboard hand; that is, on your -right. Black buoys must be left on the port, or left, hand. When you -see a buoy painted with black and red stripes, it is a danger buoy; -and you may go on either side of it. When you see one painted up and -down with black and white stripes, you must go close to it. Sometimes -the buoys are numbered: then the even numbers are on the red buoys, -and the odd ones on the black buoys. But you must learn all these -things by seeing them.” - -“What are the colored lights on the sides of this steamer for?” asked -Bob Swanton. - -“The red light is on the port side, and the green on the starboard. -They are to show any vessel approaching us which way we are going,” -replied the captain. “But I can explain this better when we see the -lights of another vessel.” - -All hands were on the lookout for another vessel at once. - - - - -CHAPTER XIII. - -HANDLING A STEAMER IN A FOG. - - -Half an hour later a steamer came out of Essex, on the west shore of -the lake. Captain Gildrock was promptly notified by the boys that a -red light was to be seen. - -“I suppose you have all seen port wine, and know it is red; though it -is not as red in Portugal as it is here,” added the captain. “This -will help you to remember that the red light is on the port, or -left-hand, side. When I see the red, I know at once that the port side -of the vessel is towards me, and therefore, if I am to the northward -of her, that she is going in an easterly direction. If I were south of -her, she would be going the other way.” - -“But now we can see the green light too,” said Dave Windsor. - -“That shows that she is coming towards us, and we must look out that -she don’t run into us.” - -“How can you help it, if she keeps on, and you keep on?” asked Ned -Bellows. - -“We will wait and see what Dory will do,” replied Captain Gildrock. - -After going a mile farther, the boys heard a single sharp whistle over -their heads. It was immediately followed by the same signal from the -approaching steamer. - -“That will make it all right. Dory has blown one whistle, which means -that he will pass the other steamer to starboard. The other steamer, -as she indicates by her one whistle, will pass at the starboard of -us,” continued the captain. “If Dory had blown two whistles, he would -have gone to port of the approaching vessel. You see that we are going -by her all right.” - -“Suppose there had been a fog when we came out of Burlington, Captain -Gildrock: what should we have done?” asked Ben Ludlow. “Could Dory -have run the boat down to Beech Hill?” - -“He could do it, but I should rather he would not. It is not safe to -run in a fog; and it is best not to do it, unless your business is -very urgent,” replied Captain Gildrock. - -“But suppose you could not even see Juniper-Island light: what would -you do if you had to run to Beech Hill?” persisted the inquirer. - -“Juniper light is west-south-west from the wharf, as I have ruled it -off from the chart. The distance is three and a quarter miles. The -speed of the Sylph is twelve miles an hour, and it will take her -sixteen minutes and a quarter to reach the light. But we don’t start -at full speed, and we must allow for that. - -“At the end of sixteen minutes, by the clock in the pilot-house, we -begin to look out for the light. If we don’t find it, we don’t go -ahead, if we stay there all day and all night. We whistle, and that -lets the people at the light know that a steamer is trying to find her -way up the lake; and they will blow a horn. When we hear it, we know -by the direction where the light is. They will keep blowing the horn -for a while. - -“Split-Rock light is south-south-west from Juniper, and we steer this -course by compass for one hour and two minutes. At the end of that -time, if we are all right, we hear the horn at Split Rock. When we -have got the bearing of the light, we head her south by west, and run -two and three-quarters miles to the mouth of Beaver River; which we do -in thirteen and three-quarters minutes. - -“Then Dory will strike the bell for the deckhand to heave the lead, -or, in other words, see how deep the water is. If we get ten feet at -this stage of the water, we are in the channel. We steer -east-south-east, and keep sounding all the time. If the leadsman -should report a less depth, we stop the steamer, and find where the -channel is. We may have to get out a boat to ascertain. When we get -fairly into the river, we can see the shores through the fog. If we -can’t, we have to feel our way up.” - -The evening was quite chilly on the lake; and Captain Gildrock had -taken the boys into the forward cabin, as they were not provided with -overcoats. He had hardly finished his explanation before a long -whistle above them excited their interest. - -“Perhaps you will have a chance to see how we work the steamer in a -fog,” said Captain Gildrock, looking at his watch. “It is about time -we were up with Split Rock, and very likely Dory cannot find the -light.” - -The captain left the cabin, followed by all the boys. As soon as they -reached the forecastle, Dory rang the bell to stop her. The fog had -blown up from the southward; and the Sylph was completely enveloped -in it, so that nothing could be seen from her deck. - -“Here we are,” said Captain Gildrock, as he led the way to the -hurricane-deck. “You can’t see half a ship’s-length ahead. I was -afraid this southerly wind might blow up a fog.” - -The deck-hand was standing on the rail at the forward flag-pole, -trying to penetrate the thick mist that shrouded the shore. Dory gave -another long whistle. By this time the steamer had come to a -standstill, and nothing more was to be done until the pilot found out -where he was. The boys gathered on the hurricane-deck around Captain -Gildrock, who did not say any thing to the young pilot, or even go -near him. - -“Can you see any thing, Bates?” called Dory to the deck-hand. - -“Not a thing, sir,” replied Bates. - -“There! I hear the horn!” exclaimed Dave Windsor. - -“Horn on the starboard bow, sir!” shouted Bates. - -“I hear it,” added Dory. The gong-bell in the engine-room rang, and -the Sylph began to move again. - -“Horn again, sir. We are not ten fathoms from the point, sir,” called -Bates. “I see the light now, sir.” - -“All right: so do I. Keep a sharp lookout ahead, Bates,” replied Dory, -as the sound of a jingling bell was heard from the engine-room; and -the steamer increased her speed very rapidly. - -“Bates seems to be a very polite man,” said Ned Bellows, laughing. “He -puts in a ‘sir’ every time he says any thing to Dory.” - -“It is second nature for a seaman to say ‘sir’ to an officer,” added -the captain. - -“But to a boy not more than fourteen or fifteen years old!” - -“No matter how young or how old he is, if he is an officer. Discipline -is very strict at sea, as it will be on board of the Sylph after we -have organized the ship’s company. You must all say ‘sir’ to your -officers, even if they are boys.” - -“The last bell that rung was different from the other,” suggested Ben -Ludlow. - -“The jingling bell is the speed-bell,” replied the captain. - -“It means ‘Go faster,’ don’t it?” - -“Not at all. If Dory should ring it now, it would mean ‘Go slower.’” - -“It can’t mean both slower and faster,” reasoned Ben. - -“Why not? If the boat is going full speed it means ‘Slow down:’ if she -is going at half speed it means ‘Full speed.’ The gong-bell, one -stroke, means ‘Start her’ if she is not turning her screw, or ‘Stop -her’ if she is going ahead. Two strokes of the gong means ‘Back her.’” - -At equal intervals the whistle of the Sylph sounded, and this fact -soon excited the attention of the curious pupils. They wanted to know -what it was for. The captain explained that it was to warn any vessel -of the presence of the steamer, so that neither craft should run into -the other. Steamers used their whistles, and sailing-vessels a horn. -But no horn or whistle was heard during the rest of the trip. - -The next sound that attracted the attention of the pupils was the -speed-bell, which was quickly followed by the gong; and the screw -ceased to turn. At a single stroke of the large ship’s bell, Bates, -standing upon the rail, at the forward gangway, heaved the lead. - -“No bottom!” shouted the leadsman. Dory rang the gong, and the steamer -went ahead at half speed. - -“Does he mean to say there is no bottom to the lake in this place, -Captain Gildrock?” asked Dave Windsor. - -“Not at all: we don’t usually sound below fifty feet; and any greater -depth than that is called ‘no bottom,’” replied the captain. - -“By the deep, eight!” said Bates. - -“By the deep, eight,” repeated Dave Windsor. “That means eight feet -deep, I suppose.” - -“No, it don’t: it means about forty-eight feet. The depth is measured -in fathoms of six feet each. The lead-line is marked with two strips -of leather at two fathoms, with three strips at three, with a white -rag at five fathoms, and with a red rag at seven; at ten fathoms is a -leather with a hole in it, and so on. There are no marks at four, six, -eight, and nine fathoms. When the leadsman said ‘By the deep, eight,’ -the line was under water about six feet below the red rag, or seven -fathoms.” - -“By the mark, five!” called Bates. - -“Just thirty feet,” the captain explained. - -“And a half two!” - -“Two fathoms and a half. We are shoaling rapidly.” - -“Mark under water, two!” - -“A little over two fathoms.” - -“Ten feet!” shouted Bates with more energy than before. - -The gong rang at this report, and two strokes followed instantly. The -screw began to turn backwards; and, when her headway was checked, a -single stroke stopped her. - -“Dory is doing it all right,” said Captain Gildrock. “When he backed -her he put the helm to port, so as to get her head pointed -east-south-east. If he had not stopped the boat when he did, she would -have been aground in a couple of minutes; for there is a shoal south -of the mouth of the river on which the water is only from one to six -feet deep.” - -“What harm would it have done if we had got aground?” asked Bob -Swanton. - -“It would have done no harm, as we were going slowly; though we might -have had to stay here all night. If there had been a rock there, it -would probably have stove a hole in the bottom of the boat.” - -“Ten feet!” reported Bates again. - -The gong rang to go ahead, but the steamer hardly moved through the -water. The captain said the pilot had told the engineer, through the -speaking-tube, to go very slowly. Bates continued to sound, reporting -the same water as before. - -“I see the point, sir,” said Bates a little later. - -“All right! I have it,” replied Dory. The boat began to move a little -faster, but she did not get above half speed. - -In the river the fog was not so dense as on the lake, and the pilot -could make out the objects on the banks of the stream. She went into -the creek leading from the river to the lake, and in a few minutes -more she was at the temporary wharf which had been built for her. - -“Well, boys, you have had both the theory and the practice of handling -a steamer in a fog. It is an easy matter on this lake compared with -the bays and harbors on the seacoast, for there the pilot has to make -allowances for the tide.” - -The boys landed, and were directed to go to the study-room in a -building adjoining the dormitory. The captain called Mr. Brookbine, -and they went together to the ice-house. - - - - -CHAPTER XIV. - -THE STRONG-ROOM AT THE BEECH-HILL INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL. - - -The trip was finished, and Dory was relieved from further duty in the -pilot-house. He came down upon the main deck just as the carpenter was -unlocking the door of Oscar Chester’s prison. Mr. Brookbine had a -lantern in one hand, which threw its light into the room when the door -was opened. - -The rebel was lying on the floor, which was quite dry, for the room -had not been used for several weeks. He seemed to be making himself -quite at home in his prison; and possibly he had been asleep, for he -gaped and yawned when he was discovered. But this was affectation. He -wanted to make his persecutors, as he regarded them, think that he was -not at all disturbed by his confinement. - -“You may came out now, Chester,” said Captain Gildrock. - -“I don’t want to go out: I am very comfortable here, I want you to -understand,” replied Oscar with plentiful display of bravado. - -“It is my order that you come out!” added the captain sternly. - -“I don’t know that I care for your orders. I have made up my mind to -stay in this place only long enough to get even with that Dory -Dornwood. When I have thrashed him within an inch of his life, I shall -be ready to leave; and I shall leave, I want you to understand,” -answered Oscar. “I don’t intend to be bossed by any little boy you may -see fit to place over me.” - -“I shall not argue the question with you: I told you to come out,” -continued Captain Gildrock in very decided, though gentle, tones. - -“And I told you I wouldn’t go out!” replied Oscar. - -“You may bring him out, Mr. Brookbine, and take him up to the brig,” -said the captain, as he took the lantern from the hand of the -carpenter. - -“You have brought that big bully, have you?” demanded the rebel, -rising from his reclining position. - -No one replied to this demand, but the carpenter walked into the -prison. Oscar was disposed to show fight. He retreated to a corner, -and put himself in the attitude of defence. Suddenly, as if by -impulse, the prisoner began to feel in his pockets; but the stout -mechanic did not give him time enough to produce any thing. He took -him by the collar of his coat, and lifted him off the floor. With his -other hand, he jerked the hands of the prisoner out of his pockets. As -he did so, a two-bladed knife dropped from one of them. - -Possibly the sight of this article kindled the anger of the carpenter, -for he began to bang the captive about in a manner that threatened -serious bodily injury to the victim. - -“Hold on to him, but don’t hurt him any more than may be necessary,” -interposed Captain Gildrock. “We can cure him of his infirmity in a -few days.” - -“The rascal wants to knife me, and I am inclined to shake the bad -blood out of him,” replied the mechanic. - -“He is a lunatic: he is boiling over with bad passions. A few days in -the brig will cool him off. We will treat him as a sick boy; and, when -he gets better, we will talk with him. Possibly there may be some -reason in him when he is himself, if he ever is himself. If we can’t -manage him, we will send him to the lunatic-asylum,” said the captain, -as the carpenter dragged his prisoner out upon the deck. - -Dory picked up the knife, and followed his uncle to the -school-buildings in the rear of the mansion. Oscar could not stand the -discipline of the burly Vermonter. He soon found, if he had not -learned it before, that he was powerless in the hands of his -persecutor; and he walked quietly in the direction he was led. - -Captain Gildrock had expected to have some just such boys as Oscar -Chester. In fact, he knew of this very one; for his uncle had applied -to him to take him, as soon as he knew that he intended to open a -mechanical institution. Mr. Chester was an old friend of the captain, -to whom the latter had described his educational plan. This was the -reason he happened to know all about Oscar, while he had taken pains -not to be informed in regard to the antecedents of all his other -pupils. - -The founder of the new school understood men and boys thoroughly. Some -of his scholars must inevitably be rebellious and troublesome, and he -had fully provided for the treatment of such cases. He had erected two -temporary buildings, one of which was the dormitory and the other the -workshop and schoolroom, the latter occupying the story over the -former. The students were to take their meals in the large dining-room -of the mansion. - -The dormitory consisted of twenty-four sleeping-rooms, each of which -had been furnished with an iron bedstead and such simple furniture as -might be required. Nothing was extravagant, or even elegant; for the -school was an experiment which might succeed or fail. - -In a small brick building close to the shop, a steam-engine had -already been set up, from which a belt extending into the shop was to -run the lathes, circular-saws, planers, boring-machines, and other -machinery. One part of the shop was for woodwork, and the other for -iron. But most of the tools and apparatus had not yet been put in -their places. - -At one end of the dormitory was the “brig.” Captain Gildrock’s -earliest experience at sea had been in the navy, where he had obtained -his first ideas of discipline. The ship’s prison on board a man-of-war -is called the “brig.” The captain had already given this name to his -place of discipline. - -It was one of the rooms of the dormitory, fitted up for the purpose -intended. The walls and ceiling, as well as the floor, had been -constructed of thick spruce plank. All the wood had been covered with -sheet-iron. The two windows were grated with iron bars. It contained a -narrow iron bedstead, an iron stand for a table, and one chair of the -same material. The locks on the door were strong enough for any -prison. But not even the door could be seen from the hall of the -dormitory, for it was concealed by a wooden partition in front of it. - -No boy was to be allowed to visit this strong-room unless he was -condemned to become an occupant of it for his misconduct. He had not -mentioned it to the boys, and the instructors were requested not to do -so. The iron in the room was all painted black, so that it was an -exceedingly gloomy-looking apartment. The captain hoped he should -never have occasion to make any use of the brig; and certainly he had -not expected to have an occupant for it on the day the first of the -boys arrived. - -Mr. Brookbine took his prisoner to the brig, attended by the captain. -He was hurried up the stairs, and thrust into the prison, without any -ceremony. The lantern lighted up the gloomy den when the door was -opened; and, if Oscar did not shrink from his fate, he had more nerve -than ninety-nine in a hundred boys. - -He did give a start when he looked into the brig, and it required some -effort on the part of the mechanic to force him into it. In the -dungeon he looked about him with something like an expression of -disgust on his face. Then he seemed to feel that he was yielding -somewhat to the circumstances; and he straightened up, and made an -effort to “stiffen his back.” His persecutors were retiring from the -entrance, and the captain was about to close the door. - -“I have eaten nothing since I had my breakfast, early this morning,” -said Oscar stiffly, when he saw that he was about to be locked into -the cell for the night. - -“It is your own fault. All the rest of the boys had supper at the -hotel in Burlington,” replied the captain. - -“Do you mean to starve me?” demanded the prisoner. - -“No, I don’t mean to starve you.--Dory,” called the captain at the -open window in the hall: “go into the house and get a loaf of bread, a -case-knife, and a pitcher of water.” - -In a few minutes the skipper of the Goldwing returned with the -articles named, and Captain Gildrock placed them on the iron table. - -“Am I to be fed on dry bread?” asked Oscar, as he looked with contempt -upon the provision on the table. - -“I don’t answer questions at the present time. There is food: you can -eat it or let it alone. You can stay in this place a day, a week, a -month, or a year: the time depends upon yourself,” said the captain, -as he withdrew from the brig. - -He closed the door, and secured it with the great lock. He also -fastened the door in the plank partition, so that no student could get -within six feet of the strong-room. - -“That fellow will think better of it in a few days, perhaps by -to-morrow,” said Captain Gildrock, as they left the dormitory. - -“For a boy, he is the hardest customer I ever had to deal with,” -replied Brookbine. “There is no more reason in him than there is in a -brickbat.” - -The captain led the way to the schoolroom, where the boys had -assembled. They were behaving themselves very well, and they all -applauded when the captain entered the room. - -“Boys, there is nothing more to be done to-night. To-morrow will be -Saturday; and we shall organize the ship’s company for the Sylph, and -take a little trip in her down the lake, perhaps as far as -Plattsburgh. Your rooms are all ready for you, and you can retire as -soon as possible. We have breakfast at seven in the morning.” - -The captain stood upon the platform, and made this little speech, -which was applauded by the students. Mr. Brookbine was left to look -after the pupils, and the captain and Dory went into the house. Though -it was after nine o’clock in the evening, they found Mr. Bolingbroke -Millweed and his mother in the sitting-room. Her son had related to -her his adventures on the lake and in Burlington. She was very -grateful to Dory for what he had done, and expressed herself to that -effect in very high-flown speech. - -“My son Bolingbroke informs me that you have manifested some interest -in his future welfare, for which I am extremely grateful to you, -Captain Gildrock. I hope you will be able to do something for him; for -a word from you would secure for him a good place in a store,” said -Mrs. Millweed, after she had succeeded in introducing the subject. - -“I offered your son a place in my school for a year. If he is going to -accept the offer I made him, I want him here at seven to-morrow -morning,” replied the captain bruskly. “I don’t know any thing about -him, and I can’t recommend him for a place in a store.” - -“I don’t wish to make a mechanic of him,” protested Mrs. Millweed. “I -am looking for something higher than that for him.” - -“Do you think that being a counter-jumper is something higher?” -demanded the captain, laughing heartily at the idea. - -“I wish him to be a merchant; and I am sure that is higher and more -respectable than a greasy mechanic,” added the lady with a sneer. - -“Very well, madam: I cannot do any thing for your son,” added the -captain decidedly. “There are ten times as many clerks as can find -places now.” - -“I have never allowed my boys to work on the farm; and they haven’t -acquired any low ideas,” continued Mrs. Millweed as she moved to the -door, closely attended by Bolingbroke. - -The visitors departed, and it was not probable that they would again -darken the captain’s door. - - - - -CHAPTER XV. - -SOMETHING ABOUT THE AFFAIRS OF THE MILLWEED FAMILY. - - -Long before breakfast-time the new boys were roaming about the estate, -with Dory as their guide. He showed them the place, and treated them -as handsomely as he knew how. They were not in a boat, with a fresh -wind blowing; and he had no occasion to use a single sharp word, and -he had not on board of the Goldwing, except to Oscar Chester. By this -time he had become quite popular with the students. - -“Dory,” called Captain Gildrock, as the skipper and his party came to -the shop: “what was the name of the man that stole the money at the -store?” - -“Tim Lingerwell: he was the head man of Mr. Longbrook,” replied Dory. -“He came from this place.” - -“I know all about him,” said a stranger who had been talking with the -captain. “He never was any too good to do such a thing; and my son -was lucky to get out of the scrape as well as he did.” - -This man was the father of Bolingbroke Millweed. For the first time he -had heard about the Beech-Hill Industrial School that morning. His -wife had told him about the captain’s offer to take Bolingbroke into -the school. He had been telling the shipmaster his troubles, and he -wanted his son to accept the offer. - -“I am a peaceable man, Captain Gildrock, and my wife has always had -her own way,” continued Farmer Millweed. “I don’t like to have any -trouble in the family, but I have gone just about as far as I can go.” - -The early visitor looked very sad, and choked a little, as though a -few tears would relieve him. He stood looking upon the ground, trying -to check his emotions. - -“Things have gone hard with you, have they?” said Captain Gildrock in -a sympathizing tone. - -“Very hard, captain; and I don’t know what is going to become of me -and my family. I expect we shall fetch up in the poorhouse; as we -certainly shall if things keep on as they have been,” replied the -farmer with a suppressed groan. - -“I am sorry for you,” added the captain. “I will take your son, and he -shall be of no expense to you for a year; and at the end of that time, -I will guarantee that he will be able to do something for you, and -take care of himself besides.” - -“Just as soon as I heard of your offer, I came right over here; for I -want to have Bolly learn a trade,” said the farmer. “He will be -provided for, whatever becomes of the rest of us. When my oldest girl -was a dozen years old, I owned my farm free and clear; and I didn’t -owe any man on earth a single cent. Now there is a mortgage of two -thousand dollars on my place, and I owe over a thousand dollars -besides.” - -“You have been making bad speculations then,” suggested Captain -Gildrock. - -“I never went into a speculation of any kind, captain; and I never -lost any money in any way. Ten years ago I used to get a good living -off my farm. We had plenty to eat, drink, and to wear. Now we don’t -have any thing.” And, in spite of his struggles to restrain them, a -flood of tears poured down his wan cheek. - -“If you have had no misfortunes, I don’t understand why things have -gone so badly with you. But it is best to look into the matter, and -find out what the trouble is, so that you can correct the errors of -the past. You are not a very old man, and you may get out of the -trouble yet.” - -“I know what the difficulty is well enough; and I have known it for -two or three years, if not for ten. I have to take care of my family, -consisting of my wife, two sons, and two daughters. The oldest is -twenty-two, and the youngest is sixteen. My wife has high notions for -a farmer’s wife, and I have given in to her. She would not let the -boys work on the farm; and, when I wanted any help, I had to hire. I -suppose the girls helped their mother, but all of them had to dress -like ladies. And that is where all the money I could get went to,” -said Millweed bitterly. - -“The first thing is to stop the leak,” suggested the captain in -nautical terms. “If you don’t stop it, the ship will go to the -bottom.” - -“I know that very well, but I don’t see how I’m going to stop the -leak. All the children had to go to the high-school, and dress as -smartly as the sons and daughters of rich men; though it was more than -I could do to get the money to pay for it.” - -“But couldn’t your wife see how things were going?” asked the captain. - -“I talked with her, and told her seven years ago that I was running -behindhand. I have talked with her twenty times since, and told her we -should all fetch up in the poorhouse if we kept on. She said the boys -would soon find places in stores, and help me. The girls could have -had plenty of work at good wages, but their notions were as high as -their mother’s.” - -“I see how it is,” said Captain Gildrock, nodding his head, as much as -to declare that it was the old story. - -“The girls are too proud to marry a farmer or a mechanic, and rich -men’s sons don’t seem to want them. They are good girls enough, but -they have got high notions. The boys never did do any thing, and I -don’t know whether they can or not. I want Bolly to try. Pemberton is -eighteen, and I suppose he is too old for your new school.” - -“Not at all: I will take them both, but they will have to work.” - -“That’s what they need. If I could get the boys into your school, I -should like it first-rate, and I should have some hopes that I might -get along; though I have got to lose my farm, and it won’t fetch any -thing over the mortgage,” added the farmer very gloomily. - -“I will take the two boys into my school; and, if the girls will go to -work, I will find places for them in a store or factory.” - -“You are very kind, Captain Gildrock; but I am afraid my wife won’t -allow the boys to go to your school, or the girls to do any thing to -help support themselves,” added Farmer Millweed. - -“I shall not meddle with the affairs of your family; but, if it was my -case, I should set the boys and girls to work,” added Captain -Gildrock. “You must take the helm in your own hands.” - -“It will make trouble,” said Farmer Millweed, shaking his head. - -“You are very sure to have trouble if you don’t do it.” - -“That’s so!” exclaimed the unhappy man. “I have always had to work -hard, and I never drank a drop of liquor in my life. I’m not as smart -as some, but I’ve done my best to get along. Next month the mortgage -and interest are due, and I have not a dollar to pay either. I am -behindhand on my interest now. Of course Stubbs will take possession, -and my family will be turned out of the house. I have no place to go, -and the best I can do will be to go to work on wages; for all I have -got will not pay my debts. I shall have to take the helm, as you call -it, captain.” - -“If I can do any thing for you, I shall be glad to do it,” added the -captain. - -“I haven’t any claims on you, Captain Gildrock, and it is very kind of -you to offer to take my boys. I will go home, and see what can be -done,” replied Farmer Millweed, as he left the captain. - -There was an expression of resolution on his face as he passed out of -the yard, and it was evident to the captain that he meant to do -something in the emergency. The captain wondered if his pluck would -hold out long enough to enable him to do it. - -“If the boys are going to join the school, I want them here by nine -this forenoon; for we are about to organize a ship’s company for the -steam-yacht,” he called to the discouraged farmer, as he was passing -through the gate. - -“I intend to have them both here,” answered Mr. Millweed. - -“If they come, I shall do them more good than the high-school ever -did,” said the captain to himself, as he went into the house. - -The captain insisted, at the breakfast-table, that the high-school had -spoiled the Millweed boys and girls. Mr. Brookbine dissented, and was -sure it was the mother who had made the mischief. - -“It was she who sent them to the high-school; and the matter is about -as broad as it is long,” added the captain. - -“But the mother could have spoiled them just as fully if they had not -gone to the high-school,” persisted the master-carpenter, who had -opinions of his own. “I believe the high-school is a good thing; and, -if these boys and girls had gone to work when they got through, it -would have been all right with the family. It was the high notions, -and not the high-school, that did the mischief; and the children got -them from the mother. The father is a man of no great force.” - -“But he had force enough to take care of his family, and lay up -something, until he was broken down by the demands of his family upon -him. There was a screw loose somewhere, and the children ought never -to have gone to the high-school.” - -“Perhaps not: I think myself that the high-school business is -sometimes overdone,” replied the mechanic. “I never went to a -high-school or an academy, but I don’t think I should have been any -the worse off for a great deal more learning than I ever got.” - -“I am willing to admit that the high-school is a necessity in an -American community, but I think it ought to be combined with something -of an industrial character. The occupation of the mechanic should be -redeemed from the odium which has attached to it.” - -“I agree with you there,” added Mr. Brookbine heartily. “The Millweed -boys must have been good scholars to get through when they were only -sixteen. Most of the scholars that graduate are eighteen and -nineteen.” - -“And those who are not going into the learned professions have wasted -three years which ought to have been spent in the shop, or in learning -the business of life. The graduates come out, a year or two before -they are of age, with too high notions to do any thing but measure -tape; and that they call being merchants.” - -Captain Gildrock was very radical in his notions, and he continued the -conversation until the meal was over. The boys were directed to take -their overcoats, and go on board of the Sylph. - -“The prisoner in the brig wants to see you, Captain Gildrock,” said -Mr. Brookbine, just as the captain was going on board of the steamer. - -“He must be attended to at once, for he needs more care than all the -others,” replied the captain, as he went back to the dormitory with -the carpenter. - -The mechanic unlocked the doors, and the captain presented himself -before the rebel. Oscar looked very pale, and his chest heaved with -emotion. It was evident, from the appearance of his eyes, that he had -not slept well in his new quarters. A small portion of the bread on -the table had been eaten, but not enough to indicate that he had been -very hungry. - -“I am told that you wish to see me,” said the captain. - -“I don’t care to stay any longer in this place; and I should like to -have you send me back to my uncle,” replied Oscar. - -“If that is all you want, nothing more need be said. You will not be -sent back to your uncle under any circumstances.” - -“Then I will do the best I can if you will let me out,” added the -rebel. - -Oscar was promptly released without a question. - - - - -CHAPTER XVI. - -THE ORGANIZATION OF THE SHIP’s COMPANY. - - -Oscar Chester was taken to the house, and provided with a good -breakfast. His appetite was not spoiled, though dry bread had no -attractions for him. He ate heartily, and then walked down to the -landing on the lake where the steamer lay. - -Captain Gildrock had gone down before. He had called the boys together -on the forward deck, where, as usual, they had greeted him with a -cheer, which assured him so far that every thing was satisfactory to -the pupils. - -“Hereafter, my lads, I think we had better dispense with the cheers, -except on extraordinary occasions. By and by something will occur that -will not meet your approbation; and then you will want to make a -demonstration of another kind,” said the captain. - -“Can’t we make it?” asked Ben Ludlow. - -“If what I do, and what the instructors do, is not right, I should -like to have you express your opinions in a proper manner,” replied -the principal of the school. “But, if any thing don’t suit you, I -don’t wish you to manifest your disapprobation by hissing. Don’t -pretend to like what you don’t like. Don’t be hypocrites. But, if you -are dissatisfied with any thing about the school, come to me, and -express your minds in a proper manner; and we will calmly discuss the -matter. If I am wrong, I shall make haste to set myself right; and I -hope you will do the same.” - -This remark was greeted with a rousing cheer, for the boys were -delighted with the discipline so far. - -“I thought we were to dispense with the cheering,” said the captain -with a pleasant smile. - -“That was an extraordinary occasion, Captain Gildrock,” added Bob -Swanton. “We never heard of a schoolmaster before who believed it -possible for anybody to be right but himself.” - -The boys laughed and clapped their hands at this reply, and were ready -to give Bob Swanton a medal for hitting the nail on the head at the -right moment. - -“The instructors here will try to be in the right. If they don’t, they -won’t be here long. But you and I may not always be able to agree, and -I may have to insist on my own way. Then you must submit. But here -comes Chester. I wish you all to refrain from saying any thing about -what happened yesterday to him. We will all treat him handsomely, and -it will be his own fault if he don’t get along without any trouble.” - -Oscar came on board with the carpenter. He seemed to be much agitated, -and probably he expected some sort of a greeting from his -fellow-pupils. As they were not to say any thing to him about the -past, they avoided even glancing at him, lest he might put a wrong -construction upon their looks. Captain Gildrock appeared not to see -him, and he took his place in the rear of the other boys. Possibly he -was astonished to find that he had become a person of so little -consequence. - -“Now, my lads, we are to organize the ship’s company,” said the -captain. - -“Is this a ship?” asked Dave Windsor. - -“This is simply a steamer; properly, a steam-yacht, being used mainly -as a pleasure-craft. She is not a ship; but it is customary to speak -of the ship’s company, whatever the size or rig of the vessel. You read -in the New Testament, speaking of Jesus, that he ‘entered into a -ship.’ Have you an idea that the craft was a vessel with three masts, -square rigged?” - -“I did not know any thing about it,” replied Will Orwell. - -“That ship was nothing but a boat, not as big as the Goldwing -probably. I repeat, that we are to organize the ship’s company; and I -assure you that the expression is quite correct.” - -“Of course it is,” added Dave Windsor. “I only wanted to know about -it.” - -“That’s right: ask all the sensible things you can think of, and I -shall be glad to answer you. You can’t all be captains or even -officers.” - -“We don’t expect to be,” added Ben Ludlow, when the captain paused to -note the effect of his statement. - -“It is necessary to have some privates on board; but one position is -just as honorable as another if it is well filled,” continued the -captain. “There is to be no favoritism on board or in the school. Now, -we must have firemen, deck-hands, cooks, and waiters; and it is just -as important for you to learn the duties of these positions as those -of officers.” - -“Are we to learn to cook?” asked Jim Alburgh, laughing. - -“You are; and I consider this one of the most important parts to -learn. I served as cook on board of a brig during one voyage to the -West Indies; and I took as much pride in performing my duties -correctly, as ever I did when commanding an East Indiaman,” replied -the principal with energy. - -“I know something about cooking, and I like the business,” added Jim -Alburgh. - -“Ah, here comes two recruits!” exclaimed Captain Gildrock, as -Pemberton and Bolingbroke Millweed came on board. “I am particularly -glad to see you, boys.” - -“Thank you, sir,” replied Pemberton politely; and the principal was -delighted to see that there was no appearance of compulsion in their -coming. - -“We have twenty-two of the pupils I want: four of them will join us at -Burlington, and two more at Plattsburgh. I hope the other two will -arrive before we begin the school.” - -“Are we going to Plattsburgh to-day, sir?” asked Bob Swanton. - -“We are; and it is time we were moving, though we have considerable -to do before we can leave. I have concluded to be captain myself for -the present, until I find a pupil who is competent to fill the place.” - -“Dory!” exclaimed several of the boys. - -“Dory will not be captain, though I think he is competent. I want him -in another place. He is my nephew, but he shall not be favored on that -account. I have places for the twenty-four pupils of the school, and I -will name them to you. Next to the captain will be the first and -second officers, sometimes called mates, and, in men-of-war, -lieutenants.” - -“But none of our crowd know any thing about steamers or boats, and are -not fit for officers.” - -“The officers will learn their duties; and after a while, when you -have all had a chance to know what is required of you, these positions -will be given to those who are the most competent to fill them. The -next in rank will be the first and second pilot. As Dory is the only -one of you who is fitted to pilot a steamer, I shall appoint him first -pilot. This is the only one I shall select for any place. All the -others will be drawn by lot as soon as we leave Burlington.” - -A few of the pupils were disposed to applaud the appointment; but -others hushed them up, and there was no demonstration. - -“The third in rank are the engineers. As I am captain, Mr. Jepson will -be the chief-engineer. We shall have a first and second -assistant-engineer. Next come the first and second cook. Following -this department is the steward’s. The first, or chief, steward, the -second, third, and fourth stewards, are the names of the places. Then -come the firemen, of whom there will be four, and lastly the crew, or -deck-hands as they are sometimes called. When we have twenty-four -scholars, there will be eight of them.” - -The boys then asked a score of questions, which the captain answered -with great good-nature, though some of them were trivial. - -“Now, my lads, you wear the clothes in which you came from your homes. -I have provided uniforms for you, which you will put on before we get -under way.” - -Mr. Sheers, a tailor from the town, was in attendance to assist the -boys in fitting themselves to the uniforms. This dress consisted of -woollen shirts, blue sailor-pants, and short jackets. A white cap was -given to each, and in half an hour all hands were on deck in their new -rig. They looked very salt for a fresh-water lake, but the uniform was -very neat and appropriate. - -While the captain was talking to the pupils, Bates had brought on -board a quantity of provisions and stores, which he had put in their -proper places. The ice-house had received a supply, and every thing -was ready for a start. Dory was directed to get under way, and he went -to the pilot-house. Bates was on duty, and cast off the fasts when the -signal was given. The bells rang, and the Sylph was soon moving out of -the lake. In an hour and forty minutes she touched the wharf at -Burlington. The Goldwing Club were on the pier, as they had been -notified to be by Dory. Additional provisions were taken on board, and -again the steamer was under way. - -Captain Gildrock called all the students to the hurricane deck, where -Dory could see what was going on. The boys were greatly excited, for -they were curious to know what positions they would obtain. Captain -Gildrock produced a number of white cards, and then stood up before -the scholars. Taking a box which Bates brought to him, he dropped the -cards into it, and then shook them up. - -“Now, my lads, you will soon know who is cook and who is first -officer,” said the captain, as he placed the box on the shelf in the -pilot-house, where the boys could reach it through one of the windows. -“On each of the cards is written one of the positions of which I spoke -to you. You will walk up to this window, reach into the box, and draw -out one of the cards. You will not look into the box.” - -The captain drew the curtain over the window, so that it was -impossible for any boy to see the interior of the box, as he had to -thrust his arm through the folds of the curtain. - -“If there is any thing unfair about this method of assigning the -places, I want you to say so now,” added the captain, when the -preparations were completed. - -“It is all as fair as any thing can be,” added Dave Windsor; and all -the others expressed their satisfaction. - -“As fast as you draw your cards you will go down to the main deck. As -you take the card from the box, you will give me your name; and I shall -write it down in a book I have prepared for the purpose, against the -name of the position. Now, one at a time.” - -Bob Swanton was the first to come forward. He drew a card, and held it -up so that the captain could read what was on it. - -“First steward,” said the captain, reading it, and writing the -position against the name in his book. - -The next one was Tom Ridley, one of the Genverres boys. He drew -“fourth fireman.” - -Dick Short was “starboard watch, No. 1.” - -“All the starboard watch have odd numbers, and the port even numbers,” -explained the captain. - -Thad Glovering, of the Goldwing Club, drew “first officer.” Corny -Minkfield was first assistant-engineer. Pemberton Millweed was first -cook. When Oscar Chester walked up to the pilot-house, there was a -sensation among the boys that could not be wholly concealed. When he -drew “second pilot” the sensation was more decided, though no one -spoke; but all knew that he was to be associated intimately with Dory -Dornwood. - - - - -CHAPTER XVII. - -THE OFFICERS AND CREW OF THE SYLPH. - - -“Who is first pilot, sir?” asked Oscar Chester while the captain was -writing his name against his position. - -“Dory Dornwood,” replied Captain Gildrock. - -Oscar made no reply; but, taking his card, he went to the main deck -without a word of comment. It was not at all likely that the rebel -would agree with the first pilot. - -Captain Gildrock’s book, when all had drawn their cards, and Dory had -drawn one each for the two Plattsburgh pupils, gave the places as -follows:-- - - _First officer_ THAD GLOVERING. - _Second officer_ WILL ORWELL. - _First pilot_ DORY DORNWOOD. - _Second pilot_ OSCAR CHESTER. - _Engineer_ GEORGE JEPSON. - _First assistant-engineer_ CORNY MINKFIELD. - _Second assistant-engineer_ JOHN BRATTLE. - _First fireman_ NAT LONG. - _Second fireman_ DAVE WINDSOR. - _Third fireman_ BOLLY MILLWEED. - _Fourth fireman_ TOM RIDLEY. - _First cook_ PEMBERTON MILLWEED. - _Second cook_ JIM ALBURGH. - _First steward_ BOB SWANTON. - _Second steward_ STEVE BAXTER. - _Third steward_ GEORGE DUANE. - _Fourth steward_ LICK MILTON. - _Starboard watch_ DICK SHORT. - _Starboard watch_ PHIL GAWNER. - _Starboard watch_ BEN LUDLOW. - _Port watch_ HARRY FRANKLIN. - _Port watch_ NED BELLOWS. - _Port watch_ LEW SHOREHAM. - -“First and second officers, pilots, and engineers will return to the -hurricane deck; the others will remain on the forecastle,” said -Captain Gildrock, when the cards had all been drawn. - -The wheel had been given to Bates, and Dory had gone to the main deck -with the others. The boys seemed to be in good humor, and those who -had drawn inferior positions were apparently the jolliest of the -crowd. Very likely they were disappointed: if they were, they did not -complain. - -The principal brought from the pilot-house a pile of coats and half a -dozen badges, which he laid on a bench. As soon as the half-dozen he -had called up had assembled near him, he spoke again. - -“I told you there would be some changes in the uniform after we left -Burlington,” said he. “Those whom I have called up are to be regarded -as officers. Instead of wearing the short jackets you have on, you -will put on sack-coats. On his cap each of you will wear one of these -badges, which indicates the position the wearer holds.” - -The officers put on the badges, and exchanged the short jackets for -the more dignified garments handed to them by the captain. Certainly -they looked more like officers than before. There was some -good-natured chaffing among them, for they could not well help making -fun of each other. As there was no appearance of ill-feeling among -them, the principal did not object. - -“What are we to do now, Captain Gildrock?” John Brattle asked. - -“The first thing to do is to learn your duties,” replied the captain. -“You and Minkfield will go to the engine-room, and Mr. Jepson will -instruct you.” - -The two engineers hastened below, full of enthusiasm, and very anxious -to learn the duties of their new positions. The captain proceeded to -instruct the first and second officers in regard to their offices, but -all the time he was thinking about the second pilot. He was not -prepared to send Oscar Chester into the pilot-house with Dory. But -Bates knew how to steer, and knew the way to Plattsburgh; though he -was not a pilot for the lake. Finally he concluded to send the second -pilot to learn how to handle the wheel, while he kept Dory with him to -assist in organizing the crew. - -Captain Gildrock then went down to the main deck. The four firemen -were immediately sent to the engineer. It happened that the two cooks -had had some experience in their new department; and they were ordered -to the galley, with instructions to learn all they could about the -cooking arrangements, so that they could find any thing they wanted. - -Pemberton Millweed had learned to cook a little, while with parties on -the lake; and Jim Alburgh had spent one winter in a logging-camp in -the woods, where he had learned the rudiments of the art. Both of -them had a taste for this sort of thing; and, as soon as they had -installed themselves in the galley, they were as happy as though they -had drawn the cards bearing the titles of first and second officer. - -The galley, or kitchen, was in the house on deck, with a glazed door -on each side. The galley, or stove, from which the apartment takes its -name, was forward of the doors. The after-end of the room was fitted -up with a table, and a great number of lockers to contain every -article needed in the art of cooking, except the meats and vegetables, -which were in the ice-house, next to the galley. The two cooks, though -strangers to each other until they met on board, were soon on -excellent terms, and proceeded to make an examination of their new -quarters. - -Captain Gildrock next called out the three stewards, and conducted -them to the forward cabin. The general duties of the stewards were to -take care of the cabins, set the table, wait upon it at meals. One had -not yet come on board. - -“Then, we are to be sort of servants, are we?” said Lick Milton. - -“We are all equal on board of the Sylph,” replied the captain with a -smile. “You are no more servants than all the others on the steamer. -The first duty of officers and seamen is to obey orders; and the first -officer is as much bound to do this as the stewards and deck-hands. It -is as necessary to have our food good and well served as it is to -navigate the vessel. You have as fair an opportunity to distinguish -yourselves in this department as in any other. The officers may be -waiters or stewards next month. In the course of time all the pupils -will be required to discharge the duties of every department.” - -“How long do we have to serve as stewards?” asked Bob Swanton. - -“I am not fully decided as to that: it will depend somewhat upon what -progress you make. Probably we shall make some changes in a month. But -this yacht is not the principal thing in the Beech-Hill Industrial -School. We shall not go out in her every day in the week, perhaps not -more than once a week after you have learned your duties.” - -“We are not to sail in her every day!” exclaimed Steve Baxter. - -“Certainly not: after you have obtained a few lessons in discipline on -board of her, she will be a sort of plaything. But we shall make a -trip every Saturday in her. On Monday morning we shall begin to put -the shop in order, and go to work there as soon as we are ready.” - -“Then, we are not to have much fun,” added Lick Milton. - -“I hope you will all be pleased with your work in the shop and in the -schoolroom,” replied the captain. “On board of large vessels the chief -steward is a person of no little consequence. He purchases the -provisions and stores, and, in consultation with the first cook, makes -out the bill of fare for each meal. All the other stewards obey his -orders, and he is responsible for the condition of the cabin and the -table. But I intended to put a sack-coat on you, Swanton, and give you -a badge.” - -The chief steward went to the pilot-house with the captain, where he -was provided with the sack and badge. He was directed to return to the -cabin, and see that his department was in order, and all the stewards -familiar with their work. Swanton was required to arrange with the -cooks for a dinner for all on board, and to set the table for twelve -persons. The principal gave them no minute instructions, preferring -first to see what the chief steward would do without them. - -Repairing to the forward deck with Dory, the captain found the six -seamen, or deck-hands, waiting to be informed in regard to their -duties. The first and second officers were called, for the work of the -crew was to be supervised by them. They were to wash down the decks, -and keep every thing outside of the cabins and engine and fire rooms -in order. They were to learn to row the boats, heave the lead, to -attend to the fasts in making a landing, to hoist and lower the boats, -and to take their trick at the wheel. - -They were divided into two watches, each being distinguished by a star -on the right or left arm. Captain Gildrock was a practical man; and, -as soon as he had explained the general duties of the crew, he -required the decks to be washed down for the sake of the practice. By -the aid of the steam-pump the planks were soon covered with water. -They were scrubbed with brooms, and dried with swabs, the first and -second officers superintending the work. - -The boys worked as though they enjoyed it. The sun soon dried the deck, -and it looked as white as though it had been holystoned. The next -lesson was in heaving the lead; and one by one the boys were mounted -on the rail, and exercised till they could do it to the satisfaction -of the principal. - -It was now eleven o’clock, and the Sylph was half-way to Plattsburgh. -It was necessary to see what had been done about dinner, and the -captain went into the forward cabin. He found the three stewards on -board very busy setting the table. They had found every thing they -needed, and the table looked well. The principal encouraged the boys -with some words of praise, and then went to the galley. There was a -good fire in the range, and Pemberton Millweed was frying “chips.” - -The principal tasted the potatoes, and pronounced them excellent. The -second cook was busy at the table preparing the vegetables. As both of -them appeared to know what they were about, the captain asked no -questions, and allowed the cooks and stewards to proceed with the -dinner in their own way. - -A visit to the engine-room revealed the fact that Corny Minkfield, the -first assistant-engineer, was in charge there, the chief-engineer -being engaged in instructing the firemen in their duties. But Corny -had been on steamers a great deal, and had some ideas in regard to -machinery. He sat upon the sofa abaft the engine, and looked as -dignified as though he had served in this department a dozen years. - -In the fire-room Mr. Jepson was doing his duty faithfully. The firemen -asked a great many questions, all of which were carefully answered. -The second engineer was one of the party, for it was necessary that -the engineers should fully understand the duties of the firemen. There -was nothing for the principal to do, and he returned to the deck. - -Dory was directed to take the wheel. When he went to the pilot-house, -he found that Oscar Chester was steering the steamer. He was doing -very well for a beginner, and the first pilot did not interfere. - - - - -CHAPTER XVIII. - -ANOTHER BATTLE AT PLATTSBURGH. - - -Dory, without saying a word to Oscar, relieved Bates, and took his -place at the starboard window in front. Captain Gildrock was pacing -the hurricane deck, and the first pilot did not fear an attack from -the rebel. But Oscar looked ugly, and bestowed savage glances upon his -associate in the pilot-house. - -“We shall get to Plattsburgh just at dinner-time,” said Captain -Gildrock, stopping at the door of the pilot-house. - -“I suppose we can take dinner at the wharf as well as anywhere else,” -replied Dory. - -“We shall not go up to the wharf; but we will keep the boat going till -after dinner,” added the captain. “What is your course, second pilot?” - -“I am steering for that lighthouse ahead,” replied Oscar. - -“All right; but you may go to the eastward of it.” - -“What shall I steer for, sir?” inquired the second pilot. - -“I don’t know of any object near enough to guide you; but you can -steer by compass, and make the course north by east,” added the -principal in a matter-of-fact way. - -“I never steered by compass, sir, and I don’t know how,” said Oscar. - -“That is one of the things a pilot ought to learn very early in his -course. There is a compass in front of you on the shelf.” - -“I have seen it, but Bates told me to steer for that lighthouse.” - -“You did quite right. That is Cumberland Head light. You are steering -just north by the compass, but there is a variation of the needle of -about eleven and a half degrees. Now, port the helm until the point -‘N. by E.’ comes to the mark on the front of the case. Steer small,” -continued Captain Gildrock, placing himself by the side of the second -pilot. - -Oscar had learned enough of Bates to enable him to do this. He even -knew that “steering small” was to move the wheel but a little at a -time. - -“That’s right: now you have the steamer on her course. Remember, that, -so far as any turning is concerned, the compass is stationary. It is -the steamer, and not the compass, that turns, the needle always -pointing to the north.” - -“I think I understand it, sir,” replied Oscar. - -But he did not, for the very first time he moved the wheel he turned -it the wrong way. - -“The other way, Chester,” interposed the principal very gently. “You -are doing first-rate, and you will soon get the hang of the new -schoolhouse.” - -Oscar reversed the movement of the wheel, and soon got the course -again. He was wholly absorbed in his duty, and at that moment he had -forgotten that Dory stood within a few feet of him. In a few minutes -the second pilot got the nack of keeping the point for which he was -steering on the mark. - -“You are all right now, Chester,” said the captain. “You will make a -good pilot in due time.” - -“Thank you, sir,” replied Oscar, who certainly appeared to have been -greatly humanized by his experience on board. - -The Sylph went along on her new course very well. The second pilot -had learned the art of steering small, and the steamer hardly wabbled -at all. He kept his eyes fixed steadily on the compass, and the danger -was that he would see nothing else. A small steamer was directly -ahead, bound up the lake. Oscar did not appear to see her. Presently -she blew one whistle. Dory waited for the second pilot to respond to -the signal, but he did not appear to understand it. He had been shut -up in the ice-house the night before when these signals were -explained. Bates had had no occasion to instruct him in the manner of -passing other steamers. - -Dory pulled the line, and gave the required signal. Oscar looked at -him with a scowl on his face, but neither of the pilots spoke. The -little steamer sheered off, but hardly enough to pass the Sylph in -safety. Dory did not like to interfere, lest he should give offence to -the waspish associate in the pilot-house. - -“Excuse me, Oscar Chester, but you must port the helm a little in -order to pass that steamer,” said Dory, when he found that his -companion was likely to shave a hair off the approaching vessel. - -“You are the first pilot, and I will obey whatever order you give me,” -replied Oscar in snappish tones, as he put the wheel to port. - -“When a steamer blows one whistle, it is a signal that she intends to -go to the starboard of us; and we have to reply with the one whistle,” -added Dory, glad to find that the second pilot could speak to him even -in waspish tones. - -“All right,” growled Oscar. - -At this moment one of the hands struck eight strokes, in couples, on -the bell on the bitts. Bates had been explaining the bells to the -crew. - -“All the starboard watch will go to dinner now!” shouted Captain -Gildrock. - -The first officer and the second pilot were in the starboard watch. -The engineer had arranged the watches to suit himself. - -“I will relieve you while you are at dinner, Oscar Chester,” said -Dory, taking hold of the wheel. - -“Thank you,” replied Oscar gruffly, as he left the pilot-house. - -Dinner was on the table in the forward cabin. The three stewards stood -behind the chairs. The table looked as neat as that of a first-class -hotel. The linen was clean and white, the articles were arranged with -good taste, and the dishes were neatly disposed in their proper -places. - -Captain Gildrock took his place at the head of the table, with the -chief steward behind his chair. The first officer was directed to take -the seat at the opposite end of the table. Mr. Jepson and Mr. -Brookbine sat on the right and left of the captain, and the rest took -such places as they chose. - -The dinner was not an elaborate one, and both of the cooks were equal -to such a meal every day in the week. In front of the captain was a -dish of beefsteak, and before the first officer a platter of -veal-cutlets. There were several kinds of vegetables, besides boiled -potatoes and chips. - -Every thing was well cooked; and the occupants of the galley declared -that it ought to be, for both of them had done this thing times enough -to learn how. The captain declared that Pemberton Millweed was good -for something; and, if he would devote himself to the art of cooking, -he could make more money in one year than he could in six as a -counter-jumper. The captain said as much as this to him after dinner. - -“But it is not quite so genteel,” replied Pemberton with a smile. - -“Genteel!” exclaimed the captain in a most contemptuous tone. “I will -venture to say, that the cook of a first-class hotel in New York, not -to mention many private families, is more genteel than any -counter-jumper in Burlington. The most genteel man I ever saw was a -journeyman barber. The bartenders cut the biggest swell in some -cities. I can’t see why a cook should not be as genteel as a -counter-jumper, if he is so disposed. Male cooks get anywhere from six -hundred to three thousand dollars a year, and they can better afford -to be genteel than clerks on five to ten dollars a week.” - -The captain was rather curious to know what had happened at the house -of Farmer Millweed after the poor man went home that morning, but he -was not willing to ask either of the boys about it. The sons had both -joined the school, and both were discharging their duties manfully. -Doubtless there had been a stormy scene at the house of the farmer, -and Mr. Millweed had risen somewhat in the estimation of the -shipmaster. - -The tables were set a second time at half-past twelve; and the port -watch fared as well as the starboard, for, as far as practicable, a -fresh meal had been cooked for its members. Mr. Jepson reported -Bolingbroke as both willing and intelligent. He knew all about a -steam-engine, and not a little about chemistry and the mathematics; -for which the captain was willing to give the credit to the Genverres -high-school. - -Obeying the instructions of the captain, Dory had come about, and the -steamer was headed up the lake. At Cumberland Head she changed her -course again, and ran for Plattsburgh. At the north beacon on the -breakwater, he rang to stop her. The second officer, prompted by the -captain, had the anchor all ready to let go. The pilot gave the order -when he was ready. - -“Let go the anchor!” shouted Will Orwell. - -Splash it went into the water: the Sylph swung around, and all hands -were called. Captain Gildrock made a little speech to the boys, -praised them for what they had done during the forenoon, and then gave -them two hours’ liberty to go on shore. He expected them to behave -like gentlemen, and not disgrace the uniform they wore. They were to -be on the wharf at three o’clock, in readiness to return to the -steamer. - -The dummy exercise of lowering the boats was made real; and, with the -exception of Jepson and Bates, all hands went on shore. No restraint -was put upon them as to where they should go. Dory thought he would -call upon some of his old friends in the place; and he started for the -town, which is about three-quarters of a mile from the lake-shore. -After he had passed the railroad-station, Oscar Chester suddenly -presented himself before him. He had evidently been lying in wait for -him. - -“Dory Dornwood, we meet now on an equal footing; and I think I can -keep my feet on the solid land as well as you can,” said the second -pilot savagely. “I promised to get even with you, and my time has -come.” - -“If your time has come, Oscar Chester, my time has not gone,” replied -Dory calmly; and therein he had the advantage of the rebel. “I don’t -want to quarrel with you, and I won’t if I can help it. I should like -to talk the matter over with you, for I think you will be fair when -you look on both sides of the question.” - -“I don’t want to talk it over. You insulted me last night, and then -you caused me to be tumbled into the lake. I am going to have -satisfaction; for I never forgive an insult,” added Oscar, waxing -fierce as his anger boiled within him. - -“I did not intend to insult you; and I only did what any skipper would -have done under the same circumstances,” continued Dory. - -“No more talk. I intend to thrash you here and now, till you say you -have had enough of it, and are willing to beg my pardon,” stormed -Oscar, as he threw off his uniform sack, and tossed his badged cap -upon the grass at the side of the road. - -By this time a party of the ship’s company came up. The second officer -was in it; and, as soon as he understood what was going on, he -hastened to the scene. He spoke to Oscar, and tried to induce him not -to meddle with Dory. The others were not disposed to interfere with -such a fellow as the second pilot. Will Orwell was his crony; and he -persisted, taking his friend by the arm, and trying to lead him away. - -“Don’t talk to me, Will Orwell! You are half a traitor to me,” said -Oscar, shaking off his crony. - -Without waiting for another word, the rebel leaped upon Dory. An -instant later Oscar went over backwards, with the blood spurting from -his nose. He sprang to his feet, and renewed the attack. In two -minutes more he lay upon the ground, unable to rise. - - - - -CHAPTER XIX. - -SOMETHING THAT HAPPENED ON SHORE. - - -Oscar Chester was not killed, or even very seriously injured. The last -blow of Dory had been planted in a sensitive place, and he had been -stunned by it. His companions gathered around him, lifted him up, and -procured some water from the Fouquet Hotel, with which they washed his -head. In a few minutes his senses came back to him, and he was able to -comprehend the situation. - -Dory had been hit several times; but he was a tough youngster, and -seemed to be none the worse for the battle. As he viewed the matter, -he had simply defended himself, according to the first law of nature. -He had done his best beforehand to avoid the fight, and had proposed -to talk the matter over in order to ascertain who was to blame. - -“That was an awful crack you gave him at the end,” said Fireman -Bolingbroke Millweed, joining Dory, who stood alone on the grass. “I -didn’t know that you were such a hard hitter.” - -“I did not know it myself,” replied Dory, wiping the perspiration from -his brow. “I am not a fighting character, and I never struck a blow in -my life except in self-defence.” - -“I think Chester has got enough of it,” added the fireman. - -“I don’t know about that. He acts to me as though he was crazy. It -would be just like him to pitch into me again as soon as he feels able -to do so. I am sure I don’t want to quarrel with him, especially as he -is to be in the pilot-house with me. If I have done any thing out of -the way, I am willing to beg his pardon; but he wouldn’t even talk -with me about his grudge against me.” - -“I saw the whole of it, and heard all that was said. I am sure you are -not to blame,” added Bolingbroke. “But I was glad to see you knock him -out after he was so unreasonable.” - -“You were in the boat last night when the trouble began, and I hope -you will be able to remember what passed between Oscar and me; for, -after this, my uncle will be very likely to investigate the case.” - -“I remember all about it. Oscar wanted to steer the boat, and you -objected. When he got up from his seat,--to take the helm, I -suppose,--you told him to sit down; and you spoke rather sharply. Then -the boat gave a lurch, and he went overboard. If it hadn’t been for -you, Dory, he would have been drowned as sure as fate,” replied -Bolingbroke, rehearsing the facts precisely as they were. - -“I am ready to face the music, and if I have done any thing wrong I -shall be glad to apologize for it. In this fight, I only defended -myself, as I think every fellow ought to do.” - -“How are you, Dory?” - -The pilot looked around, and saw Mr. Peppers, a constable of -Plattsburgh, who sometimes did detective work. He had sailed down the -lake with Dory in the Goldwing a few weeks before, and Peppers had a -strong regard for the skipper. - -“I am glad to see you, Mr. Peppers,” replied Dory, shaking hands with -the detective. - -“You have settled that fellow so that he won’t want any more of your -love-pats,” replied Peppers, laughing. “I saw the whole of it, and it -was handsomely done.” - -“I merely defended myself. He pitched into me, and I could not help -myself,” answered the pilot in the language and tone of apology; for -he did not want any one to think that he ever engaged in a voluntary -fight. - -“I know it: I saw the whole of it. You were trying to talk with him -when he rushed upon you,” added Peppers. - -By this time Oscar Chester appeared to have recovered from the heavy -blows of his brother pilot. He and Will Orwell walked up the street -towards the town. The excitement was all over, and the other pupils -scattered. Peppers followed Chester. Dory was doubtful what to do. At -first he thought of going on board of the Sylph, and reporting the -battle to his uncle. - -After a little consideration, and some talk with Bolingbroke about it, -he decided not to do so. He was ready to answer to any charge that -might be brought against him, and it would be time enough to defend -himself when he was accused. He called at the Witherill House, had a -chat with the landlord and the clerk, and then returned to the wharf. -By this time most of the boys had seen all they wanted to of the town, -and were ready to go on board. Captain Gildrock had come on shore, and -had just gone on board with the two Plattsburgh boys who were to join -the school. - -Bates was in charge of the boats; and, as soon as the crew of one of -them appeared, he sent one load on board. The principal was -instructing the two new hands, who had already put on the uniform. One -was a steward, and the other belonged to the port watch. - -At a little after three o’clock the other boat came off, and the -students rushed up the accommodation steps as though they enjoyed the -steamer and the lake more than the town. George Duane, the new -steward, was handed over to Bob Swanton, after a proper introduction; -and they retired to the forward cabin. - -“Have all hands come on board?” asked Captain Gildrock. - -The boys looked about them, as though they were unable to answer the -question. - -“You don’t know: well, we can soon ascertain by calling the roll,” -added the principal, as he took the list of students from his pocket. -“Mr. Glovering.” - -“Here sir,” replied the first officer in the midst of the laughter of -the boys when they heard the handle applied to his name. - -“Mr. Orwell.” - -“Here, sir.” - -“Mr. Dornwood.” - -“Here, sir.” - -“Mr. Chester.” - -There was no response to this name, and it was repeated. There was no -answer. - -“Is the second pilot on board?” asked Captain Gildrock; and Dory -wondered if he knew any thing about the second battle of Plattsburgh. - -The first and second officers looked about the deck and into the -cabins for the missing pilot, but he could not be found. A more -thorough search was made by all hands, and it was soon evident that -“Mr. Chester” was not on board. The captain finished the call of the -roll, and made no remark in regard to the disappearance of the second -pilot. He directed the first officer to get up the anchor. - -It looked as though Oscar Chester had absconded, notwithstanding his -good conduct during the forenoon. Possibly some of the boys, -especially Will Orwell, knew something about the matter; but they did -not volunteer to give any information, and the principal did not ask -for any. He said nothing at all, in fact, about the missing student. -The captain did not appear to be in the least degree disturbed by the -absence of the refractory pupil. - -Captain Gildrock looked on while the crew walked around the capstan. -The officers had learned their lesson well; and, for a first trial, -the operation of getting up the anchor was handsomely done. - -The first pilot was at his post; and, as soon as “anchor aweigh” was -reported to him, he rang the gong. Mr. Jepson stood on deck, near the -door of the engine-room, having stationed his first assistant at the -machine. He opened the valve slowly, and the thumping of the screw was -immediately heard. - -Captain Gildrock had gone to the hurricane deck, where he could see -all that was done in the pilot-house and on the forecastle. He cast -occasional glances at the wharf, and he directed Dory to run in that -direction. Then he called the first officer, and told him to get ready -to make a landing. - -Dory ran the Sylph up to the wharf, where she was secured by the -enthusiastic crew. The portion of the bulwark at the starboard gangway -was removed, and the plank run out. While Mr. Glovering was wondering -who was going on shore, Oscar Chester stepped out of the building on -the wharf, and walked on board as coolly as though nothing had -happened to disturb his equanimity. - -“Haul in the plank!” called the captain. “Cast off, Dory.” - -The pilot on duty blew a sharp whistle, which was the signal to cast -off the fasts; and the officers below attended to this duty. The Sylph -backed out from the wharf, and then went ahead, the engine being -wholly managed by Corny Minkfield. Oscar Chester went directly to the -hurricane deck, and was about to enter the pilot-house, when he was -confronted by Captain Gildrock. - -“You are late, Mr. Chester,” said the principal. - -“I came on board against my will, sir. In fact, I was brought down to -the wharf,” replied Oscar. - -“Indeed? Who brought you to the wharf?” asked the captain with a -half-suppressed chuckle. - -“I wasn’t introduced to him, but he said he was a constable.” - -“You ought to have been introduced to him,” laughed the captain. “I -can’t go through the ceremony now, because the constable is not here; -but his name is Peppers. Dory knows him, and he will introduce you if -I don’t happen to be present when you meet again. Am I to understand -from what you say that you did not intend to return to the steamer?” - -“I did not intend to return: on the contrary, I meant to run away; for -I suppose that is what you would call it,” replied Oscar. - -“If I remember rightly, you promised this morning to behave as well as -you knew how, if I released you from the brig,” added the captain. - -“I meant what I said at the time, and intended to keep my promise; but -something happened on shore that prevented me from doing so,” replied -Oscar rather sheepishly for him. - -“What is the matter with your face, Mr. Chester? Your nose is swelled, -and you have a mouse under each eye. I should say that both of your -eyes would be in mourning for the next week,” added Captain Gildrock. - -“The black eyes are in consequence of something that happened on shore,” -answered the second pilot. - -“What was that?” - -“Excuse me, sir: if you will ask Dory, he can tell the story better -than I can,” replied Oscar, glancing at the pilot at the wheel. - -This conversation took place at the door of the pilot-house, and Dory -could not help hearing all that was said; and if he looked behind him -he could see the parties. - -“I prefer that you should tell your own story,” added the principal -rather sternly. “My business just now is with you and not with Dory.” - -“To make a short story of it, sir, I attempted to thrash Dory, and I -got thrashed myself,” answered the culprit. - -“Served you right!” exclaimed the captain. “Have you settled the -matter finally?” - -“It seems to have settled itself, sir. I had no doubt I could whip -Dory as easily as I could turn my hand. I never met one of these -proper fellows before that I could not whip, and without the least -difficulty. I am satisfied now that he can whip me every time, and -that settles the matter.” - -“I should say that you judge yourself and Dory by a very mean and -cowardly standard. But if you are satisfied, nobody else need complain -this time. Return to your duty, Mr. Chester.” - -Oscar went to the wheel, and did not seem to have any delicacy about -meeting Dory. - - - - -CHAPTER XX. - -THE NEW HEAD OF THE MILLWEED FAMILY. - - -Captain Gildrock judged, from the appearance of Oscar Chester’s face, -that he had been severely punished for his assault upon his superior -officer. He had not heard a word about the second battle at -Plattsburg. Though Bates knew all about it, he never meddled with what -did not concern him. - -He walked away from the pilot-house, satisfied that Dory could take -care of himself if the second pilot wanted any thing more of him. Mr. -Jepson had divided the firemen into watches, and two of them were now -off duty. The principal saw Bolingbroke walking the hurricane deck, -and called him. In answer to his question, Bolingbroke told him all -the particulars of the fight on shore. Of course the statement was -highly favorable to Dory. - -If no one else knew it, the principal did, that Will Orwell was a -crony of the second pilot. From him he could get the other side of the -story, if there was any other side to it; and he called the second -officer. Orwell’s story did not differ materially from that of the -fireman, and the captain was satisfied that the assault upon his -nephew had been entirely unprovoked. He knew all about the difficulty -in the boat, and on board of the steamer the night before. - -The captain was satisfied that Chester had been sufficiently punished, -especially when he considered what a shock the pride of the wilful boy -had received in his failure to thrash Dory. Doubtless his attempt to -run away had been caused by his defeat. He was humiliated and -mortified at the result. - -Of course Peppers did not act without instructions. The principal -expected a demonstration on the part of the rebel. He had written to -the officer the day before, requesting him to be on the wharf when the -Sylph arrived, and instructing him to watch Oscar all the time the -latter was on shore. He was to bring him off if he attempted to run -away. - -Peppers soon ascertained which of the boys he was to “shadow,” and -followed him wherever he went. Orwell remained in his company till it -was time to return to the wharf. Oscar declared that he would not go -on board again, and tried to induce his crony to join him in his -flight into the country. - -Orwell was second officer, and was delighted with his experience in -the Beech-Hill Industrial School so far. It was better than a play to -him, and nothing could have induced him to run away from the agreeable -life which had just opened upon him. He had reasoned with his friend -very earnestly, and even had the pluck to tell him flatly that Dory -was altogether in the right, and he was altogether in the wrong. - -Oscar admitted that he was pleased with the school, but he could not -endure the humiliation of playing “second fiddle” to Dory after what -had happened. They parted, and Orwell went on board with the other -pupils; and he was utterly astonished when he saw his crony come on -board at the wharf. - -“If you wish to steer, I will give you the wheel, Oscar Chester,” said -Dory, when the second pilot had been in the room a few minutes. “It is -not a new thing to me; and I am not anxious to steer, though I like to -do it well enough.” - -“Thank you, Dory Dornwood: you are very kind. You can whip me every -time; and, of course, you can bully me if you have a mind to do so,” -replied Oscar, beginning very stiffly. - -“I have no wish to bully you or any other fellow. I don’t want to -quarrel with any person; and, as we are to be in the pilot-house -together, I hope we shall be able to agree,” added Dory in the most -conciliatory tones. - -“We shall agree after this,” said Oscar, letting himself down a few -pegs. “You can whip me, and that is enough. I can’t quarrel with you -without getting the worst of it. I must submit, and I may as well make -the best of it.” - -“I don’t believe in fighting, and I don’t care a straw who is the best -man. I don’t mean to bully even the weakest fellow in the school. I -know I speak quick sometimes, but I don’t mean any thing by it. I am -told that I spoke rather sharply to you in the boat last night. I am -sorry for it, and I beg your pardon,” said Dory. - -“You don’t owe me any apology after you have whipped me; and you are -generous to let me down as easily as you can,” added Oscar. - -“It was since we came on board, after the affair, that I was told I -spoke sharply to you. If you had told me so before hitting me, I -should have begged your pardon. I mean to do the right thing.” - -“Your hand, Dory!” exclaimed Oscar, extending his own. “You are a good -fellow, even if you are so frightfully proper.” - -Dory gave the rebel his right hand, and his companion shook it -heartily. There was some good left in Oscar Chester. - -“I always thrashed every fellow in the school that didn’t fag to me, -and I suppose I have been spoiled. But I will try to do better. If I -don’t do well, you must thrash me again, Dory,” added the second -pilot, smiling blandly. “I hope we shall be friends; and I will take -the wheel now, if you will show me how to handle it.” - -“You handle it very well already, though there are a great many things -you will have to learn, as every wheelman must,” replied Dory -cordially, and without putting on any airs. - -There was peace in the pilot-house now, as there was in every part of -the steamer. Captain Gildrock looked into the room after a while, and -found that the two pilots were apparently excellent friends. He did -not say any thing, or even enter the apartment; for he thought the -boys would get along better without any help. - -The Sylph went up the lake as far as Ticonderoga. The instruction was -continued in all the departments; and as the students were required to -do the work themselves, as well as listen to the theory, they made -rapid progress, and enjoyed themselves to the end of the trip. They -were sorry when it was finished. - -The steamer was secured at the temporary wharf in Beech Lake. Supper -had been served on board as arranged in the morning; and the cooks and -stewards had to put things in order before they went on shore. The -engineers and firemen were taught in what shape to leave the engine -and boilers. The first and second officers put the decks in order. But -the pilots had nothing to do when the boat touched the wharf. - -“Is Captain Gildrock on board?” asked Mr. Millweed, who was on the -wharf when Dory landed. - -“He is in the after cabin,” replied the first pilot; and he would have -been very glad to hear what passed between the principal and the -farmer. - -But he had been taught to mind his own business; and he walked up to -the dormitory with Oscar, who had not yet visited the room -appropriated to his use. Mr. Millweed went on board of the Sylph, and -found the captain at the desk in his room. - -“I will wait till you are ready to see me, Captain Gildrock,” said he. - -“I am ready to see you now, and anxious to hear what you have to say,” -replied the principal, as he led the way out of the state-room into -the main cabin. “Both of the boys came on board before nine, and have -done well. Pemberton is first cook, and Bolingbroke is third fireman.” - -“I suppose they don’t like these places,” added Farmer Millweed. - -“Both of them seem to be very well satisfied. Pemberton is an -excellent cook,” answered the captain. “He thinks his position is not -particularly genteel, but he will get over that in a short time. Did -Mrs. Millweed consent to their joining the school?” - -“She did not: she objected with all her might. But I saw that the boys -were inclined to go to the school. We had a regular row, but I stuck to -my text; and finally I told the boys I could not support them another -day in idleness. - -“My wife cried; but I told her it was no use, for we should all be -turned out of the house, and all that I had would be sold to pay my -debts. I told the boys to hurry down here before the boat started; and -they minded me, in spite of the screams of my wife. It made me feel -bad, but I couldn’t help it.” - -“I am sorry you had any trouble, but I think you have done right,” -added Captain Gildrock. - -“When the boys had gone, I had a talk with the girls. I told them the -plain truth, and insisted that they should go to work. Both of them -said they were willing; but their mother declared they should not go -into a store or factory, or any thing of that sort, to work. They had -been finely educated, and were fit to adorn the drawing-room of a rich -man.” - -“Very likely they are; but the next thing is to find the -drawing-room,” suggested the captain. - -“That is the very thing I said to Matilda--that’s my wife. I told the -girls I would try to find places, and they both said they would take -any places I could get for them. Matilda said they should not. I told -them I had not money enough to buy a meal of victuals, and the -storekeepers and the butchers won’t trust me. I found a place in a -store for Elinora myself; and she went to it, after dinner, to-day.” - -“Excellent! You are doing bravely!” exclaimed the captain. “I will see -what can be done for the other girl as soon as I go ashore. By the -way, I was thinking of getting a young man to keep the records of the -school, and do some of my writing for me. A woman will do just as -well. I will give your other daughter five dollars a week, and raise -her wages as fast as she learns to do the work.” - -“God bless you, Captain Gildrock!” ejaculated the discouraged father. -“If the children can support themselves, I can take care of my wife -after we have lost the farm and every thing else. I can get work at -day wages.” - -“I hope you won’t lose your farm,” added the captain. - -“There is no help for it. The mortgage note will be due in a short -time; and I can’t pay the interest, let alone any part of the -principal.” - -Farmer Millweed groaned in spirit, when he thought of the final blow -that was about to fall upon him. He had been an honest, temperate, -hard-working man all his life, though he was a person of but little -force of character. His wife’s aspirations after gentility had -actually ruined him. As things were going on the day before, the -family were only a few steps from the poorhouse. - -“I think you are an honest man, and I am very sorry to see you brought -to the verge of ruin in this way,” said Captain Gildrock after a few -minutes’ reflection. “I will let you have the money to pay your -interest when it is due, and I will take the mortgage on your place -myself.” - -“I did not expect any thing of this sort from you, captain; and I am -sure”-- - -“Never mind that, Mr. Millweed. If any of your creditors trouble you, -come to me. You have got rid of the principal trouble; and there is no -reason why you should not do well,--pay all your debts, and clear off -the mortgage on your farm.” - -The farmer was profuse in his expressions of gratitude; but the -captain cut them short by inquiring still further into his affairs, -and giving him much good advice. Mr. Millweed went home with hope in -his soul. There was a new head to the Millweed family. - - - - -CHAPTER XXI. - -CAPTAIN GILDROCK ARGUES AGAINST HIGH-SCHOOLS. - - -The next day was Sunday; and Captain Gildrock insisted that all the -students should attend church, and refrain from all work and play. -Those who lived in Genverres were allowed to spend the day at home. No -excursions on the river or the lake were permitted, and no scholar was -allowed even to get into any of the boats. - -On Monday morning the actual work of the school was begun. The -study-hours were from nine till twelve in the forenoon. The two -gentlemen who were to teach in the scholastic department had arrived, -and promptly at the hour the school was called to order. - -“Now, my lads, we are ready for work,” said the captain on the -platform. “I am told that you can all read, write, and cipher. You -have some knowledge of geography and history. I dare say, some of you -have studied Greek, Latin, French, and German, which are all very well -in their place; but we shall have nothing to do with them here. We are -to make good mechanics of you, and not good scholars.” - -“Can’t good scholars be good mechanics?” asked Bolingbroke Millweed. - -“Certainly they can: I don’t object to any amount of scholarship,” -replied Captain Gildrock rather warmly. “You have been to the -high-school, Bolingbroke; but all that you have learned will not -prevent you from becoming a first-class mechanic. On the contrary, -your education will be a great help to you.” - -“That is just what I thought,” added the graduate of the high-school. - -“For two or three years an exciting question has been under discussion -here in Genverres,” continued the principal, turning to the two -instructors. “I have taken the practical side of the subject, and I -don’t believe in sending all the boys and girls to the high-school. -When our fathers here in New England planted the schoolhouse by the -side of the church, I don’t believe they meant a high-school.” - -“Of course not: such an institution was unknown in their day,--at -least, as we understand it,” replied Mr. Bentnick. “They simply meant -an ordinary common-school education, as we call it now.” - -“That must be all they meant; but there has been progress in -education, as in every thing else, since their time,” added Mr. -Darlingby. - -“I rejoice in the progress as much as any one can,” retorted the -captain vigorously. “But I believe there is intemperance in the matter -of education as well as in eating and drinking. The first business of -life, in an enlightened or a savage state, is bread and butter. In -other words, a man must get his living before he does any thing beyond -that; and the greater part of our population can do nothing more than -get a living. Do you believe that, boys?” - -The boys did believe it, though none of them had ever given much -attention to social and political economy. It was plain enough that -the first duty of existence for every person was to support himself. - -“But some are born rich,” suggested Corny Minkfield. - -“Then their means of support are provided, but this is not the case -with one in a hundred. The great body of our people have to earn their -own living. The only real objections I have to the high-school are, -first, that it unfits boys and girls for the humble labors of life; -and, second, that it uses up so many of the years of the young in -learning what does not directly help them in earning their own -livelihood,” continued the captain. - -“But what they learn in the high-school is a direct help to them in -all the business of life,” suggested Mr. Darlingby. - -“Boys and girls spend their time from fourteen or sixteen years of -age, till they are eighteen or twenty, in learning Latin, French, -German, literature, the higher mathematics, and such branches, when -they might learn a trade, or obtain a knowledge of business. When they -graduate, they don’t want to learn a trade, work on a farm, or do -manual labor of any kind. They look down upon such occupations. They -want to be clerks, if they are boys, or marry wealthy men, if they are -girls. They must do something, if any thing at all, that is genteel.” - -“There is a great deal of truth in that statement,” added Mr. -Bentnick. “Boys don’t stay in the country, and work on the farm, now -as they did fifty years ago.” - -“I had a curiosity, when I was in New York last spring, to inquire -into the salaries paid to clerks and salesmen in dry-goods stores,” -continued the captain. “So far as I could obtain the information, the -average was not above ten dollars a week. Of course, some got two or -three thousand dollars a year, or even double these sums; but I found -that a great many young men worked for five or six dollars a week, and -some for even less. Good mechanics earned from ten to thirty dollars a -week. - -“Why, a common laborer got from six to twelve dollars a week. While -mechanics and laborers were in demand, there were multitudes of -counter-jumpers, and other persons who wanted what they called genteel -occupations, who could get nothing to do. In a word, our institutions -of learning have fitted too many for the so-called higher grades of -employment.” - -“But sometimes the mechanics and laborers are out of work?” said -Bolingbroke. - -“They are, for it sometimes happens that overproduction shuts up the -shops and manufactories. But these men have been taught to work with -their hands, and their bodies have been fitted for such service. When -they can’t get work at their trades, they do something else. Thousands -upon thousands of them go to the great West, and become farmers. They -can always get a living out of the earth, if they can’t any other way. -But I did not intend to argue this question; though I desire every -young man to think for himself, and form his own opinions. You can -think as you please; and if you believe that high-schools, as managed -at the present time, promote the best interests of the whole people, -you are entirely welcome to your opinion.” - -“My father don’t believe in high-schools, and would not send me to -one,” said Phil Gawner. - -“Never mind what your father believes: make up your mind yourself, and -have your own opinions, my lad. Now, boys, the studies you are to -pursue here are those which will fit you to become good mechanics. But -I hope you will read and study as long as you live. What I intend to -do is to fit you out with a business that will enable you to earn your -own living.” - -Miss Fatima Millweed was present with the record-books with which she -had been provided; and the name, age, and residence of each pupil were -taken. The average age of the scholars was found to be fourteen and a -half. A few were only twelve, but several were eighteen and nineteen. -All of them were graduates of grammar-schools, and some had attended -high-schools and academies. Of course, the schools they had attended -did not fairly gauge their attainments; for some of the oldest, who -had been to the higher schools of learning, were weak in knowledge and -mental power when compared with the ones who had only been to the -lower grades of schools. - -“Now, my lads, a few words more, and I shall leave you to your -instructors. The studies you will pursue are all practical ones,” said -the captain, taking the platform again. “The principal branches will -be drawing, natural philosophy, chemistry, geometry, and book-keeping. -Geography, history, arithmetic, and grammar will be taught -incidentally. Before you graduate, there will be a course in botany, -geology, and zoölogy. At one o’clock you will all assemble in the -shop, and make a beginning in the mechanical part of your education.” - -The captain left the platform, and left the schoolroom. Mr. Bentnick -was the chief instructor, Mr. Darlingby being his assistant. He -proceeded to organize the classes in the studies the principal had -mentioned. He made such rules as he considered necessary, but they -were not very stringent. - -The boys were divided into two classes, according to their -attainments. Ten were found who had made considerable progress in the -four principal studies, and these were the first class. Mr. Bentnick -proceeded to give them a lecture in chemistry. It was conversational, -and the instructor soon found where to make a beginning in the -science. - -At the same time Mr. Darlingby began with the rudiments in the second -class. The pupils were provided with text-books, and lessons assigned -for the next day. A start was made in geometry in the same manner, and -by that time it was noon. At quarter past twelve the dinner-bell rang; -and all hands, including the family, the instructors, the pupils, and -Miss Millweed, seated themselves at the long table. It was a sociable -meal; and no one seemed to be under any restraint, though the boys -behaved very well. - -Mr. Darlingby had something more to say in favor of high-schools, in -which he had been a teacher for several years. He wanted to know if -Captain Gildrock believed that the higher branches should be taught at -the public expense. - -“I think the expense is the least important part of the subject,” -replied the principal; “but I will answer the question. I do not -believe that high-schools should be supported, as a rule, out of the -public taxes.” - -“You are very radical in your opinions, Captain Gildrock,” added the -instructor. - -“Let us look at it a moment. There are two thousand scholars of all -ages in the public schools of Genverres. Not more than one in five of -them will ever reach the highest class in the grammar-school. The -other four will leave school, and go to work: their parents need them, -or what they can earn. But the parents of all those who fall out of -the schools by the way are tax-payers. Some are only poll-taxes, but a -few of them pay on their little lots of land and houses. It costs -about five times as much to educate a pupil in the high-school as in -the elementary schools. The parents of four-fifths of the scholars -can’t afford even to send their children through the grammar-school -course, to say nothing of the high-school; but they have to pay their -share of the expenses of the high-school, which I contend is not -just.” - -“But the safety of our institutions depends upon the education of the -people,” replied Mr. Darlingby. - -“Does it depend upon a college education? Why not insist that every -person should be a graduate of a college, and that no person could be -moral and upright without having a college degree?” added the -principal. - -“There is reason in all things.” - -“You draw the line after the high-school, and I before: that is the -only difference. It would be as just to support the colleges at the -public expense as the high-schools. The education that preserves the -State is not French and German, Latin and Greek, chemistry and -physics; but it is the education that distinguishes the immigrant who -cannot read and write from the farmers and mechanics of this country. -It does not include a high-school training.” - -“Then, if a poor man’s son or daughter, with a taste for learning, -wants an education, he shall not have it because his father cannot -pay for it,” added Mr. Darlingby warmly and indignantly. - -“You have struck the weak point of my argument, sir,” replied the -principal. “I would have scholarships provided by the State for such -pupils.” - -Dinner was over, and the company left the table. - - - - -CHAPTER XXII. - -THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS IN THE SHOP. - - -The boys had listened with interest to the discussion at the -dinner-table; and, when they gathered in front of the shop, they were -talking about the subject themselves. But they were hardly ready to -settle their opinions in the matter. The principal’s views sounded -very much like heresy to some of them, who had been taught that it was -the most praiseworthy thing in the world to attend the high-school. -They were in doubt; and, in this respect, they were like thousands of -full-grown women and men. - -When Mr. Jepson unlocked the doors of the shop, there was a general -rush for the inside of it. High-school education was forgotten, and -everybody’s curiosity was excited to know what the mechanical school -was to be. - -The master-carpenter and the engineer, assisted by Bates and other men -who worked on the estate, had placed all the boxes of carpenter’s -tools in the shop; but not one of them had yet been opened. The -benches were all that looked like furniture. Of these there were half -a dozen for wood-work, and a dozen for iron. Overhead were the shafts, -drums, and pulleys by which various machines were to be operated. - -“Here we are again, my lads,” said Captain Gildrock, standing upon one -of the boxes. “The first thing to be done is to put the shop in order. -Your instructors are here; and you must heed what they say, and obey -their orders. Like the session of the forenoon, the afternoon will -last three hours. At four o’clock you will be dismissed for the rest -of the day. The time will be your own then, but you must learn the -lessons which have been assigned. Now, Mr. Brookbine and Mr. Jepson, I -turn the pupils over to you. They have already been divided into -classes. Mr. Jepson will take the first, and Mr. Brookbine the -second.” - -Captain Gildrock stepped down from the box, and seated himself on one -of the benches to witness the proceedings. He was quite as much -interested as any of the pupils. - -“I am to teach you the use of carpenter’s tools,” said Mr. Brookbine. -“It will be an easy and pleasant job if you give attention and try to -do the best you can. The tools we have here are of the latest fashion, -and some of them are quite different from those with which I learned -my trade. - -“Let me say, that every one of them must be handled with the utmost -care, and be kept in good order. You will be shown how to grind upon -the grindstone, and sharpen on the oil-stone, the chisels and -plane-irons. None but a bad workman ever uses dull tools. It is easier -to avoid running your tools against a nail than it is to grind out the -gaps the nail will make.” - -“But where are the tools? I don’t see any,” asked Tom Ridley. - -“They are in these boxes, and we will now open them. I will put two of -you to each box, for there are just six of these large boxes. Dory and -Thad Glovering may begin with the first one: the others will look on, -and see how it is done. You may learn how to do it, or how not to do -it.” - -The carpenter handed Dory and Thad a wooden mallet, a chisel, and a -hatchet. Thad was full of enthusiasm. He thought he knew just how to -do it. He had the hatchet and chisel in his hands. Inserting the -latter under the lid of the box at one end, he struck the handle of -the chisel with the hatchet. - -“Stop there, if you please,” interposed Mr. Brookbine. - -Thad looked at the carpenter with astonishment, for he had no -suspicion that there was any thing wrong in what he had done. - -“What I say to Thad I say to the whole class,” continued the -carpenter. “He has done just what most of you would if you had been in -his place. What is that mallet for, Thad?” - -“To hit with, just as your fist is,” replied the amateur workman, -laughing. - -“To strike with, and that is just what your fist is not for. You are -never to strike a wooden tool, or the wooden handle of a tool, with a -hammer or a hatchet. Can you all remember that, my lads?” - -“Yes, sir!” shouted all the boys. - -“Don’t do it, then. A mallet is used in striking a chisel.” - -Thad took the mallet, and hit the chisel a tremendous crack with it. -The tool happened to be in a rather loose place in the opening, and it -went in to the handle. Thad tried to draw it out. He pulled and tugged -and wrenched at the chisel, but it was in firm enough to resist all -his efforts. He was so much in earnest, that his attempts amused the -rest of the boys; and they were soon laughing with all their might. -The machinists at the other end of the shop were interested, and some -of them went over to see what the excitement was. But they were called -back by Mr. Jepson before they could see inside of the ring that -surrounded Thad. - -“Pull away, my lad,” laughed the master-carpenter. “But when you get -tired of the work, let me know, if you please.” - -“I can’t get it out,” replied Thad, when he discovered that he was the -laughing-stock of the class. - -“Perhaps you can, if you keep on wrenching for a day or two longer.” - -“I have done my best, and it won’t come out.” - -“I don’t think it will under any such treatment,” added Mr. Brookbine. -“You laugh, boys, because it is funny; but I doubt if the majority of -you would have done any better. Here is a lesson to learn. Skill is -better than strength, but skill and strength win the battle.” - -“Good!” shouted Steve Baxter. “I will remember that as long as I live: -skill and strength win the battle.” - -“I hope you will all remember it, for it is just the motto for a -carpenter. The ‘improvement,’ as the minister would say, upon the -text, is this: When things don’t work right, and won’t do as you want -and expect them to do, don’t yank, twist, jerk, and wrench at them. -Something is the matter, and you must see what it is. That chisel -would not come out. Why not?” - -“It is in too tight,” replied Dick Short. - -“Right, Dick: what is to be done?” - -“Loosen it, if you can.” - -“Dory, you may try your hand at it, taking the chisel as you find it.” - -Dory had been studying the situation, and had made up his mind what to -do. Taking the hatchet, he inserted the edge of it in the crack, near -the chisel, and drove it in with the mallet. The chisel dropped out of -itself. But the hatchet stuck as hard as the chisel had. - -“Good, so far, Dory; but your chisel is in chancery,” said the -carpenter. - -“What is sauce for goose is sauce for gander,” replied Dory as he picked -up the chisel, and inserted it in the opening made by the hatchet. -Twisting the hatchet a little, he started the nails with which the -cover of the box was secured. - -In the manner described, Dory alternately used the tools till he had -gone half-way round the box, when he and Thad took hold of the board -with their hands, and pulled it off. - -“That was very well done,” said the carpenter. “But the board could -have been taken off without pulling it off with the hands.” - -“I know it, Mr. Brookbine; but that was the quicker way to do it,” -replied Dory. - -“So it was. It is quicker to pick up a rock, if you can, than to hoist -it with a machine,” added Mr. Brookbine. “Now, Corny Minkfield, you -and Nat Long may open the next one.” - -These operators had closely observed the method of Dory, and they -opened the box without any difficulty. The others were disposed of in -the same manner. The boys turned to the instructor for the next step -in the interesting proceedings. - -“These boxes contain six sets of carpenter’s tools,” said Mr. -Brookbine. “I shall describe them to you as they are taken from the -cases. The tools are all packed in the same order. Dory will pass me -the first package, and those who have opened the boxes will take the -same bundle from each of them.” - -Dory took a thin package from the top of the box. Removing the paper -from it, he handed the tool to the carpenter. - -“I needn’t tell you what this is, for you all know,” continued Mr. -Brookbine. - -“It looks very much like a saw,” said Thad. “I know what it is, and -what it is for.” - -“I am glad you do, Thad, though I have my doubts. Will you look at it, -and tell me what kind of a saw it is?” - -Thad took the implement; and, putting on a very wise expression, he -examined it carefully. - -“I should say that this was a hand-saw,” said he at last. - -“Quite right: it is a hand-saw. Why is that name given to it--to -distinguish it from what?” - -“From the saw in a saw-mill, or a circular-saw, which is not a -hand-saw,” answered Thad. - -“You have answered as well as could be expected. There is no -particular meaning to the name, and the term is seldom used. There are -not a few words that lose their original meaning. I suppose if I -should ask you to go for a wood-saw, you would know what I meant.” - -“I should say you meant the one used to saw fire-wood,” replied Thad. - -“Precisely so; but all the saws in these boxes are wood-saws. Mr. -Jepson has saws for sawing brass and iron; but the term ‘wood-saw,’ or -‘buck-saw,’ was not given to distinguish it from them. If I asked you -to saw off the end of the board you have taken off the box, do you -think you could do it with this saw, Thad?” - -“I think I could: in fact, I have no doubt of it,” replied Thad -confidently. - -“Suppose you try it; but don’t saw through any of the nails.” - -Dory assisted him to place the board in a proper position on the box. -The amateur commenced operations, but the saw did not work as well as -he expected. In spite of all his efforts, it would jump out of its -place; and it would not cut at all well. - -“I don’t think this saw has ever been filed,” said Thad, disgusted -with the ill success of his efforts. - -“The saw is sharp, well set, and in good order,” replied Mr. -Brookbine. “Can any one of you tell me what kind of a saw this is?” - -“It is a slitting-saw,” answered Dory and two or three others, who had -been examining the saws taken from the other boxes. - -“That’s what’s the matter,” laughed the carpenter. “It was not made to -cut across the grain, and it will not do it very well. With this saw -you work _with_ the grain of the wood, and it is never used for -any other purpose. You will all have a chance to try it in a day or -two.--The next package, Dory.--Another saw,” added the instructor, as -he took the tool in his hand. “Can any of you tell me what kind of a -saw this is?” - -“It is a cutting-off saw,” said Nat Long. - -“Right. It is also called a panel-saw, when it has fine teeth. If you -compare the filing and setting of the two saws, you will see that the -teeth of the last are of a different angle from the other, and that it -has more set than the slitting-saw; that is, the teeth are thrown out -more.--What next, Dory?” - -Just then there was a roar of laughter from the machine-shop. - - - - -CHAPTER XXIII. - -SOMETHING ABOUT TOOLS AND WORK. - - -If there was any thing funny, the boys all wanted to know what it was; -and some of them were inclined to run over to ascertain why the young -machinists were laughing. Mr. Brookbine suspended his instructions, -and seated himself on one of the benches. - -“Shall we appoint a committee to ascertain what is going on at the -other end of the shop, or shall we all go over and see for ourselves?” -said the carpenter. - -“We must have a partition between the two shops,” added Captain -Gildrock. “Just now half the machinists started to come over here.” - -“The partition would be a nuisance; and, after a while, the boys will -probably get tired of laughing at each other’s blunders,” added the -carpenter: and by this time the class were all giving attention. “What -next, Dory?” - -Dory unfolded another package, which was found to contain another saw. -Mr. Brookbine took it, and held it up before the pupils. - -“You all know that this is a saw, but what is the name of it?” he -asked. - -“I have always heard it called a fine saw,” answered Jim Alburgh. - -“It is often called so, but I have shown you that names don’t always -describe the object to which they are applied. Some saws made like the -cutting-off saw have finer teeth than this one,--the panel-saw, for -instance. There is another and better name, which applies to all saws -of this kind; and, if you please, we will call it the back-saw. You -see that it has a steel back to prevent it from bending, as all -without it will do.--The next article.” - -This proved to be another back-saw, but not more than half as long or -wide as the first one. It was for finer work, and could very properly -be called a fine saw. The carpenter required the next four packages to -be opened before he said any thing about their contents. - -“These are planes,” said he, when he had placed them on a bench where -all the class could see them. “These four are the ones in common use, -but you cannot fully understand them until you have used them a while. -We will examine the one that is used first, and here it is;” and Mr. -Brookbine took up one of the tools. “What should you call this?” - -“A fore-plane,” replied Dick Short. - -“That is as good a name for it as any other, but this is a jack-plane. -It is used to take off the rough side or edge of the board. It is -fifteen inches long. What the manufacturers call a fore-plane is -eighteen or twenty inches long. In this country very few carpenters -use both: and, whichever one it may be, some call it a jack-plane, and -some a fore-plane; the latter being the most common name in this part -of the country. - -“When I learned my trade, boards were brought into the shop just as -they came from the saw-mill. Now they are generally planed by -machinery, so that the hardest part of your work will be done before -you get the board. Here is a short plane, only eight and a half inches -long. What do you call it?” - -“A smoothing-plane. It is used to polish off the board after you have -taken off the rough,” replied Corny Minkfield. - -“Hardly to polish it, though I understand what you mean. We don’t -polish wood with a plane: we simply smooth it.” - -“That is what I meant,” added Corny. - -“If polishing various kinds of wood were not a part of the -cabinet-maker’s business, I should have said nothing; but we must -learn to use words that correctly convey our meaning, when we can just -as well as not. The smoothing-plane is used after the rough has been -taken off the board. This is the next plane in the series,” continued -Mr. Brookbine, taking up the longest of the three. - -“That’s a short jointer,” said Jim Alburgh. - -“You are rather old-fashioned as well as myself. We call it, in modern -times, simply a jointer. When I was a boy, we had a long and a short -jointer; but the former is seldom seen in a shop at the present time. -This jointer is twenty-two inches long, and they are made up to thirty -inches. The long jointer was three feet and a half and even four feet -long. Have you any idea what the use of this plane is?” - -“It is used in making joints,” answered Thad at a venture. - -“Not very definite. Carpenters are sometimes called joiners, and the -reason is plain enough. If you were going to lay a floor, it would be -necessary to joint the edges of the boards; and this plane would be -used for that purpose. In a word, the jointer is needed to get a -straight edge on pieces of wood more than a foot or two in length. If -two boards are exactly straight on the edges, they will make a good -job. - -“Here is the last plane we shall consider now. It is the shortest of -the four, and it is made of steel or iron. It is called a block-plane, -and can be used only in planing across the grain of the wood. When you -have sawed off a piece of work, this plane would be used to smooth off -the end of the wood. It is quite different from the others. The first -three have double irons, while this one has only a single iron.” - -Mr. Brookbine took up the block-plane, and removed the iron from it. -“This is called the iron, though it is always made of the best of -steel,” he continued. “The slant made by grinding off the end of the -iron, so it will be sharp, is called the bevel. In the first three -planes, the bevel is on the under side when the implement is -used. In the block-plane, the bevel is on the upper side.” - -“But what are the double irons for in the other planes?” asked Thad. -“I have seen them, but I never knew what the extra one was for.” - -“That is a sensible question, Thad. If the grain of the wood were -always straight,--that is, parallel with the length of the board,--a -single iron would answer very well. But wood, like some men and women, -is sometimes cross-grained; The tendency of the iron in the plane is -to follow the grain as far as the face of the plane will permit. The -edge of the upper iron is curved a little, so that it prevents the -cutter from going in too deep; and it turns the shaving up in such a -manner that it don’t choke up the opening. The upper iron also -stiffens the lower one, which is now made very thin compared with the -custom made years ago. - -“I judge that some of you have used a plane, or tried to do so. If so, -you have found great difficulty in getting your tool set right. These -planes are of the latest pattern. In old planes the iron is set with a -wooden wedge. You have to drive in the wedge with a hammer; and, when -you take it out, you have to strike several smart blows on the top or -the back end. To get the iron just right bothers the beginner more -than any thing else. - -“In these planes there are no wedges. A little lever is moved, and the -iron is fast; as you may see by trying it. Under the iron you notice a -screw, which may be turned by the thumb without taking the hand from -the plane. By turning this screw to the left, you force the iron down -so that it cuts a thicker shaving. Turn it to the right, and you get a -thinner shaving. You have no use for a hammer, unless it be to knock -the iron to one side or the other; for the edge of the cutter must be -exactly parallel to the surface of the plane. That will do for -planes.--What next, Dory?” - -A patent bitstock, very beautifully made, with the metal parts -nickel-plated, was handed to the carpenter. The boys knew what it was, -though most of them had never seen one of that kind. - -“This is sometimes called a brace, though bitstock is the more common -name in this country. It has some peculiarities,--the first, that the -socket will hold a bit of any common shape, the holder adapting itself -to the form as it is screwed up. - -“The second is a ratchet-arrangement, by which a hole may be bored -close to a partition. With an ordinary bitstock, you cannot bore a -hole within three inches of a wall, or any other fixed body. After -adjusting the ratchet, you may turn the crank half around, or as far -as you can; then you can carry the crank back without turning the bit, -and repeat the movement as long as may be necessary.” - -Dory next handed up a large bundle of bits. “This is an augur-bit,” -the carpenter continued, holding up one of this kind. “This is a -pod-bit, and this a centre-bit. Here is a reamer, used to enlarge a -hole in a piece of metal, as a hinge. This is a countersink, to fit -the opening of a hole in wood or iron to the head of a screw. - -“This is an iron square, to be used mainly in heavy work, such as -framing a house. These are try-squares, very handy for bench-work. -This is a bevel, with which you get the slant of any thing, and -reproduce it in your work. Here is a package of two-foot rules. I -shall give one to each of you, for a mechanic should always have his -rule about him. Carry it in your pocket. A level: in putting up a -shelf, for example, you will ascertain when the board is horizontal by -applying this implement.” - -Many other tools were taken from the box, but the master-carpenter’s -method of describing such things has been sufficiently shown. - -“Now, my lads, the next thing is to dispose these tools where you can -get at them,” Mr. Brookbine proceeded. “We have six benches, and more -will be put up when they are needed. Each of them is provided with a -bench-hook and a wooden vise, or bench-screw.” - -“What is a bench-hook?” asked Phil Gawner. - -“This iron with half a dozen teeth like a saw. Under it is a lever, so -that it may be raised or lowered, according to the thickness of the -board you are planing, which it holds in place. Behind each bench we -shall put a shelf, on which the planes are to be kept.” - -“Can’t we keep them on the bench, as most carpenters do?” asked Dory. - -“You can, but I don’t think that is the best way. You see that each -bench is provided with a dust-brush, to be used in removing the -shavings; and a neat workman will keep his bench as free as possible -of rubbish. If you want to brush off your bench, you must move your -planes twice, or put them on the floor. On the shelf they are always -out of the way when not in use. We will make this shelf at once. We -will have it four feet long, and six inches wide. It will be large -enough to accommodate some other tools.” - -“Are we to make them of these old box-covers?” asked Ned Bellows. - -“The shelves are to be permanent, and we will make them of new lumber. -You need just twelve superficial feet of board, with a sufficient -allowance for waste. The latter item is one of great importance to the -carpenter; for a man may waste more lumber than would suffice to pay -his wages, by being careless, or using bad judgment. We will go to the -lumber-shed, and see what we can find.” - -Mr. Brookbine led the way. Captain Gildrock had provided a large -supply of boards, plank, joist, and small stuff, which had been “stuck -up” in the building provided for the purpose. - -“Now, boys, see if you can find the right material for the shelves,” -said the carpenter. “You have your rules, and you can measure as much -as you please.” - -The pupils fell to pulling over and measuring the boards. All of them -figured up what shape the board must be to furnish what would be -needed. - -“I have it!” exclaimed Ben Ludlow. “Here is just the board to make the -whole of them. It is just a foot wide.” - -“Then, it won’t do,” replied the carpenter. “It is neither long enough -nor wide enough.” - -But Thad found one that was twelve feet and a half long by thirteen -inches at one end and fourteen at the other. Mr. Brookbine said it -would do, and it was carried to the shop. - - - - -CHAPTER XXIV. - -WORK FOR THE HEAD AND THE HANDS. - - -The boys were given to skylarking. Lick Milton and Phil Gawner were -carrying the board. It rested on the right shoulder of one and the -left shoulder of the other, with the arm above the elbow raised to -keep it in place. Just before they reached the shop, Dick Short, who -was half monkey in his movements, made a sudden spring, leaping upon -the top of the board. - -Down went the board, and down went the two boys under it. Dick turned -a somerset, and came down upon his feet. Phil Gawner was not at all -pleased with the incident; and, picking himself up, he rushed upon the -assailant, evidently determined to thrash him for his trouble. But -Dick Short had no idea of getting into a fight, and ran away as fast -as his legs would carry him. - -Phil chased him till they approached a tall maple whose lower limbs -were at least ten feet above the ground. Dick seized hold of the tree, -and went up it like a monkey. Phil attempted to grasp his feet, but -the boy-ape kicked until he was out of reach of his pursuer. - -“Let me get hold of you!” exclaimed Phil, rubbing his elbows, which -had suffered in his fall. - -“I’ll let you get hold of me if you can,” laughed Dick. - -“What are you about here? Don’t you know it is school-time?” demanded -Mr. Brookbine, who was indignantly following the skylarker. “Come down -out of that tree!” - -“Send Phil back to the shop, and I will,” replied Dick. - -“Will you come down, or shall I fetch you down?” added the carpenter -very decidedly. - -“Fetch me down, if you please,” answered Dick with a chuckle. - -Possibly the runaway thought he should like to see the -master-carpenter climb the tree. Captain Gildrock had come out of the -shop, but he did not interfere with the instructor in mechanics. Very -likely he desired to see how he would manage the case. - -[Illustration: DICK SHORT UNDER GUARD. Page 257.] - -“Here, Tom!” said Mr. Brookbine after a whistle. He addressed the call -to a tremendous St. Bernard dog, which had come to Beech Hill with him. - -Tom promptly obeyed the summons. His master pointed up the tree, and -soon got the eyes of the canine fixed on the culprit. Then he directed -him to lie down at the foot of the maple. The dog appeared to -understand his mission. The principal was glad to find the carpenter -did not display any thing like anger. - -“Now, Phil, we will go back to the shop, and attend to those shelves,” -said Mr. Brookbine. - -Phil wanted very much to get hold of Dick Short. He looked up at him, -and then at the dog. He said nothing; for he realized that the -instructor intended to punish his assailant in his own way, and he was -rather curious to see what the result would be. - -Phil and the rest of the boys followed the carpenter. The board was -taken into the shop, and not a word said about the incident which had -just occurred. - -“We have no saw-horses, or trestles as some call them. But we can use -a couple of these boxes, and in a few days we shall be able to make -all the furniture we need in the shop,” said the carpenter as -pleasantly as though no breach of discipline had occurred. - -The pupils expected him to say something on the subject of skylarking -in general, and the late case in particular. He directed a couple of -the boys to place the boxes where he wanted them, and then to put the -board upon them. - -“There will be waste in that board: I think the one I picked out would -have done better. It was just the right length,” said Ben Ludlow, who -was rather displeased because his board had been rejected. - -“How wide was your board, Ben?” asked the carpenter. - -“Just one foot to a hair. It was exactly wide enough to make two -shelves,” answered Ben. - -“You think you were right, Ben, and I am glad to see that you are -ready to argue your side of the question. If I don’t prove that you -were wrong, I hope you will stick to your opinion,” replied Mr. -Brookbine, as he took one of the slitting-saws from the bench. - -He sawed about three inches into one of the lids of the boxes. Calling -Ben close to him, he applied his rule, where the sixteenths were -marked, and asked the doubtful student how wide the slit was. - -“Just a sixteenth, as near as I can make it out,” replied Ben. - -The boys began to laugh, for they saw the result of the argument. - -“There will be four edges to the two strips of six inches in width, -when the board is sawed through its length, will there not, Ben?” - -“Yes, sir,” answered the other side of the question. - -“Will those edges be perfectly smooth?” - -“Of course they will not: they will be just as the saw left them.” - -“They are not likely to be sawed perfectly straight, even if the job -were done by an experienced workman. How much shall we have to plane -off in order to get the edges straight and smooth?” - -“I don’t know,--half an inch from each, perhaps. I give it up. I was -wrong, sir.” - -“Not half an inch, with such clear, finish-lumber as this board: that -would be shameful. Call it an eighth of an inch; and from the four -sides you will take off half an inch, besides the sixteenth cut out by -the saw. Your shelves would be less than five and three-quarters wide, -which is not six inches. When we want any stock to be of a certain -width, it won’t do to make it a quarter of an inch less than that. You -might waste the whole board in that way.” - -“I give it up, and it was stupid on my part,” added Ben. - -“Such mistakes are to be expected from beginners. Now let us look at -the board we have. In the length we have six inches to spare, which is -abundant. Now let us see if the ends of the board are sound. Are there -any checks or splits in it?” - -None of any consequence were found. - -“Now, boys, laying out the work is quite as important as doing it. If -you make blunders in your calculations, the job will not come out as -you expect. We must first cut the board into six lengths.” - -“We are to take out six-sixteenths of an inch for the saw-cuts,” -suggested Steve Baxter. - -“Why six?” - -“Because the board is to be sawed into six lengths.” - -“How many cuts do you make in order to get six pieces?” - -“Six, sir.” - -“Do you think so? Look it over a little more.” - -The rest of the boys, or most of them, looked upon the problem as a -puzzle; and they were interested in it, though none appeared to have -made up their minds. - -“Of course you have to cut six times to get six pieces,” said Phil -Gawner. “I think Steve Baxter is right.” - -“Let us look at it, and see. When I have made one cut with the saw, -how many pieces do I get?” asked Mr. Brookbine. - -“One,” shouted half a dozen of the pupils. - -“The second cut?” - -“Two pieces.” - -“Right; and the third, three, and the fourth, four,” continued the -instructor. “When I cut the fifth time, how many have I?” - -“Five!” shouted the boys triumphantly. - -“But what is there left?” asked the instructor, astonished at the -answer. - -“The rest of the board,” answered Steve Baxter. - -“Isn’t the rest of the board the sixth piece?” demanded the carpenter. - -The students looked rather blankly at each other; and Mr. Brookbine -saw that they were not convinced, simple as the problem was. - -He took a stick, and cut it so that it was twenty-four inches long. -Using his rule, he marked it off into pieces four inches in length. -Sawing off the piece on the right of the first mark, he handed it to -Steve. He asked the students to count as he cut off the lengths. - -“Five!” screamed the boys when he had made the fifth cut. - -“Here is the sixth piece. It is just four inches long. Now, where -shall I put in the sixth cut?” asked Mr. Brookbine, as he handed the -rest of the stick to Steve. “You have six pieces, though I have cut -but five times.” - -“That’s so; but I can’t see why it should be so,” replied Steve -vacantly. - -“The first four cuts each gave me one piece, or four pieces in all. -The fifth cut gave me two pieces, did it not? for the rest of the -board is a piece as well as the others.” - -All of them could see it then; and the principal applied the result -to other numbers, and the students were willing to admit that an equal -division into ten parts was made with nine cuts. - -“It is surprising how little things bother us sometimes,” continued -Mr. Brookbine. “But we shall never get our shelves made at this rate. -As we have leeway enough in the length of this board, we will cut the -pieces four feet and one inch in length. Nat Long, you may measure it -off on one side, and, Ned Bellows, you may do the same on the other -side.” - -Both of them made mistakes, which were detected by the others; but at -last the board was marked off into equal lengths. The same boys were -required to take the steel square, and rule off the lengths. They were -not inclined to do it accurately, as the instructor insisted they -should. The cutting-off saws were then given to a couple of the boys. - -“You must not saw on the mark, but at the right-hand side of it, and -close to it. Hold on! you are a quarter of an inch off the mark, Tom -Ridley. That won’t do! You must cut the board at just the thickness of -the saw-blade from the mark, so that you can see it all the time. When -the sawdust covers it, blow it off.” - -“But I can’t make the saw start where I want it to,” replied Tom. - -“Catch hold of the board with your hand, and let the end of your thumb -rest against the saw-blade to keep it in place,” replied the -carpenter, taking another saw, and showing the pupils how to do it. -“That’s it! Now you have got a start. Put three fingers through the -handle, and keep the forefinger out straight, and pressed against it. -Let the saw run lightly; don’t bear on, but rather lift up at the -start. When you bear on at all, do it on the downward stroke.” - -“I am running away from the mark,” said Corny Minkfield, at the other -end of the board. - -“Don’t do it: saw close to the mark all the way. Don’t grasp the -handle of the saw so tightly. Hold it rather loosely, and take as long -strokes as you can,” interposed Mr. Brookbine, as he applied a small -try-square to the angle made by the saw-blade and the board. “Your cut -through the board is not plumb.” - -The five cuts were finally made, and they had six pieces about four -feet and an inch long. An opportunity had been given to all the class -to try the saw, and some of them did very well. - -“Now, we want a little calculation again in regard to the width of the -board. The time spent in making sure that you are right before you cut -is never wasted. This piece of lumber is thirteen inches wide at the -narrow end. We will cut each of these boards into two pieces -lengthwise. But we will first reduce each to a uniform width of -thirteen inches.” - -In the course of half an hour all this was done, and the six shelves -were ready to go upon the bench. - - - - -CHAPTER XXV. - -THE SECOND CLASS AT THE CARPENTER’S BENCH. - - -Mr. Brookbine directed one piece of the board to be taken to each of -the benches. He then stationed two of the class at a bench, intimating -they were to work together, and divide the labor. When not actually -employed, either one of the couple was to observe the other; but he -was not to criticise him, for this might lead to quarrels. Every one -could improve by noticing the mistakes of others. - -“The first thing is to get one straight and square edge on each -board,” said the carpenter. “You will put one end of the board in the -vise, and place one of the pins in the front of the bench, so that it -will support the other end.” - -One of each pair of workmen adjusted the vise, while the other put the -pin in the right place. The edge of the board was to be parallel with -the top of the bench, and several of the boys had to make changes in -its position. The instructor found it necessary to number the benches, -and then to designate the workmen at each as No. 1 and No. 2. - -“Now, No. 2 will take the fore-plane. Place the end of it on the -bench, and hold it so that you can sight along the face. Put the -fingers of your left hand on the screw under the iron. Now turn the -screw till the edge of the cutter is just a very little below the -face.” - -Of course, half the students turned the wrong way; and it required -some time to adjust the iron. The carpenter explained again that the -screw must be turned towards the left to send the cutter down. At last -the boys were all ready. - -“Probably not many of you have got it just right. I want you to take -off a very thin shaving at first. After one stroke with the plane, you -will see how to alter it,” continued the instructor, as the boys made -their first attempt. Some of the planes took off no shaving at all, -and some dug deep into the wood. - -“What do you call a thin shaving, Mr. Brookbine?” asked Jim Alburgh. - -“One not thicker than a piece of ordinary writing-paper to begin with. -By and by you can take a thick shaving, when you have learned how. -We must feel our way, and not spoil the board,” replied the carpenter, -as he walked along by the boys, and looked at each plane. - -After a second or third stroke of the tool, the shaving was right all -along the line. The workmen were required to plane till they had a -smooth surface. Some of them were nicer and more particular than -others, and the latter were told to do theirs over again. This -discipline soon made them all careful. - -“Now, lift the end of the board, and sight along the edge of it,” said -Mr. Brookbine, doing as he described with the board nearest to him. -“This piece slants, or bevels, on the edge; and very likely all the -rest of them have the same fault.” - -“Mine does,” added Phil Gawner. “I could slide down hill on it.” - -“Is that what the squinting is for?” asked Tom Ridley. “I have often -seen carpenters do it.” - -“That is what it is for. You are to educate your eye so that you can -tell at a glance whether a piece of work is straight, or not. I dare -say, you can’t tell now whether the edge of the board is true, or -not,” added Mr. Brookbine, as he passed along the benches, and -examined the work of each boy. - -“Not a single one is right,” continued he. “As is apt to be the case -with beginners, you all lean your plane to the right, just as you do -with the saw. Most of you have got it so far out of the way that you -can’t help seeing it with your eye.” - -The students admitted that they could see it. The carpenter told them -to try again, and be sure to keep the plane perfectly level on the -edge of the board. He directed them to take hold of the tool with the -left hand, so that the middle finger would touch the perpendicular -part of the board. After they had taken a few strokes more, they were -told to sight their work again. Several of them declared that it was -right now. Two of them had to use the plane again. - -“Take the small try-square, each of you. Place the handle against the -perpendicular of the board, and the blade across the edge.” The -carpenter took one of the squares, and showed them how to do it. “If -you have it nearly square, it will do for our present purpose. Now -take the jointer. Be sure that the cutter strikes the board at the end -where you begin. Put the left hand on the plane as before, and be sure -that you keep the jointer perfectly level.” - -The boys made the first stroke with the long plane. The carpenter had -set the irons so that they took off a very thin shaving. - -“Mine will cut only in the middle,” said Tom Ridley. - -“Mine will take hold only at the ends,” added Ben Ludlow. - -“That’s all right,” replied the instructor. “Some of you have gouged -out the middle of the board, and others have taken off the ends, with -the fore-plane. The jointer is long enough to correct all these -faults; only don’t lean the plane over either way.” - -After a few strokes the pupils were required to sight along their -work. Under the constant admonitions of the carpenter, the edge was so -nearly square that they could detect no fault. They were told to use -the square. This trial proved that not one was exactly square. The -plane was used again. - -When the boys had satisfied themselves, Mr. Brookbine inspected the -work, and was able to find something out of the way with every piece. -But at last the boards were all right. The students were required to -measure the width of the pieces in the narrowest place. They varied -considerably, but all had over a quarter of an inch to spare. - -“Now we will use a new tool, that I have not mentioned,” continued the -carpenter, taking a bundle of gauges from one of the boxes, and -putting one on each bench. “Take your rule, and set this gauge at just -six inches.” He showed them how to do it, and then looked at each one -to see that it was right. - -After telling the class to do as he did, he placed one end of the -board against the bench-hook, and ran the gauge the entire length of -it. Turning it over, but still keeping the straight edge on the right, -he gauged the other side. Hardly one of the boys succeeded in carrying -the gauge the whole length of the board. It slipped out of place -because it was not held right. But at last all the pieces were gauged -on both sides. - -“Now we are to plane the other edge of the board down to the -gauge-mark. As you are to plane down about a quarter of an inch, you -can take off a thicker shaving. You must keep watch of the mark, for -you are not to go the breadth of a hair below it.” - -The pupils were exceedingly cautious, and after every shaving they -looked at the mark. When they were pretty near it, the carpenter told -them to take the jointer. All of them applied the try-square, -correcting the faults as they discovered them; and they made very good -progress. They were directed to plane out the gauge-mark, which they -could see on the planed surface. Mr. Brookbine kept inspecting the -work until it was satisfactory to him. - -“Now, we want to make these shelves four feet long,--just four feet, -not a little more or a little less. Lay the board flat on the bench, -and take the larger try-square, for the blade of the small one is only -four inches and a half long. We will now square one of the ends of the -shelf, but we don’t want to take off more than a quarter of an inch. -In marking this, the lead-pencil won’t do, and you must use the point -of your pocket-knife.” - -The carpenter saw that it was done properly. Then each pupil was -required to take the larger of the two back-saws, and cut off the -board on the mark. In using this saw, they were to touch very lightly, -rather lifting it up than bearing on with it. - -After the utmost watchfulness on the part of the instructor, the cut -was passably well done. Most of the workmen had used the small square -in their efforts to keep the saw at right angles with the face of the -board. Of course, there were some twists in the cut; and half of them -had made the end slightly bevelling, in spite of all their efforts to -avoid this fault. - -“It is very well for beginners. You can only do this thing off-hand -after considerable practice, and I don’t think any six apprentices -ever did any better than you have. Now put the end you have just cut -off into the vise, so that you can smooth off the work with the -block-plane. With this tool you can correct the error of the saw, and -take out the bevel. Use the square constantly, both along the width -and thickness of the shelf. The chances are, that you will take off -too much if you are not very careful.” - -Most of the block-planes cut too rankly, and it was some time before -they were properly adjusted. The boys were very careful, for each one -felt that it would be a disaster to spoil the board. When the end was -made smooth and square, Captain Gildrock passed along the benches, and -he was generous of his praise. The students were encouraged. - -“Now measure off four feet from the square end, and use your -pocket-knife to mark with. You must learn to do this accurately, and -there must not be the variation of a shaving in the length of the -shelves.” - -After the students had measured the boards, the carpenter went over -all of them. Only two were inaccurate, and the instructor showed the -delinquents where their fault was. The larger square was then called -for. - -“Put the point of your knife on the mark you have made to indicate -four feet, and bring the blade of the square against it. See that the -handle is against the wood. Press down the square, so that it will not -slip while you are ruling it off. Hold it tight all the time. Now mark -it. When we want to be very correct, we use a knife to mark with, -because the line thus made has no essential thickness. - -“Very well,” continued Mr. Brookbine, after he had inspected the -marking. “We are to saw the end off outside of this line. We must keep -the saw against the mark, but not cut it out. Remember that you have -no leeway,--at least, only the thickness of the mark, which you will -use up in smoothing off this end of the board.” - -The students sawed the end off with the utmost caution, using the -square to keep the tool plumb. Mr. Brookbine pronounced it well done. -With the experience they had obtained with the block-plane, they -smoothed off the end without any difficulty; and the boards were ready -for the next operation. - -“Now we must round off the outside corners of the shelf,” said the -carpenter. “At this point you need a little geometry, and this is -where the high-school comes in. This board is six inches wide. Rule -off six inches from the length at each end. What sort of a figure will -that make?” - -“This class never studied geometry,” interposed Captain Gildrock. - -“But they know this figure,” replied the carpenter. - -“It is a square,” said Thad Glovering. - -“Right. The diagonal of a square is a line connecting the opposite -corners: rule in a diagonal. Now rule another from the other corners. -I dare say Mr. Bentnick will not find my geometry as scientific as his -own. Where the diagonals cross each other is the centre of the square. -Take the compasses, and set the points three inches apart. The problem -is to inscribe a circle inside of a square, though it is necessary to -mark only a quarter of the square.” - -The quarter of a circle was inscribed, and formed the round corner of -the shelf. It was repeated on the other end. - - - - -CHAPTER XXVI. - -THE END OF THE FIRST SCHOOL-DAY AT BEECH HILL. - - -The next operation for the class was to round off the ends of the -shelves. Mr. Brookbine asked the boys how they would do it. One said -he would plane it off, another would saw it off, and a third would -chop it off with the hatchet. - -“There are three ways, neither of which is practicable,” continued the -carpenter. “You can’t plane off a circular face, and the saw or the -hatchet would leave the work in a rough state. We will use all three -of the methods named. First we will saw off the corner; then we will -cut away a little more with the hatchet or shave; and finally we will -plane it off smoothly, though we shall not use a plane, but another -tool for the purpose. Mark off the part you will saw from the board, -and saw it off.” - -This was done without any aid from the teacher. Then shingling-hatchets -were used to take off the two corners left by the saw. - -“Now we will introduce you to the spokeshave, an exceedingly useful -tool for many purposes. It does the same work as a plane, and in the -same manner; but as it has no appreciable length, compared with a -plane, we can follow curves with it. Put the corner of the board in -the vise, and then with the spokeshave work down to the circular line. -Don’t cut the mark off; never do that. It will take you some time to -do this job.” - -Mr. Brookbine showed the workmen how to use the new tool; and they -went to work with it in earnest, being greatly interested in their -occupation. While they were thus engaged, the carpenter went to the -door to ascertain the state of things at the tree where one of the -class was taking a vacation. Tom lay at the foot of the tree, and Dick -Short was seated on a limb twenty feet from the ground. If the -prisoner moved, the dog looked up at him; and Dick could think of no -strategy by which he could outwit the faithful sentinel. The -instructor only looked, and then returned to the bench. Dick was -likely to stay where he was until the St. Bernard changed his quarters. - -“Use the try-square when you get near the mark,” said the carpenter, -as he resumed his place. “Every part of the quarter circle must be -true.” - -One after another the students carried the shelf to Mr. Brookbine, as -they finished it. Some criticisms were made on the work, and some of -it had to be corrected. In due time they were all completed and -approved. The sides of the shelves were just as they came from the -planing-machine; and the boys were directed to lay them on the bench, -and use the smoothing-plane upon them. These planes were adjusted so -they cut the thinnest possible shaving. The shelves were made as -smooth as glass. - -“I don’t see how we are to put the shelves up,” said Ben Ludlow when -the boards were finished. - -“That is just the river we are to cross next,” replied Mr. Brookbine. -“I believe we have no iron brackets, though I dare say the machinists -at the other end of the shop could make them for us if we are willing -to wait for them. For the want of them we will make a couple of ogee -brackets of pine for each shelf.” - -“Ogee!” exclaimed Steve Baxter. “Is that Latin?” - -“It may be: I don’t know. My Greek and Latin were neglected. The ogee -form is very common, and there is an ogee arch in architecture.--We -need a blackboard in the shop as well as in the schoolroom,” said the -carpenter, turning to Captain Gildrock. “But I can chalk it out on one -of these box-tops.” - -He made a drawing of half a square, connecting the ends of the two -sides by a diagonal. In other words, it was a right-angled triangle, -resting on one of the points, with the side perpendicular to the top. - -“This is the shape of the board we shall get out. I divide the -diagonal into two equal lengths. Each half will be the chord of the -arc of a circle. The upper arc is outside of the chord, and the lower -one inside of the chord;” and Mr. Brookbine drew the arcs with his -chalk. - -“But you can’t get that figure out of that piece of board,” interposed -Thad, who was thinking with all his might. - -“Very true, my lad; and I am glad to see that you have your eyes open. -I want you to correct all my blunders. In order to get the ogee out of -this piece of wood, I must draw a line parallel to the diagonal, far -enough inside of it to permit me to get the arc out of the piece.” - -“Isn’t there any other way to do it?” asked Dory. - -“There is another way, and perhaps it is a better one,” replied Mr. -Brookbine, as he drew another square on the board. “On the diagonal I -draw the two arcs” (suiting the action to the words). “With a -keyhole-saw, I follow this curved line, and cut the board in two -pieces. Perhaps this will be the better way to do it, as it will give -a little different practice.” - -“That is the way I was thinking of,” added Dory. - -“I am glad you thought of it. You and Thad may go to the lumber-room, -and get the board to make these brackets of. We want six pairs of -them, and we are to get out six pieces six inches square.” - -The boys soon returned with a board about twenty inches long and a -little over a foot wide. It was sawed into six pieces, planed and -squared to the exact size required. While the boys were thus employed, -the carpenter made a pattern of a single bracket out of a piece of -quarter-inch board. As soon as one of the square boards was ready, he -applied the pattern to it, and marked the ogee line with a -sharp-pointed pencil. - -The instructor then distributed the keyhole-saws, and explained how to -use them. The square boards were put into the vises, after they had -been marked from the pattern. The saws were narrowest near the points. -If the pupils found any difficulty in turning the saw, they were -required to take short strokes, using the tip end, until they got over -the difficulty. The narrower the saw, the more easily it could be -turned from a straight line. - -“Turn the bottom piece up-side-down, and it will exactly correspond -with the upper piece, if you have sawed all the way on the line,” said -the carpenter, when some of the boys had finished the first piece. - -“Mine don’t,” added Lick Milton. “I kept close to the line all the -way.” - -“Another blunder of mine!” exclaimed Mr. Brookbine, “for which I -tender my apology. I told you to saw on the right of the mark. This -is always to be done when practicable; but I neglected to say that it -is not always convenient, or even possible, to do it in that way. In -this instance the line ought to have been sawed out, and then the cut -would have been precisely in the middle of the piece. Sometimes, too, -when you cannot shift the work end to end, it becomes necessary to saw -on the left of the line. In cutting the next one, saw out the line, -and see how it comes out then.” - -The result verified the statement of the teacher, for the two pieces -almost coincided. The workmen were directed to apply the spokeshave to -the curves on the bracket, and they were soon ready. - -“Now we will proceed to put the shelves up,” continued Mr. Brookbine. - -“Not this afternoon,” interposed Captain Gildrock. “It is four o’clock -now, and we must be as punctual in closing the sessions of the school -as in beginning them. I must say, my lads, that I have been very much -pleased with your attention and general good conduct on the first day -of the Beech-Hill Industrial School.” - -“For one, I should like to go on with the work until supper-time,” -said Ben Ludlow. - -“So would I!” shouted about all the rest of them. - -“I think not, boys,” replied the captain. “I am glad to find you so -much interested in your work, but we must not overdo it. We shall keep -to our regular hours. The rest of the day, and the morning until nine -o’clock, belongs to you; but you must not forget the lessons assigned -to you for to-morrow. You may use the boats for a couple of hours now, -if you choose. There are enough of the small craft to accommodate the -whole school.” - -The boys put on their coats, and left the shop. Some of them were -curious to know what had become of Dick Short, and they walked to the -maple-tree. But Mr. Brookbine ordered them off, saying that they were -to have no communication with Dick. Tom still kept his position at the -foot of the tree. - -“Mr. Brookbine,” called Dick, when he saw the instructor come out of -the shop. - -“Well, my lad, what is it?” asked the carpenter. “Do you want to jump -on another board, and kill a couple more boys?” - -“I haven’t killed any boys,” replied Dick. - -“If you haven’t, it isn’t your fault. You went to work in the right -way to do it, or, at least, to hurt them badly. What do you want now?” - -“Don’t you think I have been up this tree about long enough, Mr. -Brookbine?” continued Dick in the meekest of tones. - -“I don’t know: you know better than I do. If you haven’t been up there -long enough to keep you from skylarking in school-hours, you had -better stay there a week or two longer; and Tom will see that you -don’t come down.” - -“I will be as sober as a judge in school-hours after this. I didn’t -think what I was about when I jumped on that board, and I am sorry I -did it,” pleaded Dick, who was heartily disgusted with being watched -by the big dog. - -“Very well: I am satisfied; but I don’t know whether Phil Gawner is, -or not,” added the instructor. - -“I will beg his pardon, or let him thrash me, just as he chooses,” -suggested Dick. - -The instructor called Phil as he was going down to the lake. As soon -as Phil came within hailing-distance of the tree, Dick made his -apology, which was promptly accepted; and the culprit was permitted to -descend the tree. His punishment was so odd that it puzzled him. He -had often been whipped in school for his pranks; but to be imprisoned -over two hours up in a tree, with a dog to keep guard over him, was -more than he could stand. - -Most of the students were at the lake by this time. Dory had already -invited Oscar Chester to take a sail in the Goldwing, and he had -accepted. The four members of the Goldwing Club had been in the -schooner so much that they preferred to take a four-oar boat that was -moored on the lake. - -In fifteen minutes the Goldwing was out on Lake Champlain. The wind -was fresh from the south-west, and the lake is not the best place in -the world for a sailboat. Puffs of wind, and even pretty smart -squalls, sometimes come from the hills that surround this beautiful -sheet of water, so that the skipper has to be on the alert. - -“I should be very glad to have you steer her now, Oscar, if you wish,” -said Dory to his passenger as soon as the boat was well out in the -lake. - -“Thank you, Dory,” replied Oscar. “I think we shall be the best of -friends, after all.” - -“It will not be my fault if we are not,” added Dory. - -Just then the Monkey, which Sim Green had brought up from Burlington -on Saturday, came out off the river in charge of Bolingbroke Millweed. - - - - -CHAPTER XXVII. - -OSCAR CHESTER TAKES A LESSON IN BOATING. - - -“I don’t know why it is, but every fellow I ever knew took to boats,” -said Oscar Chester, who had just gone to the helm of the Goldwing. -“The fellows here are just like all the rest of them, and about every -one of them is in the boats. There come three rowboats out of the -river.” - -“In Burlington all the boys were anxious to get out on the lake. I was -like all the rest of them; and, as my father was a pilot on a steamer, -I had a better chance than most of them. There is the Goldwing Club,” -added Dory, as the four-oar boat came out of the river. - -“What’s the Goldwing Club?” asked Oscar. - -“We used to have a flat-bottom boat in Burlington, and we formed a -club. The craft was smashed; and, after I bought the Goldwing, we used -to sail in her. We learned to row, but the club are not doing very -well with their oars,” added Dory, as one of the party “caught a crab.” - -“Who is managing that sailboat, Dory?” asked Oscar, as he pointed at -the Monkey. - -“Bolly Millweed; but he don’t know how to do it, and he ought not to -come out on the lake without a skipper.” - -“That’s just my case, but I am very anxious to learn how to do it.” - -“You will soon learn. One sails a boat as he drives a horse: it is -done more by the feeling than by the sight. All you need is practice, -for the science is very simple. But I think we had better come about, -for I am afraid some of those fellows will get into trouble. Bolly has -trimmed his sail in a very careless manner; and, if a puff of wind -should come upon him, he don’t know what to do any more than a baby. -His sheet is made fast too.” - -“I don’t know any better than he does what to do.” - -“Bolly has the wind on the beam, but he has his sail trimmed to go as -close to the wind as his boat will lie. Now put the helm down, if you -please, and we will come about.” - -“Which way is ‘down’?” asked Oscar blankly. “Do you mean down the -lake?” - -“It happens to be so in this instance, but that is not what we mean by -‘down.’ ‘Down’ is to leeward. ‘Up’ is the way from which the wind -comes, and ‘down’ the way towards which it blows.” - -“Nothing was said about ‘up’ and ‘down’ on the steamer the other day.” - -“In a steamer it makes no difference which way the wind blows, and the -terms don’t mean any thing in particular. But, in a sailboat, we -manage her altogether by the wind. Now put the helm down,” added Dory, -as he stood by the sheets. - -Oscar did as he was directed; and, as soon as he shifted the tiller, -all the sails began to shake. - -“There is some mistake about that,” said Oscar, as he began to restore -the tiller to its former position. “That knocks all the wind out of -the sails.” - -“You did just right! keep the helm down!” exclaimed Dory with energy. -“She is doing just as she should.” - -“But I don’t see how you are going to sail with the canvas flapping -like this,” added Oscar, as he put the helm hard down again. - -“She is in stays now. Wait a moment, and you will see what she does,” -replied Dory. - -At that instant the wind caught the jib, and the schooner began to -swing very rapidly. The other sails filled at the same time. - -“Now right the helm and meet her,” continued Dory. “Be lively about -it. Carry the tiller over till you feel a strong resistance. Over with -it, before she falls off too far.” - -Oscar obeyed, but he had been hardly prompt enough in his movements. -The sails were brought too nearly at right angles with the wind, which -caused her to careen till the new skipper’s nerves were badly shaken. -A bucket of water poured in over the wash-board. - -“Down with the helm, Oscar!” said Dory sharply. “The other way!” he -added, springing to the tiller, and putting it hard down. - -“You said ‘down’ was the other way,” retorted Oscar in a tone that -indicated anger on his part. - -“Now we are all right,” said Dory, laughing, as the boat came up so -that the pressure was eased off the sails. - -“‘Down’ can’t be both ways,” growled Oscar. - -“But sometimes it is one side of the boat, and sometimes the other,” -replied Dory very gently, for he saw that a storm was gathering in the -breast of his companion. “Sometimes it is port, and sometimes it is -starboard.” - -“I don’t see how any one is to know which way is ‘down,’” muttered -Oscar. - -“I can tell which is ‘down’ every time, and without fail; and so can -you, after you have sailed a boat a little longer. ‘Up’ is the way the -wind comes from, and ‘down’ is the other way. Before you tacked, you -had the wind on the port side of you, and ‘down’ was to starboard. Now -you have the wind on the starboard, and ‘down’ is on the port side.” - -“I don’t think I understand it very well, and you had better take the -helm. I am afraid I shall upset her,” said Oscar, somewhat disgusted -with his experience so far. - -“I think the wind is rather too fresh for a first lesson to-day,” -replied Dory, as he took the tiller. “It would be better for you to -try it when there isn’t wind enough to upset her if you make a -mistake. You must excuse me if I spoke too quick to you just now, for -the Goldwing would have gone over in another second if she had had -her own way.” - -“I was just beginning to get a little mad,” replied Oscar. “It don’t -take much of a breeze to put me into a passion. But it is all right -now, and I won’t get mad if I can help it. It comes upon me before I -know it. Do you think I shall ever be able to sail a boat?” - -“I know you will. I will tack the boat several times, so that you can -see just how it is done. I suppose you know how to drive a horse, -Oscar?” - -“Of course I do.” - -“If you let your horse run off a steep bank, you will upset the -carriage. A boat won’t do it a bit better. If you let the wind blow -square against the sails, she won’t go ahead; and there is nothing -under the canopy to prevent her from going over, even with less wind -than there is to-day. You should never let her get into such a pickle, -any more than you would drive your horse off a precipice.” - -“I can see what you mean. There is nothing to prevent her from tipping -over.” - -“On the wind, as the Goldwing is now, we keep her so that the sails -will fill. Just a little movement of the tiller will spill them all: -see if it don’t,” continued Dory, as he put the helm down a very -little. “All the sails are shaking. I keep her so that she bears on -the helm all the time. When the pressure is too little, I know that -she is coming up into the wind, and I shift the tiller.” - -“I begin to see through it.” - -When he had a good full, Dory put the helm down, explaining his -action. When the jib began to draw, he began to right the helm. Oscar -got the idea; and, after a few more tacks, he understood it perfectly, -and was permitted to do it himself. - -“Suppose you get caught with the wind blowing square against the -sails, and are in danger of going, over, what do you do--put the helm -down?” asked Oscar. - -“If the wind was fresh I should not wait for her to come up, for she -might go over before she came up to a safe position. Let me take the -helm again, and I will show you.” - -The skipper put the helm up, and in a moment the water began to pour -in over the wash-board. Oscar thought she was going over, and he -convulsively grasped the seat with both hands. Dory gave the end of -the fore and main sheets a twitch, in the twinkling of an eye, which -cast them off. The two principal sails ran out instantly, the pressure -was removed, and the boat came up to an even keel. - -“That is the way to save yourself when you get into a tight place, -Oscar; but you ought never to get into such a tight place as that. A -boat can’t possibly upset unless she is in that position. But, before -she falls off enough to put you into chancery in that style, she will -bear very hard on the tiller, which will give you warning enough. If -you let go the tiller, she will come into the wind herself. The -Goldwing, or any boat properly rigged and ballasted, would never get -you into such a scrape: you must force her into the dangerous -position. Now you may take the helm.” - -In half an hour Oscar could beat to windward as well as an old salt, -though his education as a boatman was by no means completed. The -Monkey, which had been moving at the rate of less than a mile an hour, -had by this time got out into the middle of the lake, where she felt -the full force of the wind. - -Like all monkeys, the sloop was behaving very badly indeed; but it was -solely because she was badly handled. Dory was confident she would -meet with an accident; and he required Oscar to come about off Scotch -Bonnet, about three miles below the mouth of the river. After some -manœuvring, he got the foresail on the port side, with the mainsail on -the starboard; and the Goldwing began to fly, wing-and-wing, before -the wind. - -The wind had a reach of several miles from the head of North-west Bay, -and there was considerable sea. The schooner rolled, pitched, plunged, -and yawed about at a fearful rate. Oscar found that he had his hands -more than full. He wanted to give it up, but the skipper assured him -he was doing as well as any one could; that all vessels knocked about -like that when running exactly before a fresh wind. - -“But isn’t there any danger in staving along like this, Dory?” asked -Oscar. - -“None at all if the boat is well handled. If you vary your present -course too much, one or the other of the sails would bang over to the -other side. It would do no harm even then, unless it was the mainsail, -and the boom hit you on the head. - -“Then, if you should let her come a quarter way around, you would have -her in that ugly position with the wind at right angles with the -sails, and she would upset. With as much wind as there is to-day, she -will go over every time you put her into chancery; and it won’t be her -fault either.” - -Oscar soon got used to the motion and the erratic gyrations of the -boat, and then he enjoyed it. He had been told to steer for a tree on -a hill, and he kept the course remarkably well for a beginner. The -Goldwing had gone two miles in a little over ten minutes, and the -shoal-water of Field’s Bay was ahead of her. - -“We must haul up a little, or we shall get aground,” said Dory. “As we -are going squarely before the wind, there is no up or down about it; -and you must put the helm to starboard. But we will do it without -making any sensation,” he added, as he cast off the main-sheet. “The -foresail will pop over to the other side, and do it with a rush. Now, -starboard, very slowly.” - -Dory let out the main-sheet, so that the sail did not draw full. Over -went the foresail with a rush. - -“Steady! That is, keep her as she is.” Relieved of a portion of the -pressure on the mainsail, she did not heel over much under the shock. -Dory was about to ask Oscar how he would come about, when a tremendous -yell came up the lake from the other students. - - - - -CHAPTER XXVIII. - -THE UPSETTING OF THE MONKEY, AND ITS LESSON. - - -“The Monkey has upset!” exclaimed Dory, considerably excited by the -catastrophe. - -“You had better take the helm, Dory, for we can’t wait to make any -mistakes,” added Oscar, as he gave the tiller to the skipper. - -“Bolly is determined to drown himself, and he will do it if he keeps -on trying. I did not think he had pluck enough to go out in a sailboat -again without a skipper.” - -“But the rowboats are all around him, and they are all pulling towards -the Monkey,” continued Oscar. “But that sailboat don’t sink, as you -say the other did.” - -“Perhaps she has not ballast enough to carry her down. She is lying -flat on her side, and the fellows that were in her are clinging to -her. They are safe for a while if they will only hold on,” said the -skipper of the Goldwing when he had taken in the situation. - -The Goldwing was within five hundred feet of the Monkey when the -latter went over; and, before any of the rowboats reached the wreck, -the schooner was alongside of her. The skipper had taken in the -foresail; and, as she rounded-to, Oscar let go the jib-halyard, and -Dory lowered the mainsail. With the boat-hook Oscar got hold of the -wreck, and the schooner was hauled alongside. - -Bolly, Steve Baxter, and Phil Gawner were helped into the Goldwing. -All three of them were thoroughly frightened, but were not otherwise -damaged. - -“Who was the skipper of this boat?” asked Dory. - -“Bolly; and he said he knew how to sail a boat, or we should not have -come out with him,” replied Phil. - -“Can you skipper a boat, Bolly?” said Dory, turning to Bolly. - -“I thought I could,” answered Bolly sheepishly. - -“You thought so last Friday, when you let that steam-launch run into -you.” - -“But since that I have watched you, and I was sure I could do it,” -pleaded Bolly. - -“I don’t think you know any more about it now than you did then. I -told Oscar you would upset the boat when I first saw her come out of -the river. I don’t believe you will ever be hanged. If you are going -to keep doing this thing, you had better learn to swim,” added the -skipper of the Goldwing. - -“I won’t try it again: there is something about sailing a boat that I -don’t understand,” replied Bolly. - -“A good deal that you don’t understand; and, if you want to commit -suicide, you had better keep on sailing a boat. You will finish the -job one of these days. It is lucky this boat did not sink, like the -other. If she had, some of you might have been drowned. As it is, we -must get her up, and bail her out.” - -“If you will tell us how, we will do all the work,” added Bolly. - -By this time the four-oar boat came up. Corny Minkfield was acting as -coxswain, in the absence of Dory. Dick Short was not in the boat, and -Dave Windsor and John Brattle pulled the two after-oars. - -“Where is Dick Short?” asked Dory. - -“Mr. Brookbine would not let him come. He said he must learn the lesson -he lost while he was up a tree,” replied Corny. “We have got two -greenhorns in the boat, and we can’t row worth a cent.” - -“No need of telling of it, for any one could see it a mile off,” -laughed Dory. - -“Corny wants to do all the ordering while we do all the work,” added -Dave Windsor. “When he is appointed boss we will mind him.” - -“Just as you like. There is Captain Gildrock on the point watching us, -and I don’t believe he will let any of you fellows out in a boat again -till you learn how to handle one. But we must put the Monkey in shape, -and take her up the river: Sim Green don’t want to lose another boat -just yet.” - -Dory fastened a line to the mast-head of the Monkey. As the boat had -gone over on the port side, he moved the Goldwing to the opposite -side. But pulling on this line would only move the boat in the water -without righting her. - -Making another line fast to the middle of the inside of the wreck, he -passed it over the side out of the water, and then drew it under the -keel, carrying the rope out beyond the mast-head. The end of the line -was then made fast to the stern of Corny’s boat, whose crew were -directed to pull with all their might when the word was given. - -Dory then climbed to the foremast-head of the Goldwing, with the other -line tied around his body. From this elevated position he could pull -up from the fallen mast of the Monkey. He gave the word to Corny to -pull, and the boat yanked away at the line; but the crew pulled so -badly that they did not exert any great force. - -The skipper passed his line over the spring-stay of the schooner, so -that Oscar could keep what he got. When he pulled at the rope, greatly -to his delight, and somewhat to his astonishment, the mast of the -wreck began to rise, and the hull began to right. After it had been -elevated a few feet, it was easy work; and the Monkey was soon right -side up. The rowers gave a smart cheer when the work was accomplished. - -Bolly and his companions timidly returned to the Monkey. All the -buckets and dippers that both boats contained were in demand, and she -was soon free of water. The lines were cast off, and both sailboats -were ready to return to Beech Lake. Phil and John Brattle positively -refused to sail with Bolly again, and the late skipper of the Monkey -had his doubts about attempting to get the boat into the river without -upsetting her. - -“I can do it,” suggested Oscar. - -“I have no doubt you can, Oscar, and you may do it,” replied Dory. -“You will have the wind fair all the way.” - -Oscar took his place in the Monkey, which he soon found was not such a -craft as the Goldwing. He trimmed the sail, and got under way without -making any mistakes. He had the wind on the beam, and he let out the -sheet of the sloop until the sail would just draw full. The craft made -double the speed she had attained at any time since she came out with -her incompetent skipper. - -Dory followed her in the Goldwing when he got his sails up. He watched -the work of his pupil with close attention as he passed the Monkey, -and shouted his approval to Oscar. When he reached the point, Captain -Gildrock made a signal that he would like to be taken on board the -schooner; and Dory made a landing. - -“No more boating for these boys at present,” said the principal, as he -stepped into the Goldwing. “They can neither sail a boat nor row one. -Who is sailing that boat now, Dory? He is doing better than has been -done with her before this afternoon.” - -“Oscar Chester is in charge of her. He has been sailing with me in the -schooner; and, as far as he has gone, he knows how to do it,” replied -Dory. - -“It will be impossible to keep them out of the boats; and the pupils -must be taught at once how to row, and how to handle a sailboat,” -continued the captain, as he glanced at the rowing of the party in the -four-oar boat. “When I saw that sloop-boat go over, I thought that the -first day of our school was to end in a disaster. I am thankful that -no one lost his life. But no one shall go out of Beech Lake again in a -sailboat unless there is a skipper on board.” - -Dick Short welcomed the boys back to the school-grounds. He had made -up the lost lesson, and was as good-natured as though he had not been -punished. Before breakfast the next morning, the boys all walked over -to the beach in the little lake, and went into the water. In the -evening a great deal had been said about learning to swim. It was -found that only eight boys out of the twenty-two could swim a stroke. -Dory and Harry Franklin were appointed instructors in this department; -and they were to have a lesson every day, when the weather was -suitable. - -Some pieces of plank were obtained at the lumber-shed, and conveyed to -the beach. Holding these floats with their hands, some of the boys -ventured out into deep water. The first thing was to obtain the -necessary confidence. They were told how to move their feet in the -operation, and the first trials were very satisfactory. - -The schoolroom exercises of the forenoon were about the same as the -day before. The boys all felt that their learning was to be of the -most practical kind, such as would help them in the business of life. -All education does this, but all boys cannot realize it. - -The first business of the afternoon with the second class was to put -up the shelves they had made the day before. Of course, the boys had -to go through a great many forms that were useless to experienced -workmen. - -“Now, my lads, we are to nail the shelves to the brackets,” said Mr. -Brookbine. “To do this correctly will be a nicer job than you have yet -done; but you must work carefully, and give strict attention to the -directions. With the larger try-square draw a light line eight inches -from each end of the shelf, and on the top.” - -“Which is the top?” asked Dick Short, as he looked on both sides of -the board in the hands of Phil Gawner, who was his bench-partner. - -“Either side will answer for the top, but you should take the best -side--the one with no rough places in it--if there is any choice. -Always put the best side out: there is no cheat in it in carpentering. -It is not like putting all the poorest apples at the bottom of the -barrel.” - -The students selected a side for the top, and ruled the lines. - -“Now draw another line on the other side, seven inches and a half from -the end,--a more decided line than the other. Good! Now put one of the -brackets in the bench-vise, and screw it up tight. Put the wide end of -the bracket up, and about two inches above the top of the bench.--Tom -Ridley, you have got it four inches.--Ben, you are not more than one -inch.--You must learn to measure distances with the eye. That will do. - -“Here are several kegs of nails, which I opened this forenoon. We -have spikes, tenpenny, eightpenny, sixpenny, shingle, and lath nails. -There are two kinds of the same length, as a tenpenny or an eightpenny -board-nail, or a finish-nail. Board-nails have a broader head, and are -stouter than a finish-nail. Which kind shall we use for the shelves?” - -“Finish-nails,” shouted half a dozen boys at a venture. - -“Eightpenny finish will be about right. No. 1 will nail to the first -bracket, and No. 2 to the second. No. 2 will take the board, and lay -the end on the bracket, and No. 1 will nail it. Fix the shelf exactly -against the mark on the under side. Hold the board very still; and, -when the nailer gets it exactly right, he should put his left hand -against the bracket, grasping the board at the same time.” - -The instructor did it himself, and all the nailers observed how he did -it. - -“The light line on the top is to show you where the nails are to be -driven. Now go ahead. Strike so as to hit the nail squarely with the -face of the hammer, so that it will not bend the nail, or slip off and -mar the board.” - -He had to stop half of them, and give them a little outside practice -with the hammer. But the boards were nailed on. They were tried with -the square, and then nailed against the wall, between the windows. The -planes were put upon them, and the boys were proud of their first job. - - - - -CHAPTER XXIX. - -AN AFTERNOON IN THE MACHINE-SHOP. - - -The first class of the Beech-Hill Industrial School were most of them -older than the members of the second class. All of them had attended -high-schools or academies, and made more or less progress in the -studies to be pursued. But they had no better knowledge of practical -mechanics and the use of tools. - -Mr. Jepson, the instructor in the metal department, had served his -time for seven years as a machinist in England, and had worked at his -trade a great many years in America. He was competent to build a -steam-engine or to run one, and had learned his trade with more -thoroughness than most American mechanics. - -One of his specialties was drawing; and he was to teach this branch, -which is the foundation and corner-stone of all practical mechanics. -In his opening speech to the class, he said that the first thing in -doing a job of any kind was to make a plan or picture of whatever was -to be constructed. - -Unlike the carpenter, he did not begin by giving the names and uses of -the various tools on his bench, and on the walls near it. He told the -boys what could be done in brass, iron, and steel. He pointed out in -what manner chemistry and geometry, as well as natural philosophy, if -not absolutely essential, were exceedingly valuable, to the machinist. - -“I don’t believe half the machinists know any thing about these -branches,” said Bob Swanton. - -“I don’t believe a quarter part of them learned any thing about these -sciences, or even drawing, in school; but they have had to learn them -in working at their trade,” replied Mr. Jepson. “In forging iron, in -casting any metal, in brazing, soldering, and many other operations, -one must learn the effect of heat upon metals, and the effect of -various substances upon them. - -“Do you think an old-fashioned blacksmith don’t know some of the uses -of borax? Why does the tinman use resin, or some chemical preparation, -in preparing and soldering his wares? Why does the blacksmith cool one -piece of iron by putting it in water, and let another piece cool off -on the floor, if he don’t know any thing about the science of -chemistry?” - -“I meant book science,” added Bob Swanton. - -“All science is the same, whether it be in a book or in a man’s head,” -added the instructor. “You must get it into the head to have it of any -use to you, and it matters not where it come from. All I mean to say -is, that a theoretical knowledge of science, such as you get in -school, will be of very great advantage to you in the mechanic arts.” - -“We are willing to admit that,” said Lew Shoreham rather impatiently; -for he was in a hurry to get hold of the tools, as the second class -were. - -“Here is a bar of brass, half an inch square,” said the machinist, -taking the piece of metal from his bench. “We can do almost any thing -with it that we can with wood.” - -“You can’t saw it, and plane it as you can a piece of wood,” said Will -Orwell, who had probably never been in a machine-shop in his life. - -“Certainly we can: why not?” demanded the teacher. - -“Saw brass!” exclaimed Will. “I never saw any such thing done.” - -“Did you ever see a watch made?” - -“I never did; but”-- - -“Then, you ought to believe that a watch can’t be made,” interposed -the machinist. - -“It looks absurd to me to talk of sawing brass, and I don’t believe it -can be done,” persisted Will. - -“Possibly I may be able to convince you that it can be done: in fact, -I know I can, if you are not very unreasonable,” added Mr. Jepson, as -he put the bar of brass into one of his iron vises, and screwed it up -tight. “Now, stand by me, and see that I don’t deceive you.” - -The machinist took a hack-saw from a hook in front of him. - -“There is the brass in the vise, and here is the saw,” continued the -instructor. “I shall saw the brass bar into two pieces, and I shall do -it about as quick as an amateur would saw a piece of hard wood of the -same size.” - -“That thing don’t look like a saw,” Will objected. - -The instructor took from a drawer a package of hack-saws, on which -there was a label. - -“What does that say, my lad?” asked Mr. Jepson, handing the package to -the sceptical student. - -“One dozen hack-saws,” Will read on the label. - -“Here is one from the package, and you will see that it is just like -the one in the frame. It is a saw without a particle of doubt.” - -“It looks more like a file.” - -“It is not at all like a file.” - -“Dry up, Will! Admit that it is a saw, and don’t argue the question -all day,” interposed Lew. - -“I will give it up: it is a saw,” added Will. - -The machinist applied the saw to the brass bar, started it carefully -so that it need not jump about, and then worked quite lively for a few -moments. The end of the bar soon dropped on the floor, and Will picked -it up. - -“I grant that you have sawed brass, but I don’t see how you can plane -it,” said Will. - -“In order to plane it, I should have to put it into a planer; but I -can take off shavings as long as the bar itself. I must convince you, -Will, or you will never believe it.” - -All the boys were curious to see this operation. The bar was put into -the machine, and the interested observers picked up the long and -tightly curled shavings of brass. Of course, Will was convinced. Mr. -Jepson then took a rod of brass an inch in diameter, and held it up -before the class. - -“This rod is also of brass: it is not made of cheese, though you will -think it can be cut about as easily as though it were cheese,” -continued he, as he fixed the rod in a turning-lathe. Running on the -belt with the lever in front of him, the rod began to turn with -tremendous rapidity. - -The boys gathered around the lathe, and the machinist took up a tool -made of an old file. He applied it to the brass, and the metal -shavings began to drop rapidly upon the frame of the lathe. In a few -moments the end of the rod became a shining ball. The metal could -hardly have given less apparent resistance if it had been cheese. - -With various tools the machinist soon had a cup next to the ball. Then -he made an ogee form, and a dozen other shapes, until the boys were -utterly astonished at the results. It seemed incredible to them that -brass could be cut as easily as soft pine. - -“I suppose that can only be done with brass,” said Oscar Chester. - -“It can be done with iron just as well, though the operation will be -slower; or with steel, and then it is still slower,” replied the -machinist, as he adjusted a rod of iron in the lathe. - -With no more difficulty than before, though not so rapidly, he cut the -same form as in brass. With another lathe, he cut a screw on an iron -rod. Taking a blank nut, he put it into the vise, and applied the -proper tap to it, cut the female screw, and then put it on the rod. -Then he cut a screw with a stock and die on a piece of brass wire, and -tapped a nut to fit it. - -He went to the forge, and welded a couple of pieces of iron together, -and had something to say about tempering metals. Taking an old brass -candlestick, he sawed the pedestal into two pieces, which he held up -before the boys, and then allowed them to examine the parts. He then -brazed them together so nicely that the boys could hardly see the -place where it had been sawed. - -“Are we to learn to do all these things, Mr. Jepson?” asked Pemberton -Millweed. - -“That is what you are here for,” replied the instructor. “But you will -not begin with the lathe and the plane; and there is a great deal of -hard work to be done at this trade.” - -“What is the first thing we are to learn?” inquired Bob Swanton. - -“Filing.” - -“Filing! We can do that now!” exclaimed Lew Shoreham. - -“Not one of you can do it properly. Any one thinks he can do it, but a -nice piece of filing is one of the most artistic things in the trade. -It cultivates the eye and the hands, and you could spend months at it -without exhausting the subject. But I dare say we are not to go into -the extreme niceties of the art. I can tell you this, my lads: if you -should work at the trade of a machinist for fifty years, there would -still be something to be learned, and greater skill to be obtained.” - -“Then, we are not likely to become full-fledged machinists in six -months,” added Pemberton Millweed. - -“Certainly not, but you can learn a great deal in that time; and, if -you follow the trade for a living, you will have to keep learning all -the time you work at it. In America, apprentices, if there are any -now, only work six months or a year, and really learn the trade, if -they learn it at all, after they go to work as journeymen. Labor is -too valuable in this country for a man to spend seven years in -learning a trade: besides, one who has worked six months at a trade -becomes valuable to his employer.” - -“But we are to learn a lot of trades in six months or a year,” -suggested Harry Franklin. - -“Not at all: the only trades you are to learn are those of machinist -and carpenter. Incidentally you are to learn a score of other things. -When we find out what the boys are best for, we shall put them mainly -to that. It is a good thing for a machinist to know something about -carpentering, and for a carpenter to be able to handle a piece of iron -as well as a piece of wood. - -“Almost every trade now is subdivided into several. Formerly a -carpenter did every thing about a house. Now the doors are made by one -concern, the blinds by another, the stairs by a third, the floors are -laid by a fourth, the lathing by a fifth: all the mouldings are done -by machinery, and so on. So it is with many trades: they are cut up -into specialties. Now, if you please, we will go to work.” - -On this side of the shop there were a dozen short benches, each -supplied with tools, which were fewer and simpler than on the -carpenters’ side; for much of the work was to be done by machinery. -Out in the floor were several lathes for heavy work, a planer, a -boring-machine, a circular-saw for metals, a grindstone, several -emery-wheels and polishers,--in fact, every thing that could be -required for work in metals. - -Mr. Jepson gave out several blocks of iron, and required the boys to -put them in the vises. Then he explained the large number of files -belonging to each bench, gave each student a drawing of the form into -which he was to file his metal, and set them at work. - -Passing from one pupil to another, he instructed him in the work -before him. The boys soon found that they had not taken an easy job, -but they did not complain. Some of them soon learned to handle the -file with some degree of skill, and the instructor began to have some -idea who would make machinists among them. - -When the school was dismissed for the day, the pupils were directed to -go on board of the Sylph. - - - - -CHAPTER XXX. - -WHAT THE STUDENTS FOUND AT THOMPSON’s POINT. - - -At the scholastic session, in the morning, the scholars had been -forbidden to take any of the boats without special permission, which -would not be granted to those who were not qualified to manage them. -The Goldwing, and a sloop called the Emma, were the only sailboats -belonging to Beech Hill. - -Besides the two four-oar quarter-boats belonging to the Sylph, there -were four other rowboats, two pulling four oars, and two pulling two -oars, each. When the boys went on board of the steam-yacht, they -noticed that all the rowboats were made fast to her stern. It was -evident that the present excursion was for the purpose of drilling the -boys in rowing and handling boats. - -Captain Gildrock had been away all the afternoon, and returned only in -time to join the school in the steamer. Bates had got up steam, for he -had learned to be a man-of-all-work, from hoeing corn, up to steering -a steamer. Dory was sent to the pilot-house, but no one heard the -instructions given him. Oscar went with him; but, if Dory knew the -programme, he did not speak of it. - -The ship’s company all went to their stations, though there was -nothing for the cooks and stewards to do. Oscar steered until the -steamer was near Thompson’s Point, opposite Split Rock, when Dory took -the wheel. The captain had instructed Thad Glovering, the first -officer, to get the anchor ready. Dory ran the steamer into a bay next -to the point; and, when she was within a quarter of a mile of the -shore, he rang to stop her. - -“Back her, Dory,” said the captain, who did not wish to go too near -the shore. “That will do: let go the anchor.” - -“Now, my lads, we are going to learn to handle boats before we sail -any more,” said Captain Gildrock. “It is often as important to be able -to handle a boat properly, as it is to be able to sail the ship. We -are rather short of instructors in the art of rowing, but we shall do -as well as we can. I will take the port quarter-boat, and Dory will go -in the starboard.” - -“The Goldwing Club know how to row,” suggested Dory. “They can do all -that I can, though that isn’t much.” - -The captain admitted that they could row very well, for he had seen -them do it; and he appointed the other four members of the club as -coxswains of the remaining boats. In a few minutes they had all -embarked, and, as directed, had assembled around the port -quarter-boat, from which Captain Gildrock told them all that could be -told in regard to the art of rowing. - -“You will obey the orders of the coxswains without grumbling, or -asking any questions,” continued the captain, when he had given the -pupils the names of the different parts of an oar, and shown them how -to use it. He was in favor of a man-of-war stroke, especially for -beginners; for it was slow and measured. - -The Goldwing Club had practised it a great deal, for the skipper had -learned it of his father. The boats separated, and each coxswain -proceeded to tell what he knew about rowing “man-of-war fashion.” Many -of the boys were disposed to indulge in a little skylarking, and some -of them were not inclined to obey the orders of the several members of -the Goldwing Club. But the captain was too near to permit any thing -like an outbreak. - -But the boys were greatly interested in all aquatic sports, and in an -hour’s time they could pull a very fair stroke. They learned all the -man-of-war boat terms, and could “toss” and “let fall” with tolerable -precision. - -“Pull to the end of the point,” shouted Captain Gildrock, as his boat -led off in that direction. - -The other boats followed him. As they approached the shore, the -coxswains discovered that there were several persons there; though it -was generally an unfrequented spot, without a house within a mile of -the point. The rowers, being back to the shore, could see nothing. The -coxswains wondered what the sensation was to be, for they were -satisfied that there was “something in the wind.” - -Even when the boats touched the beach they could see nothing, for the -point was covered with trees. Captain Gildrock landed first, and the -coxswains had hard work to prevent their crews from following him -pell-mell. But the discipline was preserved without breaking any -thing, till orders came for all to go on shore. The boats were all -hauled up so that they should not get adrift, and the several crews -followed the captain up the hill. - -“Hurrah!” yelled those who got to the road first. - -Doubtless this yell gave expression to their astonishment as well as -their enthusiasm. In the road, which leads down to the end of the -point, they found two long vehicles, the pairs of wheels on which were -twenty feet apart. - -Standing by the side of them were two men, who were the teamsters, and -two boys of seventeen, very genteelly dressed. On each vehicle was a -boat, each of which was hardly less than fifty feet long. They were -both broad for rowboats, and were finished in the most elegant style. -The students were delighted, and could hardly find words to express -their enthusiasm. - -“Six oars on a side! Twelve oars in one boat! Who ever heard of such a -thing?” exclaimed Will Orwell. - -“You would not have believed there was such a boat, to say nothing of -two of them, if you had been told about it,” said Dave Windsor -mischievously. - -“I believe in them both now,” replied Will. “Do you suppose they are -for us?” - -“I think they must be. I don’t believe there is any other concern in -these parts that would have any use for such boats,” added Dave. - -“My lads, here are two new pupils, from the city of New York. I hope -you will give them a cordial welcome, and make things pleasant, for -them,” said the captain, interrupting the comments of the boys on the -boats. - -“Hurrah for the New-Yorkers!” shouted Ben Ludlow; and three lusty -cheers were given in response to the captain’s introduction of the new -boys. - -“This is Luke Bennington, and his father is a shipbuilder. He knows a -ship from a cooking-stove, and can give you all points in boating. The -other is Matt Randolph, whose father is captain of an ocean-steamer; -and he can do any thing in a yacht except splice the main-brace.” - -The two boys began to bow as they were introduced, and kept it up -until the principal ceased. Then they went in among the boys, and -began to shake hands with them, and to make themselves acquainted. - -“What about those boats, Captain Gildrock?” called Bob Swanton, after -he had met the new-comers. - -“Those are twelve-oar barges such as they use in the navy. They are -single banked, and will accommodate nine persons in the stern-sheet,” -replied the captain. “They were built in New-York City especially for -the Beech-Hill Industrial School. I expected to have had them a week -ago, but they were not finished. Luke Bennington and Matt Randolph -came up in charge of them. Now, if you are ready, we will put them -into the water.” - -The barges were unloaded, and conveyed to the lake. As soon as they -were in the water, the students gave the usual three cheers. Of -course, they were not satisfied until they were seated in them; and -there were now just students enough to man them, without any -coxswains. They pulled off to the steamer, towing the other boats. The -boys were sorry to get out of them so soon, but there was no more than -time to reach the school before six o’clock. - -The new boats were the subject of much enthusiastic talk that evening, -but they were not to be used until four the next afternoon. - -That night two more students arrived, and the complement intended was -exceeded. Dory was moved into the mansion, and also Thad Glovering, so -that the dormitory would accommodate them. Of the new boys it happened -that three of them were qualified for the first class, while the -fourth was admitted to the second class. - -The next day the studies, and the work in the shop, went on as before. -It was a new thing to the boys, and the captain did not expect any -difficulty at present; and he had none, beyond the little bits of -mischief which were not at all serious. Dory was superlatively happy -in the snug harbor he had found after the wanderings and trials of the -earlier part of the year. - -The deep interest of the principal in the institution induced him to -give his personal attention to every thing that was done. He was in -the school-room most of the forenoon, and in the shop most of the -afternoon. But his teaching was done mostly on board of the Sylph, and -in the boats. When he found an opportunity to improve the minds or -hearts of the boys, he used it, wherever it happened to be. His -instructions were always welcome to the students. - -The practice in swimming was kept up every day during the rest of the -season, unless the weather was unfavorable. In a fortnight most of the -boys could swim very well; but half a dozen of them had not yet -obtained the confidence to strike out, without the planks, into the -deep water of the lake. The two New-Yorkers were fine swimmers, and -their example and suggestions were valuable to the others. - -On the day after the arrival of the barges, the students gathered at -the lake for the exciting exercise of rowing. They were gathered on -the temporary wharf built for the accommodation of the Sylph. - -“We have not got things to rights here yet, my lads,” said Captain -Gildrock. “I was thinking this summer of building a suitable wharf and -boat-house, but I concluded to let you do it. We can have two -boat-clubs now, and we want a hall for them to meet in during the -winter. You are to build this house.” - -“Build a house!” exclaimed Bob Swanton. - -“That was what I said, and what I meant,” replied the captain. “It -will be a boat-house, large enough for all the boats on the lower -floor, and for a club-room on the second floor.” - -“Can we do it?” asked Ben Ludlow. - -“If you can’t do it, with Mr. Brookbine’s assistance, I might as well -discontinue this school at once. I find that boys work best, and enjoy -it more, when their labor is to accomplish a result. You will not only -build the house, but you will, I hope, make the plan for it. When you -get a little farther along with your drawing, you will be competent to -do it. - -“I shall offer several prizes for the best plan, and build upon it -when it is accepted. We shall also build a wharf of stone at the same -time, and that will be a part of the plan. I want you to think how you -would do it all as you have opportunity. - -“For the present,” continued the captain, “the first class will be -machinists; and the second class, carpenters. I think it is better, -therefore, to give one boat to the first class, and the other to the -second. Each of the classes may organize a boat-club at once. I should -like to have each one choose a coxswain now, before you get into the -boats. Don’t do as the American people often do,--select one who don’t -know any thing about the work he is to do. Elect one whose orders you -will be willing to obey. - -“This election will be of temporary coxswains. In a week or two, when -you have learned more about boats, you can do it more understandingly -than now.” - -The students were delighted with the idea, and a lot of them fell to -electioneering as naturally as the average American citizen. In the -first class, Matt Randolph was elected; in the second class, Dory -Dornwood received very nearly a unanimous vote. The coxswains were -directed to take the command at once, and they proceeded to number -their men. Then they were assigned to their places. Dory was the first -to get his boat off, and he led the way out into Lake Champlain. - -Each coxswain exercised his crew for an hour; and, of course, they had -to have a race. As Dory had all the Goldwing Club with him, his boat -won it; though the boys in the first class were older and stronger -than those of the second. Captain Gildrock had told them that each -club might name their own boat, and every student was requested to -propose a good name at the next meeting. They had a great deal of fun -over this subject. - -When the name of “Leader” was first suggested, it met with favor; but -Ned Bellows, who had proposed “Winooski,” said he would vote for -“Leader” if the other boat would call their barge “Follower.” The joke -was carried so far that a committee was appointed to wait on the other -club, and suggest the name of “Follower.” Of course, the first class -were indignant; as the suggestion was a reflection upon their position -at the end of the first race. The names finally adopted were -“Gildrock,” in compliment to the captain, and “Winooski,” one of the -rivers of the State. - -Perhaps the students enjoyed themselves more in these elegant barges -than even in the Sylph. Before the season closed, they made many -excursions in the Gildrock and the Winooski; and with all the practice -they had, under the best instructors, they could not well avoid -becoming first-class oarsmen. - -As they continued their work in the shop, some of the boys developed a -very decided taste for the mechanic arts; some preferred carpentering; -others were fascinated with wood-turning, after the lathes were in -use; not a few desired to be working machinists; and some desired to -learn only enough of the latter trade to enable them to run a -steam-engine to the best advantage. - -After finding out what trade best suited each boy’s taste and ability, -the captain intended to allow him to work mainly at that trade, though -not to the neglect of any other essential knowledge. To say that all -the boys were delighted with their occupation, with their work in the -school-room and the shop, as well as their play on land and water, -would not be stating the truth too strongly. Even Pemberton Millweed -was proud of his accomplishments when he could make a bolt, with a -screw and nut: and it is even probable that he forgot the meaning of -the word “genteel;” at any rate, he did not use it any more. - -Bolingbroke became a good mechanic as well as a good scholar,--all the -better mechanic for being a good scholar. Both of the farmer’s boys -were glad they failed to find places in stores; for they were -satisfied in less than a month that they could earn more money, be -quite as respectable, and more independent, as mechanics. - -Elinora liked her place in the store, where she had fair wages. She -paid her board at home, and was independent of everybody. The captain -found plenty for Fatima to do, and she proved to be a very valuable -clerk to him. - -The boys look out of the corners of their eyes when they see Mr. -Darlingby with her, as he is a great deal of the time when they are -not about their work; and even the principal fears that he may lose -his accomplished assistant in the care of the records and his -correspondence. - -Farmer Millweed seemed to have become a new man, as well as the new -head of his family. Captain Gildrock took the mortgage on his farm, -and lent him money to pay his interest and the more pressing of his -other debts. His daughters pay their board, and the eight dollars a -week from this source is a godsend to him. - -Mrs. Millweed does not say much about the new order of things, but she -cannot help seeing and appreciating the improvement in their -circumstances; for the farmer is certain that he shall be able to pay -all his debts in time, and own his farm free and clear. - -Affairs went on very smoothly at the Beech-Hill Industrial School for -several weeks, though in time the institution had its trials and -troubles; and we are content to leave the “Champlain Mechanics” in -their “Snug Harbor,” expecting to present them again when they begin -their promised work with the “Square and Compass,” in the practical -work of “Building the House.” - - - - - OLIVER OPTIC’s BOOKS. - - SOLD IN SETS OR SEPARATE VOLUMES. EACH SET IN A NEAT BOX WITH - ILLUMINATED LABELS. - - - ARMY AND NAVY STORIES. - - A Library for Young and Old, in six volumes. 16mo. Illustrated. Per - volume $1.50 - - The Soldier Boy. - The Sailor Boy. - The Young Lieutenant. - The Yankee Middy. - Fighting Joe. - Brave Old Salt. - - - FAMOUS “BOAT-CLUB” SERIES. - - A Library for Young People. Handsomely illustrated. Six volumes, in - neat box. Per volume 1.25 - - The Boat Club; or, The Bunkers of Rippleton. - All Aboard; or, Life on the Lake. - Now or Never; or, The Adventures of Bobby Bright. - Try Again; or, the Trials and Triumphs of Harry West. - Poor and Proud; or, The Fortunes of Katy Redburn. - Little by Little; or, The Cruise of the Flyaway. - - - THE LAKE-SHORE SERIES. - - Six volumes. Illustrated. In neat box. Per volume 1.25 - - Through by Daylight; or, The Young Engineer of the Lake Shore - Railroad. - Lightning Express; or, The Rival Academies. - On Time; or, The Young Captain of the Ucayga Steamer. - Switch Off; or, The War of the Students. - Break Up; or, The Young Peacemakers. - Bear and Forbear; or, The Young Skipper of Lake Ucayga. - - - THE SOLDIER-BOY SERIES. - - Three volumes, in neat box. Illustrated. Per volume 1.50 - - The Soldier Boy; or, Tom Somers in the Army. - The Young Lieutenant; or, The Adventures of an Army Officer. - Fighting Joe; or, The Fortunes of a Staff Officer. - - - THE SAILOR-BOY SERIES. - - Three volumes, in neat box. Illustrated. Per volume $1.50 - - The Sailor Boy; or, Jack Somers in the Navy. - The Yankee Middy; or, Adventures of a Naval Officer. - Brave Old Salt; or, Life on the Quarter-Deck. - - - THE STARRY-FLAG SERIES. - - Six volumes. Illustrated. Per volume 1.25 - - The Starry Flag; or, The Young Fisherman of Cape Ann. - Breaking Away; or, The Fortunes of a Student. - Seek and Find; or, The Adventures of a Smart Boy. - Freaks of Fortune; or, Half Round the World. - Make or Break; or, The Rich Man’s Daughter. - Down the River; or, Buck Bradford and the Tyrants. - - - THE WAY OF THE WORLD. - - By WILLIAM T. ADAMS (Oliver Optic) 12mo 1.50 - - - WOODVILLE STORIES. - - Uniform with “Library for Young People.” Six volumes. Illustrated. - 16mo. Per volume 1.25 - - Rich and Humble; or, The Mission of Bertha Grant. - In School and Out; or, The Conquest of Richard Grant. - Watch and Wait; or, The Young Fugitives. - Work and Win; or, Noddy Newman on a Cruise. - Hope and Have; or, Fanny Grant among the Indians. - Haste and Waste; or, The Young Pilot of Lake Champlain. - - - YACHT-CLUB SERIES. - - Uniform with the ever popular “Boat-Club” Series. Completed in six - volumes. Illustrated. 16mo. Per volume 1.50 - - Little Bobtail; or, The Wreck of the Penobscot. - The Yacht Club; or, The Young Boat-Builders. - Money-Maker; or, The Victory of the Basilisk. - The Coming Wave; or, The Treasure of High Rock. - The Dorcas Club; or, Our Girls Afloat. - Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the Clubs. - - - _LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS, BOSTON._ - - - - -Transcriber’s Note: - -Words and phrases in italics are surrounded by underscores, _like -this_. Dialect, obsolete and alternative spellings were left unchanged. - -The following items were changed: - - Commas were deleted at the end of chapter titles in the Table of - Contents. - Missing end quote added to ‘... have a warrant for his arrest.”...’ - Missing period added in list, Chapter XVII, after name ‘Phil Gawner’ - ‘Dont’ to ‘Don’t’ ‘...Don’t hurt him,” added Dory....’ - ‘yatch’ to ‘yacht’ ‘...interested in the steam-yacht...’ - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Snug Harbor, by Oliver Optic - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SNUG HARBOR *** - -***** This file should be named 50678-0.txt or 50678-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/0/6/7/50678/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Carol Brown, and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/50678-0.zip b/old/50678-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9f3cbc5..0000000 --- a/old/50678-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50678-h.zip b/old/50678-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cd49ee7..0000000 --- a/old/50678-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50678-h/50678-h.htm b/old/50678-h/50678-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 97d7ae5..0000000 --- a/old/50678-h/50678-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8783 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en" xml:lang="en"> - -<head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - The Project Gutenberg ebook of SNUG HARBOR by Oliver Optic. - </title> - <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg"/> - <style type="text/css"> - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - - h1,h2,h3,h4 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - clear: both; -} - -.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */ - -.break {page-break-before: always;} /* for epubs */ - -/* for justified text on single line: issue and price are artificial names */ -span.issue { display:inline-block; text-align:left; width:90%; } -span.price { display:inline-block; text-align:right; width:10%; } - -p { - margin-top: .75em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .75em; -} - -p.hanging {margin-left: 3em; - text-indent: -1em; - margin-top: -.75em; - margin-right: 15%;} - -p.althanging {margin-left: 3em; - text-indent: -2em; - margin-right: 15%;} - -.indent {text-indent: 2em;} -.shortindent {text-indent: 1em;} - -.right {text-align: right;} - -.p0 {margin-top: 0;} -.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} -.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} -.mt1 {margin-top: -.75em;} -.mt2 {margin-top: -1.75em;} - -hr { /* short decorative lines */ - margin-top: 1em; - margin-bottom: 1em; - margin-left: 45%; - margin-right: 45%; - text-align: center; - width: 10%; - clear: both; -} - - table {margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; - border-collapse: collapse; - margin-top: 1em; - margin-bottom: 2em;} - -@media handheld { - table {margin-left: 5%; - margin-right: 5%; - border-collapse: collapse; - margin-top: 1em; - margin-bottom: 2em;} -} - -/* style="border-spacing: 4em 0;" to space out columns */ - -th {height: 4em; - text-align: center;} - - td.center {vertical-align: top; /* TOC chapter numbers */ - text-align: center; - padding-left: .25em; - padding-right: .25em; - padding-bottom: .25em; - padding-top: 2em;} - - td.left {vertical-align: top; - text-align: left; - text-indent: -1em; - padding-left: 1.25em; - padding-right: .25em; - padding-bottom: 0em; - padding-top: 0em;} - -.noshrink {min-width: 3.5em; /* use inside td--must have div class in table line */ - text-align: right;} - - td.right {vertical-align: bottom; /* extra right padding */ - text-align: right; - padding-left: 2.25em; - padding-right: .25em; - padding-bottom: 0em; - padding-top: 0em;} - - td.leftwide {vertical-align: top; /* extra left padding */ - text-align: left; - padding-left: 3.5em; - padding-right: .25em; - padding-bottom: 0em; - padding-top: 0em;} - -a:link {text-decoration:none;} /* no UL of any links, useful for html accessibility*/ - -a:visited {text-decoration:none;} - -.black {font-family: blackletter;} - -.center {text-align: center;} - -.sc {font-style: normal; font-variant: small-caps;} - -.ls {letter-spacing: .2em; - padding-left: .2em;} - -.smaller {font-size: 90%;} - -.muchsmaller {font-size: 75%;} - -.larger {font-size: 110%;} - -.muchlarger {font-size: 150%;} - -li {margin-left: 1em; /* secondary index lines indented */ - text-indent:-1em; - list-style-type: none;} - -span.lock {white-space:nowrap;} - -.top { /* for link to TOC */ - position: absolute; - left: 8%; - font-size: 50%; - font-style: normal; - text-align: right; - color: #444;} - -/* Images */ -.figcenter { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; - margin-top: .5em; - margin-bottom: .5em; - text-align: center; -} - -.caption { - font-weight: bold; - text-align: center; - margin-top: -.75em; -} - -/* Transcriber notes */ -.tnote {border: dashed .1em; - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; - padding-bottom: .5em; - padding-top: .5em; - padding-left: .5em; - padding-right: .5em;} - -.box {border: solid .1em; /* for ads at beginning and end */ - margin-left: 11%; - margin-right: 11%; - padding-bottom: .5em; - padding-top: .5em; - padding-left: 2em; - padding-right: 2em;} - - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Snug Harbor, by Oliver Optic - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Snug Harbor - or The Champlain Mechanics - -Author: Oliver Optic - -Release Date: December 12, 2015 [EBook #50678] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SNUG HARBOR *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Carol Brown, and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<!--<span style="white-space:nowrap;"></span> to prevent wrap anywhere in text--> -<!--above instruction is ignored by Nook --> - -<!--001.png--> -<div class="chapter box"><!--advertisement--> -<p class="center muchlarger"><cite>The Boat-Builder Series.</cite></p> -<hr /> - -<p class="p2 center">I.</p> - -<p class="mt1 center larger">ALL ADRIFT;<br /> -<span class="smaller">OR</span>,<br /> -<span class="ls">THE GOLD WING CLUB</span>.</p> - -<p class="p2 center">II.</p> - -<p class="mt1 center larger">SNUG HARBOR;<br /> -<span class="smaller">OR</span>,<br /> -<span class="ls">THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS</span>.</p> - -<p class="p2 center">III.</p> - -<p class="mt1 center larger">SQUARE AND COMPASS;<br /> -<span class="smaller">OR</span>,<br /> -<span class="ls">BUILDING THE HOUSE</span>.</p> - -<p class="p2 center">IV.</p> - -<p class="mt1 center larger">STEM TO STERN;<br /> -<span class="smaller">OR</span>,<br /> -<span class="ls">BUILDING THE BOAT</span>.</p> - -<p class="p2 center">V.</p> - -<p class="mt1 center larger">ALL TAUT;<br /> -<span class="smaller">OR</span>,<br /> -<span class="ls">RIGGING THE BOAT</span>.</p> - -<p class="p2 center">VI.</p> - -<p class="mt1 center larger">READY ABOUT;<br /> -<span class="smaller">OR</span>,<br /> -<span class="ls">SAILING THE BOAT</span>.</p> -</div><!--end advertisement--> -<!--002.png--> -<!--003.png--> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px"> - <img src="images/frontis_1.jpg" - width="auto" height="100%" - alt="Illustration: The collision on Lake Champlain" - /> - <p class="caption">THE COLLISION ON LAKE CHAMPLAIN. <a href="#page_15">Page 15</a>.</p> -</div> - -<!--004.png--> -<div class="chapter"> -<p class="p4 center">OLIVER OPTIC’S</p> - -<p class="center">BOAT-BUILDER<br /> -SERIES</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px"> - <img src="images/frontis_2.jpg" - width="auto" height="100%" - alt="Illustration: Illustrated title page" - title="Illustrated title page" - /> -</div> - -<p class="center mt2">SNUG HARBOR</p> - -<p class="p2 center">BOSTON,<br /> -LEE <span class="muchsmaller">AND</span> SHEPARD<br /> -PUBLISHERS.</p> -</div> -<!--005.png--> -<!--006.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--title page--> -<p class="p4 center"><span class="sc larger"><i>The Boat-Builder Series</i></span></p> -<hr /> - -<h1>SNUG HARBOR</h1> - -<p class="center muchsmaller">OR</p> - -<p class="p2 center muchlarger">THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS</p> - -<p class="center muchsmaller">BY</p> - -<h2 class="no-break">OLIVER OPTIC</h2> - -<p class="center muchsmaller">AUTHOR OF “YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD,” “THE GREAT WESTERN SERIES,”<br /> -“THE ARMY AND NAVY SERIES,” “THE WOODVILLE SERIES,” “THE<br /> -STARRY-FLAG SERIES,” “THE BOAT-CLUB STORIES,” “THE<br /> -ONWARD AND UPWARD SERIES,” “THE YACHT-CLUB<br /> -SERIES,” “THE LAKE-SHORE SERIES,” “THE<br /> -RIVERDALE STORIES,” “ALL ADRIFT,”<br /> -ETC., ETC.</p> - -<p class="p4 center"><i>WITH ILLUSTRATIONS</i></p> - -<p class="p4 center">BOSTON<br /> -<span class="ls">LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS</span><br /> -<span class="smaller">NEW YORK</span><br /> -<span class="ls">CHARLES T. DILLINGHAM</span><br /> -1884</p> -</div><!--end title page--> -<!--007.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--copyright page--> -<p class="p4 center"><span class="sc">Copyright</span>, 1883,</p> -<p class="center"><span class="sc">By</span> WILLIAM T. ADAMS.</p> -<hr /> -<p class="center"><i>All rights reserved.</i></p> -</div><!--end copyright--> -<!--008.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--dedication page--> -<p class="p4 center">TO MY YOUNG FRIEND</p> -<p class="center larger ls">HARRY CLINTON WHITE</p> -<p class="center muchlarger"><span class="black">This Book</span></p> -<p class="center">IS AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED.</p> -</div> -<!--009.png--> -<!--010.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--Preface--> -<h3 class="p4">PREFACE.</h3> -<hr /> - -<p class="p2">“Snug-Harbor” is the second volume of “<span class="sc">The Boat-Builder -Series</span>.” Though it contains its fair proportion of story and -adventure, there is less of these elements than in its predecessor; -though the writer believes there is enough to keep up the interest of -his young readers. Dory Dornwood, the hero of the initial volume of -the series, is again presented, and about a quarter of a hundred -others; though all of them cannot be heroes. Like the former volume, -the scene is laid on Lake Champlain and its shores.</p> - -<p>In accordance with the hint thrown out in the preface of the first -volume, the Beech-Hill Industrial School makes a beginning in this -book; and its pupils are gathered together in the schoolroom and the -workshop. The boys are instructed only in those branches of learning -which will be of the greatest practical utility to them as mechanics. -They are taken into the shop, and set to work as carpenters and -machinists; and some idea is given of their operations at the bench. -But in a work of this kind the author finds it hardly practicable to -describe in detail the work done by the Champlain mechanics; though he -has done so to some extent, as a suggestion rather than as a system of -instruction -<!--011.png--> -for boy-workmen. Without a vast number of drawings, the -tools and machinery used by the carpenter and machinist cannot be -described and explained so as to be of any great practical service. -The book is rather to create an interest in these trades than to -furnish a guide to young mechanics.</p> - -<p>The author regrets that there is no American work of the kind -mentioned. Our English cousins have sent us over some excellent works -on the subject, which are very useful, though not fully adapted to the -needs of American boys. A new friend suggests that such a book be -prepared, and with his aid it may yet be done.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock, the founder and patron of the Beech-Hill Industrial -School, has some radical ideas on the subject of education; and -probably many of the older readers of this book will disagree with -him: but the question he argues is worthy of attention and discussion, -however it may be finally settled.</p> - -<p>Though the author is not a mechanic by trade, he has worked in his own -shop for many years. With the carpenter’s bench, the turning-lathe, -and the various implements for working in wood and metals, he finds -not only his needed exercise, but a degree of pleasure which makes it -all the more healthy and exhilarating; and he commends the work to his -young friends, both for their amusement and instruction.</p> - -<p class="indent"><span class="sc">Dorchester, Mass.</span>, Aug. 20, 1883.</p> - -</div><!--end preface--> -<!--012.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--Contents--> -<table summary="table of contents"> -<tr><th colspan="2" scope="col"><span class="larger"><a name="top"></a>CONTENTS</span>.</th></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="one">I.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="right" colspan="2"><span class="muchsmaller">PAGE</span></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Sloop that went to the Bottom</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch01">13</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="two">II.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Young Man with a Long Name</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch02">23</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="three">III.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Mr. Bolingbroke Millweed tells his Story</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch03">34</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="four">IV.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Goldwing anchors for the Night</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch04">44</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="five">V.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">A Quarrel on Board of the Juniper</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch05">54</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="six">VI.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Impulsive Assault of the Engineer</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch06">65</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="seven">VII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Bolingbroke Millweed out of a Place</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch07">76</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="eight">VIII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Pupils for the Beech-Hill Industrial School</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch08">87</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="nine">IX.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Volunteer Helmsman and his Movements</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch09">97</a></td></tr> -<!--013.png--> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="ten">X.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Battle near Garden Island</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch10">107</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="eleven">XI.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Master-Carpenter disposes of his Prisoner</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch11">117</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twelve">XII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Captain Gildrock’s First Lesson in Navigation</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch12">128</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="thirteen">XIII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Handling a Steamer in a Fog</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch13">138</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="fourteen">XIV.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Strong-Room at the Beech-Hill Industrial School</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch14">148</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="fifteen">XV.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Something about the Affairs of the Millweed Family</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch15">159</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="sixteen">XVI.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Organization of the Ship’s Company</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch16">170</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="seventeen">XVII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Officers and Crew of the Sylph</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch17">180</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="eighteen">XVIII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Another Battle at Plattsburg</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch18">190</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="nineteen">XIX.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Something that happened on Shore</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch19">201</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty">XX.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The New Head of the Millweed Family</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch20">212</a></td></tr> -<!--014.png--> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-one">XXI.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Captain Gildrock argues against High-Schools</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch21">223</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-two">XXII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Champlain Mechanics in the Shop</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch22">234</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-three">XXIII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Something about Tools and Work</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch23">244</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-four">XXIV.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Work for the Head and the Hands</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch24">255</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-five">XXV.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Second Class at the Carpenter’s Bench</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch25">266</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-six">XXVI.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The End of the First School-Day at Beech Hill</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch26">277</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-seven">XXVII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">Oscar Chester takes a Lesson in Boating</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch27">288</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-eight">XXVIII.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">The Upsetting of the Monkey and its Lesson</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch28">299</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-nine">XXIX.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">An Afternoon in the Machine-Shop</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch29">310</a></td></tr> - -<tr><td class="center" colspan="2">CHAPTER <abbr title="thirty">XXX.</abbr></td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><span class="sc">What the Students found at Thompson’s Point</span></td> - <td class="right noshrink"><a href="#Ch30">320</a></td></tr> - -</table> -</div><!--end contents--> -<!--015.png--> -<!--016.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p class="p4 center muchlarger">SNUG-HARBOR;</p> - -<p class="center smaller">OR,</p> - -<p class="center larger">THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS.</p> - -<hr /> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3><a name="Ch01"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="one">I.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE SLOOP THAT WENT TO THE BOTTOM.</h4> - -<p class="p2">“Starboard your helm! hard a-starboard!” shouted Dory Dornwood, as he -put the helm of the Goldwing to port in order to avoid a collision -with a steam-launch which lay dead ahead of the schooner.</p> - -<p>“Keep off! you will sink me!” cried a young man in a sloop-boat, which -lay exactly in the course of the steam-launch.</p> - -<p>“That’s just what I mean to do, if you don’t come about!” yelled the -man at the wheel of the steamer. “Why didn’t you stop when I called to -you?”</p> -<!--017.png--> - -<p>“Keep off, or you will be into me!” screamed the skipper of the sloop, -whose tones and manner indicated that he was very much terrified at -the situation.</p> - -<p>And he had reason enough to be alarmed. It was plain, from his -management of his boat, that he was but an indifferent boatman; and -probably he did not know what to do in the emergency. Dory had noticed -the sloop coming up the lake with the steam-launch astern of her. The -latter had run ahead of the sloop, and had come about, it now -appeared, for the purpose of intercepting her.</p> - -<p>When the skipper of the sloop realized the intention of the helmsman -of the steamer, he put his helm to port; but he was too late. The -sharp bow of the launch struck the frail craft amidships, and cut -through her as though she had been made of card-board.</p> - -<p>The sloop filled instantly; and, a moment later, the young man in her -was struggling on the surface of the water. The boat was heavily -ballasted, and she went down like a lump of lead. It was soon clear to -Dory that the skipper could not swim, for he screamed as though the -end of all things had come.</p> -<!--018.png--> - -<p><a name="page_15"></a>Very likely it would have been the end of all things to him, if Dory -had not come about with the Goldwing, and stood over to the place -where the young man was vainly beating the water with his feet and -hands. With no great difficulty the skipper of the Goldwing, who was -an aquatic bird of the first water, pulled in the victim of the -catastrophe, in spite of the apparent efforts of the sufferer to -prevent him from doing so.</p> - -<p>It was a very warm day towards the end of August, and a bath in the -cool waters of Lake Champlain was not the worst thing in the world to -take. The victim of the collision was more scared than hurt; and he -lay in the bottom of the yacht, puffing and blowing like a black bass -just stolen from his native element. He did not seem to be able to -speak, and Dory thought he was making a great fuss about a very small -affair.</p> - -<p>The Goldwing had been headed across the lake when her skipper picked -up the victim; and, when he was safely on board, she continued on her -course. Dory had come out to cool off and take a sail, and it made no -difference to him where he went. The Beech-hill Industrial School had -not -<!--019.png--> -yet commenced operations, and he had nothing on earth to do the -greater part of the time.</p> - -<p>His father had died a few weeks before; but he had found a snug harbor -at Beech Hill, where he resided with his mother and sister in the -elegant mansion of his uncle, Captain Royal Gildrock. The captain had -acquired an immense fortune by his operations in various parts of the -world; but as his wife was dead, and he had no children, it had -bothered him a good deal to determine what to do with all his money.</p> - -<p>For many years there had been a feud between the head of the Dornwood -family and the owner of Beech Hill. Mr. Dornwood was an intemperate -man, and never more than half supported his family; though he had good -wages as a pilot on the lake. He had married the captain’s only sister -in spite of the opposition of all her friends, and especially of her -brother.</p> - -<p>When the captain attempted to assist his sister in taking care of her -two children, her husband ordered him out of his house; for a great -many sharp words had passed between them. The wife was afraid of her -inebriate husband, and the attempts of the wealthy brother to help the -family -<!--020.png--> -had ended in the complete estrangement of the brother and -sister.</p> - -<p>But as soon as Mrs. Dornwood was a widow, the captain hastened to her -assistance. Though Dory had made an earnest effort to support the -family, he had finally consented to reside with his mother at Beech -Hill. The pilot’s wife and children had always lived in the humblest -tenements, worn the meanest garments, and lived upon the plainest and -cheapest food.</p> - -<p>Their lot at the new home was in tremendous contrast with their former -condition. Captain Gildrock was a plain man himself, and inclined to -regard the elegancies and luxuries of life with contempt. Though his -house was large, it was plainly furnished. If his table was not -garnished by the skill of a French cook, it was loaded with the best -that could be procured. To the Dornwoods every thing about the house -was luxurious.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock was a thinking man, and he had ideas as well as -money. The two go well together, for ideas are often barren things -when one has not the means to carry them out. The worthy shipmaster -had studied society and human nature in many lands and climes. After -he retired -<!--021.png--> -from the sea and business generally, he had given his -attention wholly to the affairs in his own country. After he had done -so for a year or two, he was disposed to exclaim with the inspired -writer, “Vanity of vanities! All is vanity!”</p> - -<p>Perhaps the standard of the captain was too high for this world, but -he felt that the American people were slipping away from first -principles. The nation had prospered by toil,—by inducing and -compelling the earth to yield her increase. Life had been something -more than a pleasure-excursion.</p> - -<p>“When I was young,” he used to say, “the boys worked on the farm, -learned a trade, or went to sea. Now all the young men go into stores, -become counter-jumpers and man-milliners. Men get rich now by making -corners, betting on futures, and in speculation of all sorts. A big -thief is a gentleman: a little one is a criminal, after he is caught. -The boys and girls have been educated too much: they get above their -station in life, and then half starve themselves in order to be -genteel.”</p> - -<p>The captain did not believe that the young people were educated too -much; only that they -<!--022.png--> -were trained in useless accomplishments, as he -regarded them. He did not think that the Genverres high-school, though -a very successful institution in the opinion of the school-board and -the citizens generally, was really a blessing to the town. He was -confident that he had discovered the philosopher’s stone in education, -though he found himself almost alone in his opinions.</p> - -<p>“That school only spoils good farmers and mechanics, good seamen and -engineers. It gives them altogether too high notions of themselves. It -turns its pupils out on the world fit only to be genteel. The -education which the fathers of New England meant, when they planted -the schoolhouse alongside the church, was simply a common-school -education, without any high-school bosh on the tail-end of it. It’s -all well enough for rich people: it is a luxury they can afford, and -one they ought to pay for.”</p> - -<p>Very likely the captain was too ultra in his views, but the question -he argued is one which must be settled before the lapse of many years.</p> - -<p>The shipmaster was a practical man, and he did not talk without -acting. He believed in industrial education, not in the grammar-school, -<!--023.png--> -but in place of the high-school. He had talked his views in -town-meeting, and printed them in the papers; but the people were not -inclined to adopt them.</p> - -<p>A year before, he had taken a number of young men, and instructed them -in seamanship and the construction and management of the marine -engine. It was only a partial experiment, but he regarded it as an -eminently successful one. Most of his pupils had obtained situations -as engineers, and they were competent to fill them.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock hoped to convince the people that his views were -correct, and he was ready to spend his money in demonstrating the -truth of what he preached. His class of the preceding year had been -rather too old when he took them in hand. He wanted boys from the -grammar-school, twelve or fourteen years old, before they had “bowed -down to the vanity of this world,” before they had learned to be -genteel, before they oiled their hair, and spent half an hour a day in -adjusting their neckties.</p> - -<p>After the death of his brother-in-law, the pilot, he had captured his -nephew, after a hard struggle, and found he was the leading spirit of -the Goldwing -<!--024.png--> -Club, which had taken its name from Dory’s boat. These -boys were rather wild, but not bad. The captain succeeded in gathering -them all into the Beech-hill Industrial School, as he decided to call -the new institution. But the boys in Genverres were shy of the new -school, or their parents were shy for them. Not a few of the latter -regarded the retired shipmaster as a sort of harmless lunatic, liberal -with his money, but, like all reformers, an unsafe leader to follow.</p> - -<p>Several boys from the high-school had made excellent records out in -the world, and each fond parent expected his own son would join the -galaxy of bright stars from its graduates. The captain could find only -three boys in the whole town who would join the new school, while -thirty went to the high-school. Possibly the requirement that the -pupils should reside at Beech Hill had some influence with the -parents.</p> - -<p>It looked as though the school was to begin with eight pupils,—hardly -enough to man the Sylph, the captain’s elegant steam-yacht, the -largest and finest craft of the kind on the lake. All the boys in the -high-school would have liked to flirt about the lake in the -magnificent steamer; -<!--025.png--> -but to do it as seamen, firemen, engineers, -waiters, and cooks, was not wholly to the taste of the parents, if it -suited that of the boys.</p> - -<p>Dory Dornwood was waiting for the school to begin. Great boxes of -tools, machinery, and other material for the workshops, had arrived at -Beech Hill; but the captain would not allow them to be opened until -the boys came. Besides, he was very busy in looking up pupils for the -new institution. He wanted twenty-four to begin with, and he was -searching for them in some of the interior towns where he was -acquainted.</p> - -<p>Dory was very impatient for the school to begin, though he was very -happy in the midst of his new surroundings. He was a natural mechanic, -and tools of any kind suited him better than books. He was fond of -adventure, and wondered if he should ever have another time as lively -as that on the lake before he was captured by his uncle.</p> - -<p>The young man he had picked up on the lake was about sixteen years -old, and was a stranger to him. His wet garments, though poor enough, -betrayed an effort at some style. After a while he recovered his -breath, and seemed to be in condition to give an account of himself.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--026.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch02"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="two">II.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE YOUNG MAN WITH A LONG NAME.</h4> - -<p class="p2">“You had a narrow squeak that time,” said Dory Dornwood, as soon as he -thought the victim of the disaster was in condition to do a little -talking. “It is lucky you didn’t get tangled up in the rigging of your -boat. She went to the bottom like a pound of carpet-tacks; and she -would have carried you down in a hurry if you hadn’t let go in short -metre.”</p> - -<p>“I think I am remarkably fortunate in being among the living at this -moment,” replied the stranger, looking out over the stern of the -Goldwing. “That was the most atrocious thing a fellow ever did.”</p> - -<p>“What was?” inquired Dory, who was not quite sure what the victim -meant by the remark, or whether he alluded to him or to the man in the -steam-launch.</p> - -<p>“Why, running into me like that,” protested the passenger with no -little indignation in his tones.</p> -<!--027.png--> - -<p>“Let me see, ‘atrocious’ means something bad or wicked, don’t it?” -continued Dory.</p> - -<p>“Something very bad and very wicked,” replied the stranger, with a -sickly smile, as he bestowed a patronizing glance upon his deliverer.</p> - -<p>“I thought it was something of that sort. I suppose you don’t use such -big words as that before breakfast, do you?”</p> - -<p>“Why not before breakfast as well as after? It is a common word, in -use every day in the week.”</p> - -<p>“I didn’t know but it might put your jaws out of joint, and spoil your -appetite,” added Dory, as he glanced behind him to see what had become -of the steam-launch.</p> - -<p>“My appetite is not so easily spoiled.”</p> - -<p>“I suppose you came up from Burlington?” said Dory suggestively, as -though he considered an explanation on the part of the stranger to be -in order at the present time.</p> - -<p>“I have just come from Burlington,” answered the victim, who appeared -to be disposed to say nothing more. “Do you suppose I can get that -boat again?”</p> - -<p>“I should say that the chance of getting her -<!--028.png--> -again was not first-rate. -She went down where the water is about two hundred and fifty feet -deep; and it won’t be an easy thing to get hold of her,” replied Dory. -“If you had let him run into you between Diamond Island and Porter’s -Bay, where the water is not more than fifty or sixty feet deep, you -could have raised her without much difficulty. I don’t believe you -will ever see her again.”</p> - -<p>“That’s bad,” mused the stranger. “She did not belong to me.”</p> - -<p>“Then you are so much in. Perhaps, if she had belonged to you, you -would not have let the steam-launch run into you,” added Dory, who did -not quite like the way the victim was taking things; for he did not -seem to remember that he had been pulled out of the water by the -skipper of the Goldwing when he was in great danger of drowning.</p> - -<p>“I did not let the steam-launch run into me. The man in her did it on -purpose. It was not an accident,” answered the stranger.</p> - -<p>“I heard the fellow say that he meant to sink you; and, after he said -that, I thought you were a little out of your head to let him do it.”</p> -<!--029.png--> - -<p>“I didn’t let him do it.”</p> - -<p>“I thought you did. If I had been at the tiller of that sloop, he -wouldn’t have done it.”</p> - -<p>“Probably you are a better boatman than I am: I don’t pretend to know -much about the management of a yacht,” replied the victim meekly, as -he finished wiping the water from his face.</p> - -<p>“Then you ought not to be sailing a boat in a fresh breeze, such as we -are having to-day. Why didn’t you put your helm down when you saw that -he was going to run into you?”</p> - -<p>“Down where?” asked the victim with a vacant stare.</p> - -<p>“Down cellar!” exclaimed Dory, disgusted at the ignorance of the -skipper of the sunken sloop. “No fellow ought to sail a boat if he -don’t know how to put the helm down.”</p> - -<p>“A fellow can’t know every thing in the world.”</p> - -<p>“Then, I suppose you know every thing else: but how to put the helm -down was the one thing you ought to have known, when that fellow was -kind enough to tell you beforehand that he meant to sink you.”</p> - -<p>“Don’t be too rough on me, Mr.— I don’t know your name. I am under -very great obligations -<!--030.png--> -to you for the signal service you have rendered -me, and I shall be glad to know you better.”</p> - -<p>“My name is Theodore Dornwood,—Dory for short. What is yours?”</p> - -<p>“Dory Dornwood!” exclaimed the victim, bestowing a look of -astonishment upon the modest skipper. “I have heard of you before, and -I am particularly glad to meet you.”</p> - -<p>“I should think you might be, since I picked you up in deep water. But -you did not give me your name.”</p> - -<p>“My name is Bolingbroke Millweed.”</p> - -<p>“Is that all the name you have?” asked Dory, as he opened his eyes -till they were as big as a pair of saucers—very small saucers. “I -didn’t quite make it out, for it fairly snarled up my intellect.”</p> - -<p>“Bolingbroke Millweed,” repeated the stranger with a slight frown upon -his brow. “It’s all the name I have.”</p> - -<p>“It’s name enough, I should say.”</p> - -<p>“It is hardly worth while to make fun of my name: I am not responsible -for it, and it is the best I have.”</p> -<!--031.png--> - -<p>“I beg your pardon, Mr.— I don’t know what your name is now, for -really I did not take it in,” pleaded Dory, who was sometimes very -brusk in his manner, though he did not mean to hurt anybody’s -feelings. “Honestly, I did not understand you.”</p> - -<p>“You cannot have read English history very much, or you would have -recognized the first name.”</p> - -<p>“I never did read English history much: in fact, I never did much -reading of any kind.”</p> - -<p>“My first name is Bolingbroke, and my surname is Millweed. The whole -of it is Bolingbroke Millweed,” added the victim, mollified as he -pitied the ignorance of his deliverer.</p> - -<p>“All right, Mr. Millweed: I won’t tackle the first name until I get a -little better acquainted with it.”</p> - -<p>“Viscount Henry <abbr title="Saint">St.</abbr> John Bolingbroke, after whom I was named, was a -prime minister of England, and a fine scholar; though he was charged -with treason. But I did not pick out the name myself: it was my -mother’s choice, but I can’t say that I approve it. I suppose I shall -be called ‘Bolly’ as long as I live.”</p> -<!--032.png--> - -<p>“Of course your friends can’t handle such a jaw-breaker as Bolingbroke -every time they want to ask you which way the wind is. But never mind -the name, Mr. Millweed. I picked you up in deep water, and that’s how -you happen to be on board of the Goldwing.”</p> - -<p>“The famous Goldwing! I am extremely happy to be on board of her; -though I wish our meeting had been under more favorable -circumstances,” added Mr. Bolingbroke Millweed, as he poured the water -out of one of his shoes.</p> - -<p>“I only said that you were on board of the Goldwing; and the question -now is, what shall I do with you, for I see the steam-launch is headed -this way. I should judge from his actions that the man at the wheel of -her wants to see you.”</p> - -<p>“He does want to see me! I am the victim of a conspiracy!” exclaimed -Mr. Millweed in tragic tones, as he sprang to his feet.</p> - -<p>“The victim of a conspiracy? Is that what you call the sinking of a -sloop?”</p> - -<p>“I feel that the brave and noble Dory Dornwood will be my friend, -<span style="white-space:nowrap;">and"—</span></p> - -<p>“Clap a stopper on your jaw-tackle!” interposed -<!--033.png--> -the skipper of the -Goldwing, borrowing an expression his uncle had quoted in his -presence. “If you mean to blarney me, I shall be your enemy; and I -will put you ashore on Diamond Island, without benefit of clergy.”</p> - -<p>“Excuse me: I did not mean to offend you, Mr. <span style="white-space:nowrap;">Dornwood,”—</span></p> - -<p>“Avast heaving! Don’t ‘mister’ me. Call me Dory; but don’t call me too -late for dinner,” laughed the skipper.</p> - -<p>“Since I know who you are, I shall tell you my story, and explain how -I happened to be sailing the sloop, <span style="white-space:nowrap;">and”—</span></p> - -<p>“I know how you were sailing her, and you sailed her to the bottom. -Tell me the rest of it.”</p> - -<p>“I will tell you why that man ran into me, and why he was chasing me -up the lake.”</p> - -<p>“That’s the point; but make the yarn a short one, or the steam-launch -will be upon us before you get through with it. You have the floor, -Mr. Millweed,” replied Dory, as he glanced at the approaching steamer.</p> - -<p>“But I don’t want to be caught by that man! It might be fatal to me. -He is a conspirator; and -<!--034.png--> -he is seeking to destroy my good name,” -pleaded Mr. Millweed earnestly.</p> - -<p>“I don’t understand the matter. Is the man an officer?”</p> - -<p>“Not at all: he is chief clerk in a store in Burlington, and the -steam-launch belongs to his employer. But he is rapidly overtaking -us,” said the passenger.</p> - -<p>“Why should he be after you? What have you been doing that is wrong?” -asked Dory, who had no idea of enlisting on the wrong side in -anybody’s cause.</p> - -<p>“I have done nothing wrong. I will tell you all about the matter, only -don’t let that man get hold of me. Upon my sacred honor, I am guilty -of no crime,” continued Bolingbroke Millweed.</p> - -<p>Dory was greatly tempted. He had a reputation on Lake Champlain, won -but a short time before he made his snug harbor at Beech Hill. On two -occasions he had successfully kept out of the way of a steamer. He had -been pursued all one day by the swiftest steam-yacht on the lake, but -by his “tactics” he had kept out of her reach.</p> - -<p>If the young man had been guilty of a crime, -<!--035.png--> -he would do nothing for -him. His passenger spoke fairly; but, if he had been doing wrong, he -would not scruple to lie about it. Dory decided to keep out of the way -of the steam-launch long enough to hear Bolingbroke’s story. It was an -exciting game to dodge a steamer, and he desired to play it. The water -in the lake had been very low all summer, and no heavy rains had yet -raised it. The low-water soundings on the chart needed no corrections.</p> - -<p>The Goldwing was a schooner, and Dory had been sailing under jib and -mainsail only. This was about all the sail she could comfortably -carry. The skipper looked over the situation very carefully. The yacht -was on the wind, headed across the lake. After the sinking of the -sloop, the two men in the steamer had a long talk before they started -her screw again; and she was all of half a mile astern of the -Goldwing.</p> - -<p>Coming up into the wind, Dory set the mainsail; and then it was a -staggering wind for the Goldwing. By a little manœuvring the skipper -brought Diamond Island between his own craft and the steam-launch.</p> - -<p>The pursuer had gained on him while he was -<!--036.png--> -setting the foresail. -Starting his sheets, he stood off to the south-west until the steamer -was abreast of the island. She could not head him off; and then he -came about again, steering her due south.</p> - -<p>The skipper was ready for the explanation, and the passenger proceeded -to relate it.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--037.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch03"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="three">III.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>MR. BOLINGBROKE MILLWEED TELLS HIS STORY.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The wind was blowing very fresh; and the Goldwing staggered wildly, as -she went ahead nearly before it. Mr. Bolingbroke Millweed appeared to -be a little nervous, for the schooner carried twice as much sail in -proportion to her size as the sloop in which he had come from -Burlington.</p> - -<p>“She acts just as though she was going to tip over,” said he, clinging -to the wash-board.</p> - -<p>“Tip over! She don’t do that sort of thing. She has got over all her -bad habits,” replied the skipper. “But I should like to have you spin -your yarn before we get up to Field’s Bay, so that I may know what to -do with you.”</p> - -<p>“I have been looking for a place in a store for a year, for I was -graduated at the high-school last summer,” Mr. Millweed began. “I know -a young man by the name of Hackett Tungwood, who is in a store in -Burlington. He wanted a vacation -<!--038.png--> -of a week, and he engaged me to take -his place while he was absent.”</p> - -<p>“Did his boss agree to it?” asked Dory.</p> - -<p>“His employer did agree to it, and treated me very kindly when I went -to the store at seven o’clock this morning. About nine o’clock Mr. -Lingerwell, who is Hack’s brother-in-law, and the head man in the -store, sent me to the safe for the cash-book.”</p> - -<p>“I got the book, and gave it to him. Just then Mr. Longbrook, the -proprietor, came in, and asked Mr. Lingerwell for the four hundred and -fifty dollars which had been put in the safe the night before. I saw -the head man go to the safe, and then both he and his employer seemed -to be in great consternation.”</p> - -<p>“Short words, or you never will finish,” interposed Dory.</p> - -<p>“I did not know what the matter was, but Mr. Lingerwell used a great -many exclamations.”</p> - -<p>“What did he do with them?”</p> - -<p>“He uttered them, of course: what else could he do with them? If you -continue to interrupt with irrelevant questions, it will take me a -long time to tell the story,” replied Mr. Millweed impatiently. -<!--039.png--> -“I was -putting up goods near the desk, or I should not have noticed what was -going on. In a little while I heard enough to satisfy me that the four -hundred and fifty dollars was missing.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Longbrook called me to the desk, and asked if I had been to the -safe. I told him I had taken the cash-book from the safe, as I had -been told to do. He looked me sharply in the eye. Mr. Lingerwell said -no one else had been to the safe since he opened it in the morning.</p> - -<p>“I was sent back to my work, and the two men kept on talking about the -money. It was clear enough to me that I was suspected of taking it, -and I felt as though I was already in the State prison. I heard Mr. -Lingerwell say he was sure I had taken the money, for it was all right -when he opened the safe. I never was so terrified before in my life. -Hack Tungwell had told me he did not expect to keep his place much -longer: he might not return at all. If I pleased his employer, I might -get the situation.</p> - -<p>“What I heard seemed to be the knell of all my hopes. I had done my -best to get a place, for my father sadly needs what little I could -earn. Then the two men talked in low tones for a while. -<!--040.png--> -Presently -Mr. Longbrook went out of the store. I was sure he had gone for an -officer to arrest me.</p> - -<p>“The idea of being arrested and marched through the streets by a -constable was about as bad to me as being shot through the head. When -Mr. Lingerwell went to the back part of the store, I rushed out at the -front door.”</p> - -<p>“You left!” exclaimed Dory with something like indignation in his -tones.</p> - -<p>“I did: I was wholly unwilling to be dragged through the streets by an -officer.”</p> - -<p>“That was worse than sinking the sloop in two hundred and fifty feet -of water. Do I understand you to say that you did not take the money -from the safe?” demanded Dory.</p> - -<p>“Do I look like a thief?” asked Mr. Millweed, rising from his seat in -the standing-room in deep disgust; though he was immediately thrown -back again by the motion of the yacht.</p> - -<p>“Never mind how you look: you acted just like a thief,” retorted Dory -warmly. “You don’t say yet that you didn’t take the money when you -went to the safe for the book.”</p> - -<p>“I do say now, most emphatically, that I did -<!--041.png--> -not take the money when -I went to the safe for the cash-book, or at any other time. I didn’t -even know there was any money in the safe,” protested Mr. Millweed -very earnestly.</p> - -<p>“That’s coming to the point; but you have done the best you could to -convince your employer and his head man that you did take it. I advise -you to go straight back to Burlington, and then straight to the store, -and face the music. If anybody says I stole any money, I want to see -the man that says so.”</p> - -<p>“That would all be very well under ordinary circumstances,” pleaded -Mr. Millweed.</p> - -<p>“It’s all very well under any circumstances.”</p> - -<p>“I had a theory of my own.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t care any thing about your theory: I say the way is to face -the music. If you had let them search you before you went out of the -store, you would have been all right. They would not have found the -money upon you, and you had had no chance to get rid of it. Now they -will say you buried it somewhere on the shore of the lake.”</p> - -<p>“But I tell you I have a theory. I believe Tim Lingerwell took the -money himself. How easy it -<!--042.png--> -would have been for him to slip the wallet, -or the package, whatever it was, into my pocket when I was not -looking.”</p> - -<p>“That thing has been done in a hundred and fifty novels and stories, -but it isn’t done every day in Burlington. If Tim Lingerwell wanted -the money bad enough to steal it, he wouldn’t put it into your -pocket.”</p> - -<p>“He isn’t any too good to do such a thing. He and Hack belong in -Genverres; and people here wouldn’t trust either of them with a pewter -quarter,” argued Mr. Millweed.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps you are right: I don’t know. You have given yourself away, -and made it look bad for you. If Tim Lingerwell took the money, what -did he do with it?”</p> - -<p>“That’s more than I know. He has the care of the safe, and he and I -were the only persons who had been near it when Mr. Longbrook came in -for the money. I know I did not take it; and if I didn’t, he did. -That’s the whole of it.”</p> - -<p>Dory believed his passenger had been a fool to run away; but, without -knowing why, he could not help believing that he was telling the truth.</p> - -<p>“Where did you get the sloop in which you -<!--043.png--> -came up the lake?” he asked. -“You said she did not belong to you.”</p> - -<p>“She belongs to Sim Green, a friend of mine, who lives next door to -me. He was going down to Burlington to stay a few days with his uncle. -Money is a scarce article in our family, and I had none to pay my fare -by railroad. I was going to walk; but, at Sim’s invitation, I went -down in his sloop. When I left the store, I went down to the boat, and -got into it. Then I thought I would go home, and tell my father and -mother what had happened.”</p> - -<p>“Then you took the boat without leave?”</p> - -<p>“I knew Sim would not care, and he won’t come home before Saturday. I -meant to send it back before that time,” Mr. Millweed explained.</p> - -<p>“That may be all right; but Sim won’t thank you for taking it, when he -learns that she has gone down in two hundred and fifty feet of water. -Now, what is to be done?” asked Dory. “Will you go back to Burlington, -and face the music?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know what to do,” replied Mr. Millweed, evidently overwhelmed -with perplexity.</p> - -<p>“I have told you what I would do if I were in your place,” added Dory.</p> -<!--044.png--> - -<p>“Then I will go back; but I don’t want to be dragged into Burlington -by Tim Lingerwell,” replied Mr. Millweed, as he glanced at the -steam-launch.</p> - -<p>“All right, if you will only go back. What makes you think Tim -Lingerwell took the money?” asked Dory.</p> - -<p>“The more I think of it, the more certain I feel that he took the -money. Why should he call me from my work to get the cash-book out of -the safe for him, when he was within six feet of it? Why should he -send me to the safe at all, and leave it unlocked, when he knew there -was so much money in it? Why didn’t he search me before Mr. Longbrook -went out? He managed it all to suit himself,” replied the passenger -with energy.</p> - -<p>Dory thought his passenger was right. If the head man in the store -believed the substitute clerk had taken the money from the safe, he -could not see why he had been permitted to leave the store.</p> - -<p>“Did they chase you in the street after you left the store?” asked -Dory, who was rather inclined to do a little detective business on his -own account, -<!--045.png--> -as he had had a taste of it during the summer.</p> - -<p>“No one chased me. I did not see any one from the store. I was off -Split Rock when I first saw the launch, but I didn’t know Tim was in -her till just before he ran into the sloop. The moment I heard his -voice, I understood it all; but I did not know enough about a boat to -get out of the way.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t believe you did, or you would not have sunk that sloop. The -wonder is, that you got as far as you did without capsizing her.”</p> - -<p>“I hoisted the sail, and let her go. The wind was fair, and all I had -to do was to keep her away from the shore. She frightened me out of my -wits two or three times when the waves were high.”</p> - -<p>“With this breeze we can run away from that steam-launch. If you like, -I will take you back to Burlington, after I have told my mother where -I am going.”</p> - -<p>“I should like that very much,” replied Mr. Millweed.</p> - -<p>“But we can’t run away from the steamer beating down the lake, and we -must dodge her in some way,” suggested Dory.</p> -<!--046.png--> - -<p>“I will do just as you say, Dory; and I begin to see what an idiot I -was to run away, though I still think Tim Lingerwell had some plan to -trip me up,” added the passenger.</p> - -<p>Dory had already decided upon his plan of operations. The steamer was -on the wrong side of him: he wished he was below instead of above her; -for he wanted to run into Beaver River, which he could not do on the -open lake without encountering his pursuer.</p> - -<p>His southerly course had by this time brought him near the east shore -of the lake. The steam-launch was all of half a mile distant. From the -mouth of the river a shoal extends a mile out into the lake, and over -a mile to the southward. Dory struck this shallow water at its -southern extremity.</p> - -<p>The deepest water is near the shore, and the skipper followed it. The -launch continued on her former course for a while, and then stopped -her screw. Tim Lingerwell at the wheel was perplexed; but Dory found -his way across the shoal, and entered the river. Then the launch went -around the shoal, and continued the chase.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--047.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch04"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="four">IV.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE GOLDWING ANCHORS FOR THE NIGHT.</h4> - -<p class="p2">As soon as the Goldwing was fairly in the river, Dory found the wind -was light compared with what it had been on the open lake. But the -skipper had made up his mind that his passenger should not be taken -out of the boat: his plan for another movement was ready.</p> - -<p>“She is catching us, and I might as well make up my mind to go back to -Burlington in the Juniper;” for that was the name of the steam-launch. -“I believe Tim Lingerwell has that money in his pocket at this minute; -for he probably has had no chance to get rid of it,” said Mr. Millweed -in utter despondency.</p> - -<p>“You can make up your mind any way you please; but, if you don’t want -to go with him, you needn’t. If you will do as I say, I will land you -in Burlington to-night,” replied Dory, as the yacht passed the narrow -neck of land between the river and Porter’s Bay.</p> -<!--048.png--> - -<p>“I will do just as you tell me, Dory; for I know you are capable of -doing big things.”</p> - -<p>“It won’t be a very big thing, but we can dodge the Juniper a great -deal easier than you can go to bed without your supper. I shall make a -landing at the cross-cut. You will go on shore, and follow the path -until you get to the other side of the woods. Then take the other path -to the river, and strike it half a mile above the landing.”</p> - -<p>“What is all that for?” asked Mr. Millweed, perplexed by the -instructions.</p> - -<p>“You do just as I tell you, and ask no questions. I will be -responsible for the result.”</p> - -<p>“All right: I will do so. But I might as well go home, for I shall be -half-way there when I get to the other side of the woods.”</p> - -<p>“If you go home, Tim Lingerwell will find you there. He will think you -have gone home; and that is just what I want him to think,” said Dory, -as he made the landing at the cross-cut, which was a short way to -reach the northern outskirts of the town.</p> - -<p>“I will do just what you say, Dory.”</p> - -<p>“Very well; but don’t be in a hurry. Wait till the Juniper gets a -little nearer, so that Tim can -<!--049.png--> -see you. Then start off as though you -meant business.”</p> - -<p>They had not long to wait, for the steam-launch had been gaining -rapidly on the yacht since they entered the river. When she was near -enough to enable those on board of her to see just what was done, Mr. -Millweed leaped ashore, and ran with all his might.</p> - -<p>“Stop him! Don’t let him go!” shouted the helmsman of the Juniper. “He -is a thief! He has been stealing a large sum of money!”</p> - -<p>“I am not a constable,” answered Dory quietly. “I pulled him out of -deep water, and brought him ashore. If you want him, you can take -him.”</p> - -<p>Tim Lingerwell rang his bell, and the engine stopped. He ran her up to -the shore, carrying her bow line to a post, as he leaped upon the -bank.</p> - -<p>“What did you let him go for?” demanded Tim, turning to Dory, who had -also landed.</p> - -<p>“It’s none of my business where he goes,” replied Dory. “This is a -free country.”</p> - -<p>“But I told you he had been stealing. Come, Greeze, we must catch him. -He lives up this way; and we shall find him at home, if we don’t catch -him before he gets there.”</p> -<!--050.png--> - -<p>The engineer abandoned his machine, and the two men started off on a -run in the direction taken by the fugitive. But Mr. Millweed had a -good start, and the wood concealed him from his pursuers.</p> - -<p>As soon as they were out of sight, Dory took a survey of the Juniper. -He had often seen her before, though he had never been on board of -her; and he improved the present opportunity to do so. He made a more -careful examination of her than a mere inspection seemed to require. -Like Mr. Millweed, he had a theory. He looked into all the lockers, -and even examined the space under the ceiling as far as he could get -at it.</p> - -<p>Just as he was beginning to think his theory was entirely at fault, he -drew out a large pocket-book, which seemed to be well filled with -something. He opened it, and found that it contained a large pile of -bank-bills. Mr. Millweed’s theory was correct: Tim Lingerwell had had -no opportunity to dispose of the money, and he had put it where he -supposed no mortal could possibly find it.</p> - -<p>Mr. Bolingbroke Millweed’s honesty was demonstrated. Dory had been -right in trusting him. It was a great satisfaction to him to find that -he had -<!--051.png--> -judged his passenger correctly. But Tim Lingerwell was quite -as big a fool as Mr. Millweed; and the same might be truly said of any -person who commits a robbery.</p> - -<p>Dory took the money from the pocket-book, and put it into his -hip-pocket. He put a portion of a newspaper into the place from which -he had taken the bills, so as to make the pocket-book look as it had -before its valuable contents had been removed. Then he placed it under -the ceiling precisely as he had found it. His business on board of the -Juniper was finished, and he hastened to get the Goldwing under way -again.</p> - -<p>Mr. Millweed had faithfully followed his instructions, and was on the -bank of the river above the woods. The passenger leaped on board when -the bow touched the shore.</p> - -<p>“Did you see them, Dory?” asked Mr. Millweed, greatly excited.</p> - -<p>“Of course I saw them. They landed where you did, and started off at a -dead run after you. Lingerwell said you had gone home; and they expect -to find you there,” replied Dory, as he headed the yacht on her course -up the river again.</p> -<!--052.png--> - -<p>“They won’t find me there,” added the passenger, chuckling at the -success of Dory’s plan. “But won’t they find us at Beech Hill if you -go there?”</p> - -<p>“It will be two hours before they get back to the Juniper again, and -then they won’t know where to look for you. We are all right.”</p> - -<p>Dory did not go into Beech-Hill Creek, which led to the lake in the -rear of the mansion of Captain Gildrock, but continued on his course -till he came to the river-road, on which the estate was located. At -this point he made a landing; and, leaving his charge in the boat, he -hastened to the house.</p> - -<p>Dory found his mother and sister in the garden. As briefly as he -could, he told the story of his passenger, and announced his intention -of going to Burlington at once. As he did so, they walked to the -house, where Mrs. Dornwood put up a heavy lunch for her son. The -skipper showed the money he had taken from the Juniper, to prove his -statement; but this was a secret she was not to reveal to any person -at present.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Dornwood volunteered to call upon the Millweeds, and inform them -of the true state of -<!--053.png--> -the case; for the visit of Tim Lingerwell was -likely to give them much trouble and anxiety before the whole truth -came out.</p> - -<p>With the large lunch-basket and his overcoat, Dory hastened back to -the place where he had left the Goldwing. He found his passenger in a -very nervous and troubled frame of mind, fearful that Tim Lingerwell -might pounce upon him while he was waiting for the skipper. He -re-assured him by his confident words, and they embarked without -losing a moment.</p> - -<p>“It is a little more than an hour since we left the steamer; and -Lingerwell may see us as we go down the river, though I don’t think he -has got back yet,” said Dory, when the yacht was under way.</p> - -<p>“Why not wait here until after the Juniper has started?” suggested Mr. -Millweed.</p> - -<p>“We should have to wait all night, I think; for I don’t believe -Lingerwell will go back without you,” replied Dory.</p> - -<p>“But you have to sail back to Burlington with the wind against you: -the Juniper will be sure to catch us,” added Mr. Millweed anxiously.</p> - -<p>“I am willing to take the chances; and, whatever -<!--054.png--> -happens to us, I will -promise that you shall be all right when you have faced the music,” -answered Dory, keeping a sharp lookout ahead for the steam-launch.</p> - -<p>“All right: you have carried me through so far, and I will trust you -to the end. You saved my life; and I shall never cease to be grateful -to you, even if you do nothing more for me,” said the passenger with -more feeling than he had before exhibited.</p> - -<p>As the yacht approached the place where the fugitive had landed, Dory -saw that the Juniper was still there. As the skipper was obliged to -beat a portion of the distance down the river, he made a tack within -twenty feet of her.</p> - -<p>“Hold on, there!” shouted a voice from her; but it was not that of -Lingerwell.</p> - -<p>At the same moment a man rose from the bottom of the launch. He proved -to be Greeze, the engineer. The pilot had evidently sent him back to -attend to the boat.</p> - -<p>“We will see you in Burlington,” replied Dory, with abundant good -nature, when he was satisfied that Lingerwell was not on board of her.</p> - -<p>“We want that thief!” yelled Greeze.</p> -<!--055.png--> - -<p>“You will take him down to Burlington with you when you go.”</p> - -<p>Doubtless this answer perplexed the engineer; but the yacht passed out -of hailing-distance, and no explanation was practicable. After going -around the bend of the river, the Goldwing could lay her course for -the lake, close-hauled.</p> - -<p>“The engineer has left the boat again,” said Mr. Millweed, just before -the yacht reached the bend. “Where do you suppose he is going now?”</p> - -<p>“He is going to find Lingerwell, and tell him that you have gone down -the river. But he may not find him for two hours. Of course he is -moving about looking for you. Very likely he will go to my uncle’s -house to inquire for me, though he will not be any the wiser for his -visit. But I feel as though it was about supper-time,” continued Dory, -as he consulted the watch his uncle had given him on his last -birthday. “It is quarter-past six.”</p> - -<p>“I have the same sort of a feeling; for I had no dinner to-day, and -took my breakfast at six this morning,” added Mr. Millweed.</p> - -<p>“Why didn’t you say so before? You might have been working your jaws -from the time we -<!--056.png--> -left the shore-road,” said Dory, as he handed the -lunch-basket to his passenger. “Help yourself, and I will feed as the -helm gives me time.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Millweed showed that he had an appetite by the time the Goldwing -reached the lake. As the sun went down, the wind died out, though not -till the schooner had passed Split Rock.</p> - -<p>“I am afraid we shall not get to Burlington to-night; for we can’t go -without wind,” said Dory, when the breeze had nearly deserted them.</p> - -<p>“Then I am sure to be caught,” added the passenger.</p> - -<p>“Not at all: don’t give it up.”</p> - -<p>Dory kept the boat moving a mile farther; and then came to anchor -inside of Cedar Island, where the masts of the Goldwing could not be -seen from the lake. At the skipper’s suggestion, the passenger turned -in, and went to sleep.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--057.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch05"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="five">V.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>A QUARREL ON BOARD OF THE JUNIPER.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Dory had put on his overcoat, and gone to sleep on the cushions of the -standing-room. The jib had been lowered, but the fore and main sails -were still set. The skipper had passed the main-sheet around his arm, -so that any motion of the sail would wake him. This signal disturbed -him about eleven by jerking him off the seat upon the floor of the -standing-room.</p> - -<p>The wind had begun to come in fresh between Garden Island and -Thompson’s Point, indicating that its direction was from the -south-west. It was fair for Burlington; but, before he got up the -anchor, he listened attentively for any sounds that might come from -the open lake, for he had a suspicion that he heard something.</p> - -<p>A moment later he was confident that he heard the puff of steam from -the escape-pipe of a steamer. It was cloudy, and the night was dark. -He looked out between the islands and the mainland, but he -<!--058.png--> -could see -nothing. The sounds came nearer for a time: then they ceased for a few -minutes, and were followed by a splash in the water. He was satisfied -that a steamer had anchored at no great distance from Cedar Island.</p> - -<p>The skipper’s nap had refreshed him, and he was not inclined to sleep -while there was wind enough to move the schooner. Very likely the -steamer which had anchored was the Juniper. Probably Tim Lingerwell -realized that the Goldwing could not sail without wind; and he was -afraid he might pass her if he continued on his course. Doubtless he -suspected that she had put in behind some island.</p> - -<p>Dory got up the anchor, hoisted the jib, and, with the wind on the -beam, stood off to the north-west. He had no doubt the steamer he had -heard was the Juniper. The noise of her screw, and the puff of her -escape-pipe, indicated that she was a very small craft. He concluded -that Tim Lingerwell would keep a sharp lookout for him, and he -expected to be chased as soon as he passed the island.</p> - -<p>When he could see between the two islands, he discovered a light, -which marked the position -<!--059.png--> -of the Juniper. The Goldwing passed within a -quarter of a mile of her; but the wind was coming quite fresh from the -south-west, and Dory thought that he could take care of himself and -his sleeping passenger.</p> - -<p>Though it was very dark, the skipper had not deemed it prudent to -light one of his lanterns; for it would be sure to betray his -presence. As the yacht continued silently on her course, Dory heard -the sound of voices in the direction of Garden Island, behind which he -could see the Juniper’s light.</p> - -<p>It was evident that the pursuers were not asleep. Dory listened with -all his might, for he was deeply interested in what was taking place -on board of the steam-launch. It seemed to him that the captain and -engineer were talking a great deal louder than the occasion required. -As they were in the same craft, it was hardly necessary for them to -yell at each other. After he had listened a while, Dory thought the -tones of the speakers were angry and even violent.</p> - -<p>The skipper brought the Goldwing up into the wind, for a short -distance farther would carry the yacht out of sight of the Juniper. He -listened -<!--060.png--> -again; and the tones of the crew of the steam-launch were -more violent than before. What was the matter? There was clearly a -quarrel in progress between the captain and the engineer. As the -voices became louder and more forcible, the disputants were plainly -approaching a crisis in the quarrel.</p> - -<p>“Help! Help! Murder!” yelled one of the angry men; and Dory was -confident it was the voice of the engineer.</p> - -<p>The skipper of the Goldwing did not wait to hear any more, or to -speculate upon the cause of the difficulty on board of the Juniper. -Hauling in his sheets, he filled away on the starboard tack. The -schooner could just lay her course for the steamer’s light. It looked -a little like a stormy time ahead, and Dory decided to call his -passenger.</p> - -<p>Leaving the helm for a moment, he went to the cabin forward; and a -sharp word roused Mr. Millweed from his slumbers. Hastening back to -the helm, he seized the tiller before the schooner had time to -broach-to. At that moment the cry from the steamer was repeated, -though it was fainter than before.</p> - -<p>“What’s the matter, Dory?” asked Mr. Millweed, -<!--061.png--> -as he rushed into the -standing-room. “Didn’t I hear a yell just now?”</p> - -<p>“If you are not deaf, you did,” replied Dory, still gazing at the -steamer’s light. “There is a row on board of the Juniper. The engineer -is shouting for help.”</p> - -<p>“What does it all mean?” inquired the passenger anxiously.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know what it means, but I am going up there to find out.”</p> - -<p>“Do you think it is safe to go near them?” inquired Mr. Millweed.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know whether it is safe or not; but men don’t yell murder in -the middle of the night without some good reason.”</p> - -<p>“What can be the meaning of it?” asked the fugitive, evidently -believing that the skipper ought to be able to tell him all about it.</p> - -<p>“You can guess as well as I can, Bolly,” answered Dory. “Tim and the -engineer are the only persons on board of the Juniper, and the quarrel -must be between them. That’s all I know about it. But, if we are going -to take a hand in this fight, we had better have some sort of weapons.”</p> -<!--062.png--> - -<p>“You don’t mean to take a hand in any fight, do you, Dory?” asked -Bolingbroke, not a little alarmed at the announcement.</p> - -<p>“Not if I can help it; but I don’t mean to let Lingerwell kill his -companion, without putting a finger in the pie. Go to the cabin, and -bring out the long tiller. You will find it under the berth you slept -in.”</p> - -<p>“But I don’t like the idea of getting into a fight with such a fellow -as Tim Lingerwell,” protested Bolingbroke, without heeding the -request.</p> - -<p>“I don’t care whether you like it or not. It is plain enough that we -ought to do something when a man is trying to kill another. Bring out -the tiller!”</p> - -<p>Mr. Millweed obeyed the order this time. Dory took the tiller, and -placed it at his side, where it would be ready for use if the occasion -should require.</p> - -<p>“There is a round stick by the centre-board casing. You had better -have that in your hand, for you may want to defend yourself before we -get through with this business. I don’t know what the quarrel is -about; but we are likely to find out very soon,” added Dory.</p> -<!--063.png--> - -<p>“Help! Help! Murder!”</p> - -<p>“There it is again!” exclaimed the skipper, not a little excited by -this time.</p> - -<p>“It’s awful, isn’t it, Dory?” added Bolingbroke, his teeth chattering -with terror at the terrible sounds that were borne over the dark -waters.</p> - -<p>“Juniper, ahoy!” screamed Dory, forming a speaking-trumpet with his -two hands. “What’s the matter?”</p> - -<p>No reply came back in answer to the question. Just then Dory began to -wonder whether or not these cries were not a trick to call the -Goldwing out from her hiding-place. The wind had just breezed up; and -Tim Lingerwell might fear that the fugitive would escape him, after -all his labor and pains to capture him.</p> - -<p>He thought enough of the idea to mention it to his passenger. -Bolingbroke was ready to adopt the opinion that it was a trick: he was -ready to adopt any thing rather than go near the Juniper, whether -there was a fight or not on board of her.</p> - -<p>“Of course it is a ruse to get you out of your hiding-place,” said he -with energy. “I thought of that myself.”</p> - -<p>“If the wind hadn’t just breezed up, I should -<!--064.png--> -not have thought of -such a thing,” added Dory, still musing upon the point; for he did not -like the idea of having his passenger taken from the Goldwing by a -trick.</p> - -<p>On the other hand, it was possible, perhaps probable, that the two men -had fallen out, and come to blows. Dory knew that Lingerwell was a bad -man, and it is always easy for such men to make trouble. Strange as it -may seem, the skipper did not connect the large sum of money in his -hip-pocket with the quarrel on board of the Juniper. He did not even -think of the bills he had taken from the steam-launch in the absence -of her crew.</p> - -<p>“I wouldn’t go near her, Dory,” argued Bolingbroke. “I hope you won’t -step into the trap Tim has set for you to fall into.”</p> - -<p>“I am not afraid of Tim Lingerwell, and I am going over there to see -if any thing is the matter. We will be a little cautious about -approaching the steamer.”</p> - -<p>“But you can’t run away from her if you find it is only a trick,” -reasoned Bolingbroke.</p> - -<p>“We must take our chances,” replied Dory.</p> - -<p>By this time the Goldwing was entering the -<!--065.png--> -passage between Cedar and -Garden Islands. The Juniper was close to the shore, and the islands -were about the eighth of a mile apart. The wind was freshening every -minute; and Dory decided to run by the steamer, going as near as it -was prudent to go.</p> - -<p>He could still hear the voices of the two men, though their tone had -greatly changed. The skipper saw that the steamer was still at anchor, -for she had swung around with her head to the wind. He was satisfied, -by this fact, that the call for help was not a trick: if it had been, -the Juniper would have been under way by this time.</p> - -<p>“Juniper, ahoy!” called Dory, as the Goldwing came up with the launch. -“What is the matter on board?”</p> - -<p>“Nothing is the matter. Greeze has had the nightmare, and shouted -murder in his sleep,” replied Lingerwell, trying to laugh it off, -though the effort was a very sickly one.</p> - -<p>“Help! help!” shouted the engineer from the other end of the boat.</p> - -<p>“He don’t seem to have got over his nightmare yet,” added Dory.—“What -is the matter there? What ails you?” demanded the skipper.</p> -<!--066.png--> - -<p>“Lingerwell has nearly killed me: he says I stole his money while he -was after the Millweed fellow,” replied Greeze.</p> - -<p>“Shut up, you stupid blockhead! Silence! Don’t say another word about -it, and we will fix up the matter,” said Lingerwell in a wheedling -tone, as though he would have given something handsome to have sealed -the lips of the engineer.</p> - -<p>“I won’t shut up! I have been insulted and abused; and I will have -satisfaction if it costs me my life. I didn’t take your money. I -didn’t know you had any,” growled Greeze, moving aft.</p> - -<p>This explanation on the part of the engineer enabled Dory to -understand the nature of the quarrel between the two men. When the -Juniper had anchored, Lingerwell had evidently taken the pocket-book -from its hiding-place, and found that worthless paper had been put in -the place of the four hundred and fifty dollars. As he was not aware -that Dory, or any other person, had been on board, he naturally -concluded that the engineer must have robbed him of his ill-gotten -money.</p> - -<p>Dory had come up into the wind under the lee of the Juniper. The -lantern hung on a stanchion in the after part of the steamer, so that -the skipper -<!--067.png--> -of the Goldwing and his passenger could see what took -place on board of her. The engineer had no sooner reached the place -where Lingerwell stood, than he leaped upon him with the fury of a -tiger.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--068.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch06"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="six">VI.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE IMPULSIVE ASSAULT OF THE ENGINEER.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The engineer was evidently suffering under the humiliation of his -former defeat; and now he was seeking to satisfy his revengeful -feelings rather than gain any point, for Lingerwell had offered to -“fix up the matter.” His onslaught was so sudden and unexpected that -Lingerwell was borne down beneath him.</p> - -<p>Dory was wise enough to see, on the instant, that the impulsive attack -of the engineer was a great mistake; but it was too late to correct -it. In this case his sympathies were not “with the bottom dog;” for -the engineer had the right on his side, in spite of his blunder.</p> - -<p>The skipper of the Goldwing felt called upon to take a hand in the -conflict; and, when Lingerwell was about to shake off his opponent, he -went to the assistance of the latter. The engineer had thrown his man -upon his face, and he was in the act of turning over when Dory put his -knees on the back of the fallen one.</p> -<!--069.png--> - -<p>“Put your foot on his back, and grab one of his hands!” exclaimed -Dory, as he grasped an arm.</p> - -<p>“I can hold him! He tried to kill me, and I will get even with him!” -gasped Greeze.</p> - -<p>“<a name="dont"></a>Don’t hurt him,” added Dory.</p> - -<p>“I will pay him off for what he did to me!” cried the engineer.</p> - -<p>“If you strike him, or kick him, I will leave at once!” added Dory -decidedly. “We can hold him, and keep him from harming you again.”</p> - -<p>“He abused me, and I will get even with him,” replied Greeze, a little -mollified by the threat of Dory; for he saw that he could not manage -the steamer alone.</p> - -<p>“Don’t harm him: the law will punish him,” continued Dory. “Bolly.”</p> - -<p>The passenger in the Goldwing had been looking on with no little -surprise and terror, and had not ventured upon the deck of the -Juniper. Possibly he was too much alarmed to realize that the tables -had been turned.</p> - -<p>“What is it, Dory?” he responded to the call.</p> - -<p>“Bring me the rope that lies under the tiller.”</p> - -<p>Bolingbroke found the line, and carried it to -<!--070.png--> -the skipper; but he was -careful not to go too near the fallen tiger, for such he had proved to -be to him. Dory took the line, and succeeded in making it fast to the -arm of Lingerwell.</p> - -<p>“What are you about, you young villain? Do you mean to tie my hands?” -demanded the fallen man.</p> - -<p>“That’s the idea exactly,” replied Dory, as he attempted to pass the -line around the arm held by the engineer.</p> - -<p>Lingerwell had been quiet for a minute after Dory took hold of him, -but the idea of being captured and tied up like a felon was too much -for him. With a series of heavy oaths, he made a desperate effort to -shake off his assailants. The engineer meant business, though the -direction of the assault had been taken out of his hands by the -new-comer. He lay down upon his victim, and jammed his knees into the -small of his back, so that escape was impossible. Dory passed the line -around the other wrist of the conspirator, and the two were securely -bound together behind him.</p> - -<p>“He is all right now, and cannot harm anybody,” said Dory. “Get -another line, and we will -<!--071.png--> -secure his feet.” Bolingbroke brought the -rope, for by this time he could see that his great enemy was -powerless.</p> - -<p>Dory fastened the feet of Lingerwell together, and then turned him on -his side, so that he could be more comfortable. Again the victim -struggled to loose himself; but Dory had done his work well, and he -could produce no impression upon the rope.</p> - -<p>“This is an outrage!” yelled he, furious with passion.</p> - -<p>“I suppose it isn’t an outrage to try to kill a man,” replied Dory, as -he took the lantern and examined the fastenings he had put on the -prisoner.</p> - -<p>“I didn’t try to kill him! That is all nonsense!” replied Lingerwell, -suspending his struggles.</p> - -<p>“We won’t argue the matter now,” replied Dory, walking to the forward -part of the boat.</p> - -<p>He was followed by the engineer, who seemed to be desirous to explain -the affair. Doubtless he was grateful for the service the boy had -rendered to him, and looked upon the skipper of the Goldwing as his -friend.</p> -<!--072.png--> - -<p>“You are a plucky boy, Dory,” said Greeze, when they reached the -wheel, near the bow of the boat. “But I think I could have handled -that fellow alone.”</p> - -<p>“It is very strange that you should get into a quarrel out here in the -middle of the night,” added Dory.</p> - -<p>“It wasn’t a quarrel of my making; and, if he hadn’t taken me when I -was not thinking of such a thing, the boot would have been on the -other leg. He’s bigger than I am, but I can handle him if I have fair -play.”</p> - -<p>“How did you happen to get into such a row?”</p> - -<p>“I stopped the boat when we reached this place, and then let go the -anchor, at Lingerwell’s order. When I went forward, I found him on the -floor, feeling about under the ceiling. I didn’t know what he was -doing; and he didn’t care to have me know, for he told me to go aft -and bank the fire in the furnace. I did so, and when I got through I -went forward again. Lingerwell was at the lantern, looking over what -was in a big pocket-book he had in his hands.”</p> - -<p>“Had he said any thing about a pocket-book before?” asked Dory.</p> -<!--073.png--> - -<p>“Not a word. When I got to him, he looked as though he was very -nervous and excited. He poked the pocket-book over, and then fished -his pockets all through. I asked him what the matter was. He said he -had dropped his pocket-book on the floor, some time during the day; he -didn’t know when. He had just found it; but the money had all been -taken out, and a piece of newspaper put in its place to swell it out.”</p> - -<p>“Did he say how much money was in it?” inquired Dory.</p> - -<p>“He said there was a good deal in it, but he didn’t tell me how much.”</p> - -<p>“Did he say there was a hundred dollars or more?”</p> - -<p>“He didn’t say a word about it. He kept getting more excited, and at -last he said I must have taken the money from the pocket-book. I -answered, that I didn’t do it: I hadn’t seen his pocket-book, and -didn’t know he had any money with him. On that he got mad, and I was -as mad as he was.</p> - -<p>“We had a long jaw about it, and then he pitched into me. He got me by -the throat before I knew what he was about. He put me down, -<!--074.png--> -and then -tried to fish my pockets. I yelled for help, for I thought he would -kill me. I hardly knew what I did; but I shook him off, and we had -another savage jaw about it. Then he pitched into me again. He had a -club in his hand; and I think he would have used it on me, if he -hadn’t heard you yell just at this time.”</p> - -<p>“I hoped my hail would let him know there was some one at hand, though -it was only a boy,” added Dory.</p> - -<p>“That was what made him let up on me. Then he tried to smooth it over; -but I never was treated like that before, and I meant to have it out -with him.”</p> - -<p>“Well, here we are; and what is to be done next?” asked Dory.</p> - -<p>“We were waiting down here to catch that Millweed fellow that stole -the money from the safe,” replied Greeze.</p> - -<p>“He says he didn’t take the money from the safe, and he is going back -to Burlington to face the music.”</p> - -<p>“We might as well go along then: we haven’t any more business up here. -You can steer the Juniper, and we will tow the Goldwing,” suggested -<!--075.png--> -the engineer. “I don’t know how this thing is coming out, but I am -ready to go to Burlington. I suppose Lingerwell will have me -discharged after this, but I don’t care for that. You have tied him -hand and foot, and I don’t know what you mean by that. I meant to take -what I owed him out of his hide.”</p> - -<p>“I tied him to keep him from pitching into you again. I want to see -Mr. Longbrook as soon as we get to Burlington; and he can do what he -likes with him,” replied Dory. “We will start for Burlington as soon -as you are ready.”</p> - -<p>When the excitement was over, Bolingbroke Millweed had returned to the -Goldwing, and to his berth in the cabin, where he was now fast asleep. -The engineer replenished his fire, and in half an hour the Juniper was -under way. At four o’clock in the morning she was at her wharf in -Burlington. The Goldwing was made fast alongside of her. It was nearly -daylight, and it would be quite by the time Dory could reach the -residence of Mr. Longbrook.</p> - -<p>Bolingbroke was roused from his slumbers in the cabin, but he objected -to calling upon the storekeeper at so early an hour in the morning. -<!--076.png--> -Dory did not care for his opinion, and insisted upon going without any -delay. Greeze was to keep watch over Lingerwell until he heard from -Dory, and Mr. Longbrook was to decide what was to be done with the -prisoner.</p> - -<p>The house of the storekeeper was easily found. It was about five by -this time, and the early visitors saw that the people were up. To -Dory’s inquiry for the head of the family, the servant said he had -gone to the store. He had staid there till midnight the night before, -and had left the house as soon as it was light.</p> - -<p>Dory was not a little astonished at this severe devotion to business; -but he hastened to the store, and found Mr. Longbrook was busy over -his books. He had locked himself in, but he opened the door in answer -to the skipper’s vigorous knocks.</p> - -<p>“I am too busy to see any one now,” said the storekeeper impatiently. -“Come at nine o’clock, and I will see you.”</p> - -<p>“This young man wants to see you at once,” added Dory, pulling -Bolingbroke into the doorway.</p> - -<p>“What, Millweed! So you have come back, -<!--077.png--> -young man,” added Mr. Longbrook, -as he recognized his late assistant.</p> - -<p>“I have come back to tell you, sir, that I did not take the money from -your safe,” stammered Bolingbroke.</p> - -<p>“What did you run away for, then?” demanded the merchant severely.</p> - -<p>“Because I was a fool and was frightened. I found that Mr. Lingerwell -was determined to convict me, guilty or innocent; and I had not the -courage to stay and see it out,” replied Bolingbroke honestly.</p> - -<p>“You lost four hundred and fifty dollars from your safe, Mr. -Longbrook,” interposed Dory.</p> - -<p>“That was just the amount taken, and this young fellow took it. It -looks as though he came to work here at this time for the purpose of -getting it, and he left as soon as he had the money,” said the -merchant angrily. “What have you done with the money, you young -rascal?”</p> - -<p>“I have not had it, I have not seen it,” protested Bolingbroke.</p> - -<p>“Don’t tell me that! No one else could have taken it. You and -Lingerwell were the only two persons who went to the safe.”</p> -<!--078.png--> - -<p>“Possibly Mr. Lingerwell took it himself,” suggested Dory.</p> - -<p>Mr. Longbrook knit his brows into a frown, and turned away as though -he was thinking of something. Doubtless he was considering whether or -not it was possible that his trusted head man could have done such a -deed.</p> - -<p>“At any rate here is the money,” added Dory, pulling the roll of bills -from his pocket.</p> - -<p>The merchant opened his eyes very wide, and so did Mr. Bolingbroke -Millweed.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--079.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch07"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="seven">VII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>BOLINGBROKE MILLWEED OUT OF A PLACE.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Mr. Longbrook took the bills, and a smile of satisfaction overspread -his troubled face. He looked at Dory with astonishment, and then -glanced from him to Bolingbroke. The latter was quite as much -surprised as the owner of the four hundred and fifty dollars.</p> - -<p>Dory had not given a hint to his companion or to the engineer that he -had the money. He had concealed the fact from prudential motives. He -had told his mother all about it, but he was not inclined to lead -either of his associates in the boat into temptation.</p> - -<p>“I see,” said Mr. Longbrook, nodding his head at Dory. “Your friend -has concluded to give up the money, and expects me to say nothing more -about it.”</p> - -<p>“I never saw the money before; and I didn’t know till this minute that -Dory had it,” protested Bolingbroke earnestly.</p> -<!--080.png--> - -<p>“He tells the exact truth,” added Dory. “Neither he nor any one but my -mother, who is at Genverres, knew that I had the money. I think you -had better hear the whole story, and then you can judge for yourself.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Longbrook was quite willing to hear the story, for he was deeply -interested by this time. He asked Dory and his companion into the -store, and locked the door again. Bolingbroke gave his part of the -narrative first, and Dory finished it out.</p> - -<p>“I believed Bolingbroke told me the truth; and I accepted Mr. -Lingerwell’s statement that one of the two must have stolen the -money,” said Dory. “When the skipper and engineer left the Juniper to -catch my passenger, I looked the steamer over, and found the -pocket-book. I put the piece of newspaper into the place where I took -out the bills, hoping that Mr. Lingerwell would suppose he had the -bills until he got to Burlington.”</p> - -<p>Then followed the skipper’s account of the quarrel on board of the -Juniper, which confirmed Dory’s statement. It was as clear to the -merchant as it was to Dory, that the head man had stolen the money.</p> -<!--081.png--> - -<p>“Where is Lingerwell now?” asked Mr. Longbrook.</p> - -<p>“He is on board of the Juniper, tied hand and foot; and the engineer -is keeping guard over him. He did not know I had been on board of the -Juniper in his absence; and he was sure that Greeze must have taken -the money from the pocket-book, and put the newspaper in its place. -You can do what you like with him.”</p> - -<p>“I knew that man was a villain!” exclaimed Bolingbroke when Dory had -finished his explanation. “I saw why I was sent to the safe for the -cash-book, when it was almost within reach of his hands; and that was -one of my reasons for running away. I was a fool, but I was -frightened.”</p> - -<p>“I wish I had known that Lingerwell was a rascal a little sooner. -Since he went after this young man yesterday, I have been examining my -books. I am satisfied that he has robbed me of hundreds, if not -thousands, of dollars. I can see just how he has done it. Now we will -go down and see him, and we will have a warrant for his arrest<a name="arrest"></a>.”</p> - -<p>By this time it was seven o’clock, and the merchant departed for the -warrant and the officer to serve it. Dory and Bolingbroke went with -him. -<!--082.png--> -As they passed the Van Ness House, Dory was not a little surprised -to see his uncle standing at the entrance of the hotel with quite a -little crowd of boys. The skipper counted ten of them, and he wondered -if they were to be pupils in the Beech-Hill Industrial School.</p> - -<p>“You are here in good time, Theodore,” demanded Captain Gildrock, as -he recognized his nephew.</p> - -<p>“I came up on a little business, uncle,” replied Dory.</p> - -<p>“Very important business it was to me, Captain Gildrock,” added Mr. -Longbrook. “I am under very great obligations to him.”</p> - -<p>The breakfast-bell rang, and the boys were sent in to obtain the -morning meal. The merchant gave an outline of the loss and recovery of -his money. The captain asked a great many questions, which were all -answered to his satisfaction. Then he insisted that the party should -breakfast with him.</p> - -<p>Mr. Longbrook accepted the invitation, and they entered the hotel. In -the vestibule the merchant met the justice to whom he intended to -apply for the warrant. He stated his case to him, -<!--083.png--> -and the gentleman -promised to have the warrant ready by the time he had finished his -breakfast. The party seated themselves at the table.</p> - -<p>“A telegram for you, Captain Gildrock,” said one of the clerks, -bringing the message to him.</p> - -<p>“‘Dory away; no pilot; cannot go up the lake.—<span class="sc">Jepson</span>,’” read the -captain from the despatch in his hand. “Then you did not come down in -the Sylph, Theodore. Of course you did not. I have heard the story of -your movements during the night. I telegraphed to you last night from -here to come down in the steamer, and take the new scholars to Beech -Hill.”</p> - -<p>“I have the Goldwing here, and I can take them home in her,” replied -Dory.</p> - -<p>“But I have ten boys with me: there they are at the other table. They -are about as wild and harum-scarum a set of youngsters as I ever saw -in my life. But we will take all that out of them in a few days, when -I get them to Beech Hill,” replied the captain confidently.</p> - -<p>“I can take the crowd up in the Goldwing.”</p> - -<p>“We will see about that when we have done breakfast, and you have -disposed of your prisoner.”</p> -<!--084.png--> - -<p>“The Juniper is at your service, Captain Gildrock.”</p> - -<p>“Thank you: perhaps we may want to use her.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Longbrook inquired in regard to the sloop that had been sunk. It -was not likely that Lingerwell would be able to pay for the mischief -he had done; and the merchant said he had a sloop, not a very fine -one, which he was willing to give as a substitute for the one lost. -Bolingbroke was delighted with this offer, and promptly accepted it.</p> - -<p>After breakfast the party proceeded to the wharf where the Juniper -lay, the recruits for the Industrial School being required to report -at the hotel at ten o’clock. Mr. Longbrook found things on board of -his steam-launch precisely as represented to him by Dory. Lingerwell -still lay on the floor in the after part of the steamer. Greeze sat -near him, and apparently had not taken his eye off him since the -departure of Dory early in the morning.</p> - -<p>The officer with the warrant had not yet put in an appearance. The -merchant, before he showed himself to his delinquent head man, called -the engineer up the wharf, and questioned him in -<!--085.png--> -regard to the events -of the night. His statement did not vary from that of Dory and -Bolingbroke, though Greeze as yet had no suspicion that the money he -had been charged with stealing had been taken from the safe of his -employer.</p> - -<p>“I think there are enough of us to handle this man,” said Mr. -Longbrook, as he returned to the steam-launch. “You may untie his -hands, Greeze.”</p> - -<p>“With fair play I can handle him alone,” replied the engineer, as he -proceeded to release the wrists of the culprit on the floor. Greeze -helped him to get upon his feet, and then gave him a seat opposite the -merchant.</p> - -<p>“Well, Lingerwell, I find you did not capture the thief,” said the -storekeeper.</p> - -<p>“I did not: he found an accomplice in Dory Dornwood, who helped him to -escape,” replied the prisoner doggedly; and, as he had no knowledge of -what had transpired at the store, he was not prepared to admit any -thing.</p> - -<p>“But how does it happen that I find you a prisoner, bound hand and -foot?” asked the merchant.</p> - -<p>“I am the victim of an outrage. I had some difficulty with the -engineer in the night, and he -<!--086.png--> -joined forces with Dory against me. By -taking me unawares, they succeeded in making me a prisoner. I had some -money with me, and dropped my pocket-book on the floor near the wheel. -When I found it, the money was taken out, and its place filled with a -piece of newspaper.” This statement also confirmed that of Dory.</p> - -<p>“How much money did you happen to have with you?” inquired his -employer.</p> - -<p>“About a hundred dollars. Of course I knew that the engineer had done -this, for no one but Greeze and myself had been on board of the -steamer.”</p> - -<p>“Are you sure of that?”</p> - -<p>“As sure as I can be of any thing in this world,” persisted -Lingerwell.</p> - -<p>“Are you correct about the amount of money in your pocket-book?”</p> - -<p>“I would not say there was just a hundred dollars in it, but about -that amount.”</p> - -<p>“Wasn’t there four hundred and fifty dollars in the pocket-book?” -demanded the merchant sharply.</p> - -<p>“I am sure there was not,” the culprit persisted.</p> - -<p>“The pocket-book was not taken by the thief: -<!--087.png--> -do you happen to have it -about you, Lingerwell?”</p> - -<p>“After I found it was empty, I laid it on the rail for a minute, and -it fell overboard. It was so dark I could not recover it,” replied the -prisoner.</p> - -<p>While Lingerwell was inventing and uttering this falsehood, Mr. -Longbrook picked up a piece of newspaper, folded in the shape of a -bank-bill, which he found lying on the floor of the steamer.</p> - -<p>“I suppose this is the piece of paper you found in the pocket-book in -place of the money?”</p> - -<p>“That is the piece of paper.”</p> - -<p>“Here is the rest of the paper,” added Dory, taking a newspaper from -his pocket.</p> - -<p>The merchant put the two pieces of paper together, and found they were -part of the same sheet.</p> - -<p>“Then it was this Dory that robbed me of my money!” exclaimed the -prisoner savagely.</p> - -<p>“Robbed you of my money, you mean, Lingerwell. Dory has returned to me -the money he took from the pocket-book you hid under the ceiling of -the launch. Lingerwell, to the crime of robbery you add the meanness -and the baseness of charging it upon an innocent person,” -<!--088.png--> -said the -merchant sternly. “Yesterday I would have trusted you with all I had -in the world. To-day I find you are a thief and a villain. Here comes -the officer with a warrant for you.”</p> - -<p>Lingerwell subsided at once; in fact, he broke down like a child, and -cried like a baby. He had not supposed he could be discovered so -readily, but rogues are very apt to make blunders. The officer marched -him to the lockup; and we may as well add here, that he was sentenced, -in due time, to the State prison for three years.</p> - -<p>“I suppose I shall be wanted in the store, Mr. Longbrook?” asked -Bolingbroke, when the culprit had been marched off.</p> - -<p>“If you had not run away, you would have been all right, young man,” -replied the merchant. “Yesterday I engaged two experienced men at very -low wages, and they were to come this morning. I shall not need you.”</p> - -<p>“If it is a fair question, Mr. Longbrook, how much do you pay the two -men?” asked Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>“One five, and the other six, dollars a week.”</p> - -<p>The captain nodded his head, but made no reply.</p> -<!--089.png--> - -<p>“The fact is, there are three times as many clerks as there are -places,” added the storekeeper.</p> - -<p>Bolingbroke was terribly disappointed to lose even a temporary place.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--090.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch08"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="eight">VIII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>PUPILS FOR THE BEECH-HILL INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Mr. Longbrook conducted Bolingbroke to another part of the wharf, and -pointed out to him an old sloop, about the size of the one sunk in the -deep water.</p> - -<p>“I am sorry you are out of a place, young man; but you are welcome to -that boat in place of the one you lost, though I don’t feel under any -obligations to replace it. It was your misfortune that you were -accused of a crime. If you had not run away, I should have had a -chance to investigate the matter. I went out for a moment, and when I -returned you had gone. When I want another clerk, I will try to think -of you,” said the merchant, as he walked away towards the store.</p> - -<p>Bolingbroke could hardly keep from crying at his disappointment in -losing the place, which he had expected would be a permanent one. The -salary was only four dollars a week; but he could -<!--091.png--> -board with a relative -for two, and he could at least relieve his father of one mouth to -feed.</p> - -<p>“What’s the matter, my lad?” asked Captain Gildrock, as he and Dory -walked up the wharf. “You look as though you had not a friend in the -world.”</p> - -<p>“I have lost the place I expected to have, and my father is very -poor,” replied Bolingbroke with due humility.</p> - -<p>“What sort of a place was it?” asked the captain.</p> - -<p>“It was a situation in Mr. Longbrook’s store. I have been looking for -a place for a year; but I am afraid I shall never find one,” replied -Bolingbroke, hoping the rich man would interest himself in his favor.</p> - -<p>“There are ten clerks for every vacancy. Can’t you find any thing else -to do?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know: I never looked for any other kind of a place.”</p> - -<p>“I should think you might find a place to work on a farm,” added the -captain in perfect good faith.</p> - -<p>“On a farm!” exclaimed Bolingbroke, actually stopping in his walk in -his astonishment.</p> -<!--092.png--> - -<p>“I hear that there is a scarcity of help on the farms in the State,” -continued Captain Gildrock. “I should say you might earn four or five -dollars a week, or at least fifteen dollars a month, on a farm, -besides your board; and that is better pay than you can get in a -store.”</p> - -<p>“I never worked on a farm,” added Bolingbroke, who possibly knew that -the rich man of Beech Hill had some peculiar notions.</p> - -<p>“Where do you live?”</p> - -<p>“I live in Genverres, on the north side, where my father has a farm.”</p> - -<p>“Does your father carry on a farm?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir: he has always been a farmer.”</p> - -<p>“I should think you could find enough to do at home. Don’t your father -need any help on his place?”</p> - -<p>“He hires all the help he wants. I never did any thing on the farm.”</p> - -<p>“You look like a stout fellow; and I should think you could do a man’s -work for him,” added the captain, surprised in his turn.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps I could, if I had been brought up to it,” replied Bolingbroke -rather sheepishly.</p> - -<p>“Have you any brothers and sisters?”</p> -<!--093.png--> - -<p>“One brother and two sisters.”</p> - -<p>“I should not think your father ought to be very poor, if he has a -farm, and two stout boys to help him. What does your brother do?”</p> - -<p>“He has been looking for a place in a store for the last three years. -He has tried in Burlington, Rutland, and Brattleboro’; and he thinks -of going to New York or Boston.”</p> - -<p>“Don’t your brother work on the farm when he is out of work?” asked -Captain Gildrock, who was beginning to get an inkling of the -situation.</p> - -<p>“Neither of us ever did any thing on the farm. Mother has never been -willing that we should work on a farm,” replied Bolingbroke. “Father -wants us to do something else.”</p> - -<p>“Do your two sisters do any thing? How old are they?”</p> - -<p>“Elinora is twenty, and Fatima is twenty-two. They have never done any -thing.”</p> - -<p>“I dare say they are both engaged, and their future is marked out,” -suggested the captain with a smile.</p> - -<p>“Neither of them is engaged, and there is nothing to indicate their -future.”</p> -<!--094.png--> - -<p>“I suppose you have all been to school?”</p> - -<p>“We are all graduates of the Genverres high-school.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed!” exclaimed Captain Gildrock significantly, as though the last -item of information explained the situation fully to him. “Why don’t -you learn a trade?”</p> - -<p>“Learn a trade!” ejaculated Bolingbroke. “I never thought of such a -thing.”</p> - -<p>“It is a good time to think of it now then. You are not more than -sixteen or seventeen,” suggested the captain. “If you like, I will -receive you as a pupil in the Beech-Hill Industrial School, where you -can become a carpenter or a machinist, or learn to run an engine. You -can stay for a year or longer, and it will cost you nothing. I think -you said your father was very poor, and no other member of the family -seems to be earning any thing.”</p> - -<p>“My father has hard work to get along. His farm is mortgaged for about -all it is worth, and it takes all the money he can raise to pay the -interest; and he is afraid he will lose all his property.”</p> - -<p>“If you will come to my school, I will put you in the way of saving -money enough from your -<!--095.png--> -wages another year to pay your father’s -interest. If I don’t I will pay it myself.”</p> - -<p>“I think a word from you would get me a place in some store in -Burlington. If you would recommend <span style="white-space:nowrap;">me”—</span></p> - -<p>“How can I recommend you when I never saw you before in my life? I -don’t do things in that way,” interposed Captain Gildrock. “If you -join the school, I will see that you are in a position to earn fair -wages another year. One of our last year’s boys gets thirty dollars a -month besides his board. All of them get twenty or more. After they -have had experience they will command from fifty to a hundred dollars -a month. You can think of it, and let me know your decision in a few -days; for the school opens on the 1st of September.”</p> - -<p>The party reached the hotel by this time. Dory and Bolingbroke were -summoned to appear as witnesses in the case of Lingerwell the next -day. Captain Gildrock found the ten recruits for the school at the -hotel. He had picked them up among his friends in Montpelier, <abbr title="Saint">St.</abbr> -Albans, and <abbr title="Saint">St.</abbr> Johnsbury. If he did not know it before, he had -ascertained on his trip to Burlington with them, that they were a set -of wild boys.</p> -<!--096.png--> - -<p>He was in a hurry to get them to Beech Hill before they tore any -houses down, or did any other mischief. At least five out of the ten -had been expelled from private schools or academies, because the -instructors could not manage them; three of them were the sons of -wealthy men; and all of them were supposed to have a liking for -mechanical pursuits. The captain was confident that he could manage -them after he got them to his estate.</p> - -<p>Dory was satisfied that he could seat them all in the Goldwing, for he -had often taken out twenty in her on pleasure-excursions. But his -uncle was afraid they would “cut up,” as he expressed himself, and -make trouble on the passage. He spoke to them about going in the -schooner, and they were delighted with the idea. Most of them had -never been on the lake in any sort of a craft, and some had never even -seen a steamboat or a sailboat.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock consented to the arrangement after he had charged the -recruits to behave with propriety in the boat, and to obey the orders -of the skipper. They promised to do these things, and they were -marched down to the wharf. Bolingbroke -<!--097.png--> -followed the party, evidently -because he did not know what else to do with himself.</p> - -<p>“Couldn’t you say a word to your uncle in my favor, Dory?” said he on -the way to the lake. “He knows all the storekeepers, and a word from -him would make a place for me.”</p> - -<p>“He won’t recommend you, because he knows nothing at all about you,” -replied Dory. “Why don’t you join the school, as he asked you to do?”</p> - -<p>“I should make nothing for my father by doing that,” added -Bolingbroke. “I want to help him pay his interest-money.”</p> - -<p>“How much can you do for him when you get only four dollars a week?” -asked Dory. “You would have to pay three for your board, and that -would leave you about fifty to pay for your clothes, washing, and all -other expenses. You would be just as well off at the end of the year, -and so would your father, if you went to the school.”</p> - -<p>“But the idea of becoming a carpenter or a greasy machinist!” -exclaimed Bolingbroke with a curl upon his lip.</p> - -<p>“I thought you wanted to earn money to help your father. A little oil -on your hands won’t -<!--098.png--> -hurt you,” replied Dory, rather disgusted with his -companion.</p> - -<p>“I am sure my mother won’t let me become a mechanic, but I will speak -to her about it tonight. I suppose I can go down with you in the -Goldwing: I have no other way to get home.”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, I have room enough. But how will you get the sloop Mr. -Longbrook gave you up to Genverres?”</p> - -<p>“I will write to Sim Green, and he can go up in her when he is ready -to return.”</p> - -<p>When the party arrived at the wharf, and the Goldwing was pointed out -to them, they were delighted with her. Some of them wondered if it -were safe to go in her, though most of the ten were afraid of nothing. -Captain Gildrock had business in Burlington which would detain him -till the next day, and it was arranged that Dory should come down in -the Sylph to attend court. His uncle would return in the steamer.</p> - -<p>“But what are we to do with all these fellows before you come, uncle -Royal?” asked Dory. “They will tear the house down, and dry up the -lake.”</p> - -<p>“Jepson and Brookbine are there; and, as they -<!--099.png--> -are to instruct the -pupils, they ought to be able to manage them,” replied the captain; -but his looks indicated that he had some anxiety about the matter. -“Tell Mr. Brookbine to assign the rooms to the boys, one to each, in -the dormitory. The rogues will not think of doing any mischief until -they are better acquainted.”</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock gave Dory a paper on which were written the names of -the new pupils. He called them off, one at a time, and gave to each -one his place in the boat. They behaved very well under the eye of the -captain. They were seated five on each side of the standing-room, -leaving room for the skipper to go forward and aft.</p> - -<p>“I suppose you know all about a boat, fellows,” said Dory, as he went -forward to hoist the jib.</p> - -<p>“Never saw a sailboat before!” exclaimed Ben Ludlow.</p> - -<p>“Nor I!” shouted half a dozen others.</p> - -<p>“Where have you been all your lives?” laughed Dory, as he paused on -his way.</p> - -<p>“In the woods,” replied Ben.</p> - -<p>The skipper shoved off, and the Goldwing stood across the lake.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--100.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch09"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="nine">IX.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE VOLUNTEER HELMSMAN AND HIS MOVEMENTS.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The wind was strong from the south-west; and, after passing the -breakwater, the Goldwing struck into a smart little sea for a -fresh-water pond. The motion was so strange, not to say exciting, to -the passengers from the interior, that they kept very still for a -time. The water slopped over the bow, and occasionally a bucketful -pounded pretty hard on the forward deck.</p> - -<p>Some of the boys were evidently a little startled, though they did not -like to show that they were moved by this new experience. Others tried -to look and act as though they had been on the waves all the days of -their lives.</p> - -<p>“It’s all right, fellows,” said Dory, when about half a barrel of -water slapped on the boards forward. “We intend to keep on the top of -the water.”</p> - -<p>“Does a boat always do like that, and take the -<!--101.png--> -water in?” asked Ben -Ludlow, who had never seen a sheet of water bigger than a pond a mile -in diameter.</p> - -<p>“No: sometimes the boat don’t throw the water at all, but sometimes it -does ten times as bad as now. I have been out in this boat when one -hand had to keep baling all the time. We call this a quiet sail.”</p> - -<p>“Of course it’s a quiet sail,” added Oscar Chester, who had once been -on a steamer. “There isn’t any thing to be afraid of.”</p> - -<p>“I can stand it as long as the rest of you,” replied Ben Ludlow, who -thought the last speaker had cast an imputation upon his courage. -“When Dory is frightened, it will be time enough for the rest of us to -get scared.”</p> - -<p>“I had no idea that a boat made such a fuss in going along,” said Dave -Windsor.</p> - -<p>“It don’t always; but we are sailing against the wind as near as we -can go,” Dory explained. “I suppose all you fellows are going to learn -how to sail a boat, and you might as well begin now.”</p> - -<p>The skipper of the Goldwing proceeded to show in what manner the mouth -of Beaver River was to be reached. When he had gone far enough to -<!--102.png--> -weather Willsborough Point, he could lay his course to Thompson’s -Point; and from there he must beat about dead to windward. Most of the -new pupils were interested, and asked a great many questions. Dory -explained every thing very minutely; and it was not his fault if they -did not understand, at least the theory of sailing a boat against the -wind.</p> - -<p>“But I can’t see what makes the boat go ahead when the wind is against -her,” suggested John Brattle. “I can understand how the wind pushes -the boat along when it is blowing from behind her, but not when it -comes from the way it does now.”</p> - -<p>“It is the friction of the wind against the sails. Did you ever see a -ferry-boat cross a river by the force of the current?”</p> - -<p>John Brattle happened to be the only one of the party who had seen a -current-boat. He had crossed the Androscoggin River, in Maine, in a -stage on such a craft.</p> - -<p>“If the ferry-boat were headed square across the river, the current -would not move her any way but down the river,” added Dory.</p> - -<p>“There was a big wire rope stretched across the -<!--103.png--> -river, which did not -let her go down the stream,” replied John Brattle. “Then the boat was -turned to an angle half-way between the direction of the current and -the wire rope.”</p> - -<p>“Precisely as our sails are set at an angle with the course of the -boat. In this position the friction of the water against the boat -forces it across the river.”</p> - -<p>“But you have no wire rope.”</p> - -<p>“We have a centre-board instead.” Dory pointed out the centre-board of -the Goldwing, and showed how it worked. “This boat would slide off -sideways if it were not for that.”</p> - -<p>“But we have to go a great deal farther when beating,” said Ned -Bellows.</p> - -<p>“Of course we do,” replied Dory. “Sometimes we have to go two miles to -make one when the wind is dead ahead.”</p> - -<p>“Captain Gildrock said it was twenty miles from Burlington to Beech -Hill. Must we go forty miles to get there?” asked Ben Ludlow.</p> - -<p>“Not at all: the wind isn’t dead ahead. Here we are, just north of -Willsborough Point. I am coming about now. Look out for your heads -when the boom goes over.”</p> -<!--104.png--> - -<p>Dory put the helm down, and all the sails began to flap and bang. But -in a moment the Goldwing took the wind on the starboard tack, the -sails went over, and the schooner began to gather headway on her new -course.</p> - -<p>“That’s what we call tacking,” said the skipper. “We shall go about -eleven miles on this tack.”</p> - -<p>“I say, Dory, let me steer her a while now,” added Oscar Chester, -rising from his seat, and moving aft.</p> - -<p>“Keep your seat!” replied the skipper rather sharply. “You mustn’t -move about in the boat.”</p> - -<p>“But I want to steer her,” persisted Oscar, resuming his seat.</p> - -<p>“Did you ever steer a boat?” asked Dory.</p> - -<p>“I never steered a sailboat; but I can do it as well as you can,” -added the new pupil. “I have seen just how it is done. When you want -the boat to go to the right, you put the stick in your hand to the -left.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t believe in running any risks in a boat, and I must keep the -helm myself,” answered Dory. “There is wind enough to upset the boat -if you don’t know how to handle her.”</p> -<!--105.png--> - -<p>“But I do know how to handle her. I have kept my eyes open, and I know -all about it. It don’t take me a month to learn any thing.”</p> - -<p>“If we were alone I would let you try it, just to enable you to see -how easy it is to be mistaken,” said Dory, laughing.</p> - -<p>“It’s nothing to steer a boat! You needn’t make such a big thing of -it.”</p> - -<p>“Well, it is a big thing!” exclaimed Bolingbroke. “I thought I knew -something about it yesterday, and I got overboard in two hundred and -fifty feet of water; and that is deep enough to drown the whole of -you. I should have finished my mortal career then if Dory had not -picked me up.”</p> - -<p>None of the other boys said any thing, though it was plain to the -skipper that they did not want Oscar to steer the boat. Dory began to -understand what sort of a fellow Oscar was; and it was evident to him -that he was the bully of the crowd, and that he had already set up, -and perhaps established, his superiority. He was older and larger than -Dory, though three or four of the new pupils were heavier than he.</p> - -<p>“You all seem to be afraid of a boat,” continued -<!--106.png--> -Oscar with a palpable -sneer. “I am not afraid of her.”</p> - -<p>“Can you swim a mile?” asked Dory quietly.</p> - -<p>“I can’t swim a rod. I don’t intend to tip her over.”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps the rest of the fellows can swim.”</p> - -<p>They all protested that they could not.</p> - -<p>“If this boat should fill with water, she would go to the bottom like -a pound of lead,” continued Dory. “The water is over two hundred feet -deep out here. It is four hundred off Thompson’s Point. But, if you -can’t swim, you would drown just as quick in six feet of water as in -six hundred.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t care for your bugbears: I’m not afraid of them. I want to -steer this boat, and I’m going to do it!” added Oscar stoutly.</p> - -<p>“I don’t believe you will steer her on this trip,” replied Dory in a -quiet tone. “But I will give you a chance to steer all you want to -when we are alone.”</p> - -<p>“Do you take me for a little chicken, Dory, that can be led around by -you?” demanded Oscar, rising from his place.</p> - -<p>“Keep your seat!” added the skipper sharply.</p> -<!--107.png--> - -<p>“No, I won’t keep my seat! I will let you know that you are not my -boss.”</p> - -<p>“In a boat all hands must obey the skipper, as I shall obey you, Oscar -Chester, when you are the skipper of any boat I am in; and that is -just what Captain Gildrock told you all to do just before we sailed.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t obey a little snipper-snapper of a fellow like you, Dory. I -never was bossed by any boy, and I don’t begin now,” blustered Oscar, -moving towards the stern of the boat.</p> - -<p>Dory saw that there was likely to be trouble. He had correctly read -the character of Chester; and he was not anxious, while responsible -for the safety of the boat and her passengers, to have any difficulty -with him. He was not afraid of him, bold and stout as Oscar appeared -to be.</p> - -<p>Putting the helm up a little, he allowed the schooner to fall off -until the strong wind heeled the boat over, so that the water was -nearly even with the top of the wash-board. This was decidedly -startling to some of the boys, who cried out in their alarm.</p> - -<p>The Goldwing went over so far that Oscar was not at all secure in his -footing; and he came very -<!--108.png--> -near tumbling over the heads of the fellows -on the lee side, for they had bent forward as the schooner heeled -over.</p> - -<p>“Sit down! Keep your seat, Oscar Chester!” shouted Dory. But it was no -part of the rebel’s nature to obey an order of any kind after what had -happened. The inside of the boat was rather crowded, except on each -side of the tiller, where the space had been reserved for the -helmsman.</p> - -<p>Making a lively spring for the open space on the lee side of the -rudder-head, he brought up on the seat, just as the skipper put the -helm down to bring the boat back to her former course. The Goldwing -was jumping on the waves; and the rebel did not fetch up just as he -intended, for the motion of the boat interfered with his calculations. -He grasped the main-sheet, and finally came down on the bit of deck -astern of the standing-room.</p> - -<p>Oscar evidently wanted to prove that he “always came down-stairs that -way;” for he let go the sheet, and tried to stand up straight. His -pride was still in the ascendency. Dory had put the helm over so far -that the sails were spilled, and this set the schooner to pitching. -Oscar had -<!--109.png--> -hardly let go the sheet, when he lost his balance, -and pitched into the lake, disappearing beneath the surface. Dory -tried to catch him before he went over, but failed to do so.</p> - -<p>“He has fallen over into the water!” screamed some of the boys, -terribly frightened by this time.</p> - -<p>“He will be drowned!” yelled others.</p> - -<p>The only one who had not entirely lost his head was the skipper. Dory -was as cool as though he had been up to his neck in ice-water. He had -been in all sorts of scrapes, though he had never encountered a bully -under such unfavorable circumstances. He had put the helm down before, -and the Goldwing had lost her headway. Of course she would not answer -her helm when she had lost her steerage-way.</p> - -<p>Oscar Chester came to the top of the water, and all the boys shouted. -Dory did not even look at him, for he was busy with the boat. He -filled away, and came about as soon as he got steerage-way. Oscar was -floundering about in the most unreasonable manner, with a better -chance of being drowned than of being saved.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--110.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch10"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="ten">X.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE BATTLE NEAR GARDEN ISLAND.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Oscar Chester had disappeared a second time, and most of the boys in -the boat were paralyzed with terror. Dory saw him as he rose, and knew -just where he was. The Goldwing worked lively in that breeze. The -skipper handled his sheets with extraordinary celerity. Going free, -the schooner dashed down to the spot, and reached it just as the -victim of his own folly rose again to the surface.</p> - -<p>Dory saw him just as the bow of the Goldwing was about to strike his -head. Keeping her off a little, he leaned over the side, and grasped -the drowning bully by the hair of the head, though not till he had put -the helm hard down.</p> - -<p>It was but a meagre hold that he had upon the sufferer, but he clung -to him till the boat came up into the wind. Oscar had not lost his -senses, though his mouth was too full of water to permit any -utterance, if he had any thing to say. Dory -<!--111.png--> -held on, though the -aimless struggles of the victim rendered it very difficult for him to -do so.</p> - -<p>“Grab him by the collar!” shouted Dory to the next fellow in the boat. -Lew Shoreham, who was the largest boy in the crowd, obeyed the order; -though it was a difficult matter for an inexperienced hand to do any -thing while the boat was flopping about in the heavy sea. But Lew got -hold with one hand, and Dory shifted his grasp from the hair to the -collar.</p> - -<p>After a lively struggle, with the assistance of two other boys, they -succeeded in hauling Oscar into the boat. He was exhausted by his -struggles in the water, and he dropped upon the floor of the -standing-room as limpsy as a wet rag. Dory gave no further attention -to him, but grasped the helm, and soon got the Goldwing upon her -course again, so that she was steady.</p> - -<p>“Turn him over on his stomach, and let the water run out of him,” said -the skipper. “Here, Bolly! Come aft! You can stand up in a boat.”</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px"> - <img src="images/108fp.jpg" - width="auto" height="100%" - alt="Illustration: The Battle off Garden Island" - /> - <p class="caption">THE BATTLE OFF GARDEN ISLAND. Page 113.</p> -</div> - - -<p>Bolingbroke obeyed the order, and the victim poured out a considerable -quantity of water from his mouth. Dory then directed his companions to -convey the sufferer to the cabin, and put him -<!--112.png--> -<!--113.png--> -<!--114.png--> -in one of the berths, -covering him with the blankets. But Oscar was not insensible, for he -had only exhausted himself by his violent struggles. In half an hour -he had recovered from the shock. The fresh wind made it cool on the -lake, and it took all the blankets on board to warm him.</p> - -<p>“That was a narrow escape. He had been down twice; and if he had gone -down again we should not have seen him again,” said Bolingbroke, as he -came out of the cabin. “I think that fellow will obey orders next -time.”</p> - -<p>“No, he won’t!” cried Oscar, sticking his head out at the door. “It -isn’t the first time I have been under water, and I’m not killed yet. -Dory did it on purpose to pitch me overboard, and I will get even with -him!”</p> - -<p>Perhaps all but Dory and Bolingbroke knew Oscar well enough not to be -greatly surprised at this demonstration. It looked as though the -lesson, which Dory hoped would cure him of his desire to handle a boat -before he had learned how to do it, had been wholly lost upon the -pupil. None of the party said any thing in reply to the speech, and it -was plain that they stood in fear of the rebel.</p> -<!--115.png--> - -<p>In another hour, when the Goldwing was approaching Thompson’s Point, -Oscar was sufficiently warmed up to leave the cabin. He went aft, and -seated himself quite near the skipper. He looked decidedly ugly, and -Dory thought that half-drowning was not enough for him. He wondered -what his uncle expected to do with such a fellow. He would be equal to -a whole nest of hornets from the time the school was opened.</p> - -<p>“I heard some one call you Dory Dornwood,” said Oscar, fixing his gaze -upon the skipper.</p> - -<p>“My name is Theodore Dornwood; but they call me Dory for short,” -replied Dory.</p> - -<p>“The name is all right, Dory. You have insulted me, and you have -pitched me into the lake,” continued Oscar, frowning like an untamed -savage. “You got ahead of me before all these boys; and I am not the -fellow to swallow an insult, or to pass over an injury.”</p> - -<p>Dory looked at the bully once, and then took a leisure survey of the -lake ahead, and of the sails of the schooner.</p> - -<p>“I spoke to you, Dory Dornwood: didn’t you hear me?” demanded Oscar in -savage tones.</p> -<!--116.png--> - -<p>“I heard all you said. I have nothing to say in reply,” answered the -cool skipper.</p> - -<p>“I spoke to you, and you will answer me, or take the consequences,” -added Oscar. “I am not a spring chicken, as you took me to be. I said -that you had insulted me, and pitched me into the lake. Do you confess -that you have done so?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t confess any thing. I am in charge of this boat, and -responsible for the lives of those in her,” replied Dory quietly. “I -don’t care to talk about the matter you have brought up, just now. -When we get to Beech Hill I will answer your questions, and we will -settle the matter if there is any thing to settle; though I would -rather have you fix it up with Captain Gildrock.”</p> - -<p>“That won’t do! I settle for an insult on the spot!” stormed Oscar. He -rose from his seat, and with clinched fists approached the skipper.</p> - -<p>“We are close to the land!” shouted one of the boys forward.</p> - -<p>“I don’t care where we are! We settle this matter here and now,” said -Oscar, making a slight movement forward.</p> - -<p>“Come, come!” interposed Bolingbroke. “This thing has gone far enough, -Oscar. Don’t you see -<!--117.png--> -that Dory is the skipper of the boat, and that we -can’t do any thing without him? Let him alone, and he says he will -make it right with you when we get ashore.”</p> - -<p>“Here and now!” repeated the bully.</p> - -<p>Dory had been running for Garden Island, where he brought up on his -long tack. He understood the situation, and feared that some of the -party might be drowned if Oscar Chester got the control of the boat. -He heard the centre-board scraping on the sands at the bottom, though -the water was nearly two hundred feet deep only a short distance from -the shore of the island.</p> - -<p>The skipper realized that his rebel passenger was about to make an -assault of some kind upon him, and he put the helm hard down. The boat -came up into the wind with every thing shaking. Oscar sprang upon him -as he did so, but Dory was on his feet at the same instant. The waves -beat smartly upon the shore of the island, and the centre-board was -still grating upon the bottom.</p> - -<p>“Do you confess that you insulted me?” demanded the bully, as he -seized Dory by the collar.</p> - -<p>“I do not confess,” replied Dory. At the same instant he sprang like a -tiger upon his assailant.</p> -<!--118.png--> - -<p>The skipper was accustomed to the motion of the boat, while Oscar was -not. The assailant had evidently not expected so vigorous a defence. -Dory shook off the grasp of Oscar, a sharp struggle ensued, and it -ended almost the instant it began in a heavy splash in the water.</p> - -<p>Dory had tumbled the bully over the stern of the boat into the lake. -Those who looked on could hardly tell how it was done, for the defeat -of Oscar had been accomplished almost like a flash. On the land it -might have been different in the result, but in the uneasy boat the -experienced hand won a quick victory.</p> - -<p>“He is in the water again!” shouted the boys.</p> - -<p>But he was in the water not more than half a minute, for there was not -ten feet between the stern of the schooner and the island. Oscar -scrambled to the shore, and made his way to the level of the island. -The wind had filled the sails on the other tack, and the boat began to -move ahead.</p> - -<p>Dory saw that Oscar had made a landing on the island. Attending to the -sheets, he filled away on the port tack. The Goldwing dashed ahead as -though she was glad to be rid of the -<!--119.png--> -bully who had made so much trouble -on board of her.</p> - -<p>“Are you going to leave him there, Dory?” asked Lew Shoreham.</p> - -<p>“Of course I am going to leave him there. He can’t drown on the -island; and, if I take him on board again, he may destroy the whole of -us,” replied Dory rather warmly. “He is the most unreasonable fellow I -ever met in my life.”</p> - -<p>“But what will he do on that island?” asked Ben Ludlow.</p> - -<p>“Repent of his folly the first thing he does, I hope,” answered Dory.</p> - -<p>“Does any one live on the island?” inquired Jim Alburgh.</p> - -<p>“No one lives there. If any one did, that fellow would get up a -quarrel with him in fifteen minutes. Captain Gildrock may settle his -case, though I fancy he will go for me the first chance he gets.”</p> - -<p>“He is sure to do that,” added Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“He may get a thrashing if he does,” replied Dory.</p> - -<p>“Don’t be too sure of that, Dory. He is a fighting character, and has -been turned out of -<!--120.png--> -three academies, to say nothing of half a dozen -other schools. He rules the roost wherever he goes,” continued Bob.</p> - -<p>“He won’t do it at Beech Hill,” said Dory confidently.</p> - -<p>“If he don’t he will run away.”</p> - -<p>“He won’t run a great ways before my uncle gets his paw upon him. I am -going down to Burlington this afternoon, in the steamer, after my -uncle. We shall pass the island, and he can do what he pleases with -the fellow. I don’t think I am any more afraid of him than he is of -me.”</p> - -<p>During the rest of the passage the events we have narrated were fully -discussed, and Dory learned more about the antecedents of Oscar -Chester. Doubtless he was the worst fellow in the party; but, if the -truth had been known, Dory would have understood that some of the -others were not much better. In three hours from Burlington the -Goldwing arrived at the little lake on which Beech Hill was located.</p> - -<p>Mr. Brookbine, a very intelligent carpenter, who had been engaged as -an instructor in this department, was on the wharf; and the new pupils -were handed over to him. He marched them to -<!--121.png--> -the dormitory, where the -boys deposited what little baggage they brought. The Sylph lay at the -wharf, and the smoke was pouring out of her smoke-stack; for Jepson -had received a telegraph-message from Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>The boys were more interested in the <a name="yacht"></a>steam-yacht -than in any thing else; and they immediately asked permission of Mr. -Brookbine, as they had before of Dory, to go to Burlington in her. The -master-carpenter was willing; but he decided to go with them, after -the experience which Dory had had with them on the passage up.</p> - -<p>Dory was the pilot, and he took his place in the pilot-house. He was -perfectly at home there; and the Sylph was really under his command, -for the carpenter knew nothing about boats or navigation. In a -discussion in regard to Oscar Chester, Mr. Brookbine thought he had -better be taken on board, for it would be late before they returned -from Burlington. A boat was sent for him, and he was brought on board.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--122.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch11"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="eleven">XI.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE MASTER-CARPENTER DISPOSES OF HIS PRISONER.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Oscar Chester had been on Garden Island over two hours, and had had -time enough to cool off. It was plain that he did not like the looks -of Mr. Brookbine, who was a stalwart Vermonter, over six feet in -height. He had gone on shore with one of the men from the estate, who -acted as a deck-hand, to bring off the rebel.</p> - -<p>Oscar said nothing when he went on board of the steamer, and the other -boys were not inclined to make any talk with him. He walked from one -end of the Sylph to the other, taking a hasty survey of the -steam-yacht. He did not appear to be looking for any thing in -particular.</p> - -<p>When he was on the forward deck he discovered Dory in the pilot-house. -He did not even bestow a second glance upon him, and went aft in a few -minutes. He looked sullen and obstinate, and it was clear that he was -disgusted with his experience on the lake.</p> -<!--123.png--> - -<p>“No use, Oscar,” said Williston Orwell, as the rebel approached him at -the stern of the boat. “You haven’t made out any thing, and I don’t -believe you will.”</p> - -<p>“The end of the world hasn’t come yet,” replied Oscar with a heavy -sneer. “There is time enough yet, and you know I never back down.”</p> - -<p>“But you might as well. You began too soon,” added Will Orwell.</p> - -<p>“I didn’t begin at all: I was civil enough to Dory till he began to -put on airs. He talked to me just as though I were a little child, and -he were the Grand Mogul. I told him I wanted to steer the boat, and he -told me to sit down. He insulted me.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t think he did, Oscar. None of us were ever in a sailboat -before; and I think he did just right in not letting you steer, for it -wouldn’t have taken much to upset that boat with so many in her.”</p> - -<p>“Then you think I am a spring chicken, do you, Will?” demanded Oscar -with a curl of the lip.</p> - -<p>“You know I don’t think any such thing; but you don’t know how to -steer a sailboat any more -<!--124.png--> -than I do. You were a little too fast to -think of doing it so soon,” reasoned Orwell with proper deference, -though he ventured to speak the truth as he understood it.</p> - -<p>“If the fellow hadn’t put on airs, and ordered me about as though I -had been his servant, I wouldn’t say a word,” continued Oscar. “As it -is, he insulted me, and pitched me into the lake.”</p> - -<p>“He didn’t pitch you into the lake, Oscar. You are not used to a boat -tossed about by the waves, and you fell overboard.”</p> - -<p>“Didn’t he make the boat tip more when I stood up on purpose to pitch -me into the lake?” demanded Oscar angrily.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know whether he did or not. I don’t understand a boat.”</p> - -<p>“I know he did! And then he tumbled me into the water at the island.”</p> - -<p>“But you pitched into him then; and, as he could stand up better than -you could in the boat, he threw you overboard.”</p> - -<p>“I shall get even with him; and if I don’t throw him into the lake, it -will be because I can’t do it,” blustered the rebel. “I see you are on -his side.”</p> - -<p>“I am not on his side; but I don’t expect a -<!--125.png--> -fellow to stand still, -and let you thrash him. I advise you to let him alone for a while, and -your time will come before many days have gone by. Don’t touch him -while he is handling the boat,” added the politic companion.</p> - -<p>“I shall go for him the first moment I can get at him, and I know -where he is now,” said the intemperate rebel.</p> - -<p>“Don’t do it: Dory is the pilot of the steamer, and the engineer just -told me that they can do nothing without him. Didn’t you hear Captain -Gildrock read the telegraph-message, that Dory was away, and for that -reason he could not go down to Burlington to convey us to Beech Hill?” -reasoned Will very earnestly.</p> - -<p>“I don’t care what he is: I shall not feel easy for a moment until I -get even with him. I will pull him out of that cubby-house where he -is, and pitch him into the lake, before I am half an hour older,” -persisted the rebel.</p> - -<p>“Don’t do it! You will only make trouble for yourself. Captain -Gildrock will come on board as soon as we get to Burlington, and if I -mistake not you will find a Tartar in him.”</p> - -<p>“I’m not afraid of him. But I don’t think I -<!--126.png--> -shall wait for him,” -replied Oscar. “I have not been to Beech Hill yet, but I have had -about enough already to satisfy me what it is going to be. If I am to -be ordered about by a boy younger than I am, and insulted by him, -because I happen to be in a boat with him, I don’t want any more of -it. My uncle gave me money enough to pay my fare to New York, and you -have more than I have, Will. What do you say: will you go with me?”</p> - -<p>“What shall we do when we get there? I don’t believe in jumping out of -the frying-pan into the fire,” replied Will.</p> - -<p>“Both of us want to go to sea, and all we have to do is to find places -in a ship going to some foreign country. We can take care of -ourselves,” said Oscar confidently.</p> - -<p>“I am not ready to go anywhere yet: I want to see what this Industrial -School is. We are to learn how to handle an engine, and how to manage -ships and boats. I think we had better wait a while before we go to -New York. We haven’t money enough to pay our way till we find a place -in a ship.”</p> - -<p>“You can do as you like, Will, but I have had enough of this thing; -and when you miss me you -<!--127.png--> -will know where I have gone. If you blow on -<span style="white-space:nowrap;">me”—</span></p> - -<p>“You know very well I won’t do that,” protested Will.</p> - -<p>Oscar did not wait to hear any more. He went forward, and then -ascended to the hurricane deck. He and Will Orwell had been cronies, -so far as the character of Oscar would permit such a relation.</p> - -<p>The rebel reached the hurricane deck, and went forward to the -pilot-house. He surveyed the situation carefully. Dory stood before an -open window, with the spokes of the wheel in his hands. The doors of -the apartment, one on each side, were open. The young helmsman had no -more thought of being assaulted than he had of jumping overboard.</p> - -<p>Dory was delighted with his occupation, for he had not steered the -Sylph enough to make it an old story to him. From Garden Island he had -run out into the lake until the steamer was in range between Split -Rock and Juniper Island lights, when he headed for the latter. This -course would carry him clear of Quaker Smith Reef.</p> - -<p>Most of the boys, after looking over the Sylph -<!--128.png--> -with wonder and -astonishment at the elegance of her appointments, had gathered on the -main deck forward, where they could see the lake and the course of the -steamer. But a few of them were on the hurricane-deck, and three of -them were in the pilot-house with Dory. The pilot kept his eye on -Juniper Island lighthouse, the top of which could be seen seventeen -miles. The flag-pole in the bow was kept in range with the object for -which he was steering. He had just explained to the boys in the room -how he kept off the rocks and shoals, and found his way to any part of -the lake.</p> - -<p>He had hardly finished this explanation before Oscar Chester rushed -into the pilot-house. He rudely knocked aside a couple of the pilot’s -auditors, and laid violent hands upon Dory. The helmsman was -unconscious of the presence of an enemy until the rebel had seized him -by the collar of his coat. He pulled him over on his back upon the -floor.</p> - -<p>“Your time has come now, Dory Dornwood!” said Oscar fiercely, as he -began to drag Dory out of the pilot-house.</p> - -<p>“So has yours!” added Mr. Brookbine, as he -<!--129.png--> -stepped forward from behind -the pilot-house, where he had been reading the morning paper brought -up by the Goldwing.</p> - -<p>The master-carpenter took the rebel by the nape of the neck, and -snapped him off his feet before he could wink twice. He pitched him -half-way across the hurricane deck. Oscar was nothing but a “spring -chicken” in the hands of the burly mechanic.</p> - -<p>“It’s a pity I took you off that island!” exclaimed Mr. Brookbine, as -he bestowed a glance of contempt upon the rebel. “Did he hurt you, -Dory?”</p> - -<p>“Not at all. He came up behind me when I was not thinking of any thing -of that kind, or I should have taken care of myself,” replied the -young pilot, as he rushed back to the wheel.</p> - -<p>The pilot got his range again, and the Sylph went ahead as though -nothing had happened. The master-carpenter walked up to the fallen -rebel, who appeared to have been hurt when he struck the deck, though -he was in the act of getting up. Mr. Brookbine did not wait for him to -finish the act, but seized him by the nape of the neck again, and bore -him to the pilot-house.</p> -<!--130.png--> - -<p>“It is a pity we took this fellow from the island, Dory, for we can’t -trust him loose about the steamer,” said the stout Vermonter. “Is -there any place on board where I can lock him up?”</p> - -<p>“Put him in the ice-house,” replied Dory, who was entirely willing to -have his assailant placed where he could do no more mischief.</p> - -<p>“Let me alone!” growled Oscar, attempting to break away from the grip -of the master-carpenter.</p> - -<p>“I will let you alone when I have locked you in the ice-house,” added -Mr. Brookbine, giving his patient several sharp twists and shakes, -which certainly did not improve his temper.</p> - -<p>“He sneaked up behind me, or I should not have needed any help,” said -Dory, who felt that he had suffered a partial defeat in being taken by -surprise. “I am sorry I did not see him, for I think I should have -made it hot for him.”</p> - -<p>“I shall make it hot for you before you have seen the end of this -affair. I will teach you what it is to insult your betters,” replied -Oscar. “If I don’t pitch you into the lake before I have done with -you, it will be because I can’t.”</p> - -<p>“Any time when you are ready, let the fun -<!--131.png--> -begin,” added Dory, when he -had better have held his tongue.</p> - -<p>“You will cool off in the ice-house; and we will see what you can do -in there,” continued Mr. Brookbine, as he dragged the rebel out of the -pilot-house.</p> - -<p>“Let me alone! I don’t let anybody put his hands upon me,” yelled -Oscar, struggling to escape from the grasp of the carpenter.</p> - -<p>“But you will be a good boy, and let me put my hands upon you, won’t -you?” added the big mechanic.</p> - -<p>“No, I won’t! I will be the death of you if you don’t let go!”</p> - -<p>“Steady, my boy: you are getting excited. You are wasting a great deal -of bad breath on nothing.”</p> - -<p>The carpenter slapped his victim over a few times on the deck before -he reached the stairs to the main deck. Oscar could not stand this: he -said it hurt, and he became comparatively quiet. His tyrant walked him -down the steps. The boys on both decks gathered to witness the -exciting scene; but no one offered to interfere, and no one spoke a -word of comfort for the rebel.</p> -<!--132.png--> - -<p>“Will Orwell!” called the victim, when he saw his crony among the -spectators to his humiliation. “Come here, and help me!”</p> - -<p>“No, I thank you! I don’t believe in butting your head against a -stonewall, and I told you not to do it beforehand.”</p> - -<p>The carpenter opened the door of the ice-house, and thrust his -prisoner into the dark hole, as it was when the door was closed.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--133.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch12"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twelve">XII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>CAPTAIN GILDROCK’S FIRST LESSON IN NAVIGATION.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Mr. Brookbine secured the door of the ice-house, and put the key into -his pocket. The interior was ventilated for the benefit of the -provisions that were kept on the ice when the steamer was on a long -cruise, but there was no window or other opening which would admit a -particle of light.</p> - -<p>“What’s the trouble, Mr. Brookbine?” asked Jepson the engineer, who -was the master-machinist and an instructor of the school.</p> - -<p>“That is the most desperate young cub I ever happened to encounter,” -replied the carpenter, as he proceeded to relate what had happened in -the Goldwing and on board of the steamer.</p> - -<p>“Captain Gildrock will bring him to his senses,” added the engineer, -laughing; for he believed the captain could do any thing that was -within the scope of mortal man.</p> -<!--134.png--> - -<p>“I am ready to have him begin where I leave off; but there won’t be -much left of the young rascal when I get through with him if I have to -deal with him,” replied the carpenter.</p> - -<p>“We are likely to have a sweet time with these young fellows if many -of them are like that one,” added Mr. Jepson. “He wants to get even -with Dory, does he? I reckon Dory will be willing to give him a -chance, though I never knew of the skipper’s getting into a fight on -his own account.”</p> - -<p>Dory had already become a great favorite at Beech Hill. He was a smart -boy, but he was not perfect by any means. He had a great deal to -learn, but he was willing to learn it. The instructors in the -scholastic department had not yet arrived, but the mechanical -directors were already his fast friends. Even the servants, of whom -there was a small army on the estate, always smiled when he went among -them; for he was invariably kind and obliging to them, and willing to -assist them by all the means in his power. Besides, he was regarded as -the heir of the magnate of Beech Hill; and it was prudent to “keep on -the right side of him.”</p> - -<p>Of course the nine other boys who had arrived -<!--135.png--> -that day all talked -about the exciting events which had transpired since they left -Burlington in the forenoon. Still, no one belonging to the steamer -heard them say any thing. They made no comments on the conduct of -Oscar: possibly they were afraid they might be reported to him. But -they had learned to feel a great admiration for Dory; first, because -he was not afraid of the rebel, and, second, because he could handle a -sailboat and manage a steamer.</p> - -<p>It was about dark when the Sylph arrived at the landing in Burlington. -Captain Gildrock was on the wharf, waiting her coming. As soon as he -went on board, Mr. Brookbine reported the case of discipline to him, -and informed him that the prisoner was confined in the ice-house.</p> - -<p>“All right: let him stay there,” replied the captain, when he had -listened to the account of the doings of the new scholar. “Then Dory -has had a hard time of it. I was afraid he might have some -difficulty.”</p> - -<p>“No fear for Dory,” replied the carpenter, laughing. “He can take care -of himself. He fought his own battle in the Goldwing, and won the day -every time.”</p> -<!--136.png--> - -<p>“I knew that Chester was the worst fellow in the party, but I did not -expect him to break out so soon. I am glad to hear that the others -have behaved well,” said Captain Gildrock, as he walked forward where -the boys were assembled. “How are you getting on, boys?”</p> - -<p>“First-rate, sir,” replied several of them in the same breath.</p> - -<p>“I am glad to hear it; and none of us will have any trouble as long as -we mean well. What you mean is more than half the battle in morals. I -did not expect you so soon, and I am afraid Dory has not looked out -for your stomachs.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, he has, sir,” said Ben Ludlow. “He had a basket of provisions on -the boat, and we fed out of that.”</p> - -<p>This was the lunch he had taken the night before, and it had served -over a dozen instead of two. But the boys had been so much excited by -the novel event of a sail in a fresh breeze that they were not in -condition to do justice to the rations.</p> - -<p>When the captain learned that the scholars had eaten only the supply -of food intended for two, he took the whole party to the hotel to -supper. -<!--137.png--> -After Captain Gildrock and Dory returned, the engineer and -carpenter went. The latter suggested that the prisoner in the -ice-house had been forgotten.</p> - -<p>“I shall not forget him, but he may go without his supper to-night. A -little fasting will do him good. His father and mother are both dead, -and his uncle is one of the richest men in the State. He told me that -nothing but the sharpest discipline would do him any good. He will run -away as soon as he gets a chance; and this must be prevented,” replied -the captain.</p> - -<p>Jepson and Brookbine returned in less than half an hour. The captain -had quite a chat with the boys while they were waiting. He told them -something about his plans, and was so kind and familiar with them that -they began to like him.</p> - -<p>“I am told that some of you have been wild boys, and have been turned -out of school,” said he. “Except in one instance, I don’t know who -they are. I prevented your parents and others from telling me any -thing about your misconduct. You are all alike to me so far, and every -boy has his own reputation to make.</p> - -<p>“You will not be judged at all by the past, but -<!--138.png--> -by what you do in the -future. I want you to remember this, boys. All of you will have to -work in the shops, and wherever there is any thing to do. You will -have to learn your book-lessons as well as how to work in wood and -metal. But there will be lots of fun as well as hard work. In a few -days we shall man this steamer, and every one of you will have a -station on board of her.”</p> - -<p>“Hurrah!” shouted one of the new pupils in his enthusiasm; and the -cheer was taken up by the entire party.</p> - -<p>“Before winter I hope some of you will be as competent to handle a -sailboat or a steamer as Dory is. But bear in mind that it is not all -play. I am going to make useful men of you, and I hope you will second -all my endeavors.”</p> - -<p>The arrival of the carpenter and engineer interrupted the -conversation, and in a few minutes more the Sylph was standing up the -lake. It was dark now; and the boys gathered around Captain Gildrock -again, for he could not talk without interesting them.</p> - -<p>“Who is steering this steamer now, Captain Gildrock?” asked Jim -Alburgh.</p> - -<p>“Dory is steering her,” replied the captain.</p> -<!--139.png--> - -<p>“But it is dark: how can he find his way back to Beech Hill?”</p> - -<p>“Did you suppose that ships that cross the ocean, being out of sight -of land for weeks at a time, stopped in the night?” asked the captain.</p> - -<p>“I didn’t think any thing at all about it,” replied Jim. “I don’t know -any thing about it. It is as dark as a pocket, and I should not think -Dory could see the land on either side of the lake.”</p> - -<p>“He has no need to see it. Do you see that lighthouse on the island?” -asked the captain, pointing at Juniper Island.</p> - -<p>“But that does not give light enough to enable the pilot to see the -shore on either side,” replied Jim.</p> - -<p>“That is not what a lighthouse is for. The light it gives don’t amount -to any thing half a mile from it. The light only marks certain -localities. Now look up the lake all of you,” continued Captain -Gildrock, pointing in the direction of Split-Rock light. “Do you see -that light?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir!” shouted Lick Milton. His name was T. Licking Milton, but -he had a nickname.</p> - -<p>The rest of the boys soon made out the light, and some of them shouted -as loudly as the first speaker.</p> -<!--140.png--> - -<p>“Juniper Island light is on our right now. Dory will run on till the -steamer is in range with this light and Split Rock, which is twelve -miles and a half from here. Then he will head for the Split-Rock -light, keeping Juniper exactly astern of him,” continued the captain.</p> - -<p>“Why don’t he run for Split Rock now?” asked Ben Ludlow.</p> - -<p>“He would run upon Quaker-Smith’s Reef, about four miles from here, if -he did. Now, my boy, can you walk straight from where you stand to the -flag-pole at the stem of the steamer?”</p> - -<p>“No, sir, I cannot. That thing is in the way,” replied Ben, after he -had looked the matter over.</p> - -<p>“Precisely so: the capstan is in your way. Now go over to the side of -the steamer.” Ben obeyed, and the boys watched the demonstration with -interest. “Can you walk straight to the stem of the boat now?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir, I can. There is nothing in my way.”</p> - -<p>“Then, if you keep in range with the port gangway and the stem, there -will be nothing in your way, will there?”</p> - -<p>“Nothing, sir.”</p> - -<p>“That is exactly the principle on which we -<!--141.png--> -pilot a steamer or any other -vessel. But sometimes the matter is much more complicated, and we have -to take a dozen different ranges in going a dozen miles. Pilots learn -all these ranges, and get their bearings from various objects on the -shore. You can see the capstan; but we cannot see the obstructions in -our way in sailing a vessel, for they are under water. They are all -laid down on the chart, and we can learn our courses from that.”</p> - -<p>“But isn’t there any thing on that reef to let you know where it is?” -asked Dave Windsor.</p> - -<p>“There is nothing on Quaker-Smith’s Reef, for it is out of the usual -track of vessels. It is about a mile from the eastern shore of the -lake. When the water is as low as it is now, this steamer would get -aground on it. But at the entrance to harbors they put buoys, and also -on rocks and shoal places in or near the usual track of vessels.”</p> - -<p>“What sort of things are buoys?” asked Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“Generally they are logs of wood, anchored to the bottom. These are -called spar-buoys. Others are made of metal, hollow, and shaped like a -couple of frustrums of cones joined at the big end. -<!--142.png--> -These are can-buoys. -There are other kinds, but you won’t find them in this lake.”</p> - -<p>“Spar and can buoys. We can remember them,” added John Brattle.</p> - -<p>“The spars are all painted red, black, or striped. When going into a -harbor, red buoys must be left on the starboard hand; that is, on your -right. Black buoys must be left on the port, or left, hand. When you -see a buoy painted with black and red stripes, it is a danger buoy; -and you may go on either side of it. When you see one painted up and -down with black and white stripes, you must go close to it. Sometimes -the buoys are numbered: then the even numbers are on the red buoys, -and the odd ones on the black buoys. But you must learn all these -things by seeing them.”</p> - -<p>“What are the colored lights on the sides of this steamer for?” asked -Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“The red light is on the port side, and the green on the starboard. -They are to show any vessel approaching us which way we are going,” -replied the captain. “But I can explain this better when we see the -lights of another vessel.”</p> - -<p>All hands were on the lookout for another vessel at once.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--143.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch13"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="thirteen">XIII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>HANDLING A STEAMER IN A FOG.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Half an hour later a steamer came out of Essex, on the west shore of -the lake. Captain Gildrock was promptly notified by the boys that a -red light was to be seen.</p> - -<p>“I suppose you have all seen port wine, and know it is red; though it -is not as red in Portugal as it is here,” added the captain. “This -will help you to remember that the red light is on the port, or -left-hand, side. When I see the red, I know at once that the port side -of the vessel is towards me, and therefore, if I am to the northward -of her, that she is going in an easterly direction. If I were south of -her, she would be going the other way.”</p> - -<p>“But now we can see the green light too,” said Dave Windsor.</p> - -<p>“That shows that she is coming towards us, and we must look out that -she don’t run into us.”</p> - -<p>“How can you help it, if she keeps on, and you keep on?” asked Ned -Bellows.</p> -<!--144.png--> - -<p>“We will wait and see what Dory will do,” replied Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>After going a mile farther, the boys heard a single sharp whistle over -their heads. It was immediately followed by the same signal from the -approaching steamer.</p> - -<p>“That will make it all right. Dory has blown one whistle, which means -that he will pass the other steamer to starboard. The other steamer, -as she indicates by her one whistle, will pass at the starboard of -us,” continued the captain. “If Dory had blown two whistles, he would -have gone to port of the approaching vessel. You see that we are going -by her all right.”</p> - -<p>“Suppose there had been a fog when we came out of Burlington, Captain -Gildrock: what should we have done?” asked Ben Ludlow. “Could Dory -have run the boat down to Beech Hill?”</p> - -<p>“He could do it, but I should rather he would not. It is not safe to -run in a fog; and it is best not to do it, unless your business is -very urgent,” replied Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>“But suppose you could not even see Juniper-Island light: what would -you do if you had to run to Beech Hill?” persisted the inquirer.</p> -<!--145.png--> - -<p>“Juniper light is west-south-west from the wharf, as I have ruled it -off from the chart. The distance is three and a quarter miles. The -speed of the Sylph is twelve miles an hour, and it will take her -sixteen minutes and a quarter to reach the light. But we don’t start -at full speed, and we must allow for that.</p> - -<p>“At the end of sixteen minutes, by the clock in the pilot-house, we -begin to look out for the light. If we don’t find it, we don’t go -ahead, if we stay there all day and all night. We whistle, and that -lets the people at the light know that a steamer is trying to find her -way up the lake; and they will blow a horn. When we hear it, we know -by the direction where the light is. They will keep blowing the horn -for a while.</p> - -<p>“Split-Rock light is south-south-west from Juniper, and we steer this -course by compass for one hour and two minutes. At the end of that -time, if we are all right, we hear the horn at Split Rock. When we -have got the bearing of the light, we head her south by west, and run -two and three-quarters miles to the mouth of Beaver River; which we do -in thirteen and three-quarters minutes.</p> - -<p>“Then Dory will strike the bell for the deckhand -<!--146.png--> -to heave the lead, -or, in other words, see how deep the water is. If we get ten feet at -this stage of the water, we are in the channel. We steer -east-south-east, and keep sounding all the time. If the leadsman -should report a less depth, we stop the steamer, and find where the -channel is. We may have to get out a boat to ascertain. When we get -fairly into the river, we can see the shores through the fog. If we -can’t, we have to feel our way up.”</p> - -<p>The evening was quite chilly on the lake; and Captain Gildrock had -taken the boys into the forward cabin, as they were not provided with -overcoats. He had hardly finished his explanation before a long -whistle above them excited their interest.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps you will have a chance to see how we work the steamer in a -fog,” said Captain Gildrock, looking at his watch. “It is about time -we were up with Split Rock, and very likely Dory cannot find the -light.”</p> - -<p>The captain left the cabin, followed by all the boys. As soon as they -reached the forecastle, Dory rang the bell to stop her. The fog had -blown up from the southward; and the Sylph was -<!--147.png--> -completely enveloped -in it, so that nothing could be seen from her deck.</p> - -<p>“Here we are,” said Captain Gildrock, as he led the way to the -hurricane-deck. “You can’t see half a ship’s-length ahead. I was -afraid this southerly wind might blow up a fog.”</p> - -<p>The deck-hand was standing on the rail at the forward flag-pole, -trying to penetrate the thick mist that shrouded the shore. Dory gave -another long whistle. By this time the steamer had come to a -standstill, and nothing more was to be done until the pilot found out -where he was. The boys gathered on the hurricane-deck around Captain -Gildrock, who did not say any thing to the young pilot, or even go -near him.</p> - -<p>“Can you see any thing, Bates?” called Dory to the deck-hand.</p> - -<p>“Not a thing, sir,” replied Bates.</p> - -<p>“There! I hear the horn!” exclaimed Dave Windsor.</p> - -<p>“Horn on the starboard bow, sir!” shouted Bates.</p> - -<p>“I hear it,” added Dory. The gong-bell in the engine-room rang, and -the Sylph began to move again.</p> -<!--148.png--> - -<p>“Horn again, sir. We are not ten fathoms from the point, sir,” called -Bates. “I see the light now, sir.”</p> - -<p>“All right: so do I. Keep a sharp lookout ahead, Bates,” replied Dory, -as the sound of a jingling bell was heard from the engine-room; and -the steamer increased her speed very rapidly.</p> - -<p>“Bates seems to be a very polite man,” said Ned Bellows, laughing. “He -puts in a ‘sir’ every time he says any thing to Dory.”</p> - -<p>“It is second nature for a seaman to say ‘sir’ to an officer,” added -the captain.</p> - -<p>“But to a boy not more than fourteen or fifteen years old!”</p> - -<p>“No matter how young or how old he is, if he is an officer. Discipline -is very strict at sea, as it will be on board of the Sylph after we -have organized the ship’s company. You must all say ‘sir’ to your -officers, even if they are boys.”</p> - -<p>“The last bell that rung was different from the other,” suggested Ben -Ludlow.</p> - -<p>“The jingling bell is the speed-bell,” replied the captain.</p> - -<p>“It means ‘Go faster,’ don’t it?”</p> - -<p>“Not at all. If Dory should ring it now, it would mean ‘Go slower.’”</p> -<!--149.png--> - -<p>“It can’t mean both slower and faster,” reasoned Ben.</p> - -<p>“Why not? If the boat is going full speed it means ‘Slow down:’ if she -is going at half speed it means ‘Full speed.’ The gong-bell, one -stroke, means ‘Start her’ if she is not turning her screw, or ‘Stop -her’ if she is going ahead. Two strokes of the gong means ‘Back her.’”</p> - -<p>At equal intervals the whistle of the Sylph sounded, and this fact -soon excited the attention of the curious pupils. They wanted to know -what it was for. The captain explained that it was to warn any vessel -of the presence of the steamer, so that neither craft should run into -the other. Steamers used their whistles, and sailing-vessels a horn. -But no horn or whistle was heard during the rest of the trip.</p> - -<p>The next sound that attracted the attention of the pupils was the -speed-bell, which was quickly followed by the gong; and the screw -ceased to turn. At a single stroke of the large ship’s bell, Bates, -standing upon the rail, at the forward gangway, heaved the lead.</p> - -<p>“No bottom!” shouted the leadsman. Dory rang the gong, and the steamer -went ahead at half speed.</p> -<!--150.png--> - -<p>“Does he mean to say there is no bottom to the lake in this place, -Captain Gildrock?” asked Dave Windsor.</p> - -<p>“Not at all: we don’t usually sound below fifty feet; and any greater -depth than that is called ‘no bottom,’” replied the captain.</p> - -<p>“By the deep, eight!” said Bates.</p> - -<p>“By the deep, eight,” repeated Dave Windsor. “That means eight feet -deep, I suppose.”</p> - -<p>“No, it don’t: it means about forty-eight feet. The depth is measured -in fathoms of six feet each. The lead-line is marked with two strips -of leather at two fathoms, with three strips at three, with a white -rag at five fathoms, and with a red rag at seven; at ten fathoms is a -leather with a hole in it, and so on. There are no marks at four, six, -eight, and nine fathoms. When the leadsman said ‘By the deep, eight,’ -the line was under water about six feet below the red rag, or seven -fathoms.”</p> - -<p>“By the mark, five!” called Bates.</p> - -<p>“Just thirty feet,” the captain explained.</p> - -<p>“And a half two!”</p> - -<p>“Two fathoms and a half. We are shoaling rapidly.”</p> -<!--151.png--> - -<p>“Mark under water, two!”</p> - -<p>“A little over two fathoms.”</p> - -<p>“Ten feet!” shouted Bates with more energy than before.</p> - -<p>The gong rang at this report, and two strokes followed instantly. The -screw began to turn backwards; and, when her headway was checked, a -single stroke stopped her.</p> - -<p>“Dory is doing it all right,” said Captain Gildrock. “When he backed -her he put the helm to port, so as to get her head pointed -east-south-east. If he had not stopped the boat when he did, she would -have been aground in a couple of minutes; for there is a shoal south -of the mouth of the river on which the water is only from one to six -feet deep.”</p> - -<p>“What harm would it have done if we had got aground?” asked Bob -Swanton.</p> - -<p>“It would have done no harm, as we were going slowly; though we might -have had to stay here all night. If there had been a rock there, it -would probably have stove a hole in the bottom of the boat.”</p> - -<p>“Ten feet!” reported Bates again.</p> - -<p>The gong rang to go ahead, but the steamer -<!--152.png--> -hardly moved through the -water. The captain said the pilot had told the engineer, through the -speaking-tube, to go very slowly. Bates continued to sound, reporting -the same water as before.</p> - -<p>“I see the point, sir,” said Bates a little later.</p> - -<p>“All right! I have it,” replied Dory. The boat began to move a little -faster, but she did not get above half speed.</p> - -<p>In the river the fog was not so dense as on the lake, and the pilot -could make out the objects on the banks of the stream. She went into -the creek leading from the river to the lake, and in a few minutes -more she was at the temporary wharf which had been built for her.</p> - -<p>“Well, boys, you have had both the theory and the practice of handling -a steamer in a fog. It is an easy matter on this lake compared with -the bays and harbors on the seacoast, for there the pilot has to make -allowances for the tide.”</p> - -<p>The boys landed, and were directed to go to the study-room in a -building adjoining the dormitory. The captain called Mr. Brookbine, -and they went together to the ice-house.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--153.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch14"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="fourteen">XIV.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE STRONG-ROOM AT THE BEECH-HILL INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The trip was finished, and Dory was relieved from further duty in the -pilot-house. He came down upon the main deck just as the carpenter was -unlocking the door of Oscar Chester’s prison. Mr. Brookbine had a -lantern in one hand, which threw its light into the room when the door -was opened.</p> - -<p>The rebel was lying on the floor, which was quite dry, for the room -had not been used for several weeks. He seemed to be making himself -quite at home in his prison; and possibly he had been asleep, for he -gaped and yawned when he was discovered. But this was affectation. He -wanted to make his persecutors, as he regarded them, think that he was -not at all disturbed by his confinement.</p> - -<p>“You may came out now, Chester,” said Captain Gildrock.</p> -<!--154.png--> - -<p>“I don’t want to go out: I am very comfortable here, I want you to -understand,” replied Oscar with plentiful display of bravado.</p> - -<p>“It is my order that you come out!” added the captain sternly.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know that I care for your orders. I have made up my mind to -stay in this place only long enough to get even with that Dory -Dornwood. When I have thrashed him within an inch of his life, I shall -be ready to leave; and I shall leave, I want you to understand,” -answered Oscar. “I don’t intend to be bossed by any little boy you may -see fit to place over me.”</p> - -<p>“I shall not argue the question with you: I told you to come out,” -continued Captain Gildrock in very decided, though gentle, tones.</p> - -<p>“And I told you I wouldn’t go out!” replied Oscar.</p> - -<p>“You may bring him out, Mr. Brookbine, and take him up to the brig,” -said the captain, as he took the lantern from the hand of the -carpenter.</p> - -<p>“You have brought that big bully, have you?” demanded the rebel, -rising from his reclining position.</p> - -<p>No one replied to this demand, but the carpenter -<!--155.png--> -walked into the -prison. Oscar was disposed to show fight. He retreated to a corner, -and put himself in the attitude of defence. Suddenly, as if by -impulse, the prisoner began to feel in his pockets; but the stout -mechanic did not give him time enough to produce any thing. He took -him by the collar of his coat, and lifted him off the floor. With his -other hand, he jerked the hands of the prisoner out of his pockets. As -he did so, a two-bladed knife dropped from one of them.</p> - -<p>Possibly the sight of this article kindled the anger of the carpenter, -for he began to bang the captive about in a manner that threatened -serious bodily injury to the victim.</p> - -<p>“Hold on to him, but don’t hurt him any more than may be necessary,” -interposed Captain Gildrock. “We can cure him of his infirmity in a -few days.”</p> - -<p>“The rascal wants to knife me, and I am inclined to shake the bad -blood out of him,” replied the mechanic.</p> - -<p>“He is a lunatic: he is boiling over with bad passions. A few days in -the brig will cool him off. We will treat him as a sick boy; and, when -he gets better, we will talk with him. Possibly -<!--156.png--> -there may be some -reason in him when he is himself, if he ever is himself. If we can’t -manage him, we will send him to the lunatic-asylum,” said the captain, -as the carpenter dragged his prisoner out upon the deck.</p> - -<p>Dory picked up the knife, and followed his uncle to the -school-buildings in the rear of the mansion. Oscar could not stand the -discipline of the burly Vermonter. He soon found, if he had not -learned it before, that he was powerless in the hands of his -persecutor; and he walked quietly in the direction he was led.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock had expected to have some just such boys as Oscar -Chester. In fact, he knew of this very one; for his uncle had applied -to him to take him, as soon as he knew that he intended to open a -mechanical institution. Mr. Chester was an old friend of the captain, -to whom the latter had described his educational plan. This was the -reason he happened to know all about Oscar, while he had taken pains -not to be informed in regard to the antecedents of all his other -pupils.</p> - -<p>The founder of the new school understood men and boys thoroughly. Some -of his scholars must -<!--157.png--> -inevitably be rebellious and troublesome, and he -had fully provided for the treatment of such cases. He had erected two -temporary buildings, one of which was the dormitory and the other the -workshop and schoolroom, the latter occupying the story over the -former. The students were to take their meals in the large dining-room -of the mansion.</p> - -<p>The dormitory consisted of twenty-four sleeping-rooms, each of which -had been furnished with an iron bedstead and such simple furniture as -might be required. Nothing was extravagant, or even elegant; for the -school was an experiment which might succeed or fail.</p> - -<p>In a small brick building close to the shop, a steam-engine had -already been set up, from which a belt extending into the shop was to -run the lathes, circular-saws, planers, boring-machines, and other -machinery. One part of the shop was for woodwork, and the other for -iron. But most of the tools and apparatus had not yet been put in -their places.</p> - -<p>At one end of the dormitory was the “brig.” Captain Gildrock’s -earliest experience at sea had been in the navy, where he had obtained -his first -<!--158.png--> -ideas of discipline. The ship’s prison on board a man-of-war -is called the “brig.” The captain had already given this name to his -place of discipline.</p> - -<p>It was one of the rooms of the dormitory, fitted up for the purpose -intended. The walls and ceiling, as well as the floor, had been -constructed of thick spruce plank. All the wood had been covered with -sheet-iron. The two windows were grated with iron bars. It contained a -narrow iron bedstead, an iron stand for a table, and one chair of the -same material. The locks on the door were strong enough for any -prison. But not even the door could be seen from the hall of the -dormitory, for it was concealed by a wooden partition in front of it.</p> - -<p>No boy was to be allowed to visit this strong-room unless he was -condemned to become an occupant of it for his misconduct. He had not -mentioned it to the boys, and the instructors were requested not to do -so. The iron in the room was all painted black, so that it was an -exceedingly gloomy-looking apartment. The captain hoped he should -never have occasion to make any use of the brig; and certainly he had -not -<!--159.png--> -expected to have an occupant for it on the day the first of the -boys arrived.</p> - -<p>Mr. Brookbine took his prisoner to the brig, attended by the captain. -He was hurried up the stairs, and thrust into the prison, without any -ceremony. The lantern lighted up the gloomy den when the door was -opened; and, if Oscar did not shrink from his fate, he had more nerve -than ninety-nine in a hundred boys.</p> - -<p>He did give a start when he looked into the brig, and it required some -effort on the part of the mechanic to force him into it. In the -dungeon he looked about him with something like an expression of -disgust on his face. Then he seemed to feel that he was yielding -somewhat to the circumstances; and he straightened up, and made an -effort to “stiffen his back.” His persecutors were retiring from the -entrance, and the captain was about to close the door.</p> - -<p>“I have eaten nothing since I had my breakfast, early this morning,” -said Oscar stiffly, when he saw that he was about to be locked into -the cell for the night.</p> - -<p>“It is your own fault. All the rest of the boys had supper at the -hotel in Burlington,” replied the captain.</p> -<!--160.png--> - -<p>“Do you mean to starve me?” demanded the prisoner.</p> - -<p>“No, I don’t mean to starve you.—Dory,” called the captain at the -open window in the hall: “go into the house and get a loaf of bread, a -case-knife, and a pitcher of water.”</p> - -<p>In a few minutes the skipper of the Goldwing returned with the -articles named, and Captain Gildrock placed them on the iron table.</p> - -<p>“Am I to be fed on dry bread?” asked Oscar, as he looked with contempt -upon the provision on the table.</p> - -<p>“I don’t answer questions at the present time. There is food: you can -eat it or let it alone. You can stay in this place a day, a week, a -month, or a year: the time depends upon yourself,” said the captain, -as he withdrew from the brig.</p> - -<p>He closed the door, and secured it with the great lock. He also -fastened the door in the plank partition, so that no student could get -within six feet of the strong-room.</p> - -<p>“That fellow will think better of it in a few days, perhaps by -to-morrow,” said Captain Gildrock, as they left the dormitory.</p> - -<p>“For a boy, he is the hardest customer I ever -<!--161.png--> -had to deal with,” -replied Brookbine. “There is no more reason in him than there is in a -brickbat.”</p> - -<p>The captain led the way to the schoolroom, where the boys had -assembled. They were behaving themselves very well, and they all -applauded when the captain entered the room.</p> - -<p>“Boys, there is nothing more to be done to-night. To-morrow will be -Saturday; and we shall organize the ship’s company for the Sylph, and -take a little trip in her down the lake, perhaps as far as -Plattsburgh. Your rooms are all ready for you, and you can retire as -soon as possible. We have breakfast at seven in the morning.”</p> - -<p>The captain stood upon the platform, and made this little speech, -which was applauded by the students. Mr. Brookbine was left to look -after the pupils, and the captain and Dory went into the house. Though -it was after nine o’clock in the evening, they found Mr. Bolingbroke -Millweed and his mother in the sitting-room. Her son had related to -her his adventures on the lake and in Burlington. She was very -grateful to Dory for what he had done, and expressed herself to that -effect in very high-flown speech.</p> -<!--162.png--> - -<p>“My son Bolingbroke informs me that you have manifested some interest -in his future welfare, for which I am extremely grateful to you, -Captain Gildrock. I hope you will be able to do something for him; for -a word from you would secure for him a good place in a store,” said -Mrs. Millweed, after she had succeeded in introducing the subject.</p> - -<p>“I offered your son a place in my school for a year. If he is going to -accept the offer I made him, I want him here at seven to-morrow -morning,” replied the captain bruskly. “I don’t know any thing about -him, and I can’t recommend him for a place in a store.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t wish to make a mechanic of him,” protested Mrs. Millweed. “I -am looking for something higher than that for him.”</p> - -<p>“Do you think that being a counter-jumper is something higher?” -demanded the captain, laughing heartily at the idea.</p> - -<p>“I wish him to be a merchant; and I am sure that is higher and more -respectable than a greasy mechanic,” added the lady with a sneer.</p> - -<p>“Very well, madam: I cannot do any thing for your son,” added the -captain decidedly. “There -<!--163.png--> -are ten times as many clerks as can find -places now.”</p> - -<p>“I have never allowed my boys to work on the farm; and they haven’t -acquired any low ideas,” continued Mrs. Millweed as she moved to the -door, closely attended by Bolingbroke.</p> - -<p>The visitors departed, and it was not probable that they would again -darken the captain’s door.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--164.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch15"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="fifteen">XV.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>SOMETHING ABOUT THE AFFAIRS OF THE MILLWEED FAMILY.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Long before breakfast-time the new boys were roaming about the estate, -with Dory as their guide. He showed them the place, and treated them -as handsomely as he knew how. They were not in a boat, with a fresh -wind blowing; and he had no occasion to use a single sharp word, and -he had not on board of the Goldwing, except to Oscar Chester. By this -time he had become quite popular with the students.</p> - -<p>“Dory,” called Captain Gildrock, as the skipper and his party came to -the shop: “what was the name of the man that stole the money at the -store?”</p> - -<p>“Tim Lingerwell: he was the head man of Mr. Longbrook,” replied Dory. -“He came from this place.”</p> - -<p>“I know all about him,” said a stranger who had been talking with the -captain. “He never -<!--165.png--> -was any too good to do such a thing; and my son -was lucky to get out of the scrape as well as he did.”</p> - -<p>This man was the father of Bolingbroke Millweed. For the first time he -had heard about the Beech-Hill Industrial School that morning. His -wife had told him about the captain’s offer to take Bolingbroke into -the school. He had been telling the shipmaster his troubles, and he -wanted his son to accept the offer.</p> - -<p>“I am a peaceable man, Captain Gildrock, and my wife has always had -her own way,” continued Farmer Millweed. “I don’t like to have any -trouble in the family, but I have gone just about as far as I can go.”</p> - -<p>The early visitor looked very sad, and choked a little, as though a -few tears would relieve him. He stood looking upon the ground, trying -to check his emotions.</p> - -<p>“Things have gone hard with you, have they?” said Captain Gildrock in -a sympathizing tone.</p> - -<p>“Very hard, captain; and I don’t know what is going to become of me -and my family. I expect we shall fetch up in the poorhouse; as we -certainly shall if things keep on as they have -<!--166.png--> -been,” replied the -farmer with a suppressed groan.</p> - -<p>“I am sorry for you,” added the captain. “I will take your son, and he -shall be of no expense to you for a year; and at the end of that time, -I will guarantee that he will be able to do something for you, and -take care of himself besides.”</p> - -<p>“Just as soon as I heard of your offer, I came right over here; for I -want to have Bolly learn a trade,” said the farmer. “He will be -provided for, whatever becomes of the rest of us. When my oldest girl -was a dozen years old, I owned my farm free and clear; and I didn’t -owe any man on earth a single cent. Now there is a mortgage of two -thousand dollars on my place, and I owe over a thousand dollars -besides.”</p> - -<p>“You have been making bad speculations then,” suggested Captain -Gildrock.</p> - -<p>“I never went into a speculation of any kind, captain; and I never -lost any money in any way. Ten years ago I used to get a good living -off my farm. We had plenty to eat, drink, and to wear. Now we don’t -have any thing.” And, in spite of his struggles to restrain them, a -flood of tears poured down his wan cheek.</p> -<!--167.png--> - -<p>“If you have had no misfortunes, I don’t understand why things have -gone so badly with you. But it is best to look into the matter, and -find out what the trouble is, so that you can correct the errors of -the past. You are not a very old man, and you may get out of the -trouble yet.”</p> - -<p>“I know what the difficulty is well enough; and I have known it for -two or three years, if not for ten. I have to take care of my family, -consisting of my wife, two sons, and two daughters. The oldest is -twenty-two, and the youngest is sixteen. My wife has high notions for -a farmer’s wife, and I have given in to her. She would not let the -boys work on the farm; and, when I wanted any help, I had to hire. I -suppose the girls helped their mother, but all of them had to dress -like ladies. And that is where all the money I could get went to,” -said Millweed bitterly.</p> - -<p>“The first thing is to stop the leak,” suggested the captain in -nautical terms. “If you don’t stop it, the ship will go to the -bottom.”</p> - -<p>“I know that very well, but I don’t see how I’m going to stop the -leak. All the children had to go to the high-school, and dress as -smartly as the sons and daughters of rich men; though it was -<!--168.png--> -more than -I could do to get the money to pay for it.”</p> - -<p>“But couldn’t your wife see how things were going?” asked the captain.</p> - -<p>“I talked with her, and told her seven years ago that I was running -behindhand. I have talked with her twenty times since, and told her we -should all fetch up in the poorhouse if we kept on. She said the boys -would soon find places in stores, and help me. The girls could have -had plenty of work at good wages, but their notions were as high as -their mother’s.”</p> - -<p>“I see how it is,” said Captain Gildrock, nodding his head, as much as -to declare that it was the old story.</p> - -<p>“The girls are too proud to marry a farmer or a mechanic, and rich -men’s sons don’t seem to want them. They are good girls enough, but -they have got high notions. The boys never did do any thing, and I -don’t know whether they can or not. I want Bolly to try. Pemberton is -eighteen, and I suppose he is too old for your new school.”</p> - -<p>“Not at all: I will take them both, but they will have to work.”</p> -<!--169.png--> - -<p>“That’s what they need. If I could get the boys into your school, I -should like it first-rate, and I should have some hopes that I might -get along; though I have got to lose my farm, and it won’t fetch any -thing over the mortgage,” added the farmer very gloomily.</p> - -<p>“I will take the two boys into my school; and, if the girls will go to -work, I will find places for them in a store or factory.”</p> - -<p>“You are very kind, Captain Gildrock; but I am afraid my wife won’t -allow the boys to go to your school, or the girls to do any thing to -help support themselves,” added Farmer Millweed.</p> - -<p>“I shall not meddle with the affairs of your family; but, if it was my -case, I should set the boys and girls to work,” added Captain -Gildrock. “You must take the helm in your own hands.”</p> - -<p>“It will make trouble,” said Farmer Millweed, shaking his head.</p> - -<p>“You are very sure to have trouble if you don’t do it.”</p> - -<p>“That’s so!” exclaimed the unhappy man. “I have always had to work -hard, and I never drank a drop of liquor in my life. I’m not as smart -as some, but I’ve done my best to get along. Next -<!--170.png--> -month the mortgage -and interest are due, and I have not a dollar to pay either. I am -behindhand on my interest now. Of course Stubbs will take possession, -and my family will be turned out of the house. I have no place to go, -and the best I can do will be to go to work on wages; for all I have -got will not pay my debts. I shall have to take the helm, as you call -it, captain.”</p> - -<p>“If I can do any thing for you, I shall be glad to do it,” added the -captain.</p> - -<p>“I haven’t any claims on you, Captain Gildrock, and it is very kind of -you to offer to take my boys. I will go home, and see what can be -done,” replied Farmer Millweed, as he left the captain.</p> - -<p>There was an expression of resolution on his face as he passed out of -the yard, and it was evident to the captain that he meant to do -something in the emergency. The captain wondered if his pluck would -hold out long enough to enable him to do it.</p> - -<p>“If the boys are going to join the school, I want them here by nine -this forenoon; for we are about to organize a ship’s company for the -steam-yacht,” he called to the discouraged farmer, as he was passing -through the gate.</p> -<!--171.png--> - -<p>“I intend to have them both here,” answered Mr. Millweed.</p> - -<p>“If they come, I shall do them more good than the high-school ever -did,” said the captain to himself, as he went into the house.</p> - -<p>The captain insisted, at the breakfast-table, that the high-school had -spoiled the Millweed boys and girls. Mr. Brookbine dissented, and was -sure it was the mother who had made the mischief.</p> - -<p>“It was she who sent them to the high-school; and the matter is about -as broad as it is long,” added the captain.</p> - -<p>“But the mother could have spoiled them just as fully if they had not -gone to the high-school,” persisted the master-carpenter, who had -opinions of his own. “I believe the high-school is a good thing; and, -if these boys and girls had gone to work when they got through, it -would have been all right with the family. It was the high notions, -and not the high-school, that did the mischief; and the children got -them from the mother. The father is a man of no great force.”</p> - -<p>“But he had force enough to take care of his family, and lay up -something, until he was broken -<!--172.png--> -down by the demands of his family upon -him. There was a screw loose somewhere, and the children ought never -to have gone to the high-school.”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps not: I think myself that the high-school business is -sometimes overdone,” replied the mechanic. “I never went to a -high-school or an academy, but I don’t think I should have been any -the worse off for a great deal more learning than I ever got.”</p> - -<p>“I am willing to admit that the high-school is a necessity in an -American community, but I think it ought to be combined with something -of an industrial character. The occupation of the mechanic should be -redeemed from the odium which has attached to it.”</p> - -<p>“I agree with you there,” added Mr. Brookbine heartily. “The Millweed -boys must have been good scholars to get through when they were only -sixteen. Most of the scholars that graduate are eighteen and -nineteen.”</p> - -<p>“And those who are not going into the learned professions have wasted -three years which ought to have been spent in the shop, or in learning -the business of life. The graduates come out, a year -<!--173.png--> -or two before -they are of age, with too high notions to do any thing but measure -tape; and that they call being merchants.”</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock was very radical in his notions, and he continued the -conversation until the meal was over. The boys were directed to take -their overcoats, and go on board of the Sylph.</p> - -<p>“The prisoner in the brig wants to see you, Captain Gildrock,” said -Mr. Brookbine, just as the captain was going on board of the steamer.</p> - -<p>“He must be attended to at once, for he needs more care than all the -others,” replied the captain, as he went back to the dormitory with -the carpenter.</p> - -<p>The mechanic unlocked the doors, and the captain presented himself -before the rebel. Oscar looked very pale, and his chest heaved with -emotion. It was evident, from the appearance of his eyes, that he had -not slept well in his new quarters. A small portion of the bread on -the table had been eaten, but not enough to indicate that he had been -very hungry.</p> - -<p>“I am told that you wish to see me,” said the captain.</p> - -<p>“I don’t care to stay any longer in this place; -<!--174.png--> -and I -should like to have you send me back to my uncle,” replied Oscar.</p> - -<p>“If that is all you want, nothing more need be said. You will not be -sent back to your uncle under any circumstances.”</p> - -<p>“Then I will do the best I can if you will let me out,” added the -rebel.</p> - -<p>Oscar was promptly released without a question.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--175.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch16"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="sixteen">XVI.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE ORGANIZATION OF THE SHIP’S COMPANY.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Oscar Chester was taken to the house, and provided with a good -breakfast. His appetite was not spoiled, though dry bread had no -attractions for him. He ate heartily, and then walked down to the -landing on the lake where the steamer lay.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock had gone down before. He had called the boys together -on the forward deck, where, as usual, they had greeted him with a -cheer, which assured him so far that every thing was satisfactory to -the pupils.</p> - -<p>“Hereafter, my lads, I think we had better dispense with the cheers, -except on extraordinary occasions. By and by something will occur that -will not meet your approbation; and then you will want to make a -demonstration of another kind,” said the captain.</p> - -<p>“Can’t we make it?” asked Ben Ludlow.</p> - -<p>“If what I do, and what the instructors do, is -<!--176.png--> -not right, I should -like to have you express your opinions in a proper manner,” replied -the principal of the school. “But, if any thing don’t suit you, I -don’t wish you to manifest your disapprobation by hissing. Don’t -pretend to like what you don’t like. Don’t be hypocrites. But, if you -are dissatisfied with any thing about the school, come to me, and -express your minds in a proper manner; and we will calmly discuss the -matter. If I am wrong, I shall make haste to set myself right; and I -hope you will do the same.”</p> - -<p>This remark was greeted with a rousing cheer, for the boys were -delighted with the discipline so far.</p> - -<p>“I thought we were to dispense with the cheering,” said the captain -with a pleasant smile.</p> - -<p>“That was an extraordinary occasion, Captain Gildrock,” added Bob -Swanton. “We never heard of a schoolmaster before who believed it -possible for anybody to be right but himself.”</p> - -<p>The boys laughed and clapped their hands at this reply, and were ready -to give Bob Swanton a medal for hitting the nail on the head at the -right moment.</p> - -<p>“The instructors here will try to be in the right. -<!--177.png--> -If they don’t, they -won’t be here long. But you and I may not always be able to agree, and -I may have to insist on my own way. Then you must submit. But here -comes Chester. I wish you all to refrain from saying any thing about -what happened yesterday to him. We will all treat him handsomely, and -it will be his own fault if he don’t get along without any trouble.”</p> - -<p>Oscar came on board with the carpenter. He seemed to be much agitated, -and probably he expected some sort of a greeting from his -fellow-pupils. As they were not to say any thing to him about the -past, they avoided even glancing at him, lest he might put a wrong -construction upon their looks. Captain Gildrock appeared not to see -him, and he took his place in the rear of the other boys. Possibly he -was astonished to find that he had become a person of so little -consequence.</p> - -<p>“Now, my lads, we are to organize the ship’s company,” said the -captain.</p> - -<p>“Is this a ship?” asked Dave Windsor.</p> - -<p>“This is simply a steamer; properly, a steam-yacht, being used mainly -as a pleasure-craft. She is not a ship; but it is customary to speak -of the ship’s company, whatever the size or rig of the -<!--178.png--> -vessel. You read -in the New Testament, speaking of Jesus, that he ‘entered into a -ship.’ Have you an idea that the craft was a vessel with three masts, -square rigged?”</p> - -<p>“I did not know any thing about it,” replied Will Orwell.</p> - -<p>“That ship was nothing but a boat, not as big as the Goldwing -probably. I repeat, that we are to organize the ship’s company; and I -assure you that the expression is quite correct.”</p> - -<p>“Of course it is,” added Dave Windsor. “I only wanted to know about -it.”</p> - -<p>“That’s right: ask all the sensible things you can think of, and I -shall be glad to answer you. You can’t all be captains or even -officers.”</p> - -<p>“We don’t expect to be,” added Ben Ludlow, when the captain paused to -note the effect of his statement.</p> - -<p>“It is necessary to have some privates on board; but one position is -just as honorable as another if it is well filled,” continued the -captain. “There is to be no favoritism on board or in the school. Now, -we must have firemen, deck-hands, cooks, and waiters; and it is just -as important for you to learn the duties of these positions as those -of officers.”</p> -<!--179.png--> - -<p>“Are we to learn to cook?” asked Jim Alburgh, laughing.</p> - -<p>“You are; and I consider this one of the most important parts to -learn. I served as cook on board of a brig during one voyage to the -West Indies; and I took as much pride in performing my duties -correctly, as ever I did when commanding an East Indiaman,” replied -the principal with energy.</p> - -<p>“I know something about cooking, and I like the business,” added Jim -Alburgh.</p> - -<p>“Ah, here comes two recruits!” exclaimed Captain Gildrock, as -Pemberton and Bolingbroke Millweed came on board. “I am particularly -glad to see you, boys.”</p> - -<p>“Thank you, sir,” replied Pemberton politely; and the principal was -delighted to see that there was no appearance of compulsion in their -coming.</p> - -<p>“We have twenty-two of the pupils I want: four of them will join us at -Burlington, and two more at Plattsburgh. I hope the other two will -arrive before we begin the school.”</p> - -<p>“Are we going to Plattsburgh to-day, sir?” asked Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“We are; and it is time we were moving, -<!--180.png--> -though we have considerable -to do before we can leave. I have concluded to be captain myself for -the present, until I find a pupil who is competent to fill the place.”</p> - -<p>“Dory!” exclaimed several of the boys.</p> - -<p>“Dory will not be captain, though I think he is competent. I want him -in another place. He is my nephew, but he shall not be favored on that -account. I have places for the twenty-four pupils of the school, and I -will name them to you. Next to the captain will be the first and -second officers, sometimes called mates, and, in men-of-war, -lieutenants.”</p> - -<p>“But none of our crowd know any thing about steamers or boats, and are -not fit for officers.”</p> - -<p>“The officers will learn their duties; and after a while, when you -have all had a chance to know what is required of you, these positions -will be given to those who are the most competent to fill them. The -next in rank will be the first and second pilot. As Dory is the only -one of you who is fitted to pilot a steamer, I shall appoint him first -pilot. This is the only one I shall select for any place. All the -others will be drawn by lot as soon as we leave Burlington.”</p> -<!--181.png--> - -<p>A few of the pupils were disposed to applaud the appointment; but -others hushed them up, and there was no demonstration.</p> - -<p>“The third in rank are the engineers. As I am captain, Mr. Jepson will -be the chief-engineer. We shall have a first and second -assistant-engineer. Next come the first and second cook. Following -this department is the steward’s. The first, or chief, steward, the -second, third, and fourth stewards, are the names of the places. Then -come the firemen, of whom there will be four, and lastly the crew, or -deck-hands as they are sometimes called. When we have twenty-four -scholars, there will be eight of them.”</p> - -<p>The boys then asked a score of questions, which the captain answered -with great good-nature, though some of them were trivial.</p> - -<p>“Now, my lads, you wear the clothes in which you came from your homes. -I have provided uniforms for you, which you will put on before we get -under way.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Sheers, a tailor from the town, was in attendance to assist the -boys in fitting themselves to the uniforms. This dress consisted of -woollen shirts, blue sailor-pants, and short jackets. A -<!--182.png--> -white cap was -given to each, and in half an hour all hands were on deck in their new -rig. They looked very salt for a fresh-water lake, but the uniform was -very neat and appropriate.</p> - -<p>While the captain was talking to the pupils, Bates had brought on -board a quantity of provisions and stores, which he had put in their -proper places. The ice-house had received a supply, and every thing -was ready for a start. Dory was directed to get under way, and he went -to the pilot-house. Bates was on duty, and cast off the fasts when the -signal was given. The bells rang, and the Sylph was soon moving out of -the lake. In an hour and forty minutes she touched the wharf at -Burlington. The Goldwing Club were on the pier, as they had been -notified to be by Dory. Additional provisions were taken on board, and -again the steamer was under way.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock called all the students to the hurricane deck, where -Dory could see what was going on. The boys were greatly excited, for -they were curious to know what positions they would obtain. Captain -Gildrock produced a number of white cards, and then stood up before -the scholars. Taking a box which Bates brought to -<!--183.png--> -him, he dropped the -cards into it, and then shook them up.</p> - -<p>“Now, my lads, you will soon know who is cook and who is first -officer,” said the captain, as he placed the box on the shelf in the -pilot-house, where the boys could reach it through one of the windows. -“On each of the cards is written one of the positions of which I spoke -to you. You will walk up to this window, reach into the box, and draw -out one of the cards. You will not look into the box.”</p> - -<p>The captain drew the curtain over the window, so that it was -impossible for any boy to see the interior of the box, as he had to -thrust his arm through the folds of the curtain.</p> - -<p>“If there is any thing unfair about this method of assigning the -places, I want you to say so now,” added the captain, when the -preparations were completed.</p> - -<p>“It is all as fair as any thing can be,” added Dave Windsor; and all -the others expressed their satisfaction.</p> - -<p>“As fast as you draw your cards you will go down to the main deck. As -you take the card from the box, you will give me your name; and I -<!--184.png--> -shall -write it down in a book I have prepared for the purpose, against the -name of the position. Now, one at a time.”</p> - -<p>Bob Swanton was the first to come forward. He drew a card, and held it -up so that the captain could read what was on it.</p> - -<p>“First steward,” said the captain, reading it, and writing the -position against the name in his book.</p> - -<p>The next one was Tom Ridley, one of the Genverres boys. He drew -“fourth fireman.”</p> - -<p>Dick Short was “starboard watch, No. 1.”</p> - -<p>“All the starboard watch have odd numbers, and the port even numbers,” -explained the captain.</p> - -<p>Thad Glovering, of the Goldwing Club, drew “first officer.” Corny -Minkfield was first assistant-engineer. Pemberton Millweed was first -cook. When Oscar Chester walked up to the pilot-house, there was a -sensation among the boys that could not be wholly concealed. When he -drew “second pilot” the sensation was more decided, though no one -spoke; but all knew that he was to be associated intimately with Dory -Dornwood.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--185.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch17"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="seventeen">XVII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE OFFICERS AND CREW OF THE SYLPH.</h4> - -<p class="p2">“Who is first pilot, sir?” asked Oscar Chester while the captain was -writing his name against his position.</p> - -<p>“Dory Dornwood,” replied Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>Oscar made no reply; but, taking his card, he went to the main deck -without a word of comment. It was not at all likely that the rebel -would agree with the first pilot.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock’s book, when all had drawn their cards, and Dory had -drawn one each for the two Plattsburgh pupils, gave the places <span style="white-space:nowrap;">as -follows:—</span></p> - -<table summary="assignment of pupils"> -<tr><td class="left"><i>First officer</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Thad Glovering</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Second officer</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Will Orwell</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>First pilot</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Dory Dornwood</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Second pilot</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Oscar Chester</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Engineer</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">George Jepson</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>First assistant-engineer</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Corny Minkfield</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Second assistant-engineer</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">John Brattle</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>First fireman</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Nat Long</span>.</td></tr> -<!--186.png--> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Second fireman</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Dave Windsor</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Third fireman</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Bolly Millweed</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Fourth fireman</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Tom Ridley</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>First cook</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Pemberton Millweed</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Second cook</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Jim Alburgh</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>First steward</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Bob Swanton</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Second steward</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Steve Baxter</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Third steward</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">George Duane</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Fourth steward</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Lick Milton</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Starboard watch</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Dick Short</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Starboard watch</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Phil Gawner</span><a name="period"></a>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Starboard watch</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Ben Ludlow</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Port watch</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Harry Franklin</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Port watch</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Ned Bellows</span>.</td></tr> -<tr><td class="left"><i>Port watch</i></td><td class="leftwide"><span class="sc">Lew Shoreham</span>.</td></tr> -</table> - -<p>“First and second officers, pilots, and engineers will return to the -hurricane deck; the others will remain on the forecastle,” said -Captain Gildrock, when the cards had all been drawn.</p> - -<p>The wheel had been given to Bates, and Dory had gone to the main deck -with the others. The boys seemed to be in good humor, and those who -had drawn inferior positions were apparently the jolliest of the -crowd. Very likely they were disappointed: if they were, they did not -complain.</p> - -<p>The principal brought from the pilot-house a pile of coats and half a -dozen badges, which he -<!--187.png--> -laid on a bench. As soon as the half-dozen he -had called up had assembled near him, he spoke again.</p> - -<p>“I told you there would be some changes in the uniform after we left -Burlington,” said he. “Those whom I have called up are to be regarded -as officers. Instead of wearing the short jackets you have on, you -will put on sack-coats. On his cap each of you will wear one of these -badges, which indicates the position the wearer holds.”</p> - -<p>The officers put on the badges, and exchanged the short jackets for -the more dignified garments handed to them by the captain. Certainly -they looked more like officers than before. There was some -good-natured chaffing among them, for they could not well help making -fun of each other. As there was no appearance of ill-feeling among -them, the principal did not object.</p> - -<p>“What are we to do now, Captain Gildrock?” John Brattle asked.</p> - -<p>“The first thing to do is to learn your duties,” replied the captain. -“You and Minkfield will go to the engine-room, and Mr. Jepson will -instruct you.”</p> -<!--188.png--> - -<p>The two engineers hastened below, full of enthusiasm, and very anxious -to learn the duties of their new positions. The captain proceeded to -instruct the first and second officers in regard to their offices, but -all the time he was thinking about the second pilot. He was not -prepared to send Oscar Chester into the pilot-house with Dory. But -Bates knew how to steer, and knew the way to Plattsburgh; though he -was not a pilot for the lake. Finally he concluded to send the second -pilot to learn how to handle the wheel, while he kept Dory with him to -assist in organizing the crew.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock then went down to the main deck. The four firemen -were immediately sent to the engineer. It happened that the two cooks -had had some experience in their new department; and they were ordered -to the galley, with instructions to learn all they could about the -cooking arrangements, so that they could find any thing they wanted.</p> - -<p>Pemberton Millweed had learned to cook a little, while with parties on -the lake; and Jim Alburgh had spent one winter in a logging-camp in -the woods, where he had learned the rudiments -<!--189.png--> -of the art. Both of -them had a taste for this sort of thing; and, as soon as they had -installed themselves in the galley, they were as happy as though they -had drawn the cards bearing the titles of first and second officer.</p> - -<p>The galley, or kitchen, was in the house on deck, with a glazed door -on each side. The galley, or stove, from which the apartment takes its -name, was forward of the doors. The after-end of the room was fitted -up with a table, and a great number of lockers to contain every -article needed in the art of cooking, except the meats and vegetables, -which were in the ice-house, next to the galley. The two cooks, though -strangers to each other until they met on board, were soon on -excellent terms, and proceeded to make an examination of their new -quarters.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock next called out the three stewards, and conducted -them to the forward cabin. The general duties of the stewards were to -take care of the cabins, set the table, wait upon it at meals. One had -not yet come on board.</p> - -<p>“Then, we are to be sort of servants, are we?” said Lick Milton.</p> - -<p>“We are all equal on board of the Sylph,” -<!--190.png--> -replied the captain with a -smile. “You are no more servants than all the others on the steamer. -The first duty of officers and seamen is to obey orders; and the first -officer is as much bound to do this as the stewards and deck-hands. It -is as necessary to have our food good and well served as it is to -navigate the vessel. You have as fair an opportunity to distinguish -yourselves in this department as in any other. The officers may be -waiters or stewards next month. In the course of time all the pupils -will be required to discharge the duties of every department.”</p> - -<p>“How long do we have to serve as stewards?” asked Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“I am not fully decided as to that: it will depend somewhat upon what -progress you make. Probably we shall make some changes in a month. But -this yacht is not the principal thing in the Beech-Hill Industrial -School. We shall not go out in her every day in the week, perhaps not -more than once a week after you have learned your duties.”</p> - -<p>“We are not to sail in her every day!” exclaimed Steve Baxter.</p> - -<p>“Certainly not: after you have obtained a few -<!--191.png--> -lessons in discipline on -board of her, she will be a sort of plaything. But we shall make a -trip every Saturday in her. On Monday morning we shall begin to put -the shop in order, and go to work there as soon as we are ready.”</p> - -<p>“Then, we are not to have much fun,” added Lick Milton.</p> - -<p>“I hope you will all be pleased with your work in the shop and in the -schoolroom,” replied the captain. “On board of large vessels the chief -steward is a person of no little consequence. He purchases the -provisions and stores, and, in consultation with the first cook, makes -out the bill of fare for each meal. All the other stewards obey his -orders, and he is responsible for the condition of the cabin and the -table. But I intended to put a sack-coat on you, Swanton, and give you -a badge.”</p> - -<p>The chief steward went to the pilot-house with the captain, where he -was provided with the sack and badge. He was directed to return to the -cabin, and see that his department was in order, and all the stewards -familiar with their work. Swanton was required to arrange with the -cooks for a dinner for all on board, and to set the table -<!--192.png--> -for twelve -persons. The principal gave them no minute instructions, preferring -first to see what the chief steward would do without them.</p> - -<p>Repairing to the forward deck with Dory, the captain found the six -seamen, or deck-hands, waiting to be informed in regard to their -duties. The first and second officers were called, for the work of the -crew was to be supervised by them. They were to wash down the decks, -and keep every thing outside of the cabins and engine and fire rooms -in order. They were to learn to row the boats, heave the lead, to -attend to the fasts in making a landing, to hoist and lower the boats, -and to take their trick at the wheel.</p> - -<p>They were divided into two watches, each being distinguished by a star -on the right or left arm. Captain Gildrock was a practical man; and, -as soon as he had explained the general duties of the crew, he -required the decks to be washed down for the sake of the practice. By -the aid of the steam-pump the planks were soon covered with water. -They were scrubbed with brooms, and dried with swabs, the first and -second officers superintending the work.</p> - -<p>The boys worked as though they enjoyed it. -<!--193.png--> -The sun soon dried the deck, -and it looked as white as though it had been holystoned. The next -lesson was in heaving the lead; and one by one the boys were mounted -on the rail, and exercised till they could do it to the satisfaction -of the principal.</p> - -<p>It was now eleven o’clock, and the Sylph was half-way to Plattsburgh. -It was necessary to see what had been done about dinner, and the -captain went into the forward cabin. He found the three stewards on -board very busy setting the table. They had found every thing they -needed, and the table looked well. The principal encouraged the boys -with some words of praise, and then went to the galley. There was a -good fire in the range, and Pemberton Millweed was frying “chips.”</p> - -<p>The principal tasted the potatoes, and pronounced them excellent. The -second cook was busy at the table preparing the vegetables. As both of -them appeared to know what they were about, the captain asked no -questions, and allowed the cooks and stewards to proceed with the -dinner in their own way.</p> - -<p>A visit to the engine-room revealed the fact that -<!--194.png--> -Corny Minkfield, the -first assistant-engineer, was in charge there, the chief-engineer -being engaged in instructing the firemen in their duties. But Corny -had been on steamers a great deal, and had some ideas in regard to -machinery. He sat upon the sofa abaft the engine, and looked as -dignified as though he had served in this department a dozen years.</p> - -<p>In the fire-room Mr. Jepson was doing his duty faithfully. The firemen -asked a great many questions, all of which were carefully answered. -The second engineer was one of the party, for it was necessary that -the engineers should fully understand the duties of the firemen. There -was nothing for the principal to do, and he returned to the deck.</p> - -<p>Dory was directed to take the wheel. When he went to the pilot-house, -he found that Oscar Chester was steering the steamer. He was doing -very well for a beginner, and the first pilot did not interfere.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--195.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch18"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="eighteen">XVIII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>ANOTHER BATTLE AT PLATTSBURGH.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Dory, without saying a word to Oscar, relieved Bates, and took his -place at the starboard window in front. Captain Gildrock was pacing -the hurricane deck, and the first pilot did not fear an attack from -the rebel. But Oscar looked ugly, and bestowed savage glances upon his -associate in the pilot-house.</p> - -<p>“We shall get to Plattsburgh just at dinner-time,” said Captain -Gildrock, stopping at the door of the pilot-house.</p> - -<p>“I suppose we can take dinner at the wharf as well as anywhere else,” -replied Dory.</p> - -<p>“We shall not go up to the wharf; but we will keep the boat going till -after dinner,” added the captain. “What is your course, second pilot?”</p> - -<p>“I am steering for that lighthouse ahead,” replied Oscar.</p> - -<p>“All right; but you may go to the eastward of it.”</p> -<!--196.png--> - -<p>“What shall I steer for, sir?” inquired the second pilot.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know of any object near enough to guide you; but you can -steer by compass, and make the course north by east,” added the -principal in a matter-of-fact way.</p> - -<p>“I never steered by compass, sir, and I don’t know how,” said Oscar.</p> - -<p>“That is one of the things a pilot ought to learn very early in his -course. There is a compass in front of you on the shelf.”</p> - -<p>“I have seen it, but Bates told me to steer for that lighthouse.”</p> - -<p>“You did quite right. That is Cumberland Head light. You are steering -just north by the compass, but there is a variation of the needle of -about eleven and a half degrees. Now, port the helm until the point -‘N. by E.’ comes to the mark on the front of the case. Steer small,” -continued Captain Gildrock, placing himself by the side of the second -pilot.</p> - -<p>Oscar had learned enough of Bates to enable him to do this. He even -knew that “steering small” was to move the wheel but a little at a -time.</p> -<!--197.png--> - -<p>“That’s right: now you have the steamer on her course. Remember, that, -so far as any turning is concerned, the compass is stationary. It is -the steamer, and not the compass, that turns, the needle always -pointing to the north.”</p> - -<p>“I think I understand it, sir,” replied Oscar.</p> - -<p>But he did not, for the very first time he moved the wheel he turned -it the wrong way.</p> - -<p>“The other way, Chester,” interposed the principal very gently. “You -are doing first-rate, and you will soon get the hang of the new -schoolhouse.”</p> - -<p>Oscar reversed the movement of the wheel, and soon got the course -again. He was wholly absorbed in his duty, and at that moment he had -forgotten that Dory stood within a few feet of him. In a few minutes -the second pilot got the nack of keeping the point for which he was -steering on the mark.</p> - -<p>“You are all right now, Chester,” said the captain. “You will make a -good pilot in due time.”</p> - -<p>“Thank you, sir,” replied Oscar, who certainly appeared to have been -greatly humanized by his experience on board.</p> - -<p>The Sylph went along on her new course very -<!--198.png--> -well. The second pilot -had learned the art of steering small, and the steamer hardly wabbled -at all. He kept his eyes fixed steadily on the compass, and the danger -was that he would see nothing else. A small steamer was directly -ahead, bound up the lake. Oscar did not appear to see her. Presently -she blew one whistle. Dory waited for the second pilot to respond to -the signal, but he did not appear to understand it. He had been shut -up in the ice-house the night before when these signals were -explained. Bates had had no occasion to instruct him in the manner of -passing other steamers.</p> - -<p>Dory pulled the line, and gave the required signal. Oscar looked at -him with a scowl on his face, but neither of the pilots spoke. The -little steamer sheered off, but hardly enough to pass the Sylph in -safety. Dory did not like to interfere, lest he should give offence to -the waspish associate in the pilot-house.</p> - -<p>“Excuse me, Oscar Chester, but you must port the helm a little in -order to pass that steamer,” said Dory, when he found that his -companion was likely to shave a hair off the approaching vessel.</p> -<!--199.png--> - -<p>“You are the first pilot, and I will obey whatever order you give me,” -replied Oscar in snappish tones, as he put the wheel to port.</p> - -<p>“When a steamer blows one whistle, it is a signal that she intends to -go to the starboard of us; and we have to reply with the one whistle,” -added Dory, glad to find that the second pilot could speak to him even -in waspish tones.</p> - -<p>“All right,” growled Oscar.</p> - -<p>At this moment one of the hands struck eight strokes, in couples, on -the bell on the bitts. Bates had been explaining the bells to the -crew.</p> - -<p>“All the starboard watch will go to dinner now!” shouted Captain -Gildrock.</p> - -<p>The first officer and the second pilot were in the starboard watch. -The engineer had arranged the watches to suit himself.</p> - -<p>“I will relieve you while you are at dinner, Oscar Chester,” said -Dory, taking hold of the wheel.</p> - -<p>“Thank you,” replied Oscar gruffly, as he left the pilot-house.</p> - -<p>Dinner was on the table in the forward cabin. The three stewards stood -behind the chairs. The table looked as neat as that of a first-class -hotel. -<!--200.png--> -The linen was clean and white, the articles were arranged with -good taste, and the dishes were neatly disposed in their proper -places.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock took his place at the head of the table, with the -chief steward behind his chair. The first officer was directed to take -the seat at the opposite end of the table. Mr. Jepson and Mr. -Brookbine sat on the right and left of the captain, and the rest took -such places as they chose.</p> - -<p>The dinner was not an elaborate one, and both of the cooks were equal -to such a meal every day in the week. In front of the captain was a -dish of beefsteak, and before the first officer a platter of -veal-cutlets. There were several kinds of vegetables, besides boiled -potatoes and chips.</p> - -<p>Every thing was well cooked; and the occupants of the galley declared -that it ought to be, for both of them had done this thing times enough -to learn how. The captain declared that Pemberton Millweed was good -for something; and, if he would devote himself to the art of cooking, -he could make more money in one year than he could in six as a -counter-jumper. The captain said as much as this to him after dinner.</p> -<!--201.png--> - -<p>“But it is not quite so genteel,” replied Pemberton with a smile.</p> - -<p>“Genteel!” exclaimed the captain in a most contemptuous tone. “I will -venture to say, that the cook of a first-class hotel in New York, not -to mention many private families, is more genteel than any -counter-jumper in Burlington. The most genteel man I ever saw was a -journeyman barber. The bartenders cut the biggest swell in some -cities. I can’t see why a cook should not be as genteel as a -counter-jumper, if he is so disposed. Male cooks get anywhere from six -hundred to three thousand dollars a year, and they can better afford -to be genteel than clerks on five to ten dollars a week.”</p> - -<p>The captain was rather curious to know what had happened at the house -of Farmer Millweed after the poor man went home that morning, but he -was not willing to ask either of the boys about it. The sons had both -joined the school, and both were discharging their duties manfully. -Doubtless there had been a stormy scene at the house of the farmer, -and Mr. Millweed had risen somewhat in the estimation of the -shipmaster.</p> -<!--202.png--> - -<p>The tables were set a second time at half-past twelve; and the port -watch fared as well as the starboard, for, as far as practicable, a -fresh meal had been cooked for its members. Mr. Jepson reported -Bolingbroke as both willing and intelligent. He knew all about a -steam-engine, and not a little about chemistry and the mathematics; -for which the captain was willing to give the credit to the Genverres -high-school.</p> - -<p>Obeying the instructions of the captain, Dory had come about, and the -steamer was headed up the lake. At Cumberland Head she changed her -course again, and ran for Plattsburgh. At the north beacon on the -breakwater, he rang to stop her. The second officer, prompted by the -captain, had the anchor all ready to let go. The pilot gave the order -when he was ready.</p> - -<p>“Let go the anchor!” shouted Will Orwell.</p> - -<p>Splash it went into the water: the Sylph swung around, and all hands -were called. Captain Gildrock made a little speech to the boys, -praised them for what they had done during the forenoon, and then gave -them two hours’ liberty to go on shore. He expected them to behave -like gentlemen, and not disgrace the uniform they wore. -<!--203.png--> -They were to -be on the wharf at three o’clock, in readiness to return to the -steamer.</p> - -<p>The dummy exercise of lowering the boats was made real; and, with the -exception of Jepson and Bates, all hands went on shore. No restraint -was put upon them as to where they should go. Dory thought he would -call upon some of his old friends in the place; and he started for the -town, which is about three-quarters of a mile from the lake-shore. -After he had passed the railroad-station, Oscar Chester suddenly -presented himself before him. He had evidently been lying in wait for -him.</p> - -<p>“Dory Dornwood, we meet now on an equal footing; and I think I can -keep my feet on the solid land as well as you can,” said the second -pilot savagely. “I promised to get even with you, and my time has -come.”</p> - -<p>“If your time has come, Oscar Chester, my time has not gone,” replied -Dory calmly; and therein he had the advantage of the rebel. “I don’t -want to quarrel with you, and I won’t if I can help it. I should like -to talk the matter over with you, for I think you will be fair when -you look on both sides of the question.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t want to talk it over. You insulted -<!--204.png--> -me last night, and then -you caused me to be tumbled into the lake. I am going to have -satisfaction; for I never forgive an insult,” added Oscar, waxing -fierce as his anger boiled within him.</p> - -<p>“I did not intend to insult you; and I only did what any skipper would -have done under the same circumstances,” continued Dory.</p> - -<p>“No more talk. I intend to thrash you here and now, till you say you -have had enough of it, and are willing to beg my pardon,” stormed -Oscar, as he threw off his uniform sack, and tossed his badged cap -upon the grass at the side of the road.</p> - -<p>By this time a party of the ship’s company came up. The second officer -was in it; and, as soon as he understood what was going on, he -hastened to the scene. He spoke to Oscar, and tried to induce him not -to meddle with Dory. The others were not disposed to interfere with -such a fellow as the second pilot. Will Orwell was his crony; and he -persisted, taking his friend by the arm, and trying to lead him away.</p> - -<p>“Don’t talk to me, Will Orwell! You are half a traitor to me,” said -Oscar, shaking off his crony.</p> -<!--205.png--> - -<p>Without waiting for another word, the rebel leaped upon Dory. An -instant later Oscar went over backwards, with the blood spurting from -his nose. He sprang to his feet, and renewed the attack. In two -minutes more he lay upon the ground, unable to rise.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--206.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch19"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="nineteen">XIX.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>SOMETHING THAT HAPPENED ON SHORE.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Oscar Chester was not killed, or even very seriously injured. The last -blow of Dory had been planted in a sensitive place, and he had been -stunned by it. His companions gathered around him, lifted him up, and -procured some water from the Fouquet Hotel, with which they washed his -head. In a few minutes his senses came back to him, and he was able to -comprehend the situation.</p> - -<p>Dory had been hit several times; but he was a tough youngster, and -seemed to be none the worse for the battle. As he viewed the matter, -he had simply defended himself, according to the first law of nature. -He had done his best beforehand to avoid the fight, and had proposed -to talk the matter over in order to ascertain who was to blame.</p> - -<p>“That was an awful crack you gave him at the end,” said Fireman -Bolingbroke Millweed, joining -<!--207.png--> -Dory, who stood alone on the grass. “I -didn’t know that you were such a hard hitter.”</p> - -<p>“I did not know it myself,” replied Dory, wiping the perspiration from -his brow. “I am not a fighting character, and I never struck a blow in -my life except in self-defence.”</p> - -<p>“I think Chester has got enough of it,” added the fireman.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know about that. He acts to me as though he was crazy. It -would be just like him to pitch into me again as soon as he feels able -to do so. I am sure I don’t want to quarrel with him, especially as he -is to be in the pilot-house with me. If I have done any thing out of -the way, I am willing to beg his pardon; but he wouldn’t even talk -with me about his grudge against me.”</p> - -<p>“I saw the whole of it, and heard all that was said. I am sure you are -not to blame,” added Bolingbroke. “But I was glad to see you knock him -out after he was so unreasonable.”</p> - -<p>“You were in the boat last night when the trouble began, and I hope -you will be able to remember what passed between Oscar and me; for, -after this, my uncle will be very likely to investigate the case.”</p> -<!--208.png--> - -<p>“I remember all about it. Oscar wanted to steer the boat, and you -objected. When he got up from his seat,—to take the helm, I -suppose,—you told him to sit down; and you spoke rather sharply. Then -the boat gave a lurch, and he went overboard. If it hadn’t been for -you, Dory, he would have been drowned as sure as fate,” replied -Bolingbroke, rehearsing the facts precisely as they were.</p> - -<p>“I am ready to face the music, and if I have done any thing wrong I -shall be glad to apologize for it. In this fight, I only defended -myself, as I think every fellow ought to do.”</p> - -<p>“How are you, Dory?”</p> - -<p>The pilot looked around, and saw Mr. Peppers, a constable of -Plattsburgh, who sometimes did detective work. He had sailed down the -lake with Dory in the Goldwing a few weeks before, and Peppers had a -strong regard for the skipper.</p> - -<p>“I am glad to see you, Mr. Peppers,” replied Dory, shaking hands with -the detective.</p> - -<p>“You have settled that fellow so that he won’t want any more of your -love-pats,” replied Peppers, laughing. “I saw the whole of it, and it -was handsomely done.”</p> - -<p>“I merely defended myself. He pitched into -<!--209.png--> -me, and I could not help -myself,” answered the pilot in the language and tone of apology; for -he did not want any one to think that he ever engaged in a voluntary -fight.</p> - -<p>“I know it: I saw the whole of it. You were trying to talk with him -when he rushed upon you,” added Peppers.</p> - -<p>By this time Oscar Chester appeared to have recovered from the heavy -blows of his brother pilot. He and Will Orwell walked up the street -towards the town. The excitement was all over, and the other pupils -scattered. Peppers followed Chester. Dory was doubtful what to do. At -first he thought of going on board of the Sylph, and reporting the -battle to his uncle.</p> - -<p>After a little consideration, and some talk with Bolingbroke about it, -he decided not to do so. He was ready to answer to any charge that -might be brought against him, and it would be time enough to defend -himself when he was accused. He called at the Witherill House, had a -chat with the landlord and the clerk, and then returned to the wharf. -By this time most of the boys had seen all they wanted to of the town, -and were ready to go on board. Captain Gildrock had -<!--210.png--> -come on shore, and -had just gone on board with the two Plattsburgh boys who were to join -the school.</p> - -<p>Bates was in charge of the boats; and, as soon as the crew of one of -them appeared, he sent one load on board. The principal was -instructing the two new hands, who had already put on the uniform. One -was a steward, and the other belonged to the port watch.</p> - -<p>At a little after three o’clock the other boat came off, and the -students rushed up the accommodation steps as though they enjoyed the -steamer and the lake more than the town. George Duane, the new -steward, was handed over to Bob Swanton, after a proper introduction; -and they retired to the forward cabin.</p> - -<p>“Have all hands come on board?” asked Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>The boys looked about them, as though they were unable to answer the -question.</p> - -<p>“You don’t know: well, we can soon ascertain by calling the roll,” -added the principal, as he took the list of students from his pocket. -“Mr. Glovering.”</p> - -<p>“Here sir,” replied the first officer in the midst -<!--211.png--> -of the laughter of -the boys when they heard the handle applied to his name.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Orwell.”</p> - -<p>“Here, sir.”</p> - -<p>“Mr. Dornwood.”</p> - -<p>“Here, sir.”</p> - -<p>“Mr. Chester.”</p> - -<p>There was no response to this name, and it was repeated. There was no -answer.</p> - -<p>“Is the second pilot on board?” asked Captain Gildrock; and Dory -wondered if he knew any thing about the second battle of Plattsburgh.</p> - -<p>The first and second officers looked about the deck and into the -cabins for the missing pilot, but he could not be found. A more -thorough search was made by all hands, and it was soon evident that -“Mr. Chester” was not on board. The captain finished the call of the -roll, and made no remark in regard to the disappearance of the second -pilot. He directed the first officer to get up the anchor.</p> - -<p>It looked as though Oscar Chester had absconded, notwithstanding his -good conduct during the forenoon. Possibly some of the boys, -especially Will Orwell, knew something about -<!--212.png--> -the matter; but they did -not volunteer to give any information, and the principal did not ask -for any. He said nothing at all, in fact, about the missing student. -The captain did not appear to be in the least degree disturbed by the -absence of the refractory pupil.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock looked on while the crew walked around the capstan. -The officers had learned their lesson well; and, for a first trial, -the operation of getting up the anchor was handsomely done.</p> - -<p>The first pilot was at his post; and, as soon as “anchor aweigh” was -reported to him, he rang the gong. Mr. Jepson stood on deck, near the -door of the engine-room, having stationed his first assistant at the -machine. He opened the valve slowly, and the thumping of the screw was -immediately heard.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock had gone to the hurricane deck, where he could see -all that was done in the pilot-house and on the forecastle. He cast -occasional glances at the wharf, and he directed Dory to run in that -direction. Then he called the first officer, and told him to get ready -to make a landing.</p> -<!--213.png--> - -<p>Dory ran the Sylph up to the wharf, where she was secured by the -enthusiastic crew. The portion of the bulwark at the starboard gangway -was removed, and the plank run out. While Mr. Glovering was wondering -who was going on shore, Oscar Chester stepped out of the building on -the wharf, and walked on board as coolly as though nothing had -happened to disturb his equanimity.</p> - -<p>“Haul in the plank!” called the captain. “Cast off, Dory.”</p> - -<p>The pilot on duty blew a sharp whistle, which was the signal to cast -off the fasts; and the officers below attended to this duty. The Sylph -backed out from the wharf, and then went ahead, the engine being -wholly managed by Corny Minkfield. Oscar Chester went directly to the -hurricane deck, and was about to enter the pilot-house, when he was -confronted by Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>“You are late, Mr. Chester,” said the principal.</p> - -<p>“I came on board against my will, sir. In fact, I was brought down to -the wharf,” replied Oscar.</p> - -<p>“Indeed? Who brought you to the wharf?” asked the captain with a -half-suppressed chuckle.</p> - -<p>“I wasn’t introduced to him, but he said he was a constable.”</p> -<!--214.png--> - -<p>“You ought to have been introduced to him,” laughed the captain. “I -can’t go through the ceremony now, because the constable is not here; -but his name is Peppers. Dory knows him, and he will introduce you if -I don’t happen to be present when you meet again. Am I to understand -from what you say that you did not intend to return to the steamer?”</p> - -<p>“I did not intend to return: on the contrary, I meant to run away; for -I suppose that is what you would call it,” replied Oscar.</p> - -<p>“If I remember rightly, you promised this morning to behave as well as -you knew how, if I released you from the brig,” added the captain.</p> - -<p>“I meant what I said at the time, and intended to keep my promise; but -something happened on shore that prevented me from doing so,” replied -Oscar rather sheepishly for him.</p> - -<p>“What is the matter with your face, Mr. Chester? Your nose is swelled, -and you have a mouse under each eye. I should say that both of your -eyes would be in mourning for the next week,” added Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>“The black eyes are in consequence of something -<!--215.png--> -that happened on shore,” -answered the second pilot.</p> - -<p>“What was that?”</p> - -<p>“Excuse me, sir: if you will ask Dory, he can tell the story better -than I can,” replied Oscar, glancing at the pilot at the wheel.</p> - -<p>This conversation took place at the door of the pilot-house, and Dory -could not help hearing all that was said; and if he looked behind him -he could see the parties.</p> - -<p>“I prefer that you should tell your own story,” added the principal -rather sternly. “My business just now is with you and not with Dory.”</p> - -<p>“To make a short story of it, sir, I attempted to thrash Dory, and I -got thrashed myself,” answered the culprit.</p> - -<p>“Served you right!” exclaimed the captain. “Have you settled the -matter finally?”</p> - -<p>“It seems to have settled itself, sir. I had no doubt I could whip -Dory as easily as I could turn my hand. I never met one of these -proper fellows before that I could not whip, and without the least -difficulty. I am satisfied now that he can whip me every time, and -that settles the matter.”</p> -<!--216.png--> - -<p>“I should say that you judge yourself and Dory by a very mean and -cowardly standard. But if you are satisfied, nobody else need complain -this time. Return to your duty, Mr. Chester.”</p> - -<p>Oscar went to the wheel, and did not seem to have any delicacy about -meeting Dory.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--217.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch20"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty">XX.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE NEW HEAD OF THE MILLWEED FAMILY.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Captain Gildrock judged, from the appearance of Oscar Chester’s face, -that he had been severely punished for his assault upon his superior -officer. He had not heard a word about the second battle at -Plattsburg. Though Bates knew all about it, he never meddled with what -did not concern him.</p> - -<p>He walked away from the pilot-house, satisfied that Dory could take -care of himself if the second pilot wanted any thing more of him. Mr. -Jepson had divided the firemen into watches, and two of them were now -off duty. The principal saw Bolingbroke walking the hurricane deck, -and called him. In answer to his question, Bolingbroke told him all -the particulars of the fight on shore. Of course the statement was -highly favorable to Dory.</p> - -<p>If no one else knew it, the principal did, that Will Orwell was a -crony of the second pilot. From him he could get the other side of the -<!--218.png--> -story, if there was any other side to it; and he called the second -officer. Orwell’s story did not differ materially from that of the -fireman, and the captain was satisfied that the assault upon his -nephew had been entirely unprovoked. He knew all about the difficulty -in the boat, and on board of the steamer the night before.</p> - -<p>The captain was satisfied that Chester had been sufficiently punished, -especially when he considered what a shock the pride of the wilful boy -had received in his failure to thrash Dory. Doubtless his attempt to -run away had been caused by his defeat. He was humiliated and -mortified at the result.</p> - -<p>Of course Peppers did not act without instructions. The principal -expected a demonstration on the part of the rebel. He had written to -the officer the day before, requesting him to be on the wharf when the -Sylph arrived, and instructing him to watch Oscar all the time the -latter was on shore. He was to bring him off if he attempted to run -away.</p> - -<p>Peppers soon ascertained which of the boys he was to “shadow,” and -followed him wherever he went. Orwell remained in his company till it -<!--219.png--> -was time to return to the wharf. Oscar declared that he would not go -on board again, and tried to induce his crony to join him in his -flight into the country.</p> - -<p>Orwell was second officer, and was delighted with his experience in -the Beech-Hill Industrial School so far. It was better than a play to -him, and nothing could have induced him to run away from the agreeable -life which had just opened upon him. He had reasoned with his friend -very earnestly, and even had the pluck to tell him flatly that Dory -was altogether in the right, and he was altogether in the wrong.</p> - -<p>Oscar admitted that he was pleased with the school, but he could not -endure the humiliation of playing “second fiddle” to Dory after what -had happened. They parted, and Orwell went on board with the other -pupils; and he was utterly astonished when he saw his crony come on -board at the wharf.</p> - -<p>“If you wish to steer, I will give you the wheel, Oscar Chester,” said -Dory, when the second pilot had been in the room a few minutes. “It is -not a new thing to me; and I am not anxious to steer, though I like to -do it well enough.”</p> -<!--220.png--> - -<p>“Thank you, Dory Dornwood: you are very kind. You can whip me every -time; and, of course, you can bully me if you have a mind to do so,” -replied Oscar, beginning very stiffly.</p> - -<p>“I have no wish to bully you or any other fellow. I don’t want to -quarrel with any person; and, as we are to be in the pilot-house -together, I hope we shall be able to agree,” added Dory in the most -conciliatory tones.</p> - -<p>“We shall agree after this,” said Oscar, letting himself down a few -pegs. “You can whip me, and that is enough. I can’t quarrel with you -without getting the worst of it. I must submit, and I may as well make -the best of it.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t believe in fighting, and I don’t care a straw who is the best -man. I don’t mean to bully even the weakest fellow in the school. I -know I speak quick sometimes, but I don’t mean any thing by it. I am -told that I spoke rather sharply to you in the boat last night. I am -sorry for it, and I beg your pardon,” said Dory.</p> - -<p>“You don’t owe me any apology after you have whipped me; and you are -generous to let me down as easily as you can,” added Oscar.</p> - -<p>“It was since we came on board, after the affair, -<!--221.png--> -that I was told I -spoke sharply to you. If you had told me so before hitting me, I -should have begged your pardon. I mean to do the right thing.”</p> - -<p>“Your hand, Dory!” exclaimed Oscar, extending his own. “You are a good -fellow, even if you are so frightfully proper.”</p> - -<p>Dory gave the rebel his right hand, and his companion shook it -heartily. There was some good left in Oscar Chester.</p> - -<p>“I always thrashed every fellow in the school that didn’t fag to me, -and I suppose I have been spoiled. But I will try to do better. If I -don’t do well, you must thrash me again, Dory,” added the second -pilot, smiling blandly. “I hope we shall be friends; and I will take -the wheel now, if you will show me how to handle it.”</p> - -<p>“You handle it very well already, though there are a great many things -you will have to learn, as every wheelman must,” replied Dory -cordially, and without putting on any airs.</p> - -<p>There was peace in the pilot-house now, as there was in every part of -the steamer. Captain Gildrock looked into the room after a while, and -found that the two pilots were apparently excellent -<!--222.png--> -friends. He did -not say any thing, or even enter the apartment; for he thought the -boys would get along better without any help.</p> - -<p>The Sylph went up the lake as far as Ticonderoga. The instruction was -continued in all the departments; and as the students were required to -do the work themselves, as well as listen to the theory, they made -rapid progress, and enjoyed themselves to the end of the trip. They -were sorry when it was finished.</p> - -<p>The steamer was secured at the temporary wharf in Beech Lake. Supper -had been served on board as arranged in the morning; and the cooks and -stewards had to put things in order before they went on shore. The -engineers and firemen were taught in what shape to leave the engine -and boilers. The first and second officers put the decks in order. But -the pilots had nothing to do when the boat touched the wharf.</p> - -<p>“Is Captain Gildrock on board?” asked Mr. Millweed, who was on the -wharf when Dory landed.</p> - -<p>“He is in the after cabin,” replied the first pilot; and he would have -been very glad to hear what passed between the principal and the -farmer.</p> -<!--223.png--> - -<p>But he had been taught to mind his own business; and he walked up to -the dormitory with Oscar, who had not yet visited the room -appropriated to his use. Mr. Millweed went on board of the Sylph, and -found the captain at the desk in his room.</p> - -<p>“I will wait till you are ready to see me, Captain Gildrock,” said he.</p> - -<p>“I am ready to see you now, and anxious to hear what you have to say,” -replied the principal, as he led the way out of the state-room into -the main cabin. “Both of the boys came on board before nine, and have -done well. Pemberton is first cook, and Bolingbroke is third fireman.”</p> - -<p>“I suppose they don’t like these places,” added Farmer Millweed.</p> - -<p>“Both of them seem to be very well satisfied. Pemberton is an -excellent cook,” answered the captain. “He thinks his position is not -particularly genteel, but he will get over that in a short time. Did -Mrs. Millweed consent to their joining the school?”</p> - -<p>“She did not: she objected with all her might. But I saw that the boys -were inclined to go to the school. We had a regular row, but I stuck to -<!--224.png--> -my text; and finally I told the boys I could not support them another -day in idleness.</p> - -<p>“My wife cried; but I told her it was no use, for we should all be -turned out of the house, and all that I had would be sold to pay my -debts. I told the boys to hurry down here before the boat started; and -they minded me, in spite of the screams of my wife. It made me feel -bad, but I couldn’t help it.”</p> - -<p>“I am sorry you had any trouble, but I think you have done right,” -added Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>“When the boys had gone, I had a talk with the girls. I told them the -plain truth, and insisted that they should go to work. Both of them -said they were willing; but their mother declared they should not go -into a store or factory, or any thing of that sort, to work. They had -been finely educated, and were fit to adorn the drawing-room of a rich -man.”</p> - -<p>“Very likely they are; but the next thing is to find the -drawing-room,” suggested the captain.</p> - -<p>“That is the very thing I said to Matilda—that’s my wife. I told the -girls I would try to find places, and they both said they would take -<!--225.png--> -any places I could get for them. Matilda said they should not. I told -them I had not money enough to buy a meal of victuals, and the -storekeepers and the butchers won’t trust me. I found a place in a -store for Elinora myself; and she went to it, after dinner, to-day.”</p> - -<p>“Excellent! You are doing bravely!” exclaimed the captain. “I will see -what can be done for the other girl as soon as I go ashore. By the -way, I was thinking of getting a young man to keep the records of the -school, and do some of my writing for me. A woman will do just as -well. I will give your other daughter five dollars a week, and raise -her wages as fast as she learns to do the work.”</p> - -<p>“God bless you, Captain Gildrock!” ejaculated the discouraged father. -“If the children can support themselves, I can take care of my wife -after we have lost the farm and every thing else. I can get work at -day wages.”</p> - -<p>“I hope you won’t lose your farm,” added the captain.</p> - -<p>“There is no help for it. The mortgage note will be due in a short -time; and I can’t pay the interest, let alone any part of the -principal.”</p> -<!--226.png--> - -<p>Farmer Millweed groaned in spirit, when he thought of the final blow -that was about to fall upon him. He had been an honest, temperate, -hard-working man all his life, though he was a person of but little -force of character. His wife’s aspirations after gentility had -actually ruined him. As things were going on the day before, the -family were only a few steps from the poorhouse.</p> - -<p>“I think you are an honest man, and I am very sorry to see you brought -to the verge of ruin in this way,” said Captain Gildrock after a few -minutes’ reflection. “I will let you have the money to pay your -interest when it is due, and I will take the mortgage on your place -myself.”</p> - -<p>“I did not expect any thing of this sort from you, captain; and I am -<span style="white-space:nowrap;">sure”—</span></p> - -<p>“Never mind that, Mr. Millweed. If any of your creditors trouble you, -come to me. You have got rid of the principal trouble; and there is no -reason why you should not do well,—pay all your debts, and clear off -the mortgage on your farm.”</p> - -<p>The farmer was profuse in his expressions of gratitude; but the -captain cut them short by -<!--227.png--> -inquiring still further into his affairs, -and giving him much good advice. Mr. Millweed went home with hope in -his soul. There was a new head to the Millweed family.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--228.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch21"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-one">XXI.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>CAPTAIN GILDROCK ARGUES AGAINST HIGH-SCHOOLS.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The next day was Sunday; and Captain Gildrock insisted that all the -students should attend church, and refrain from all work and play. -Those who lived in Genverres were allowed to spend the day at home. No -excursions on the river or the lake were permitted, and no scholar was -allowed even to get into any of the boats.</p> - -<p>On Monday morning the actual work of the school was begun. The -study-hours were from nine till twelve in the forenoon. The two -gentlemen who were to teach in the scholastic department had arrived, -and promptly at the hour the school was called to order.</p> - -<p>“Now, my lads, we are ready for work,” said the captain on the -platform. “I am told that you can all read, write, and cipher. You -have some knowledge of geography and history. I dare say, some of you -have studied Greek, Latin, -<!--229.png--> -French, and German, which are all very well -in their place; but we shall have nothing to do with them here. We are -to make good mechanics of you, and not good scholars.”</p> - -<p>“Can’t good scholars be good mechanics?” asked Bolingbroke Millweed.</p> - -<p>“Certainly they can: I don’t object to any amount of scholarship,” -replied Captain Gildrock rather warmly. “You have been to the -high-school, Bolingbroke; but all that you have learned will not -prevent you from becoming a first-class mechanic. On the contrary, -your education will be a great help to you.”</p> - -<p>“That is just what I thought,” added the graduate of the high-school.</p> - -<p>“For two or three years an exciting question has been under discussion -here in Genverres,” continued the principal, turning to the two -instructors. “I have taken the practical side of the subject, and I -don’t believe in sending all the boys and girls to the high-school. -When our fathers here in New England planted the schoolhouse by the -side of the church, I don’t believe they meant a high-school.”</p> - -<p>“Of course not: such an institution was unknown -<!--230.png--> -in their day,—at -least, as we understand it,” replied Mr. Bentnick. “They simply meant -an ordinary common-school education, as we call it now.”</p> - -<p>“That must be all they meant; but there has been progress in -education, as in every thing else, since their time,” added Mr. -Darlingby.</p> - -<p>“I rejoice in the progress as much as any one can,” retorted the -captain vigorously. “But I believe there is intemperance in the matter -of education as well as in eating and drinking. The first business of -life, in an enlightened or a savage state, is bread and butter. In -other words, a man must get his living before he does any thing beyond -that; and the greater part of our population can do nothing more than -get a living. Do you believe that, boys?”</p> - -<p>The boys did believe it, though none of them had ever given much -attention to social and political economy. It was plain enough that -the first duty of existence for every person was to support himself.</p> - -<p>“But some are born rich,” suggested Corny Minkfield.</p> - -<p>“Then their means of support are provided, -<!--231.png--> -but this is not the case -with one in a hundred. The great body of our people have to earn their -own living. The only real objections I have to the high-school are, -first, that it unfits boys and girls for the humble labors of life; -and, second, that it uses up so many of the years of the young in -learning what does not directly help them in earning their own -livelihood,” continued the captain.</p> - -<p>“But what they learn in the high-school is a direct help to them in -all the business of life,” suggested Mr. Darlingby.</p> - -<p>“Boys and girls spend their time from fourteen or sixteen years of -age, till they are eighteen or twenty, in learning Latin, French, -German, literature, the higher mathematics, and such branches, when -they might learn a trade, or obtain a knowledge of business. When they -graduate, they don’t want to learn a trade, work on a farm, or do -manual labor of any kind. They look down upon such occupations. They -want to be clerks, if they are boys, or marry wealthy men, if they are -girls. They must do something, if any thing at all, that is genteel.”</p> - -<p>“There is a great deal of truth in that statement,” added Mr. -Bentnick. “Boys don’t stay in -<!--232.png--> -the country, and work on the farm, now -as they did fifty years ago.”</p> - -<p>“I had a curiosity, when I was in New York last spring, to inquire -into the salaries paid to clerks and salesmen in dry-goods stores,” -continued the captain. “So far as I could obtain the information, the -average was not above ten dollars a week. Of course, some got two or -three thousand dollars a year, or even double these sums; but I found -that a great many young men worked for five or six dollars a week, and -some for even less. Good mechanics earned from ten to thirty dollars a -week.</p> - -<p>“Why, a common laborer got from six to twelve dollars a week. While -mechanics and laborers were in demand, there were multitudes of -counter-jumpers, and other persons who wanted what they called genteel -occupations, who could get nothing to do. In a word, our institutions -of learning have fitted too many for the so-called higher grades of -employment.”</p> - -<p>“But sometimes the mechanics and laborers are out of work?” said -Bolingbroke.</p> - -<p>“They are, for it sometimes happens that overproduction shuts up the -shops and manufactories. -<!--233.png--> -But these men have been taught to work with -their hands, and their bodies have been fitted for such service. When -they can’t get work at their trades, they do something else. Thousands -upon thousands of them go to the great West, and become farmers. They -can always get a living out of the earth, if they can’t any other way. -But I did not intend to argue this question; though I desire every -young man to think for himself, and form his own opinions. You can -think as you please; and if you believe that high-schools, as managed -at the present time, promote the best interests of the whole people, -you are entirely welcome to your opinion.”</p> - -<p>“My father don’t believe in high-schools, and would not send me to -one,” said Phil Gawner.</p> - -<p>“Never mind what your father believes: make up your mind yourself, and -have your own opinions, my lad. Now, boys, the studies you are to -pursue here are those which will fit you to become good mechanics. But -I hope you will read and study as long as you live. What I intend to -do is to fit you out with a business that will enable you to earn your -own living.”</p> - -<p>Miss Fatima Millweed was present with the -<!--234.png--> -record-books with which she -had been provided; and the name, age, and residence of each pupil were -taken. The average age of the scholars was found to be fourteen and a -half. A few were only twelve, but several were eighteen and nineteen. -All of them were graduates of grammar-schools, and some had attended -high-schools and academies. Of course, the schools they had attended -did not fairly gauge their attainments; for some of the oldest, who -had been to the higher schools of learning, were weak in knowledge and -mental power when compared with the ones who had only been to the -lower grades of schools.</p> - -<p>“Now, my lads, a few words more, and I shall leave you to your -instructors. The studies you will pursue are all practical ones,” said -the captain, taking the platform again. “The principal branches will -be drawing, natural philosophy, chemistry, geometry, and book-keeping. -Geography, history, arithmetic, and grammar will be taught -incidentally. Before you graduate, there will be a course in botany, -geology, and zoölogy. At one o’clock you will all assemble in the -shop, and make a beginning in the mechanical part of your education.”</p> -<!--235.png--> - -<p>The captain left the platform, and left the schoolroom. Mr. Bentnick -was the chief instructor, Mr. Darlingby being his assistant. He -proceeded to organize the classes in the studies the principal had -mentioned. He made such rules as he considered necessary, but they -were not very stringent.</p> - -<p>The boys were divided into two classes, according to their -attainments. Ten were found who had made considerable progress in the -four principal studies, and these were the first class. Mr. Bentnick -proceeded to give them a lecture in chemistry. It was conversational, -and the instructor soon found where to make a beginning in the -science.</p> - -<p>At the same time Mr. Darlingby began with the rudiments in the second -class. The pupils were provided with text-books, and lessons assigned -for the next day. A start was made in geometry in the same manner, and -by that time it was noon. At quarter past twelve the dinner-bell rang; -and all hands, including the family, the instructors, the pupils, and -Miss Millweed, seated themselves at the long table. It was a sociable -meal; and no one seemed to be under any restraint, though the boys -behaved very well.</p> -<!--236.png--> - -<p>Mr. Darlingby had something more to say in favor of high-schools, in -which he had been a teacher for several years. He wanted to know if -Captain Gildrock believed that the higher branches should be taught at -the public expense.</p> - -<p>“I think the expense is the least important part of the subject,” -replied the principal; “but I will answer the question. I do not -believe that high-schools should be supported, as a rule, out of the -public taxes.”</p> - -<p>“You are very radical in your opinions, Captain Gildrock,” added the -instructor.</p> - -<p>“Let us look at it a moment. There are two thousand scholars of all -ages in the public schools of Genverres. Not more than one in five of -them will ever reach the highest class in the grammar-school. The -other four will leave school, and go to work: their parents need them, -or what they can earn. But the parents of all those who fall out of -the schools by the way are tax-payers. Some are only poll-taxes, but a -few of them pay on their little lots of land and houses. It costs -about five times as much to educate a pupil in the high-school as in -the elementary schools. The parents of four-fifths of the scholars -can’t afford -<!--237.png--> -even to send their children through the grammar-school -course, to say nothing of the high-school; but they have to pay their -share of the expenses of the high-school, which I contend is not -just.”</p> - -<p>“But the safety of our institutions depends upon the education of the -people,” replied Mr. Darlingby.</p> - -<p>“Does it depend upon a college education? Why not insist that every -person should be a graduate of a college, and that no person could be -moral and upright without having a college degree?” added the -principal.</p> - -<p>“There is reason in all things.”</p> - -<p>“You draw the line after the high-school, and I before: that is the -only difference. It would be as just to support the colleges at the -public expense as the high-schools. The education that preserves the -State is not French and German, Latin and Greek, chemistry and -physics; but it is the education that distinguishes the immigrant who -cannot read and write from the farmers and mechanics of this country. -It does not include a high-school training.”</p> - -<p>“Then, if a poor man’s son or daughter, with a taste for learning, -wants an education, he shall -<!--238.png--> -not have it because his father cannot -pay for it,” added Mr. Darlingby warmly and indignantly.</p> - -<p>“You have struck the weak point of my argument, sir,” replied the -principal. “I would have scholarships provided by the State for such -pupils.”</p> - -<p>Dinner was over, and the company left the table.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--239.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch22"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-two">XXII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE CHAMPLAIN MECHANICS IN THE SHOP.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The boys had listened with interest to the discussion at the -dinner-table; and, when they gathered in front of the shop, they were -talking about the subject themselves. But they were hardly ready to -settle their opinions in the matter. The principal’s views sounded -very much like heresy to some of them, who had been taught that it was -the most praiseworthy thing in the world to attend the high-school. -They were in doubt; and, in this respect, they were like thousands of -full-grown women and men.</p> - -<p>When Mr. Jepson unlocked the doors of the shop, there was a general -rush for the inside of it. High-school education was forgotten, and -everybody’s curiosity was excited to know what the mechanical school -was to be.</p> - -<p>The master-carpenter and the engineer, assisted by Bates and other men -who worked on the estate, had placed all the boxes of carpenter’s -<!--240.png--> -tools in the shop; but not one of them had yet been opened. The -benches were all that looked like furniture. Of these there were half -a dozen for wood-work, and a dozen for iron. Overhead were the shafts, -drums, and pulleys by which various machines were to be operated.</p> - -<p>“Here we are again, my lads,” said Captain Gildrock, standing upon one -of the boxes. “The first thing to be done is to put the shop in order. -Your instructors are here; and you must heed what they say, and obey -their orders. Like the session of the forenoon, the afternoon will -last three hours. At four o’clock you will be dismissed for the rest -of the day. The time will be your own then, but you must learn the -lessons which have been assigned. Now, Mr. Brookbine and Mr. Jepson, I -turn the pupils over to you. They have already been divided into -classes. Mr. Jepson will take the first, and Mr. Brookbine the -second.”</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock stepped down from the box, and seated himself on one -of the benches to witness the proceedings. He was quite as much -interested as any of the pupils.</p> - -<p>“I am to teach you the use of carpenter’s tools,” -<!--241.png--> -said Mr. Brookbine. -“It will be an easy and pleasant job if you give attention and try to -do the best you can. The tools we have here are of the latest fashion, -and some of them are quite different from those with which I learned -my trade.</p> - -<p>“Let me say, that every one of them must be handled with the utmost -care, and be kept in good order. You will be shown how to grind upon -the grindstone, and sharpen on the oil-stone, the chisels and -plane-irons. None but a bad workman ever uses dull tools. It is easier -to avoid running your tools against a nail than it is to grind out the -gaps the nail will make.”</p> - -<p>“But where are the tools? I don’t see any,” asked Tom Ridley.</p> - -<p>“They are in these boxes, and we will now open them. I will put two of -you to each box, for there are just six of these large boxes. Dory and -Thad Glovering may begin with the first one: the others will look on, -and see how it is done. You may learn how to do it, or how not to do -it.”</p> - -<p>The carpenter handed Dory and Thad a wooden mallet, a chisel, and a -hatchet. Thad was full of enthusiasm. He thought he knew just -<!--242.png--> -how to -do it. He had the hatchet and chisel in his hands. Inserting the -latter under the lid of the box at one end, he struck the handle of -the chisel with the hatchet.</p> - -<p>“Stop there, if you please,” interposed Mr. Brookbine.</p> - -<p>Thad looked at the carpenter with astonishment, for he had no -suspicion that there was any thing wrong in what he had done.</p> - -<p>“What I say to Thad I say to the whole class,” continued the -carpenter. “He has done just what most of you would if you had been in -his place. What is that mallet for, Thad?”</p> - -<p>“To hit with, just as your fist is,” replied the amateur workman, -laughing.</p> - -<p>“To strike with, and that is just what your fist is not for. You are -never to strike a wooden tool, or the wooden handle of a tool, with a -hammer or a hatchet. Can you all remember that, my lads?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir!” shouted all the boys.</p> - -<p>“Don’t do it, then. A mallet is used in striking a chisel.”</p> - -<p>Thad took the mallet, and hit the chisel a tremendous crack with it. -The tool happened to be in a rather loose place in the opening, and it -went -<!--243.png--> -in to the handle. Thad tried to draw it out. He pulled and tugged -and wrenched at the chisel, but it was in firm enough to resist all -his efforts. He was so much in earnest, that his attempts amused the -rest of the boys; and they were soon laughing with all their might. -The machinists at the other end of the shop were interested, and some -of them went over to see what the excitement was. But they were called -back by Mr. Jepson before they could see inside of the ring that -surrounded Thad.</p> - -<p>“Pull away, my lad,” laughed the master-carpenter. “But when you get -tired of the work, let me know, if you please.”</p> - -<p>“I can’t get it out,” replied Thad, when he discovered that he was the -laughing-stock of the class.</p> - -<p>“Perhaps you can, if you keep on wrenching for a day or two longer.”</p> - -<p>“I have done my best, and it won’t come out.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t think it will under any such treatment,” added Mr. Brookbine. -“You laugh, boys, because it is funny; but I doubt if the majority of -you would have done any better. Here is a lesson to learn. Skill is -better than strength, but skill and strength win the battle.”</p> -<!--244.png--> - -<p>“Good!” shouted Steve Baxter. “I will remember that as long as I live: -skill and strength win the battle.”</p> - -<p>“I hope you will all remember it, for it is just the motto for a -carpenter. The ‘improvement,’ as the minister would say, upon the -text, is this: When things don’t work right, and won’t do as you want -and expect them to do, don’t yank, twist, jerk, and wrench at them. -Something is the matter, and you must see what it is. That chisel -would not come out. Why not?”</p> - -<p>“It is in too tight,” replied Dick Short.</p> - -<p>“Right, Dick: what is to be done?”</p> - -<p>“Loosen it, if you can.”</p> - -<p>“Dory, you may try your hand at it, taking the chisel as you find it.”</p> - -<p>Dory had been studying the situation, and had made up his mind what to -do. Taking the hatchet, he inserted the edge of it in the crack, near -the chisel, and drove it in with the mallet. The chisel dropped out of -itself. But the hatchet stuck as hard as the chisel had.</p> - -<p>“Good, so far, Dory; but your chisel is in chancery,” said the -carpenter.</p> - -<p>“What is sauce for goose is sauce for gander,” -<!--245.png--> -replied Dory as he picked -up the chisel, and inserted it in the opening made by the hatchet. -Twisting the hatchet a little, he started the nails with which the -cover of the box was secured.</p> - -<p>In the manner described, Dory alternately used the tools till he had -gone half-way round the box, when he and Thad took hold of the board -with their hands, and pulled it off.</p> - -<p>“That was very well done,” said the carpenter. “But the board could -have been taken off without pulling it off with the hands.”</p> - -<p>“I know it, Mr. Brookbine; but that was the quicker way to do it,” -replied Dory.</p> - -<p>“So it was. It is quicker to pick up a rock, if you can, than to hoist -it with a machine,” added Mr. Brookbine. “Now, Corny Minkfield, you -and Nat Long may open the next one.”</p> - -<p>These operators had closely observed the method of Dory, and they -opened the box without any difficulty. The others were disposed of in -the same manner. The boys turned to the instructor for the next step -in the interesting proceedings.</p> - -<p>“These boxes contain six sets of carpenter’s tools,” said Mr. -Brookbine. “I shall describe them to you as they are taken from the -cases. -<!--246.png--> -The tools are all packed in the same order. Dory will pass me -the first package, and those who have opened the boxes will take the -same bundle from each of them.”</p> - -<p>Dory took a thin package from the top of the box. Removing the paper -from it, he handed the tool to the carpenter.</p> - -<p>“I needn’t tell you what this is, for you all know,” continued Mr. -Brookbine.</p> - -<p>“It looks very much like a saw,” said Thad. “I know what it is, and -what it is for.”</p> - -<p>“I am glad you do, Thad, though I have my doubts. Will you look at it, -and tell me what kind of a saw it is?”</p> - -<p>Thad took the implement; and, putting on a very wise expression, he -examined it carefully.</p> - -<p>“I should say that this was a hand-saw,” said he at last.</p> - -<p>“Quite right: it is a hand-saw. Why is that name given to it—to -distinguish it from what?”</p> - -<p>“From the saw in a saw-mill, or a circular-saw, which is not a -hand-saw,” answered Thad.</p> - -<p>“You have answered as well as could be expected. There is no -particular meaning to the name, and the term is seldom used. There are -<!--247.png--> -not a few words that lose their original meaning. I suppose if I -should ask you to go for a wood-saw, you would know what I meant.”</p> - -<p>“I should say you meant the one used to saw fire-wood,” replied Thad.</p> - -<p>“Precisely so; but all the saws in these boxes are wood-saws. Mr. -Jepson has saws for sawing brass and iron; but the term ‘wood-saw,’ or -‘buck-saw,’ was not given to distinguish it from them. If I asked you -to saw off the end of the board you have taken off the box, do you -think you could do it with this saw, Thad?”</p> - -<p>“I think I could: in fact, I have no doubt of it,” replied Thad -confidently.</p> - -<p>“Suppose you try it; but don’t saw through any of the nails.”</p> - -<p>Dory assisted him to place the board in a proper position on the box. -The amateur commenced operations, but the saw did not work as well as -he expected. In spite of all his efforts, it would jump out of its -place; and it would not cut at all well.</p> - -<p>“I don’t think this saw has ever been filed,” said Thad, disgusted -with the ill success of his efforts.</p> -<!--248.png--> - -<p>“The saw is sharp, well set, and in good order,” replied Mr. -Brookbine. “Can any one of you tell me what kind of a saw this is?”</p> - -<p>“It is a slitting-saw,” answered Dory and two or three others, who had -been examining the saws taken from the other boxes.</p> - -<p>“That’s what’s the matter,” laughed the carpenter. “It was not made to -cut across the grain, and it will not do it very well. With this saw -you work <em>with</em> the grain of the wood, and it is never used for -any other purpose. You will all have a chance to try it in a day or -two.—The next package, Dory.—Another saw,” added the instructor, as -he took the tool in his hand. “Can any of you tell me what kind of a -saw this is?”</p> - -<p>“It is a cutting-off saw,” said Nat Long.</p> - -<p>“Right. It is also called a panel-saw, when it has fine teeth. If you -compare the filing and setting of the two saws, you will see that the -teeth of the last are of a different angle from the other, and that it -has more set than the slitting-saw; that is, the teeth are thrown out -more.—What next, Dory?”</p> - -<p>Just then there was a roar of laughter from the machine-shop.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--249.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch23"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-three">XXIII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>SOMETHING ABOUT TOOLS AND WORK.</h4> - -<p class="p2">If there was any thing funny, the boys all wanted to know what it was; -and some of them were inclined to run over to ascertain why the young -machinists were laughing. Mr. Brookbine suspended his instructions, -and seated himself on one of the benches.</p> - -<p>“Shall we appoint a committee to ascertain what is going on at the -other end of the shop, or shall we all go over and see for ourselves?” -said the carpenter.</p> - -<p>“We must have a partition between the two shops,” added Captain -Gildrock. “Just now half the machinists started to come over here.”</p> - -<p>“The partition would be a nuisance; and, after a while, the boys will -probably get tired of laughing at each other’s blunders,” added the -carpenter: and by this time the class were all giving attention. “What -next, Dory?”</p> - -<p>Dory unfolded another package, which was -<!--250.png--> -found to contain another saw. -Mr. Brookbine took it, and held it up before the pupils.</p> - -<p>“You all know that this is a saw, but what is the name of it?” he -asked.</p> - -<p>“I have always heard it called a fine saw,” answered Jim Alburgh.</p> - -<p>“It is often called so, but I have shown you that names don’t always -describe the object to which they are applied. Some saws made like the -cutting-off saw have finer teeth than this one,—the panel-saw, for -instance. There is another and better name, which applies to all saws -of this kind; and, if you please, we will call it the back-saw. You -see that it has a steel back to prevent it from bending, as all -without it will do.—The next article.”</p> - -<p>This proved to be another back-saw, but not more than half as long or -wide as the first one. It was for finer work, and could very properly -be called a fine saw. The carpenter required the next four packages to -be opened before he said any thing about their contents.</p> - -<p>“These are planes,” said he, when he had placed them on a bench where -all the class could see them. “These four are the ones in common use, -<!--251.png--> -but you cannot fully understand them until you have -used them a while. We will examine the one that is used first, and -here it is;” and Mr. Brookbine took up one of the tools. “What should -you call this?”</p> - -<p>“A fore-plane,” replied Dick Short.</p> - -<p>“That is as good a name for it as any other, but this is a jack-plane. -It is used to take off the rough side or edge of the board. It is -fifteen inches long. What the manufacturers call a fore-plane is -eighteen or twenty inches long. In this country very few carpenters -use both: and, whichever one it may be, some call it a jack-plane, and -some a fore-plane; the latter being the most common name in this part -of the country.</p> - -<p>“When I learned my trade, boards were brought into the shop just as -they came from the saw-mill. Now they are generally planed by -machinery, so that the hardest part of your work will be done before -you get the board. Here is a short plane, only eight and a half inches -long. What do you call it?”</p> - -<p>“A smoothing-plane. It is used to polish off the board after you have -taken off the rough,” replied Corny Minkfield.</p> -<!--252.png--> - -<p>“Hardly to polish it, though I understand what you mean. We don’t -polish wood with a plane: we simply smooth it.”</p> - -<p>“That is what I meant,” added Corny.</p> - -<p>“If polishing various kinds of wood were not a part of the -cabinet-maker’s business, I should have said nothing; but we must -learn to use words that correctly convey our meaning, when we can just -as well as not. The smoothing-plane is used after the rough has been -taken off the board. This is the next plane in the series,” continued -Mr. Brookbine, taking up the longest of the three.</p> - -<p>“That’s a short jointer,” said Jim Alburgh.</p> - -<p>“You are rather old-fashioned as well as myself. We call it, in modern -times, simply a jointer. When I was a boy, we had a long and a short -jointer; but the former is seldom seen in a shop at the present time. -This jointer is twenty-two inches long, and they are made up to thirty -inches. The long jointer was three feet and a half and even four feet -long. Have you any idea what the use of this plane is?”</p> - -<p>“It is used in making joints,” answered Thad at a venture.</p> -<!--253.png--> - -<p>“Not very definite. Carpenters are sometimes called joiners, and the -reason is plain enough. If you were going to lay a floor, it would be -necessary to joint the edges of the boards; and this plane would be -used for that purpose. In a word, the jointer is needed to get a -straight edge on pieces of wood more than a foot or two in length. If -two boards are exactly straight on the edges, they will make a good -job.</p> - -<p>“Here is the last plane we shall consider now. It is the shortest of -the four, and it is made of steel or iron. It is called a block-plane, -and can be used only in planing across the grain of the wood. When you -have sawed off a piece of work, this plane would be used to smooth off -the end of the wood. It is quite different from the others. The first -three have double irons, while this one has only a single iron.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Brookbine took up the block-plane, and removed the iron from it. -“This is called the iron, though it is always made of the best of -steel,” he continued. “The slant made by grinding off the end of the -iron, so it will be sharp, is called the bevel. In the first three -planes, the bevel is on the under side when the implement is -<!--254.png--> -used. In -the block-plane, the bevel is on the upper side.”</p> - -<p>“But what are the double irons for in the other planes?” asked Thad. -“I have seen them, but I never knew what the extra one was for.”</p> - -<p>“That is a sensible question, Thad. If the grain of the wood were -always straight,—that is, parallel with the length of the board,—a -single iron would answer very well. But wood, like some men and women, -is sometimes cross-grained; The tendency of the iron in the plane is -to follow the grain as far as the face of the plane will permit. The -edge of the upper iron is curved a little, so that it prevents the -cutter from going in too deep; and it turns the shaving up in such a -manner that it don’t choke up the opening. The upper iron also -stiffens the lower one, which is now made very thin compared with the -custom made years ago.</p> - -<p>“I judge that some of you have used a plane, or tried to do so. If so, -you have found great difficulty in getting your tool set right. These -planes are of the latest pattern. In old planes the iron is set with a -wooden wedge. You have to drive in the wedge with a hammer; and, when -<!--255.png--> -you take it out, you have to strike several smart blows on the top or -the back end. To get the iron just right bothers the beginner more -than any thing else.</p> - -<p>“In these planes there are no wedges. A little lever is moved, and the -iron is fast; as you may see by trying it. Under the iron you notice a -screw, which may be turned by the thumb without taking the hand from -the plane. By turning this screw to the left, you force the iron down -so that it cuts a thicker shaving. Turn it to the right, and you get a -thinner shaving. You have no use for a hammer, unless it be to knock -the iron to one side or the other; for the edge of the cutter must be -exactly parallel to the surface of the plane. That will do for -planes.—What next, Dory?”</p> - -<p>A patent bitstock, very beautifully made, with the metal parts -nickel-plated, was handed to the carpenter. The boys knew what it was, -though most of them had never seen one of that kind.</p> - -<p>“This is sometimes called a brace, though bitstock is the more common -name in this country. It has some peculiarities,—the first, that the -socket will hold a bit of any common shape, the -<!--256.png--> -holder adapting itself -to the form as it is screwed up.</p> - -<p>“The second is a ratchet-arrangement, by which a hole may be bored -close to a partition. With an ordinary bitstock, you cannot bore a -hole within three inches of a wall, or any other fixed body. After -adjusting the ratchet, you may turn the crank half around, or as far -as you can; then you can carry the crank back without turning the bit, -and repeat the movement as long as may be necessary.”</p> - -<p>Dory next handed up a large bundle of bits. “This is an augur-bit,” -the carpenter continued, holding up one of this kind. “This is a -pod-bit, and this a centre-bit. Here is a reamer, used to enlarge a -hole in a piece of metal, as a hinge. This is a countersink, to fit -the opening of a hole in wood or iron to the head of a screw.</p> - -<p>“This is an iron square, to be used mainly in heavy work, such as -framing a house. These are try-squares, very handy for bench-work. -This is a bevel, with which you get the slant of any thing, and -reproduce it in your work. Here is a package of two-foot rules. I -shall give one to each of you, for a mechanic should always have -<!--257.png--> -his -rule about him. Carry it in your pocket. A level: in putting up a -shelf, for example, you will ascertain when the board is horizontal by -applying this implement.”</p> - -<p>Many other tools were taken from the box, but the master-carpenter’s -method of describing such things has been sufficiently shown.</p> - -<p>“Now, my lads, the next thing is to dispose these tools where you can -get at them,” Mr. Brookbine proceeded. “We have six benches, and more -will be put up when they are needed. Each of them is provided with a -bench-hook and a wooden vise, or bench-screw.”</p> - -<p>“What is a bench-hook?” asked Phil Gawner.</p> - -<p>“This iron with half a dozen teeth like a saw. Under it is a lever, so -that it may be raised or lowered, according to the thickness of the -board you are planing, which it holds in place. Behind each bench we -shall put a shelf, on which the planes are to be kept.”</p> - -<p>“Can’t we keep them on the bench, as most carpenters do?” asked Dory.</p> - -<p>“You can, but I don’t think that is the best way. You see that each -bench is provided with a dust-brush, to be used in removing the -shavings; -<!--258.png--> -and a neat workman will keep his bench as free as possible -of rubbish. If you want to brush off your bench, you must move your -planes twice, or put them on the floor. On the shelf they are always -out of the way when not in use. We will make this shelf at once. We -will have it four feet long, and six inches wide. It will be large -enough to accommodate some other tools.”</p> - -<p>“Are we to make them of these old box-covers?” asked Ned Bellows.</p> - -<p>“The shelves are to be permanent, and we will make them of new lumber. -You need just twelve superficial feet of board, with a sufficient -allowance for waste. The latter item is one of great importance to the -carpenter; for a man may waste more lumber than would suffice to pay -his wages, by being careless, or using bad judgment. We will go to the -lumber-shed, and see what we can find.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Brookbine led the way. Captain Gildrock had provided a large -supply of boards, plank, joist, and small stuff, which had been “stuck -up” in the building provided for the purpose.</p> - -<p>“Now, boys, see if you can find the right material for the shelves,” -said the carpenter. “You -<!--259.png--> -have your rules, and you can measure as much -as you please.”</p> - -<p>The pupils fell to pulling over and measuring the boards. All of them -figured up what shape the board must be to furnish what would be -needed.</p> - -<p>“I have it!” exclaimed Ben Ludlow. “Here is just the board to make the -whole of them. It is just a foot wide.”</p> - -<p>“Then, it won’t do,” replied the carpenter. “It is neither long enough -nor wide enough.”</p> - -<p>But Thad found one that was twelve feet and a half long by thirteen -inches at one end and fourteen at the other. Mr. Brookbine said it -would do, and it was carried to the shop.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--260.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch24"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-four">XXIV.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>WORK FOR THE HEAD AND THE HANDS.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The boys were given to skylarking. Lick Milton and Phil Gawner were -carrying the board. It rested on the right shoulder of one and the -left shoulder of the other, with the arm above the elbow raised to -keep it in place. Just before they reached the shop, Dick Short, who -was half monkey in his movements, made a sudden spring, leaping upon -the top of the board.</p> - -<p>Down went the board, and down went the two boys under it. Dick turned -a somerset, and came down upon his feet. Phil Gawner was not at all -pleased with the incident; and, picking himself up, he rushed upon the -assailant, evidently determined to thrash him for his trouble. But -Dick Short had no idea of getting into a fight, and ran away as fast -as his legs would carry him.</p> - -<p>Phil chased him till they approached a tall maple whose lower limbs -were at least ten feet above the ground. Dick seized hold of the tree, -and went -<!--261.png--> -up it like a monkey. Phil attempted to grasp his feet, but -the boy-ape kicked until he was out of reach of his pursuer.</p> - -<p>“Let me get hold of you!” exclaimed Phil, rubbing his elbows, which -had suffered in his fall.</p> - -<p>“I’ll let you get hold of me if you can,” laughed Dick.</p> - -<p>“What are you about here? Don’t you know it is school-time?” demanded -Mr. Brookbine, who was indignantly following the skylarker. “Come down -out of that tree!”</p> - -<p>“Send Phil back to the shop, and I will,” replied Dick.</p> - -<p>“Will you come down, or shall I fetch you down?” added the carpenter -very decidedly.</p> - -<p>“Fetch me down, if you please,” answered Dick with a chuckle.</p> - -<p>Possibly the runaway thought he should like to see the -master-carpenter climb the tree. Captain Gildrock had come out of the -shop, but he did not interfere with the instructor in mechanics. Very -likely he desired to see how he would manage the case.</p> - -<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px"> - <img src="images/256fp.jpg" - width="auto" height="100%" - alt="Illustration: Dick Short under guard" - /> - <p class="caption">DICK SHORT UNDER GUARD. Page 257.</p> -</div> - -<p>“Here, Tom!” said Mr. Brookbine after a whistle. He addressed the call -to a tremendous -<!--262.png--> -<!--263.png--> -<!--264.png--> -<abbr title="Saint">St.</abbr> Bernard dog, which had come to Beech Hill with him.</p> - -<p>Tom promptly obeyed the summons. His master pointed up the tree, and -soon got the eyes of the canine fixed on the culprit. Then he directed -him to lie down at the foot of the maple. The dog appeared to -understand his mission. The principal was glad to find the carpenter -did not display any thing like anger.</p> - -<p>“Now, Phil, we will go back to the shop, and attend to those shelves,” -said Mr. Brookbine.</p> - -<p>Phil wanted very much to get hold of Dick Short. He looked up at him, -and then at the dog. He said nothing; for he realized that the -instructor intended to punish his assailant in his own way, and he was -rather curious to see what the result would be.</p> - -<p>Phil and the rest of the boys followed the carpenter. The board was -taken into the shop, and not a word said about the incident which had -just occurred.</p> - -<p>“We have no saw-horses, or trestles as some call them. But we can use -a couple of these boxes, and in a few days we shall be able to make -all the furniture we need in the shop,” said the -<!--265.png--> -carpenter as pleasantly -as though no breach of discipline had occurred.</p> - -<p>The pupils expected him to say something on the subject of skylarking -in general, and the late case in particular. He directed a couple of -the boys to place the boxes where he wanted them, and then to put the -board upon them.</p> - -<p>“There will be waste in that board: I think the one I picked out would -have done better. It was just the right length,” said Ben Ludlow, who -was rather displeased because his board had been rejected.</p> - -<p>“How wide was your board, Ben?” asked the carpenter.</p> - -<p>“Just one foot to a hair. It was exactly wide enough to make two -shelves,” answered Ben.</p> - -<p>“You think you were right, Ben, and I am glad to see that you are -ready to argue your side of the question. If I don’t prove that you -were wrong, I hope you will stick to your opinion,” replied Mr. -Brookbine, as he took one of the slitting-saws from the bench.</p> - -<p>He sawed about three inches into one of the lids of the boxes. Calling -Ben close to him, he applied his rule, where the sixteenths were -marked, -<!--266.png--> -and asked the doubtful student how wide the slit was.</p> - -<p>“Just a sixteenth, as near as I can make it out,” replied Ben.</p> - -<p>The boys began to laugh, for they saw the result of the argument.</p> - -<p>“There will be four edges to the two strips of six inches in width, -when the board is sawed through its length, will there not, Ben?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir,” answered the other side of the question.</p> - -<p>“Will those edges be perfectly smooth?”</p> - -<p>“Of course they will not: they will be just as the saw left them.”</p> - -<p>“They are not likely to be sawed perfectly straight, even if the job -were done by an experienced workman. How much shall we have to plane -off in order to get the edges straight and smooth?”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know,—half an inch from each, perhaps. I give it up. I was -wrong, sir.”</p> - -<p>“Not half an inch, with such clear, finish-lumber as this board: that -would be shameful. Call it an eighth of an inch; and from the four -sides you will take off half an inch, besides the sixteenth -<!--267.png--> -cut out by -the saw. Your shelves would be less than five and three-quarters wide, -which is not six inches. When we want any stock to be of a certain -width, it won’t do to make it a quarter of an inch less than that. You -might waste the whole board in that way.”</p> - -<p>“I give it up, and it was stupid on my part,” added Ben.</p> - -<p>“Such mistakes are to be expected from beginners. Now let us look at -the board we have. In the length we have six inches to spare, which is -abundant. Now let us see if the ends of the board are sound. Are there -any checks or splits in it?”</p> - -<p>None of any consequence were found.</p> - -<p>“Now, boys, laying out the work is quite as important as doing it. If -you make blunders in your calculations, the job will not come out as -you expect. We must first cut the board into six lengths.”</p> - -<p>“We are to take out six-sixteenths of an inch for the saw-cuts,” -suggested Steve Baxter.</p> - -<p>“Why six?”</p> - -<p>“Because the board is to be sawed into six lengths.”</p> -<!--268.png--> - -<p>“How many cuts do you make in order to get six pieces?”</p> - -<p>“Six, sir.”</p> - -<p>“Do you think so? Look it over a little more.”</p> - -<p>The rest of the boys, or most of them, looked upon the problem as a -puzzle; and they were interested in it, though none appeared to have -made up their minds.</p> - -<p>“Of course you have to cut six times to get six pieces,” said Phil -Gawner. “I think Steve Baxter is right.”</p> - -<p>“Let us look at it, and see. When I have made one cut with the saw, -how many pieces do I get?” asked Mr. Brookbine.</p> - -<p>“One,” shouted half a dozen of the pupils.</p> - -<p>“The second cut?”</p> - -<p>“Two pieces.”</p> - -<p>“Right; and the third, three, and the fourth, four,” continued the -instructor. “When I cut the fifth time, how many have I?”</p> - -<p>“Five!” shouted the boys triumphantly.</p> - -<p>“But what is there left?” asked the instructor, astonished at the -answer.</p> - -<p>“The rest of the board,” answered Steve Baxter.</p> -<!--269.png--> - -<p>“Isn’t the rest of the board the sixth piece?” demanded the carpenter.</p> - -<p>The students looked rather blankly at each other; and Mr. Brookbine -saw that they were not convinced, simple as the problem was.</p> - -<p>He took a stick, and cut it so that it was twenty-four inches long. -Using his rule, he marked it off into pieces four inches in length. -Sawing off the piece on the right of the first mark, he handed it to -Steve. He asked the students to count as he cut off the lengths.</p> - -<p>“Five!” screamed the boys when he had made the fifth cut.</p> - -<p>“Here is the sixth piece. It is just four inches long. Now, where -shall I put in the sixth cut?” asked Mr. Brookbine, as he handed the -rest of the stick to Steve. “You have six pieces, though I have cut -but five times.”</p> - -<p>“That’s so; but I can’t see why it should be so,” replied Steve -vacantly.</p> - -<p>“The first four cuts each gave me one piece, or four pieces in all. -The fifth cut gave me two pieces, did it not? for the rest of the -board is a piece as well as the others.”</p> - -<p>All of them could see it then; and the principal -<!--270.png--> -applied the result -to other numbers, and the students were willing to admit that an equal -division into ten parts was made with nine cuts.</p> - -<p>“It is surprising how little things bother us sometimes,” continued -Mr. Brookbine. “But we shall never get our shelves made at this rate. -As we have leeway enough in the length of this board, we will cut the -pieces four feet and one inch in length. Nat Long, you may measure it -off on one side, and, Ned Bellows, you may do the same on the other -side.”</p> - -<p>Both of them made mistakes, which were detected by the others; but at -last the board was marked off into equal lengths. The same boys were -required to take the steel square, and rule off the lengths. They were -not inclined to do it accurately, as the instructor insisted they -should. The cutting-off saws were then given to a couple of the boys.</p> - -<p>“You must not saw on the mark, but at the right-hand side of it, and -close to it. Hold on! you are a quarter of an inch off the mark, Tom -Ridley. That won’t do! You must cut the board at just the thickness of -the saw-blade from the -<!--271.png--> -mark, so that you can see it all the time. When -the sawdust covers it, blow it off.”</p> - -<p>“But I can’t make the saw start where I want it to,” replied Tom.</p> - -<p>“Catch hold of the board with your hand, and let the end of your thumb -rest against the saw-blade to keep it in place,” replied the -carpenter, taking another saw, and showing the pupils how to do it. -“That’s it! Now you have got a start. Put three fingers through the -handle, and keep the forefinger out straight, and pressed against it. -Let the saw run lightly; don’t bear on, but rather lift up at the -start. When you bear on at all, do it on the downward stroke.”</p> - -<p>“I am running away from the mark,” said Corny Minkfield, at the other -end of the board.</p> - -<p>“Don’t do it: saw close to the mark all the way. Don’t grasp the -handle of the saw so tightly. Hold it rather loosely, and take as long -strokes as you can,” interposed Mr. Brookbine, as he applied a small -try-square to the angle made by the saw-blade and the board. “Your cut -through the board is not plumb.”</p> - -<p>The five cuts were finally made, and they had six pieces about four -feet and an inch long. An -<!--272.png--> -opportunity had been given to all the class -to try the saw, and some of them did very well.</p> - -<p>“Now, we want a little calculation again in regard to the width of the -board. The time spent in making sure that you are right before you cut -is never wasted. This piece of lumber is thirteen inches wide at the -narrow end. We will cut each of these boards into two pieces -lengthwise. But we will first reduce each to a uniform width of -thirteen inches.”</p> - -<p>In the course of half an hour all this was done, and the six shelves -were ready to go upon the bench.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--273.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch25"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-five">XXV.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE SECOND CLASS AT THE CARPENTER’S BENCH.</h4> - -<p class="p2">Mr. Brookbine directed one piece of the board to be taken to each of -the benches. He then stationed two of the class at a bench, intimating -they were to work together, and divide the labor. When not actually -employed, either one of the couple was to observe the other; but he -was not to criticise him, for this might lead to quarrels. Every one -could improve by noticing the mistakes of others.</p> - -<p>“The first thing is to get one straight and square edge on each -board,” said the carpenter. “You will put one end of the board in the -vise, and place one of the pins in the front of the bench, so that it -will support the other end.”</p> - -<p>One of each pair of workmen adjusted the vise, while the other put the -pin in the right place. The edge of the board was to be parallel with -the top of the bench, and several of the boys had to make changes in -its position. The instructor -<!--274.png--> -found it necessary to number the benches, -and then to designate the workmen at each as No. 1 and No. 2.</p> - -<p>“Now, No. 2 will take the fore-plane. Place the end of it on the -bench, and hold it so that you can sight along the face. Put the -fingers of your left hand on the screw under the iron. Now turn the -screw till the edge of the cutter is just a very little below the -face.”</p> - -<p>Of course, half the students turned the wrong way; and it required -some time to adjust the iron. The carpenter explained again that the -screw must be turned towards the left to send the cutter down. At last -the boys were all ready.</p> - -<p>“Probably not many of you have got it just right. I want you to take -off a very thin shaving at first. After one stroke with the plane, you -will see how to alter it,” continued the instructor, as the boys made -their first attempt. Some of the planes took off no shaving at all, -and some dug deep into the wood.</p> - -<p>“What do you call a thin shaving, Mr. Brookbine?” asked Jim Alburgh.</p> - -<p>“One not thicker than a piece of ordinary writing-paper to begin with. -By and by you can -<!--275.png--> -take a thick shaving, when you have learned how. -We must feel our way, and not spoil the board,” replied the carpenter, -as he walked along by the boys, and looked at each plane.</p> - -<p>After a second or third stroke of the tool, the shaving was right all -along the line. The workmen were required to plane till they had a -smooth surface. Some of them were nicer and more particular than -others, and the latter were told to do theirs over again. This -discipline soon made them all careful.</p> - -<p>“Now, lift the end of the board, and sight along the edge of it,” said -Mr. Brookbine, doing as he described with the board nearest to him. -“This piece slants, or bevels, on the edge; and very likely all the -rest of them have the same fault.”</p> - -<p>“Mine does,” added Phil Gawner. “I could slide down hill on it.”</p> - -<p>“Is that what the squinting is for?” asked Tom Ridley. “I have often -seen carpenters do it.”</p> - -<p>“That is what it is for. You are to educate your eye so that you can -tell at a glance whether a piece of work is straight, or not. I dare -say, you can’t tell now whether the edge of the board -<!--276.png--> -is true, or not,” added -Mr. Brookbine, as he passed along the benches, and examined the work -of each boy.</p> - -<p>“Not a single one is right,” continued he. “As is apt to be the case -with beginners, you all lean your plane to the right, just as you do -with the saw. Most of you have got it so far out of the way that you -can’t help seeing it with your eye.”</p> - -<p>The students admitted that they could see it. The carpenter told them -to try again, and be sure to keep the plane perfectly level on the -edge of the board. He directed them to take hold of the tool with the -left hand, so that the middle finger would touch the perpendicular -part of the board. After they had taken a few strokes more, they were -told to sight their work again. Several of them declared that it was -right now. Two of them had to use the plane again.</p> - -<p>“Take the small try-square, each of you. Place the handle against the -perpendicular of the board, and the blade across the edge.” The -carpenter took one of the squares, and showed them how to do it. “If -you have it nearly square, it will do for our present purpose. Now -take the jointer. Be sure that the cutter strikes the board at -<!--277.png--> -the end -where you begin. Put the left hand on the plane as before, and be sure -that you keep the jointer perfectly level.”</p> - -<p>The boys made the first stroke with the long plane. The carpenter had -set the irons so that they took off a very thin shaving.</p> - -<p>“Mine will cut only in the middle,” said Tom Ridley.</p> - -<p>“Mine will take hold only at the ends,” added Ben Ludlow.</p> - -<p>“That’s all right,” replied the instructor. “Some of you have gouged -out the middle of the board, and others have taken off the ends, with -the fore-plane. The jointer is long enough to correct all these -faults; only don’t lean the plane over either way.”</p> - -<p>After a few strokes the pupils were required to sight along their -work. Under the constant admonitions of the carpenter, the edge was so -nearly square that they could detect no fault. They were told to use -the square. This trial proved that not one was exactly square. The -plane was used again.</p> - -<p>When the boys had satisfied themselves, Mr. Brookbine inspected the -work, and was able to -<!--278.png--> -find something out of the way with every piece. -But at last the boards were all right. The students were required to -measure the width of the pieces in the narrowest place. They varied -considerably, but all had over a quarter of an inch to spare.</p> - -<p>“Now we will use a new tool, that I have not mentioned,” continued the -carpenter, taking a bundle of gauges from one of the boxes, and -putting one on each bench. “Take your rule, and set this gauge at just -six inches.” He showed them how to do it, and then looked at each one -to see that it was right.</p> - -<p>After telling the class to do as he did, he placed one end of the -board against the bench-hook, and ran the gauge the entire length of -it. Turning it over, but still keeping the straight edge on the right, -he gauged the other side. Hardly one of the boys succeeded in carrying -the gauge the whole length of the board. It slipped out of place -because it was not held right. But at last all the pieces were gauged -on both sides.</p> - -<p>“Now we are to plane the other edge of the board down to the -gauge-mark. As you are to plane down about a quarter of an inch, you -can -<!--279.png--> -take off a thicker shaving. You must keep watch of the mark, for -you are not to go the breadth of a hair below it.”</p> - -<p>The pupils were exceedingly cautious, and after every shaving they -looked at the mark. When they were pretty near it, the carpenter told -them to take the jointer. All of them applied the try-square, -correcting the faults as they discovered them; and they made very good -progress. They were directed to plane out the gauge-mark, which they -could see on the planed surface. Mr. Brookbine kept inspecting the -work until it was satisfactory to him.</p> - -<p>“Now, we want to make these shelves four feet long,—just four feet, -not a little more or a little less. Lay the board flat on the bench, -and take the larger try-square, for the blade of the small one is only -four inches and a half long. We will now square one of the ends of the -shelf, but we don’t want to take off more than a quarter of an inch. -In marking this, the lead-pencil won’t do, and you must use the point -of your pocket-knife.”</p> - -<p>The carpenter saw that it was done properly. Then each pupil was -required to take the larger of the two back-saws, and cut off the -board on the -<!--280.png--> -mark. In using this saw, they were to touch very lightly, -rather lifting it up than bearing on with it.</p> - -<p>After the utmost watchfulness on the part of the instructor, the cut -was passably well done. Most of the workmen had used the small square -in their efforts to keep the saw at right angles with the face of the -board. Of course, there were some twists in the cut; and half of them -had made the end slightly bevelling, in spite of all their efforts to -avoid this fault.</p> - -<p>“It is very well for beginners. You can only do this thing off-hand -after considerable practice, and I don’t think any six apprentices -ever did any better than you have. Now put the end you have just cut -off into the vise, so that you can smooth off the work with the -block-plane. With this tool you can correct the error of the saw, and -take out the bevel. Use the square constantly, both along the width -and thickness of the shelf. The chances are, that you will take off -too much if you are not very careful.”</p> - -<p>Most of the block-planes cut too rankly, and it was some time before -they were properly adjusted. The boys were very careful, for each one -felt that it would be a disaster to spoil the board. When -<!--281.png--> -the end was -made smooth and square, Captain Gildrock passed along the benches, and -he was generous of his praise. The students were encouraged.</p> - -<p>“Now measure off four feet from the square end, and use your -pocket-knife to mark with. You must learn to do this accurately, and -there must not be the variation of a shaving in the length of the -shelves.”</p> - -<p>After the students had measured the boards, the carpenter went over -all of them. Only two were inaccurate, and the instructor showed the -delinquents where their fault was. The larger square was then called -for.</p> - -<p>“Put the point of your knife on the mark you have made to indicate -four feet, and bring the blade of the square against it. See that the -handle is against the wood. Press down the square, so that it will not -slip while you are ruling it off. Hold it tight all the time. Now mark -it. When we want to be very correct, we use a knife to mark with, -because the line thus made has no essential thickness.</p> - -<p>“Very well,” continued Mr. Brookbine, after he had inspected the -marking. “We are to saw -<!--282.png--> -the end off outside of this line. We must keep -the saw against the mark, but not cut it out. Remember that you have -no leeway,—at least, only the thickness of the mark, which you will -use up in smoothing off this end of the board.”</p> - -<p>The students sawed the end off with the utmost caution, using the -square to keep the tool plumb. Mr. Brookbine pronounced it well done. -With the experience they had obtained with the block-plane, they -smoothed off the end without any difficulty; and the boards were ready -for the next operation.</p> - -<p>“Now we must round off the outside corners of the shelf,” said the -carpenter. “At this point you need a little geometry, and this is -where the high-school comes in. This board is six inches wide. Rule -off six inches from the length at each end. What sort of a figure will -that make?”</p> - -<p>“This class never studied geometry,” interposed Captain Gildrock.</p> - -<p>“But they know this figure,” replied the carpenter.</p> - -<p>“It is a square,” said Thad Glovering.</p> - -<p>“Right. The diagonal of a square is a line connecting the opposite -corners: rule in a diagonal. -<!--283.png--> -Now rule another from the other corners. -I dare say Mr. Bentnick will not find my geometry as scientific as his -own. Where the diagonals cross each other is the centre of the square. -Take the compasses, and set the points three inches apart. The problem -is to inscribe a circle inside of a square, though it is necessary to -mark only a quarter of the square.”</p> - -<p>The quarter of a circle was inscribed, and formed the round corner of -the shelf. It was repeated on the other end.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--284.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch26"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-six">XXVI.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE END OF THE FIRST SCHOOL-DAY AT BEECH HILL.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The next operation for the class was to round off the ends of the -shelves. Mr. Brookbine asked the boys how they would do it. One said -he would plane it off, another would saw it off, and a third would -chop it off with the hatchet.</p> - -<p>“There are three ways, neither of which is practicable,” continued the -carpenter. “You can’t plane off a circular face, and the saw or the -hatchet would leave the work in a rough state. We will use all three -of the methods named. First we will saw off the corner; then we will -cut away a little more with the hatchet or shave; and finally we will -plane it off smoothly, though we shall not use a plane, but another -tool for the purpose. Mark off the part you will saw from the board, -and saw it off.”</p> - -<p>This was done without any aid from the teacher. -<!--285.png--> -Then shingling-hatchets -were used to take off the two corners left by the saw.</p> - -<p>“Now we will introduce you to the spokeshave, an exceedingly useful -tool for many purposes. It does the same work as a plane, and in the -same manner; but as it has no appreciable length, compared with a -plane, we can follow curves with it. Put the corner of the board in -the vise, and then with the spokeshave work down to the circular line. -Don’t cut the mark off; never do that. It will take you some time to -do this job.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Brookbine showed the workmen how to use the new tool; and they -went to work with it in earnest, being greatly interested in their -occupation. While they were thus engaged, the carpenter went to the -door to ascertain the state of things at the tree where one of the -class was taking a vacation. Tom lay at the foot of the tree, and Dick -Short was seated on a limb twenty feet from the ground. If the -prisoner moved, the dog looked up at him; and Dick could think of no -strategy by which he could outwit the faithful sentinel. The -instructor only looked, and then returned to the bench. Dick was -likely to stay where he was until the <abbr title="Saint">St.</abbr> Bernard changed his quarters.</p> -<!--286.png--> - -<p>“Use the try-square when you get near the mark,” said the carpenter, -as he resumed his place. “Every part of the quarter circle must be -true.”</p> - -<p>One after another the students carried the shelf to Mr. Brookbine, as -they finished it. Some criticisms were made on the work, and some of -it had to be corrected. In due time they were all completed and -approved. The sides of the shelves were just as they came from the -planing-machine; and the boys were directed to lay them on the bench, -and use the smoothing-plane upon them. These planes were adjusted so -they cut the thinnest possible shaving. The shelves were made as -smooth as glass.</p> - -<p>“I don’t see how we are to put the shelves up,” said Ben Ludlow when -the boards were finished.</p> - -<p>“That is just the river we are to cross next,” replied Mr. Brookbine. -“I believe we have no iron brackets, though I dare say the machinists -at the other end of the shop could make them for us if we are willing -to wait for them. For the want of them we will make a couple of ogee -brackets of pine for each shelf.”</p> -<!--287.png--> - -<p>“Ogee!” exclaimed Steve Baxter. “Is that Latin?”</p> - -<p>“It may be: I don’t know. My Greek and Latin were neglected. The ogee -form is very common, and there is an ogee arch in architecture.—We -need a blackboard in the shop as well as in the schoolroom,” said the -carpenter, turning to Captain Gildrock. “But I can chalk it out on one -of these box-tops.”</p> - -<p>He made a drawing of half a square, connecting the ends of the two -sides by a diagonal. In other words, it was a right-angled triangle, -resting on one of the points, with the side perpendicular to the top.</p> - -<p>“This is the shape of the board we shall get out. I divide the -diagonal into two equal lengths. Each half will be the chord of the -arc of a circle. The upper arc is outside of the chord, and the lower -one inside of the chord;” and Mr. Brookbine drew the arcs with his -chalk.</p> - -<p>“But you can’t get that figure out of that piece of board,” interposed -Thad, who was thinking with all his might.</p> - -<p>“Very true, my lad; and I am glad to see that you have your eyes open. -I want you to correct -<!--288.png--> -all my blunders. In order to get the ogee out of -this piece of wood, I must draw a line parallel to the diagonal, far -enough inside of it to permit me to get the arc out of the piece.”</p> - -<p>“Isn’t there any other way to do it?” asked Dory.</p> - -<p>“There is another way, and perhaps it is a better one,” replied Mr. -Brookbine, as he drew another square on the board. “On the diagonal I -draw the two arcs” (suiting the action to the words). “With a -keyhole-saw, I follow this curved line, and cut the board in two -pieces. Perhaps this will be the better way to do it, as it will give -a little different practice.”</p> - -<p>“That is the way I was thinking of,” added Dory.</p> - -<p>“I am glad you thought of it. You and Thad may go to the lumber-room, -and get the board to make these brackets of. We want six pairs of -them, and we are to get out six pieces six inches square.”</p> - -<p>The boys soon returned with a board about twenty inches long and a -little over a foot wide. It was sawed into six pieces, planed and -squared to the exact size required. While the boys were -<!--289.png--> -thus employed, -the carpenter made a pattern of a single bracket out of a piece of -quarter-inch board. As soon as one of the square boards was ready, he -applied the pattern to it, and marked the ogee line with a -sharp-pointed pencil.</p> - -<p>The instructor then distributed the keyhole-saws, and explained how to -use them. The square boards were put into the vises, after they had -been marked from the pattern. The saws were narrowest near the points. -If the pupils found any difficulty in turning the saw, they were -required to take short strokes, using the tip end, until they got over -the difficulty. The narrower the saw, the more easily it could be -turned from a straight line.</p> - -<p>“Turn the bottom piece up-side-down, and it will exactly correspond -with the upper piece, if you have sawed all the way on the line,” said -the carpenter, when some of the boys had finished the first piece.</p> - -<p>“Mine don’t,” added Lick Milton. “I kept close to the line all the -way.”</p> - -<p>“Another blunder of mine!” exclaimed Mr. Brookbine, “for which I -tender my apology. I told you to saw on the right of the mark. This -<!--290.png--> -is always to be done when practicable; but I neglected to say that it -is not always convenient, or even possible, to do it in that way. In -this instance the line ought to have been sawed out, and then the cut -would have been precisely in the middle of the piece. Sometimes, too, -when you cannot shift the work end to end, it becomes necessary to saw -on the left of the line. In cutting the next one, saw out the line, -and see how it comes out then.”</p> - -<p>The result verified the statement of the teacher, for the two pieces -almost coincided. The workmen were directed to apply the spokeshave to -the curves on the bracket, and they were soon ready.</p> - -<p>“Now we will proceed to put the shelves up,” continued Mr. Brookbine.</p> - -<p>“Not this afternoon,” interposed Captain Gildrock. “It is four o’clock -now, and we must be as punctual in closing the sessions of the school -as in beginning them. I must say, my lads, that I have been very much -pleased with your attention and general good conduct on the first day -of the Beech-Hill Industrial School.”</p> - -<p>“For one, I should like to go on with the work until supper-time,” -said Ben Ludlow.</p> -<!--291.png--> - -<p>“So would I!” shouted about all the rest of them.</p> - -<p>“I think not, boys,” replied the captain. “I am glad to find you so -much interested in your work, but we must not overdo it. We shall keep -to our regular hours. The rest of the day, and the morning until nine -o’clock, belongs to you; but you must not forget the lessons assigned -to you for to-morrow. You may use the boats for a couple of hours now, -if you choose. There are enough of the small craft to accommodate the -whole school.”</p> - -<p>The boys put on their coats, and left the shop. Some of them were -curious to know what had become of Dick Short, and they walked to the -maple-tree. But Mr. Brookbine ordered them off, saying that they were -to have no communication with Dick. Tom still kept his position at the -foot of the tree.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Brookbine,” called Dick, when he saw the instructor come out of -the shop.</p> - -<p>“Well, my lad, what is it?” asked the carpenter. “Do you want to jump -on another board, and kill a couple more boys?”</p> - -<p>“I haven’t killed any boys,” replied Dick.</p> -<!--292.png--> - -<p>“If you haven’t, it isn’t your fault. You went to work in the right -way to do it, or, at least, to hurt them badly. What do you want now?”</p> - -<p>“Don’t you think I have been up this tree about long enough, Mr. -Brookbine?” continued Dick in the meekest of tones.</p> - -<p>“I don’t know: you know better than I do. If you haven’t been up there -long enough to keep you from skylarking in school-hours, you had -better stay there a week or two longer; and Tom will see that you -don’t come down.”</p> - -<p>“I will be as sober as a judge in school-hours after this. I didn’t -think what I was about when I jumped on that board, and I am sorry I -did it,” pleaded Dick, who was heartily disgusted with being watched -by the big dog.</p> - -<p>“Very well: I am satisfied; but I don’t know whether Phil Gawner is, -or not,” added the instructor.</p> - -<p>“I will beg his pardon, or let him thrash me, just as he chooses,” -suggested Dick.</p> - -<p>The instructor called Phil as he was going down to the lake. As soon -as Phil came within hailing-distance of the tree, Dick made his -apology, which was promptly accepted; and the culprit was -<!--293.png--> -permitted to -descend the tree. His punishment was so odd that it puzzled him. He -had often been whipped in school for his pranks; but to be imprisoned -over two hours up in a tree, with a dog to keep guard over him, was -more than he could stand.</p> - -<p>Most of the students were at the lake by this time. Dory had already -invited Oscar Chester to take a sail in the Goldwing, and he had -accepted. The four members of the Goldwing Club had been in the -schooner so much that they preferred to take a four-oar boat that was -moored on the lake.</p> - -<p>In fifteen minutes the Goldwing was out on Lake Champlain. The wind -was fresh from the south-west, and the lake is not the best place in -the world for a sailboat. Puffs of wind, and even pretty smart -squalls, sometimes come from the hills that surround this beautiful -sheet of water, so that the skipper has to be on the alert.</p> - -<p>“I should be very glad to have you steer her now, Oscar, if you wish,” -said Dory to his passenger as soon as the boat was well out in the -lake.</p> -<!--294.png--> - -<p>“Thank you, Dory,” replied Oscar. “I think we shall be the best of -friends, after all.”</p> - -<p>“It will not be my fault if we are not,” added Dory.</p> - -<p>Just then the Monkey, which Sim Green had brought up from Burlington -on Saturday, came out off the river in charge of Bolingbroke Millweed.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--295.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch27"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-seven">XXVII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>OSCAR CHESTER TAKES A LESSON IN BOATING.</h4> - -<p class="p2">“I don’t know why it is, but every fellow I ever knew took to boats,” -said Oscar Chester, who had just gone to the helm of the Goldwing. -“The fellows here are just like all the rest of them, and about every -one of them is in the boats. There come three rowboats out of the -river.”</p> - -<p>“In Burlington all the boys were anxious to get out on the lake. I was -like all the rest of them; and, as my father was a pilot on a steamer, -I had a better chance than most of them. There is the Goldwing Club,” -added Dory, as the four-oar boat came out of the river.</p> - -<p>“What’s the Goldwing Club?” asked Oscar.</p> - -<p>“We used to have a flat-bottom boat in Burlington, and we formed a -club. The craft was smashed; and, after I bought the Goldwing, we used -to sail in her. We learned to row, but the club are not doing very -well with their oars,” added Dory, as one of the party “caught a crab.”</p> -<!--296.png--> - -<p>“Who is managing that sailboat, Dory?” asked Oscar, as he pointed at -the Monkey.</p> - -<p>“Bolly Millweed; but he don’t know how to do it, and he ought not to -come out on the lake without a skipper.”</p> - -<p>“That’s just my case, but I am very anxious to learn how to do it.”</p> - -<p>“You will soon learn. One sails a boat as he drives a horse: it is -done more by the feeling than by the sight. All you need is practice, -for the science is very simple. But I think we had better come about, -for I am afraid some of those fellows will get into trouble. Bolly has -trimmed his sail in a very careless manner; and, if a puff of wind -should come upon him, he don’t know what to do any more than a baby. -His sheet is made fast too.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t know any better than he does what to do.”</p> - -<p>“Bolly has the wind on the beam, but he has his sail trimmed to go as -close to the wind as his boat will lie. Now put the helm down, if you -please, and we will come about.”</p> - -<p>“Which way is ‘down’?” asked Oscar blankly. “Do you mean down the -lake?”</p> -<!--297.png--> - -<p>“It happens to be so in this instance, but that is not what we mean by -‘down.’ ‘Down’ is to leeward. ‘Up’ is the way from which the wind -comes, and ‘down’ the way towards which it blows.”</p> - -<p>“Nothing was said about ‘up’ and ‘down’ on the steamer the other day.”</p> - -<p>“In a steamer it makes no difference which way the wind blows, and the -terms don’t mean any thing in particular. But, in a sailboat, we -manage her altogether by the wind. Now put the helm down,” added Dory, -as he stood by the sheets.</p> - -<p>Oscar did as he was directed; and, as soon as he shifted the tiller, -all the sails began to shake.</p> - -<p>“There is some mistake about that,” said Oscar, as he began to restore -the tiller to its former position. “That knocks all the wind out of -the sails.”</p> - -<p>“You did just right! keep the helm down!” exclaimed Dory with energy. -“She is doing just as she should.”</p> - -<p>“But I don’t see how you are going to sail with the canvas flapping -like this,” added Oscar, as he put the helm hard down again.</p> -<!--298.png--> - -<p>“She is in stays now. Wait a moment, and you will see what she does,” -replied Dory.</p> - -<p>At that instant the wind caught the jib, and the schooner began to -swing very rapidly. The other sails filled at the same time.</p> - -<p>“Now right the helm and meet her,” continued Dory. “Be lively about -it. Carry the tiller over till you feel a strong resistance. Over with -it, before she falls off too far.”</p> - -<p>Oscar obeyed, but he had been hardly prompt enough in his movements. -The sails were brought too nearly at right angles with the wind, which -caused her to careen till the new skipper’s nerves were badly shaken. -A bucket of water poured in over the wash-board.</p> - -<p>“Down with the helm, Oscar!” said Dory sharply. “The other way!” he -added, springing to the tiller, and putting it hard down.</p> - -<p>“You said ‘down’ was the other way,” retorted Oscar in a tone that -indicated anger on his part.</p> - -<p>“Now we are all right,” said Dory, laughing, as the boat came up so -that the pressure was eased off the sails.</p> - -<p>“‘Down’ can’t be both ways,” growled Oscar.</p> -<!--299.png--> - -<p>“But sometimes it is one side of the boat, and sometimes the other,” -replied Dory very gently, for he saw that a storm was gathering in the -breast of his companion. “Sometimes it is port, and sometimes it is -starboard.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t see how any one is to know which way is ‘down,’” muttered -Oscar.</p> - -<p>“I can tell which is ‘down’ every time, and without fail; and so can -you, after you have sailed a boat a little longer. ‘Up’ is the way the -wind comes from, and ‘down’ is the other way. Before you tacked, you -had the wind on the port side of you, and ‘down’ was to starboard. Now -you have the wind on the starboard, and ‘down’ is on the port side.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t think I understand it very well, and you had better take the -helm. I am afraid I shall upset her,” said Oscar, somewhat disgusted -with his experience so far.</p> - -<p>“I think the wind is rather too fresh for a first lesson to-day,” -replied Dory, as he took the tiller. “It would be better for you to -try it when there isn’t wind enough to upset her if you make a -mistake. You must excuse me if I spoke too quick to you just now, for -the Goldwing would -<!--300.png--> -have gone over in another second if she had had -her own way.”</p> - -<p>“I was just beginning to get a little mad,” replied Oscar. “It don’t -take much of a breeze to put me into a passion. But it is all right -now, and I won’t get mad if I can help it. It comes upon me before I -know it. Do you think I shall ever be able to sail a boat?”</p> - -<p>“I know you will. I will tack the boat several times, so that you can -see just how it is done. I suppose you know how to drive a horse, -Oscar?”</p> - -<p>“Of course I do.”</p> - -<p>“If you let your horse run off a steep bank, you will upset the -carriage. A boat won’t do it a bit better. If you let the wind blow -square against the sails, she won’t go ahead; and there is nothing -under the canopy to prevent her from going over, even with less wind -than there is to-day. You should never let her get into such a pickle, -any more than you would drive your horse off a precipice.”</p> - -<p>“I can see what you mean. There is nothing to prevent her from tipping -over.”</p> - -<p>“On the wind, as the Goldwing is now, we keep her so that the sails -will fill. Just a little -<!--301.png--> -movement of the tiller will spill them all: -see if it don’t,” continued Dory, as he put the helm down a very -little. “All the sails are shaking. I keep her so that she bears on -the helm all the time. When the pressure is too little, I know that -she is coming up into the wind, and I shift the tiller.”</p> - -<p>“I begin to see through it.”</p> - -<p>When he had a good full, Dory put the helm down, explaining his -action. When the jib began to draw, he began to right the helm. Oscar -got the idea; and, after a few more tacks, he understood it perfectly, -and was permitted to do it himself.</p> - -<p>“Suppose you get caught with the wind blowing square against the -sails, and are in danger of going, over, what do you do—put the helm -down?” asked Oscar.</p> - -<p>“If the wind was fresh I should not wait for her to come up, for she -might go over before she came up to a safe position. Let me take the -helm again, and I will show you.”</p> - -<p>The skipper put the helm up, and in a moment the water began to pour -in over the wash-board. Oscar thought she was going over, and he -convulsively grasped the seat with both hands. Dory -<!--302.png--> -gave the end of -the fore and main sheets a twitch, in the twinkling of an eye, which -cast them off. The two principal sails ran out instantly, the pressure -was removed, and the boat came up to an even keel.</p> - -<p>“That is the way to save yourself when you get into a tight place, -Oscar; but you ought never to get into such a tight place as that. A -boat can’t possibly upset unless she is in that position. But, before -she falls off enough to put you into chancery in that style, she will -bear very hard on the tiller, which will give you warning enough. If -you let go the tiller, she will come into the wind herself. The -Goldwing, or any boat properly rigged and ballasted, would never get -you into such a scrape: you must force her into the dangerous -position. Now you may take the helm.”</p> - -<p>In half an hour Oscar could beat to windward as well as an old salt, -though his education as a boatman was by no means completed. The -Monkey, which had been moving at the rate of less than a mile an hour, -had by this time got out into the middle of the lake, where she felt -the full force of the wind.</p> -<!--303.png--> - -<p>Like all monkeys, the sloop was behaving very badly indeed; but it was -solely because she was badly handled. Dory was confident she would -meet with an accident; and he required Oscar to come about off Scotch -Bonnet, about three miles below the mouth of the river. After some -manœuvring, he got the foresail on the port side, with the mainsail on -the starboard; and the Goldwing began to fly, wing-and-wing, before -the wind.</p> - -<p>The wind had a reach of several miles from the head of North-west Bay, -and there was considerable sea. The schooner rolled, pitched, plunged, -and yawed about at a fearful rate. Oscar found that he had his hands -more than full. He wanted to give it up, but the skipper assured him -he was doing as well as any one could; that all vessels knocked about -like that when running exactly before a fresh wind.</p> - -<p>“But isn’t there any danger in staving along like this, Dory?” asked -Oscar.</p> - -<p>“None at all if the boat is well handled. If you vary your present -course too much, one or the other of the sails would bang over to the -other side. It would do no harm even then, unless it -<!--304.png--> -was the mainsail, -and the boom hit you on the head.</p> - -<p>“Then, if you should let her come a quarter way around, you would have -her in that ugly position with the wind at right angles with the -sails, and she would upset. With as much wind as there is to-day, she -will go over every time you put her into chancery; and it won’t be her -fault either.”</p> - -<p>Oscar soon got used to the motion and the erratic gyrations of the -boat, and then he enjoyed it. He had been told to steer for a tree on -a hill, and he kept the course remarkably well for a beginner. The -Goldwing had gone two miles in a little over ten minutes, and the -shoal-water of Field’s Bay was ahead of her.</p> - -<p>“We must haul up a little, or we shall get aground,” said Dory. “As we -are going squarely before the wind, there is no up or down about it; -and you must put the helm to starboard. But we will do it without -making any sensation,” he added, as he cast off the main-sheet. “The -foresail will pop over to the other side, and do it with a rush. Now, -starboard, very slowly.”</p> - -<p>Dory let out the main-sheet, so that the sail did not draw full. Over -went the foresail with a rush.</p> -<!--305.png--> - -<p>“Steady! That is, keep her as she is.” Relieved of a portion of the -pressure on the mainsail, she did not heel over much under the shock. -Dory was about to ask Oscar how he would come about, when a tremendous -yell came up the lake from the other students.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--306.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch28"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-eight">XXVIII.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>THE UPSETTING OF THE MONKEY, AND ITS LESSON.</h4> - -<p class="p2">“The Monkey has upset!” exclaimed Dory, considerably excited by the -catastrophe.</p> - -<p>“You had better take the helm, Dory, for we can’t wait to make any -mistakes,” added Oscar, as he gave the tiller to the skipper.</p> - -<p>“Bolly is determined to drown himself, and he will do it if he keeps -on trying. I did not think he had pluck enough to go out in a sailboat -again without a skipper.”</p> - -<p>“But the rowboats are all around him, and they are all pulling towards -the Monkey,” continued Oscar. “But that sailboat don’t sink, as you -say the other did.”</p> - -<p>“Perhaps she has not ballast enough to carry her down. She is lying -flat on her side, and the fellows that were in her are clinging to -her. They are safe for a while if they will only hold on,” said the -skipper of the Goldwing when he had taken in the situation.</p> -<!--307.png--> - -<p>The Goldwing was within five hundred feet of the Monkey when the -latter went over; and, before any of the rowboats reached the wreck, -the schooner was alongside of her. The skipper had taken in the -foresail; and, as she rounded-to, Oscar let go the jib-halyard, and -Dory lowered the mainsail. With the boat-hook Oscar got hold of the -wreck, and the schooner was hauled alongside.</p> - -<p>Bolly, Steve Baxter, and Phil Gawner were helped into the Goldwing. -All three of them were thoroughly frightened, but were not otherwise -damaged.</p> - -<p>“Who was the skipper of this boat?” asked Dory.</p> - -<p>“Bolly; and he said he knew how to sail a boat, or we should not have -come out with him,” replied Phil.</p> - -<p>“Can you skipper a boat, Bolly?” said Dory, turning to Bolly.</p> - -<p>“I thought I could,” answered Bolly sheepishly.</p> - -<p>“You thought so last Friday, when you let that steam-launch run into -you.”</p> - -<p>“But since that I have watched you, and I was sure I could do it,” -pleaded Bolly.</p> - -<p>“I don’t think you know any more about it now -<!--308.png--> -than you did then. I -told Oscar you would upset the boat when I first saw her come out of -the river. I don’t believe you will ever be hanged. If you are going -to keep doing this thing, you had better learn to swim,” added the -skipper of the Goldwing.</p> - -<p>“I won’t try it again: there is something about sailing a boat that I -don’t understand,” replied Bolly.</p> - -<p>“A good deal that you don’t understand; and, if you want to commit -suicide, you had better keep on sailing a boat. You will finish the -job one of these days. It is lucky this boat did not sink, like the -other. If she had, some of you might have been drowned. As it is, we -must get her up, and bail her out.”</p> - -<p>“If you will tell us how, we will do all the work,” added Bolly.</p> - -<p>By this time the four-oar boat came up. Corny Minkfield was acting as -coxswain, in the absence of Dory. Dick Short was not in the boat, and -Dave Windsor and John Brattle pulled the two after-oars.</p> - -<p>“Where is Dick Short?” asked Dory.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Brookbine would not let him come. He -<!--309.png--> -said he must learn the lesson -he lost while he was up a tree,” replied Corny. “We have got two -greenhorns in the boat, and we can’t row worth a cent.”</p> - -<p>“No need of telling of it, for any one could see it a mile off,” -laughed Dory.</p> - -<p>“Corny wants to do all the ordering while we do all the work,” added -Dave Windsor. “When he is appointed boss we will mind him.”</p> - -<p>“Just as you like. There is Captain Gildrock on the point watching us, -and I don’t believe he will let any of you fellows out in a boat again -till you learn how to handle one. But we must put the Monkey in shape, -and take her up the river: Sim Green don’t want to lose another boat -just yet.”</p> - -<p>Dory fastened a line to the mast-head of the Monkey. As the boat had -gone over on the port side, he moved the Goldwing to the opposite -side. But pulling on this line would only move the boat in the water -without righting her.</p> - -<p>Making another line fast to the middle of the inside of the wreck, he -passed it over the side out of the water, and then drew it under the -keel, carrying the rope out beyond the mast-head. The -<!--310.png--> -end of the line -was then made fast to the stern of Corny’s boat, whose crew were -directed to pull with all their might when the word was given.</p> - -<p>Dory then climbed to the foremast-head of the Goldwing, with the other -line tied around his body. From this elevated position he could pull -up from the fallen mast of the Monkey. He gave the word to Corny to -pull, and the boat yanked away at the line; but the crew pulled so -badly that they did not exert any great force.</p> - -<p>The skipper passed his line over the spring-stay of the schooner, so -that Oscar could keep what he got. When he pulled at the rope, greatly -to his delight, and somewhat to his astonishment, the mast of the -wreck began to rise, and the hull began to right. After it had been -elevated a few feet, it was easy work; and the Monkey was soon right -side up. The rowers gave a smart cheer when the work was accomplished.</p> - -<p>Bolly and his companions timidly returned to the Monkey. All the -buckets and dippers that both boats contained were in demand, and she -was soon free of water. The lines were cast off, and both sailboats -were ready to return to Beech Lake. Phil and John Brattle positively -refused to sail -<!--311.png--> -with Bolly again, and the late skipper of the Monkey -had his doubts about attempting to get the boat into the river without -upsetting her.</p> - -<p>“I can do it,” suggested Oscar.</p> - -<p>“I have no doubt you can, Oscar, and you may do it,” replied Dory. -“You will have the wind fair all the way.”</p> - -<p>Oscar took his place in the Monkey, which he soon found was not such a -craft as the Goldwing. He trimmed the sail, and got under way without -making any mistakes. He had the wind on the beam, and he let out the -sheet of the sloop until the sail would just draw full. The craft made -double the speed she had attained at any time since she came out with -her incompetent skipper.</p> - -<p>Dory followed her in the Goldwing when he got his sails up. He watched -the work of his pupil with close attention as he passed the Monkey, -and shouted his approval to Oscar. When he reached the point, Captain -Gildrock made a signal that he would like to be taken on board the -schooner; and Dory made a landing.</p> - -<p>“No more boating for these boys at present,” said the principal, as he -stepped into the Goldwing. “They can neither sail a boat nor row -<!--312.png--> -one. -Who is sailing that boat now, Dory? He is doing better than has been -done with her before this afternoon.”</p> - -<p>“Oscar Chester is in charge of her. He has been sailing with me in the -schooner; and, as far as he has gone, he knows how to do it,” replied -Dory.</p> - -<p>“It will be impossible to keep them out of the boats; and the pupils -must be taught at once how to row, and how to handle a sailboat,” -continued the captain, as he glanced at the rowing of the party in the -four-oar boat. “When I saw that sloop-boat go over, I thought that the -first day of our school was to end in a disaster. I am thankful that -no one lost his life. But no one shall go out of Beech Lake again in a -sailboat unless there is a skipper on board.”</p> - -<p>Dick Short welcomed the boys back to the school-grounds. He had made -up the lost lesson, and was as good-natured as though he had not been -punished. Before breakfast the next morning, the boys all walked over -to the beach in the little lake, and went into the water. In the -evening a great deal had been said about learning to swim. It was -found that only eight boys out of -<!--313.png--> -the twenty-two could swim a stroke. -Dory and Harry Franklin were appointed instructors in this department; -and they were to have a lesson every day, when the weather was -suitable.</p> - -<p>Some pieces of plank were obtained at the lumber-shed, and conveyed to -the beach. Holding these floats with their hands, some of the boys -ventured out into deep water. The first thing was to obtain the -necessary confidence. They were told how to move their feet in the -operation, and the first trials were very satisfactory.</p> - -<p>The schoolroom exercises of the forenoon were about the same as the -day before. The boys all felt that their learning was to be of the -most practical kind, such as would help them in the business of life. -All education does this, but all boys cannot realize it.</p> - -<p>The first business of the afternoon with the second class was to put -up the shelves they had made the day before. Of course, the boys had -to go through a great many forms that were useless to experienced -workmen.</p> - -<p>“Now, my lads, we are to nail the shelves to the brackets,” said Mr. -Brookbine. “To do this correctly will be a nicer job than you have yet -done; -<!--314.png--> -but you must work carefully, and give strict attention to the -directions. With the larger try-square draw a light line eight inches -from each end of the shelf, and on the top.”</p> - -<p>“Which is the top?” asked Dick Short, as he looked on both sides of -the board in the hands of Phil Gawner, who was his bench-partner.</p> - -<p>“Either side will answer for the top, but you should take the best -side—the one with no rough places in it—if there is any choice. -Always put the best side out: there is no cheat in it in carpentering. -It is not like putting all the poorest apples at the bottom of the -barrel.”</p> - -<p>The students selected a side for the top, and ruled the lines.</p> - -<p>“Now draw another line on the other side, seven inches and a half from -the end,—a more decided line than the other. Good! Now put one of the -brackets in the bench-vise, and screw it up tight. Put the wide end of -the bracket up, and about two inches above the top of the bench.—Tom -Ridley, you have got it four inches.—Ben, you are not more than one -inch.—You must learn to measure distances with the eye. That will do.</p> - -<p>“Here are several kegs of nails, which I opened -<!--315.png--> -this forenoon. We -have spikes, tenpenny, eightpenny, sixpenny, shingle, and lath nails. -There are two kinds of the same length, as a tenpenny or an eightpenny -board-nail, or a finish-nail. Board-nails have a broader head, and are -stouter than a finish-nail. Which kind shall we use for the shelves?”</p> - -<p>“Finish-nails,” shouted half a dozen boys at a venture.</p> - -<p>“Eightpenny finish will be about right. No. 1 will nail to the first -bracket, and No. 2 to the second. No. 2 will take the board, and lay -the end on the bracket, and No. 1 will nail it. Fix the shelf exactly -against the mark on the under side. Hold the board very still; and, -when the nailer gets it exactly right, he should put his left hand -against the bracket, grasping the board at the same time.”</p> - -<p>The instructor did it himself, and all the nailers observed how he did -it.</p> - -<p>“The light line on the top is to show you where the nails are to be -driven. Now go ahead. Strike so as to hit the nail squarely with the -face of the hammer, so that it will not bend the nail, or slip off and -mar the board.”</p> -<!--316.png--> - -<p>He had to stop half of them, and give them a little outside practice -with the hammer. But the boards were nailed on. They were tried with -the square, and then nailed against the wall, between the windows. The -planes were put upon them, and the boys were proud of their first job.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--317.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch29"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="twenty-nine">XXIX.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>AN AFTERNOON IN THE MACHINE-SHOP.</h4> - -<p class="p2">The first class of the Beech-Hill Industrial School were most of them -older than the members of the second class. All of them had attended -high-schools or academies, and made more or less progress in the -studies to be pursued. But they had no better knowledge of practical -mechanics and the use of tools.</p> - -<p>Mr. Jepson, the instructor in the metal department, had served his -time for seven years as a machinist in England, and had worked at his -trade a great many years in America. He was competent to build a -steam-engine or to run one, and had learned his trade with more -thoroughness than most American mechanics.</p> - -<p>One of his specialties was drawing; and he was to teach this branch, -which is the foundation and corner-stone of all practical mechanics. -In his opening speech to the class, he said that the first thing in -doing a job of any kind was to make -<!--318.png--> -a plan or picture of whatever was -to be constructed.</p> - -<p>Unlike the carpenter, he did not begin by giving the names and uses of -the various tools on his bench, and on the walls near it. He told the -boys what could be done in brass, iron, and steel. He pointed out in -what manner chemistry and geometry, as well as natural philosophy, if -not absolutely essential, were exceedingly valuable, to the machinist.</p> - -<p>“I don’t believe half the machinists know any thing about these -branches,” said Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“I don’t believe a quarter part of them learned any thing about these -sciences, or even drawing, in school; but they have had to learn them -in working at their trade,” replied Mr. Jepson. “In forging iron, in -casting any metal, in brazing, soldering, and many other operations, -one must learn the effect of heat upon metals, and the effect of -various substances upon them.</p> - -<p>“Do you think an old-fashioned blacksmith don’t know some of the uses -of borax? Why does the tinman use resin, or some chemical preparation, -in preparing and soldering his wares? Why does the blacksmith cool one -piece of iron -<!--319.png--> -by putting it in water, and let another piece cool off -on the floor, if he don’t know any thing about the science of -chemistry?”</p> - -<p>“I meant book science,” added Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“All science is the same, whether it be in a book or in a man’s head,” -added the instructor. “You must get it into the head to have it of any -use to you, and it matters not where it come from. All I mean to say -is, that a theoretical knowledge of science, such as you get in -school, will be of very great advantage to you in the mechanic arts.”</p> - -<p>“We are willing to admit that,” said Lew Shoreham rather impatiently; -for he was in a hurry to get hold of the tools, as the second class -were.</p> - -<p>“Here is a bar of brass, half an inch square,” said the machinist, -taking the piece of metal from his bench. “We can do almost any thing -with it that we can with wood.”</p> - -<p>“You can’t saw it, and plane it as you can a piece of wood,” said Will -Orwell, who had probably never been in a machine-shop in his life.</p> - -<p>“Certainly we can: why not?” demanded the teacher.</p> -<!--320.png--> - -<p>“Saw brass!” exclaimed Will. “I never saw any such thing done.”</p> - -<p>“Did you ever see a watch made?”</p> - -<p>“I never did; <span style="white-space:nowrap;">but”—</span></p> - -<p>“Then, you ought to believe that a watch can’t be made,” interposed -the machinist.</p> - -<p>“It looks absurd to me to talk of sawing brass, and I don’t believe it -can be done,” persisted Will.</p> - -<p>“Possibly I may be able to convince you that it can be done: in fact, -I know I can, if you are not very unreasonable,” added Mr. Jepson, as -he put the bar of brass into one of his iron vises, and screwed it up -tight. “Now, stand by me, and see that I don’t deceive you.”</p> - -<p>The machinist took a hack-saw from a hook in front of him.</p> - -<p>“There is the brass in the vise, and here is the saw,” continued the -instructor. “I shall saw the brass bar into two pieces, and I shall do -it about as quick as an amateur would saw a piece of hard wood of the -same size.”</p> - -<p>“That thing don’t look like a saw,” Will objected.</p> - -<p>The instructor took from a drawer a package of hack-saws, on which -there was a label.</p> -<!--321.png--> - -<p>“What does that say, my lad?” asked Mr. Jepson, handing the package to -the sceptical student.</p> - -<p>“One dozen hack-saws,” Will read on the label.</p> - -<p>“Here is one from the package, and you will see that it is just like -the one in the frame. It is a saw without a particle of doubt.”</p> - -<p>“It looks more like a file.”</p> - -<p>“It is not at all like a file.”</p> - -<p>“Dry up, Will! Admit that it is a saw, and don’t argue the question -all day,” interposed Lew.</p> - -<p>“I will give it up: it is a saw,” added Will.</p> - -<p>The machinist applied the saw to the brass bar, started it carefully -so that it need not jump about, and then worked quite lively for a few -moments. The end of the bar soon dropped on the floor, and Will picked -it up.</p> - -<p>“I grant that you have sawed brass, but I don’t see how you can plane -it,” said Will.</p> - -<p>“In order to plane it, I should have to put it into a planer; but I -can take off shavings as long as the bar itself. I must convince you, -Will, or you will never believe it.”</p> - -<p>All the boys were curious to see this operation. The bar was put into -the machine, and the interested -<!--322.png--> -observers picked up the long and -tightly curled shavings of brass. Of course, Will was convinced. Mr. -Jepson then took a rod of brass an inch in diameter, and held it up -before the class.</p> - -<p>“This rod is also of brass: it is not made of cheese, though you will -think it can be cut about as easily as though it were cheese,” -continued he, as he fixed the rod in a turning-lathe. Running on the -belt with the lever in front of him, the rod began to turn with -tremendous rapidity.</p> - -<p>The boys gathered around the lathe, and the machinist took up a tool -made of an old file. He applied it to the brass, and the metal -shavings began to drop rapidly upon the frame of the lathe. In a few -moments the end of the rod became a shining ball. The metal could -hardly have given less apparent resistance if it had been cheese.</p> - -<p>With various tools the machinist soon had a cup next to the ball. Then -he made an ogee form, and a dozen other shapes, until the boys were -utterly astonished at the results. It seemed incredible to them that -brass could be cut as easily as soft pine.</p> - -<p>“I suppose that can only be done with brass,” said Oscar Chester.</p> -<!--323.png--> - -<p>“It can be done with iron just as well, though the operation will be -slower; or with steel, and then it is still slower,” replied the -machinist, as he adjusted a rod of iron in the lathe.</p> - -<p>With no more difficulty than before, though not so rapidly, he cut the -same form as in brass. With another lathe, he cut a screw on an iron -rod. Taking a blank nut, he put it into the vise, and applied the -proper tap to it, cut the female screw, and then put it on the rod. -Then he cut a screw with a stock and die on a piece of brass wire, and -tapped a nut to fit it.</p> - -<p>He went to the forge, and welded a couple of pieces of iron together, -and had something to say about tempering metals. Taking an old brass -candlestick, he sawed the pedestal into two pieces, which he held up -before the boys, and then allowed them to examine the parts. He then -brazed them together so nicely that the boys could hardly see the -place where it had been sawed.</p> - -<p>“Are we to learn to do all these things, Mr. Jepson?” asked Pemberton -Millweed.</p> - -<p>“That is what you are here for,” replied the instructor. “But you will -not begin with the -<!--324.png--> -lathe and the plane; and there is a great deal of -hard work to be done at this trade.”</p> - -<p>“What is the first thing we are to learn?” inquired Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“Filing.”</p> - -<p>“Filing! We can do that now!” exclaimed Lew Shoreham.</p> - -<p>“Not one of you can do it properly. Any one thinks he can do it, but a -nice piece of filing is one of the most artistic things in the trade. -It cultivates the eye and the hands, and you could spend months at it -without exhausting the subject. But I dare say we are not to go into -the extreme niceties of the art. I can tell you this, my lads: if you -should work at the trade of a machinist for fifty years, there would -still be something to be learned, and greater skill to be obtained.”</p> - -<p>“Then, we are not likely to become full-fledged machinists in six -months,” added Pemberton Millweed.</p> - -<p>“Certainly not, but you can learn a great deal in that time; and, if -you follow the trade for a living, you will have to keep learning all -the time you work at it. In America, apprentices, if there -<!--325.png--> -are any -now, only work six months or a year, and really learn the trade, if -they learn it at all, after they go to work as journeymen. Labor is -too valuable in this country for a man to spend seven years in -learning a trade: besides, one who has worked six months at a trade -becomes valuable to his employer.”</p> - -<p>“But we are to learn a lot of trades in six months or a year,” -suggested Harry Franklin.</p> - -<p>“Not at all: the only trades you are to learn are those of machinist -and carpenter. Incidentally you are to learn a score of other things. -When we find out what the boys are best for, we shall put them mainly -to that. It is a good thing for a machinist to know something about -carpentering, and for a carpenter to be able to handle a piece of iron -as well as a piece of wood.</p> - -<p>“Almost every trade now is subdivided into several. Formerly a -carpenter did every thing about a house. Now the doors are made by one -concern, the blinds by another, the stairs by a third, the floors are -laid by a fourth, the lathing by a fifth: all the mouldings are done -by machinery, and so on. So it is with many trades: they are cut up -into specialties. Now, if you please, we will go to work.”</p> -<!--326.png--> - -<p>On this side of the shop there were a dozen short benches, each -supplied with tools, which were fewer and simpler than on the -carpenters’ side; for much of the work was to be done by machinery. -Out in the floor were several lathes for heavy work, a planer, a -boring-machine, a circular-saw for metals, a grindstone, several -emery-wheels and polishers,—in fact, every thing that could be -required for work in metals.</p> - -<p>Mr. Jepson gave out several blocks of iron, and required the boys to -put them in the vises. Then he explained the large number of files -belonging to each bench, gave each student a drawing of the form into -which he was to file his metal, and set them at work.</p> - -<p>Passing from one pupil to another, he instructed him in the work -before him. The boys soon found that they had not taken an easy job, -but they did not complain. Some of them soon learned to handle the -file with some degree of skill, and the instructor began to have some -idea who would make machinists among them.</p> - -<p>When the school was dismissed for the day, the pupils were directed to -go on board of the Sylph.</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--327.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--start chapter--> -<p><span class="top"><a href="#top">[Top]</a></span></p> -<h3 class="p4"><a name="Ch30"></a>CHAPTER <abbr title="thirty">XXX.</abbr></h3> - -<h4>WHAT THE STUDENTS FOUND AT THOMPSON’S POINT.</h4> - -<p class="p2">At the scholastic session, in the morning, the scholars had been -forbidden to take any of the boats without special permission, which -would not be granted to those who were not qualified to manage them. -The Goldwing, and a sloop called the Emma, were the only sailboats -belonging to Beech Hill.</p> - -<p>Besides the two four-oar quarter-boats belonging to the Sylph, there -were four other rowboats, two pulling four oars, and two pulling two -oars, each. When the boys went on board of the steam-yacht, they -noticed that all the rowboats were made fast to her stern. It was -evident that the present excursion was for the purpose of drilling the -boys in rowing and handling boats.</p> - -<p>Captain Gildrock had been away all the afternoon, and returned only in -time to join the school in the steamer. Bates had got up steam, for he -<!--328.png--> -had learned to be a man-of-all-work, from hoeing corn, up to steering -a steamer. Dory was sent to the pilot-house, but no one heard the -instructions given him. Oscar went with him; but, if Dory knew the -programme, he did not speak of it.</p> - -<p>The ship’s company all went to their stations, though there was -nothing for the cooks and stewards to do. Oscar steered until the -steamer was near Thompson’s Point, opposite Split Rock, when Dory took -the wheel. The captain had instructed Thad Glovering, the first -officer, to get the anchor ready. Dory ran the steamer into a bay next -to the point; and, when she was within a quarter of a mile of the -shore, he rang to stop her.</p> - -<p>“Back her, Dory,” said the captain, who did not wish to go too near -the shore. “That will do: let go the anchor.”</p> - -<p>“Now, my lads, we are going to learn to handle boats before we sail -any more,” said Captain Gildrock. “It is often as important to be able -to handle a boat properly, as it is to be able to sail the ship. We -are rather short of instructors in the art of rowing, but we shall do -as well as we can. I will take the port quarter-boat, and Dory will go -in the starboard.”</p> -<!--329.png--> - -<p>“The Goldwing Club know how to row,” suggested Dory. “They can do all -that I can, though that isn’t much.”</p> - -<p>The captain admitted that they could row very well, for he had seen -them do it; and he appointed the other four members of the club as -coxswains of the remaining boats. In a few minutes they had all -embarked, and, as directed, had assembled around the port -quarter-boat, from which Captain Gildrock told them all that could be -told in regard to the art of rowing.</p> - -<p>“You will obey the orders of the coxswains without grumbling, or -asking any questions,” continued the captain, when he had given the -pupils the names of the different parts of an oar, and shown them how -to use it. He was in favor of a man-of-war stroke, especially for -beginners; for it was slow and measured.</p> - -<p>The Goldwing Club had practised it a great deal, for the skipper had -learned it of his father. The boats separated, and each coxswain -proceeded to tell what he knew about rowing “man-of-war fashion.” Many -of the boys were disposed to indulge in a little skylarking, and some -of them were not inclined to obey the orders of the several -<!--330.png--> -members of -the Goldwing Club. But the captain was too near to permit any thing -like an outbreak.</p> - -<p>But the boys were greatly interested in all aquatic sports, and in an -hour’s time they could pull a very fair stroke. They learned all the -man-of-war boat terms, and could “toss” and “let fall” with tolerable -precision.</p> - -<p>“Pull to the end of the point,” shouted Captain Gildrock, as his boat -led off in that direction.</p> - -<p>The other boats followed him. As they approached the shore, the -coxswains discovered that there were several persons there; though it -was generally an unfrequented spot, without a house within a mile of -the point. The rowers, being back to the shore, could see nothing. The -coxswains wondered what the sensation was to be, for they were -satisfied that there was “something in the wind.”</p> - -<p>Even when the boats touched the beach they could see nothing, for the -point was covered with trees. Captain Gildrock landed first, and the -coxswains had hard work to prevent their crews from following him -pell-mell. But the discipline was preserved without breaking any -thing, till orders came for all to go on shore. The boats were all -<!--331.png--> -hauled up so that they should not get adrift, and the several crews -followed the captain up the hill.</p> - -<p>“Hurrah!” yelled those who got to the road first.</p> - -<p>Doubtless this yell gave expression to their astonishment as well as -their enthusiasm. In the road, which leads down to the end of the -point, they found two long vehicles, the pairs of wheels on which were -twenty feet apart.</p> - -<p>Standing by the side of them were two men, who were the teamsters, and -two boys of seventeen, very genteelly dressed. On each vehicle was a -boat, each of which was hardly less than fifty feet long. They were -both broad for rowboats, and were finished in the most elegant style. -The students were delighted, and could hardly find words to express -their enthusiasm.</p> - -<p>“Six oars on a side! Twelve oars in one boat! Who ever heard of such a -thing?” exclaimed Will Orwell.</p> - -<p>“You would not have believed there was such a boat, to say nothing of -two of them, if you had been told about it,” said Dave Windsor -mischievously.</p> -<!--332.png--> - -<p>“I believe in them both now,” replied Will. “Do you suppose they are -for us?”</p> - -<p>“I think they must be. I don’t believe there is any other concern in -these parts that would have any use for such boats,” added Dave.</p> - -<p>“My lads, here are two new pupils, from the city of New York. I hope -you will give them a cordial welcome, and make things pleasant, for -them,” said the captain, interrupting the comments of the boys on the -boats.</p> - -<p>“Hurrah for the New-Yorkers!” shouted Ben Ludlow; and three lusty -cheers were given in response to the captain’s introduction of the new -boys.</p> - -<p>“This is Luke Bennington, and his father is a shipbuilder. He knows a -ship from a cooking-stove, and can give you all points in boating. The -other is Matt Randolph, whose father is captain of an ocean-steamer; -and he can do any thing in a yacht except splice the main-brace.”</p> - -<p>The two boys began to bow as they were introduced, and kept it up -until the principal ceased. Then they went in among the boys, and -began to shake hands with them, and to make themselves acquainted.</p> -<!--333.png--> - -<p>“What about those boats, Captain Gildrock?” called Bob Swanton, after -he had met the new-comers.</p> - -<p>“Those are twelve-oar barges such as they use in the navy. They are -single banked, and will accommodate nine persons in the stern-sheet,” -replied the captain. “They were built in New-York City especially for -the Beech-Hill Industrial School. I expected to have had them a week -ago, but they were not finished. Luke Bennington and Matt Randolph -came up in charge of them. Now, if you are ready, we will put them -into the water.”</p> - -<p>The barges were unloaded, and conveyed to the lake. As soon as they -were in the water, the students gave the usual three cheers. Of -course, they were not satisfied until they were seated in them; and -there were now just students enough to man them, without any -coxswains. They pulled off to the steamer, towing the other boats. The -boys were sorry to get out of them so soon, but there was no more than -time to reach the school before six o’clock.</p> - -<p>The new boats were the subject of much enthusiastic talk that evening, -but they were not to be used until four the next afternoon.</p> -<!--334.png--> - -<p>That night two more students arrived, and the complement intended was -exceeded. Dory was moved into the mansion, and also Thad Glovering, so -that the dormitory would accommodate them. Of the new boys it happened -that three of them were qualified for the first class, while the -fourth was admitted to the second class.</p> - -<p>The next day the studies, and the work in the shop, went on as before. -It was a new thing to the boys, and the captain did not expect any -difficulty at present; and he had none, beyond the little bits of -mischief which were not at all serious. Dory was superlatively happy -in the snug harbor he had found after the wanderings and trials of the -earlier part of the year.</p> - -<p>The deep interest of the principal in the institution induced him to -give his personal attention to every thing that was done. He was in -the school-room most of the forenoon, and in the shop most of the -afternoon. But his teaching was done mostly on board of the Sylph, and -in the boats. When he found an opportunity to improve the minds or -hearts of the boys, he used it, wherever it happened to be. His -instructions were always welcome to the students.</p> -<!--335.png--> - -<p>The practice in swimming was kept up every day during the rest of the -season, unless the weather was unfavorable. In a fortnight most of the -boys could swim very well; but half a dozen of them had not yet -obtained the confidence to strike out, without the planks, into the -deep water of the lake. The two New-Yorkers were fine swimmers, and -their example and suggestions were valuable to the others.</p> - -<p>On the day after the arrival of the barges, the students gathered at -the lake for the exciting exercise of rowing. They were gathered on -the temporary wharf built for the accommodation of the Sylph.</p> - -<p>“We have not got things to rights here yet, my lads,” said Captain -Gildrock. “I was thinking this summer of building a suitable wharf and -boat-house, but I concluded to let you do it. We can have two -boat-clubs now, and we want a hall for them to meet in during the -winter. You are to build this house.”</p> - -<p>“Build a house!” exclaimed Bob Swanton.</p> - -<p>“That was what I said, and what I meant,” replied the captain. “It -will be a boat-house, large enough for all the boats on the lower -floor, and for a club-room on the second floor.”</p> -<!--336.png--> - -<p>“Can we do it?” asked Ben Ludlow.</p> - -<p>“If you can’t do it, with Mr. Brookbine’s assistance, I might as well -discontinue this school at once. I find that boys work best, and enjoy -it more, when their labor is to accomplish a result. You will not only -build the house, but you will, I hope, make the plan for it. When you -get a little farther along with your drawing, you will be competent to -do it.</p> - -<p>“I shall offer several prizes for the best plan, and build upon it -when it is accepted. We shall also build a wharf of stone at the same -time, and that will be a part of the plan. I want you to think how you -would do it all as you have opportunity.</p> - -<p>“For the present,” continued the captain, “the first class will be -machinists; and the second class, carpenters. I think it is better, -therefore, to give one boat to the first class, and the other to the -second. Each of the classes may organize a boat-club at once. I should -like to have each one choose a coxswain now, before you get into the -boats. Don’t do as the American people often do,—select one who don’t -know any thing about the work he is to do. Elect one whose orders you -will be willing to obey.</p> -<!--337.png--> - -<p>“This election will be of temporary coxswains. In a week or two, when -you have learned more about boats, you can do it more understandingly -than now.”</p> - -<p>The students were delighted with the idea, and a lot of them fell to -electioneering as naturally as the average American citizen. In the -first class, Matt Randolph was elected; in the second class, Dory -Dornwood received very nearly a unanimous vote. The coxswains were -directed to take the command at once, and they proceeded to number -their men. Then they were assigned to their places. Dory was the first -to get his boat off, and he led the way out into Lake Champlain.</p> - -<p>Each coxswain exercised his crew for an hour; and, of course, they had -to have a race. As Dory had all the Goldwing Club with him, his boat -won it; though the boys in the first class were older and stronger -than those of the second. Captain Gildrock had told them that each -club might name their own boat, and every student was requested to -propose a good name at the next meeting. They had a great deal of fun -over this subject.</p> - -<p>When the name of “Leader” was first suggested, -<!--338.png--> -it met with favor; but -Ned Bellows, who had proposed “Winooski,” said he would vote for -“Leader” if the other boat would call their barge “Follower.” The joke -was carried so far that a committee was appointed to wait on the other -club, and suggest the name of “Follower.” Of course, the first class -were indignant; as the suggestion was a reflection upon their position -at the end of the first race. The names finally adopted were -“Gildrock,” in compliment to the captain, and “Winooski,” one of the -rivers of the State.</p> - -<p>Perhaps the students enjoyed themselves more in these elegant barges -than even in the Sylph. Before the season closed, they made many -excursions in the Gildrock and the Winooski; and with all the practice -they had, under the best instructors, they could not well avoid -becoming first-class oarsmen.</p> - -<p>As they continued their work in the shop, some of the boys developed a -very decided taste for the mechanic arts; some preferred carpentering; -others were fascinated with wood-turning, after the lathes were in -use; not a few desired to be working machinists; and some desired to -learn only -<!--339.png--> -enough of the latter trade to enable them to run a -steam-engine to the best advantage.</p> - -<p>After finding out what trade best suited each boy’s taste and ability, -the captain intended to allow him to work mainly at that trade, though -not to the neglect of any other essential knowledge. To say that all -the boys were delighted with their occupation, with their work in the -school-room and the shop, as well as their play on land and water, -would not be stating the truth too strongly. Even Pemberton Millweed -was proud of his accomplishments when he could make a bolt, with a -screw and nut: and it is even probable that he forgot the meaning of -the word “genteel;” at any rate, he did not use it any more.</p> - -<p>Bolingbroke became a good mechanic as well as a good scholar,—all the -better mechanic for being a good scholar. Both of the farmer’s boys -were glad they failed to find places in stores; for they were -satisfied in less than a month that they could earn more money, be -quite as respectable, and more independent, as mechanics.</p> - -<p>Elinora liked her place in the store, where she had fair wages. She -paid her board at home, and was independent of everybody. The captain -<!--340.png--> -found plenty for Fatima to do, and she proved to be a very valuable -clerk to him.</p> - -<p>The boys look out of the corners of their eyes when they see Mr. -Darlingby with her, as he is a great deal of the time when they are -not about their work; and even the principal fears that he may lose -his accomplished assistant in the care of the records and his -correspondence.</p> - -<p>Farmer Millweed seemed to have become a new man, as well as the new -head of his family. Captain Gildrock took the mortgage on his farm, -and lent him money to pay his interest and the more pressing of his -other debts. His daughters pay their board, and the eight dollars a -week from this source is a godsend to him.</p> - -<p>Mrs. Millweed does not say much about the new order of things, but she -cannot help seeing and appreciating the improvement in their -circumstances; for the farmer is certain that he shall be able to pay -all his debts in time, and own his farm free and clear.</p> - -<p>Affairs went on very smoothly at the Beech-Hill Industrial School for -several weeks, though in time the institution had its trials and -troubles; and we are content to leave the “Champlain Mechanics” -<!--341.png--> -in -their “Snug Harbor,” expecting to present them again when they begin -their promised work with the “Square and Compass,” in the practical -work of “Building the House.”</p> -</div><!--end of chapter--> -<!--342.png--> - -<div class="chapter"><!--advertisements--> -<p class="p4 center muchlarger">OLIVER OPTIC’S BOOKS.</p> - -<p class="center">SOLD IN SETS OR SEPARATE VOLUMES. EACH SET IN A NEAT BOX WITH -ILLUMINATED LABELS.</p> - -<p class="p2">ARMY AND NAVY STORIES.</p> - -<p class="hanging">A Library for Young and Old, in six volumes. <abbr title="sextodecimo">16mo.</abbr> Illustrated. Per -volume</p> -<p class="right mt2">$1.50</p> - -<p class="p1 shortindent">The Soldier Boy.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">The Sailor Boy.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">The Young Lieutenant.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">The Yankee Middy.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Fighting Joe.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Brave Old Salt.</p> - -<p class="p2">FAMOUS “BOAT-CLUB” SERIES.</p> - -<p class="hanging">A Library for Young People. Handsomely illustrated. Six volumes, in -neat box. Per volume</p> -<p class="right mt2">1.25</p> - -<p class="p1 shortindent">The Boat Club; or, The Bunkers of Rippleton.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">All Aboard; or, Life on the Lake.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Now or Never; or, The Adventures of Bobby Bright.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Try Again; or, the Trials and Triumphs of Harry West.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Poor and Proud; or, The Fortunes of Katy Redburn.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Little by Little; or, The Cruise of the Flyaway.</p> - -<p class="p2">THE LAKE-SHORE SERIES.</p> - -<p class="hanging">Six volumes. Illustrated. In neat box. Per volume</p> -<p class="right mt2">1.25</p> - -<p class="p1 althanging">Through by Daylight; or, The Young Engineer of the Lake Shore -Railroad.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">Lightning Express; or, The Rival Academies.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">On Time; or, The Young Captain of the Ucayga Steamer.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">Switch Off; or, The War of the Students.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">Break Up; or, The Young Peacemakers.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">Bear and Forbear; or, The Young Skipper of Lake Ucayga.</p> - -<p class="p2">THE SOLDIER-BOY SERIES.</p> - -<p class="hanging">Three volumes, in neat box. Illustrated. Per volume</p> -<p class="right mt2">1.50</p> - -<p class="p1 shortindent">The Soldier Boy; or, Tom Somers in the Army.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">The Young Lieutenant; or, The Adventures of an Army Officer.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Fighting Joe; or, The Fortunes of a Staff Officer.</p> -<!--343.png--> - -<p class="p2">THE SAILOR-BOY SERIES.</p> - -<p class="hanging">Three volumes, in neat box. Illustrated. Per volume</p> -<p class="right mt2">$1.50</p> - -<p class="p1 shortindent">The Sailor Boy; or, Jack Somers in the Navy.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">The Yankee Middy; or, Adventures of a Naval Officer.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Brave Old Salt; or, Life on the Quarter-Deck.</p> - -<p class="p2">THE STARRY-FLAG SERIES.</p> - -<p class="hanging">Six volumes. Illustrated. Per volume</p> -<p class="right mt2">1.25</p> - -<p class="p1 althanging">The Starry Flag; or, The Young Fisherman of Cape Ann.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Breaking Away; or, The Fortunes of a Student.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Seek and Find; or, The Adventures of a Smart Boy.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Freaks of Fortune; or, Half Round the World.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Make or Break; or, The Rich Man’s Daughter.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Down the River; or, Buck Bradford and the Tyrants.</p> - -<p class="p2">THE WAY OF THE WORLD.</p> - -<p class="hanging">By <span class="sc">William T. Adams</span> (Oliver Optic) 12mo</p> -<p class="right mt2">1.50</p> - -<p class="p2">WOODVILLE STORIES.</p> - -<p class="hanging">Uniform with “Library for Young People.” Six volumes. Illustrated. -<abbr title="sextodecimo">16mo.</abbr> Per volume</p> -<p class="right mt2">1.25</p> - -<p class="p1 shortindent">Rich and Humble; or, The Mission of Bertha Grant.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">In School and Out; or, The Conquest of Richard Grant.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Watch and Wait; or, The Young Fugitives.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Work and Win; or, Noddy Newman on a Cruise.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Hope and Have; or, Fanny Grant among the Indians.</p> -<p class="mt1 althanging">Haste and Waste; or, The Young Pilot of Lake Champlain.</p> - -<p class="p2">YACHT-CLUB SERIES.</p> - -<p class="hanging">Uniform with the ever popular “Boat-Club” Series. Completed in six -volumes. Illustrated. <abbr title="sextodecimo">16mo.</abbr> Per volume</p> -<p class="mt2 right">1.50</p> - -<p class="p1 shortindent">Little Bobtail; or, The Wreck of the Penobscot.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">The Yacht Club; or, The Young Boat-Builders.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Money-Maker; or, The Victory of the Basilisk.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">The Coming Wave; or, The Treasure of High Rock.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">The Dorcas Club; or, Our Girls Afloat.</p> -<p class="mt1 shortindent">Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the Clubs.</p> - -<p class="p2 center"><i>LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS, BOSTON.</i></p> -</div><!--end advertisements--> - -<div class="tnote p4"> -<h3>Transcriber’s Note:</h3> - -<p>Obsolete and alternative spellings were left unchanged.</p> - -<p>The following items were changed:</p> - -<p class="hanging">Commas were deleted at the end of chapter titles in the Table of Contents.</p> - <p class="mt1 hanging">Missing end quote added to ‘...will have a warrant for his <a href="#arrest">arrest.”</a>...’</p> - <p class="mt1 hanging">Missing period added in list, after name ‘Phil <a href="#period">Gawner’</a></p> - <p class="mt1 hanging">‘Dont’ to ‘<a href="#dont">Don’t</a>’</p> - <p class="mt1 hanging">‘yatch’ to ‘<a href="#yacht">yacht</a>’</p> -</div><!--end of transcriber note--> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Snug Harbor, by Oliver Optic - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SNUG HARBOR *** - -***** This file should be named 50678-h.htm or 50678-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/0/6/7/50678/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Carol Brown, and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/50678-h/images/108fp.jpg b/old/50678-h/images/108fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e34083e..0000000 --- a/old/50678-h/images/108fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50678-h/images/256fp.jpg b/old/50678-h/images/256fp.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3c4124f..0000000 --- a/old/50678-h/images/256fp.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50678-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/50678-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a19e034..0000000 --- a/old/50678-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50678-h/images/frontis_1.jpg b/old/50678-h/images/frontis_1.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b8c1e6f..0000000 --- a/old/50678-h/images/frontis_1.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50678-h/images/frontis_2.jpg b/old/50678-h/images/frontis_2.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1547114..0000000 --- a/old/50678-h/images/frontis_2.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/50678-h/images/title.jpg b/old/50678-h/images/title.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 8d6fd82..0000000 --- a/old/50678-h/images/title.jpg +++ /dev/null |
